Avaya Using Technician Interface Scripts Users Manual

: Avaya Avaya-Using-Technician-Interface-Scripts-Users-Manual-734540 avaya-using-technician-interface-scripts-users-manual-734540 avaya pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 805

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

Using Technician
Interface Scripts

Router Software Version 11.0
Site Manager Software Version 5.0

Part No. 114087 Rev. A
August 1996

4401 Great America Parkway
Santa Clara, CA 95054

8 Federal Street
Billerica, MA 01821

Copyright © 1988–1996 Bay Networks, Inc.
All rights reserved. Printed in the USA. August 1996.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. The statements, configurations, technical data,
and recommendations in this document are believed to be accurate and reliable, but are presented without express or
implied warranty. Users must take full responsibility for their applications of any products specified in this document.
The information in this document is proprietary to Bay Networks, Inc.
The software described in this document is furnished under a license agreement and may only be used in accordance
with the terms of that license. A summary of the Software License is included in this document.

Restricted Rights Legend
Use, duplication, or disclosure by the United States Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph
(c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013.

Notice for All Other Executive Agencies
Notwithstanding any other license agreement that may pertain to, or accompany the delivery of, this computer
software, the rights of the United States Government regarding its use, reproduction, and disclosure are as set forth in
the Commercial Computer Software-Restricted Rights clause at FAR 52.227-19.

Trademarks of Bay Networks, Inc.
ACE, AFN, AN, BCN, BLN, BN, BNX, CN, FN, FRE, GAME, LN, Optivity, PPX, SynOptics, SynOptics
Communications, Wellfleet and the Wellfleet logo are registered trademarks and ANH, ASN, Bay•SIS, BCNX,
BLNX, EZ Install, EZ Internetwork, EZ LAN, PathMan, PhonePlus, Quick2Config, RouterMan, SPEX,
Bay Networks, Bay Networks Press, the Bay Networks logo and the SynOptics logo are trademarks of
Bay Networks, Inc.

Third-Party Trademarks
All other trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

Statement of Conditions
In the interest of improving internal design, operational function, and/or reliability, Bay Networks, Inc. reserves the
right to make changes to the products described in this document without notice.
Bay Networks, Inc. does not assume any liability that may occur due to the use or application of the product(s) or
circuit layout(s) described herein.
Portions of the code in this software product are Copyright © 1988, Regents of the University of California. All rights
reserved. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms of such portions are permitted, provided that the above
copyright notice and this paragraph are duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation, advertising materials,
and other materials related to such distribution and use acknowledge that such portions of the software were
developed by the University of California, Berkeley. The name of the University may not be used to endorse or
promote products derived from such portions of the software without specific prior written permission.
SUCH PORTIONS OF THE SOFTWARE ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
In addition, the program and information contained herein are licensed only pursuant to a license agreement that
contains restrictions on use and disclosure (that may incorporate by reference certain limitations and notices imposed
by third parties).

ii

114087 Rev. A

Bay Networks Software License
Note: This is Bay Networks basic license document. In the absence of a
software license agreement specifying varying terms, this license -- or the
license included with the particular product -- shall govern licensee’s use of
Bay Networks software.
This Software License shall govern the licensing of all software provided to licensee by Bay Networks (“Software”).
Bay Networks will provide licensee with Software in machine-readable form and related documentation
(“Documentation”). The Software provided under this license is proprietary to Bay Networks and to third parties from
whom Bay Networks has acquired license rights. Bay Networks will not grant any Software license whatsoever, either
explicitly or implicitly, except by acceptance of an order for either Software or for a Bay Networks product
(“Equipment”) that is packaged with Software. Each such license is subject to the following restrictions:
1.

Upon delivery of the Software, Bay Networks grants to licensee a personal, nontransferable, nonexclusive license
to use the Software with the Equipment with which or for which it was originally acquired, including use at any
of licensee’s facilities to which the Equipment may be transferred, for the useful life of the Equipment unless
earlier terminated by default or cancellation. Use of the Software shall be limited to such Equipment and to such
facility. Software which is licensed for use on hardware not offered by Bay Networks is not subject to restricted
use on any Equipment, however, unless otherwise specified on the Documentation, each licensed copy of such
Software may only be installed on one hardware item at any time.

2.

Licensee may use the Software with backup Equipment only if the Equipment with which or for which it was
acquired is inoperative.

3.

Licensee may make a single copy of the Software (but not firmware) for safekeeping (archives) or backup
purposes.

4.

Licensee may modify Software (but not firmware), or combine it with other software, subject to the provision
that those portions of the resulting software which incorporate Software are subject to the restrictions of this
license. Licensee shall not make the resulting software available for use by any third party.

5.

Neither title nor ownership to Software passes to licensee.

6.

Licensee shall not provide, or otherwise make available, any Software, in whole or in part, in any form, to any
third party. Third parties do not include consultants, subcontractors, or agents of licensee who have licensee’s
permission to use the Software at licensee’s facility, and who have agreed in writing to use the Software only in
accordance with the restrictions of this license.

7.

Third-party owners from whom Bay Networks has acquired license rights to software that is incorporated into
Bay Networks products shall have the right to enforce the provisions of this license against licensee.

8.

Licensee shall not remove or obscure any copyright, patent, trademark, trade secret, or similar intellectual
property or restricted rights notice within or affixed to any Software and shall reproduce and affix such notice on
any backup copy of Software or copies of software resulting from modification or combination performed by
licensee as permitted by this license.

114087 Rev. A

iii

Bay Networks Software License (continued)
9.

Licensee shall not reverse assemble, reverse compile, or in any way reverse engineer the Software. [Note: For
licensees in the European Community, the Software Directive dated 14 May 1991 (as may be amended from time
to time) shall apply for interoperability purposes. Licensee must notify Bay Networks in writing of any such
intended examination of the Software and Bay Networks may provide review and assistance.]

10. Notwithstanding any foregoing terms to the contrary, if licensee licenses the Bay Networks product “Site
Manager,” licensee may duplicate and install the Site Manager product as specified in the Documentation. This
right is granted solely as necessary for use of Site Manager on hardware installed with licensee’s network.
11. This license will automatically terminate upon improper handling of Software, such as by disclosure, or Bay
Networks may terminate this license by written notice to licensee if licensee fails to comply with any of the
material provisions of this license and fails to cure such failure within thirty (30) days after the receipt of written
notice from Bay Networks. Upon termination of this license, licensee shall discontinue all use of the Software
and return the Software and Documentation, including all copies, to Bay Networks.
12. Licensee’s obligations under this license shall survive expiration or termination of this license.

iv

114087 Rev. A

Contents

About This Guide
Audience ........................................................................................................................... xi
Before You Begin ..............................................................................................................xii
Conventions .....................................................................................................................xiii
Acronyms .........................................................................................................................xiv
Ordering Bay Networks Publications ..............................................................................xvii
Technical Support and Online Services
Bay Networks Customer Service ..................................................................................... xx
Bay Networks Information Services .................................................................................xxi
World Wide Web ........................................................................................................xxi
Customer Service FTP ..............................................................................................xxi
Support Source CD ..................................................................................................xxii
CompuServe ............................................................................................................xxii
InfoFACTS ............................................................................................................... xxiii
How to Get Help ...................................................................................................... xxiii
Chapter 1
Introducing Technician Interface Scripts
What Are Technician Interface Scripts? ..........................................................................1-2
Script Types ..............................................................................................................1-2
Script Command Categories ....................................................................................1-3
Installing .bat and .mnu Files ..........................................................................................1-5
Setting Up Scripts ...........................................................................................................1-6
Using Script Commands .................................................................................................1-8
Using the show Command .......................................................................................1-8
Using the enable and disable Commands .............................................................1-14

114087 Rev. A

v

Using the Menu Utility ...................................................................................................1-16
Displaying Menus ...................................................................................................1-16
Configuring Menus .................................................................................................1-19
Adding a Command .........................................................................................1-20
Deleting a Command .......................................................................................1-20
Clearing All Commands ...................................................................................1-20
Editing a Command .........................................................................................1-21
Editing a Menu Title .........................................................................................1-21
Loading a New Menu .......................................................................................1-21
Toggling Menu Titles and Commands .............................................................1-22
Saving Changes Made to Menus .....................................................................1-24
Chapter 2
Using the show Command
show appn ......................................................................................................................2-2
show at .........................................................................................................................2-43
show atm ......................................................................................................................2-59
show atmarp .................................................................................................................2-69
show atmdxi ..................................................................................................................2-76
show atmsig ..................................................................................................................2-85
show atm line ................................................................................................................2-90
show aurp ...................................................................................................................2-102
show autoneg .............................................................................................................2-112
show bgp ....................................................................................................................2-117
show bisync ................................................................................................................2-126
show bootp .................................................................................................................2-136
show bot .....................................................................................................................2-141
show bridge ................................................................................................................2-148
show circuits ...............................................................................................................2-154
show console ..............................................................................................................2-165
show csmacd ..............................................................................................................2-172
show dcmmw ..............................................................................................................2-185
show decnet ...............................................................................................................2-188
show dls ......................................................................................................................2-202
show ds1e1 ................................................................................................................2-213
show dsx3 ...................................................................................................................2-238
vi

114087 Rev. A

show dvmrp ................................................................................................................2-251
show e1 ......................................................................................................................2-261
show egp ....................................................................................................................2-268
show fddi ....................................................................................................................2-271
show fr ........................................................................................................................2-287
show ftp ......................................................................................................................2-296
show hardware ...........................................................................................................2-298
show hssi ....................................................................................................................2-305
show igmp ..................................................................................................................2-314
show ip .......................................................................................................................2-318
show ipx ......................................................................................................................2-342
show iredund ..............................................................................................................2-376
show isdn ....................................................................................................................2-379
show isdn bri ...............................................................................................................2-388
show lane ...................................................................................................................2-395
show lapb ...................................................................................................................2-405
show lnm ....................................................................................................................2-410
show nbip ...................................................................................................................2-420
show nml ....................................................................................................................2-423
show ntp .....................................................................................................................2-427
show osi ......................................................................................................................2-431
show ospf ...................................................................................................................2-439
show packet ................................................................................................................2-447
show ping ...................................................................................................................2-456
show ppp ....................................................................................................................2-461
show process ..............................................................................................................2-488
show protopri ..............................................................................................................2-493
show rarp ....................................................................................................................2-497
show rptr .....................................................................................................................2-500
show rredund ..............................................................................................................2-509
show rsc .....................................................................................................................2-517
show sdlc ....................................................................................................................2-521
show smds ..................................................................................................................2-525
show snmp .................................................................................................................2-530
show span ..................................................................................................................2-538

114087 Rev. A

vii

show sr .......................................................................................................................2-545
show srspan ...............................................................................................................2-557
show st2 .....................................................................................................................2-564
show sta .....................................................................................................................2-568
show state ..................................................................................................................2-571
show sws ....................................................................................................................2-574
show sync ...................................................................................................................2-592
show system ...............................................................................................................2-602
show t1 .......................................................................................................................2-607
show tcp .....................................................................................................................2-615
show telnet .................................................................................................................2-618
show tftp .....................................................................................................................2-620
show token ..................................................................................................................2-621
show vines ..................................................................................................................2-633
show wcp ....................................................................................................................2-644
show x25 ....................................................................................................................2-651
show xb ......................................................................................................................2-660
show xns .....................................................................................................................2-670
Chapter 3
Using enable/disable Commands
enable/disable appn ........................................................................................................3-2
enable/disable at .............................................................................................................3-5
enable/disable atm ..........................................................................................................3-6
enable/disable atmdxi .....................................................................................................3-8
enable/disable aurp ........................................................................................................3-9
enable/disable autoneg .................................................................................................3-10
enable/disable bootp .....................................................................................................3-11
enable/disable bridge ...................................................................................................3-12
enable/disable circuits ..................................................................................................3-13
enable/disable csmacd .................................................................................................3-14
enable/disable dcmmw .................................................................................................3-15
enable/disable decnet ...................................................................................................3-16
enable/disable dls .........................................................................................................3-17
enable/disable ds1e1 ....................................................................................................3-18
enable/disable dvmrp ...................................................................................................3-19
viii

114087 Rev. A

enable/disable e1 ..........................................................................................................3-20
enable/disable fddi ........................................................................................................3-21
enable/disable fr ...........................................................................................................3-22
enable/disable ftp ..........................................................................................................3-23
enable/disable hssi .......................................................................................................3-24
enable/disable igmp ......................................................................................................3-25
enable/disable ip ...........................................................................................................3-26
enable/disable ipx .........................................................................................................3-27
enable/disable iredund ..................................................................................................3-28
enable/disable isdn .......................................................................................................3-29
enable/disable isdn bri ..................................................................................................3-31
enable/disable lapb .......................................................................................................3-32
enable/disable lnm ........................................................................................................3-33
enable/disable nbip .......................................................................................................3-34
enable/disable nml ........................................................................................................3-35
enable/disable osi .........................................................................................................3-36
enable/disable ospf .......................................................................................................3-37
enable/disable packet ...................................................................................................3-38
enable/disable ppp ........................................................................................................3-39
enable/disable rarp .......................................................................................................3-40
enable/disable rptr ........................................................................................................3-41
enable/disable rredund .................................................................................................3-42
enable/disable sdlc .......................................................................................................3-43
disable/enable snmp .....................................................................................................3-44
enable/disable span ......................................................................................................3-45
enable/disable sr ...........................................................................................................3-46
enable/disable srspan ...................................................................................................3-47
enable/disable sta .........................................................................................................3-48
enable/disable sws .......................................................................................................3-49
enable/disable sync ......................................................................................................3-50
enable/disable t1 ...........................................................................................................3-51
enable/disable tcp .........................................................................................................3-52
enable/disable telnet .....................................................................................................3-53
enable/disable tftp .........................................................................................................3-54
enable/disable token .....................................................................................................3-55
enable/disable vines .....................................................................................................3-56
114087 Rev. A

ix

enable/disable wcp .......................................................................................................3-57
enable/disable x25 ........................................................................................................3-58
enable/disable xb ..........................................................................................................3-59
enable/disable xns ........................................................................................................3-60
Index

x

114087 Rev. A

About This Guide

Use this guide if you are responsible for monitoring and maintaining the
performance of Bay Networks™ routers and BNX® platforms using the Bay
Networks Technician Interface. Refer to this guide for
•

An overview of Technician Interface scripts

•

Instructions on how to
-- Load scripts
-- Set up scripts
-- Use script commands
-- Use the menu utility

•

Instructions on how to display (show a snapshot, or monitor via periodic
polling) statistical and configuration information about router services

•

Instructions on how to enable or disable router or BNX services

•

Instructions on how to configure the Packet Capture utility on the router or
BNX platform

Audience
Written for network managers and router technicians, this guide assumes that you
have a working knowledge of TCP/IP networking, and have some familiarity with
network management principles concerning the MIB, SNMP, configuration and
statistics management.

114087 Rev. A

xi

Using Technician Interface Scripts

Before You Begin
Before using this guide to run Technician Interface commands on a router or BNX
platform, you must
•

Install the router or BNX platform

•

Use one of the following methods to establish a connection to the router or
BNX platform:
-- Connect the serial port of an ASCII terminal device (for example, a DEC
VT100) directly to the console port of the router or BNX platform
-- Connect the serial port of a workstation or PC directly to the console port
of the router or BNX platform. (Run ASCII terminal emulation software
on the workstation or PC.)
-- Dial in to the console port of the router or BNX platform from a
workstation or PC running ASCII terminal emulation software. (This
alternative requires one modem locally attached to your workstation or
PC, and another modem locally attached to the console port of the router
or BNX platform you want to access.)
-- Establish a Telnet (in-band) connection to the router or BNX platform

Note: Before you can access the Technician Interface using Telnet, the router
or BNX platform must have at least one assigned IP address. Although there is
no limit to the number of Telnet connections that you can make to the
Technician Interface, we recommend that you establish no more than one
Telnet session per router or BNX platform.

xii

114087 Rev. A

About This Guide

Conventions
angle brackets (< >)

Indicate that you choose the text to enter based on the
description inside the brackets. Do not type the
brackets when entering the command.
Example: if command syntax is ping ,
you enter ping 192.32.10.12

bold text

Indicates text that you need to enter, command names,
and buttons in menu paths.
Example: Enter wfsm &
Example: Use the dinfo command.
Example: ATM DXI > Interfaces > PVCs identifies the
PVCs button in the window that appears when you
select the Interfaces option from the ATM DXI menu.

brackets ([ ])
ellipsis points

Indicate optional elements. You can choose none, one,
or all of the options.
.
Horizontal (. . .) and vertical ( .. ) ellipsis points indicate
omitted information.

italic text

Indicates variable values in command syntax
descriptions, new terms, file and directory names, and
book titles.

quotation marks (“ ”)

Indicate the title of a chapter or section within a book.

screen text

Indicates data that appears on the screen.
Example: Set Bay Networks Trap Monitor Filters

separator ( > )

Separates menu and option names in instructions and
internal pin-to-pin wire connections.
Example: Protocols > AppleTalk identifies the
AppleTalk option in the Protocols menu.
Example: Pin 7 > 19 > 20

vertical line (|)

Indicates that you enter only one of the parts of the
command. The vertical line separates choices. Do not
type the vertical line when entering the command.
Example: If the command syntax is
show at routes | nets, you enter either
show at routes or show at nets, but not both.

114087 Rev. A

xiii

Using Technician Interface Scripts

Acronyms

xiv

ACE

Advanced Communications Engine

AFN

Access Feeder Node

ALN

Access Link Node

AN

Access Node

ANH

Access Node Hub

APING

APPN Ping

APPN

Advanced Peer-to-Peer Routing

ARP

Address Resolution Protocol

ASCII

American Standard Code for Information Interchange

ASN

Access Stack Node

ASN.1

Abstract Syntax Notation

AT

AppleTalk Protocol

ATM

Asynchronous Transfer Mode

AURP

Appletalk Update-based Routing Protocol

BCN

Backbone Concentrator Node

BGP

Border Gateway Protocol

BLN

Backbone Link Node

BLN-2

Backbone Link Node (2 power supplies)

BOOTP

Bootstrap Protocol

CLNP

Connectionless Network Protocol

CN

Concentrator Node

CPU

Central Processing Unit

CRC

Cyclic Redundancy Check

CSMA/CD

Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection

DCM

Data Collection Module

DLCMI

Data Link Control Management Interface

DLSw

Data Link Switch

DOS

Disk Operating System

DRAM

Dynamic RAM

DSAP

Destination Service Access Point

DVMRP

Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol

114087 Rev. A

About This Guide

114087 Rev. A

EOF

End of File

EGP

Exterior Gateway Protocol

FAT

File Allocation Table

FDDI

Fiber Distributed Data Interface

FIFO

First In First Out

FRSW

Frame Relay Switch

FTP

File Transfer Protocol

FN

Feeder Node

FR

Frame Relay

FRE

Fast Routing Engine

GAME

Gate Access Management Entity

GMT

Greenwich Mean Time

HDLC

High-level Data Link Control

HSSI

High Speed Serial Interface

ICMP

Internet Control Message Protocol

IGMP

Internet Group Membership Protocol

IN

Integrated Node

IP

Internet Protocol

IPX

Internet Packet Exchange

ISDN

Integrated Services Digital Network

LAN

Local Area Network

LAPB

Link Access Procedure Balanced

LED

Light Emitting Diode

LLC

Logical Link Control

LMI

Local Management Interface

LN

Link Node

LNM

LAN Network Manager

LSP

Link State Packet

MAC

Media Access Control

MCT1

Multichannel T1

MIB

Management Information Base

MOSY

Managed Object Syntax

NML

Native Mode LAN
xv

Using Technician Interface Scripts

xvi

NSAP

Network Service Access Point

NVFS

Non-Volatile File System

OSI

Open Systems Interconnection

OSPF

Open Shortest Path First

PCMCIA

Personal Computer Memory Card International Association

PPP

Point-to-Point Protocol

PPX

Parallel Packet Express

PROM

Programmable Read-Only Memory

QENET

Quad Ethernet

RAM

Random Access Memory

RARP

Reverse Address Resolution Protocol

RIF

Routing Information Field

RFC

Request for Comment

SAP

Service Access Point

SDLC

Synchronous Data Link Control

SIMM

Single In-line Memory Module

SMDS

Switched Multimegabit Data Services

SNAP

SubNetwork Access Protocol

SNMP

Simple Network Management Protocol

SR

Source Routing

SRM-L

System Resources Link Module

STA

Statistics, Thresholds, and Alarms

SYSCON

System Controller board

SWS

Switched Services

TCP

Transport Control Protocol

TFTP

Trivial File Transfer Protocol

TIP

Terminal Interface Program

TP

Transaction Program

VC

Virtual Circuit

VINES

Virtual Networking System

WAN

Wide Area Network

XB

Translation Bridge

XNS

Xerox Networking Systems
114087 Rev. A

About This Guide

Ordering Bay Networks Publications
To purchase additional copies of this document or other Bay Networks
publications, order by part number from the Bay Networks Press™ at the following
telephone or fax numbers:
• Telephone - U.S./Canada
• Telephone - International
• Fax

1-888-4BAYPRESS
1-510-490-4752
1-510-498-2609

You can also use these numbers to request a free catalog of Bay Networks Press
product publications.

114087 Rev. A

xvii

Technical Support and Online Services

To ensure comprehensive network support to our customers and partners
worldwide, Bay Networks Customer Service has Technical Response Centers
in key locations around the globe:
•
•
•
•
•

Billerica, Massachusetts
Santa Clara, California
Sydney, Australia
Tokyo, Japan
Valbonne, France

The Technical Response Centers are connected via a redundant Frame Relay
Network to a Common Problem Resolution system, enabling them to transmit and
share information, and to provide live, around-the-clock support 365 days a year.
Bay Networks Information Services complement the Bay Networks Service
program portfolio by giving customers and partners access to the most current
technical and support information through a choice of access/retrieval means.
These include the World Wide Web, CompuServe, Support Source CD, Customer
Support FTP, and InfoFACTS document fax service.

114087 Rev. A

xix

Using Technician Interface Scripts

Bay Networks Customer Service
If you purchased your Bay Networks product from a distributor or authorized
reseller, contact that distributor’s or reseller’s technical support staff for assistance
with installation, configuration, troubleshooting, or integration issues.
Customers can also purchase direct support from Bay Networks through a variety
of service programs. As part of our PhonePlus™ program, Bay Networks Service
sets the industry standard, with 24-hour, 7-days-a-week telephone support
available worldwide at no extra cost. Our complete range of contract and
noncontract services also includes equipment staging and integration, installation
support, on-site services, and replacement parts delivery -- within approximately
4 hours.
To purchase any of the Bay Networks support programs, or if you have questions
on program features, use the following numbers:
Region

Telephone Number

Fax Number

United States and
Canada

1-800-2LANWAN; enter Express Routing
Code (ERC) 290 when prompted

(508) 670-8766

(508) 436-8880 (direct)
Europe

(33) 92-968-300

(33) 92-968-301

Asia/Pacific Region

(612) 9927-8800

(612) 9927-8811

Latin America

(407) 997-1713

(407) 997-1714

In addition, you can receive information on support programs from your local
Bay Networks field sales office, or purchase Bay Networks support directly
from your authorized partner.

xx

114087 Rev. A

Technical Support and Online Services

Bay Networks Information Services
Bay Networks Information Services provide up-to-date support information as a
first-line resource for network administration, expansion, and maintenance. This
information is available from a variety of sources.

World Wide Web
The Bay Networks Customer Support Web Server offers a diverse library of
technical documents, software agents, and other important technical information
to Bay Networks customers and partners.
A special benefit for contracted customers and resellers is the ability to access the
Web Server to perform Case Management. This feature enables your support staff
to interact directly with the network experts in our worldwide Technical Response
Centers. A registered contact with a valid Site ID can
•

View a listing of support cases and determine the current status of any open
case. Case history data includes severity designation, and telephone, e-mail,
or other logs associated with the case.

•

Customize the listing of cases according to a variety of criteria, including
date, severity, status, and case ID.

•

Log notes to existing open cases.

•

Create new cases for rapid, efficient handling of noncritical network
situations.

•

Communicate directly via e-mail with the specific technical resources
assigned to your case.

The Bay Networks URL is http://www.baynetworks.com. Customer Service is a
menu item on that home page.

Customer Service FTP
Accessible via URL ftp://support.baynetworks.com (134.177.3.26), this site
combines and organizes support files and documentation from across the
Bay Networks product suite, including switching products from our Centillion™
and Xylogics® business units. Central management and sponsorship of this FTP
site lets you quickly locate information on any of your Bay Networks products.

114087 Rev. A

xxi

Using Technician Interface Scripts

Support Source CD
This CD-ROM -- sent quarterly to all contracted customers -- is a complete Bay
Networks Service troubleshooting knowledge database with an intelligent text
search engine.
The Support Source CD contains extracts from our problem-tracking database;
information from the Bay Networks Forum on CompuServe; comprehensive
technical documentation, such as Customer Support Bulletins, Release Notes,
software patches and fixes; and complete information on all Bay Networks
Service programs.
You can run a single version on Macintosh Windows 3.1, Windows 95,
Windows NT, DOS, or UNIX computing platforms. A Web links feature enables
you to go directly from the CD to various Bay Networks Web pages.

CompuServe
For assistance with noncritical network support issues, Bay Networks Information
Services maintain an active forum on CompuServe, a global bulletin-board
system. This forum provides file services, technology conferences, and a message
section to get assistance from other users.
The message section is monitored by Bay Networks engineers, who provide
assistance wherever possible. Customers and resellers holding Bay Networks
service contracts also have access to special libraries for advanced levels of
support documentation and software. To take advantage of CompuServe’s recently
enhanced menu options, the Bay Networks Forum has been re-engineered to allow
links to our Web sites and FTP sites.
We recommend the use of CompuServe Information Manager software to access
these Bay Networks Information Services resources. To open an account and
receive a local dial-up number in the United States, call CompuServe at
1-800-524-3388. Outside the United States, call 1-614-529-1349, or your nearest
CompuServe office. Ask for Representative No. 591. When you are on line with
your CompuServe account, you can reach us with the command GO BAYNET.

xxii

114087 Rev. A

Technical Support and Online Services

InfoFACTS
InfoFACTS is the Bay Networks free 24-hour fax-on-demand service. This
automated system has libraries of technical and product documents designed to
help you manage and troubleshoot your Bay Networks products. The system
responds to a fax from the caller or to a third party within minutes of being
accessed.
To use InfoFACTS in the United States or Canada, call toll-free 1-800-786-3228.
Outside North America, toll calls can be made to 1-408-764-1002. In Europe,
toll-free numbers are also available for contacting both InfoFACTS and
CompuServe. Please check our Web page for the listing in your country.

How to Get Help
Use the following numbers to reach your Bay Networks Technical Response
Center:

114087 Rev. A

Technical Response Center Telephone Number

Fax Number

Billerica, MA

1-800-2LANWAN

(508) 670-8765

Santa Clara, CA

1-800-2LANWAN

(408) 764-1188

Valbonne, France

(33) 92-968-968

(33) 92-966-998

Sydney, Australia

(612) 9927-8800

(612) 9927-8811

Tokyo, Japan

(81) 3-5402-0180

(81) 3-5402-0173

xxiii

Chapter 1
Introducing Technician Interface Scripts

This chapter provides an overview of the Technician Interface scripts and explains
how to run them. It also describes how to
•

Load scripts

•

Set up scripts

•

Use script commands

•

Use the menu utility

This manual assumes that you have a working knowledge of the Bay Networks
Technician Interface. For complete information about this router management
tool, refer to Using Technician Interface Software. For information on how to
write your own Technician Interface scripts, refer to Writing Technician Interface
Scripts.

114087 Rev. A

1-1

Using Technician Interface Scripts

What Are Technician Interface Scripts?
The Technician Interface show/monitor and enable/disable scripts are programs
that enable you to view and use information stored in the Bay Networks
Management Information Base (MIB). You use scripts to display statistical and
configuration information about various router services, and to enable or disable
those services.

Script Types
Most Technician Interface scripts run from a .bat (batch) file.
The system loads a specific .bat file into active memory when you enter a scripts
command such as show appn directory statistics. The system software supports
one .bat file for each router protocol or service. Each .bat file contains the routines
for all script subcommand options for a protocol or service. The routine called by
each subcommand generates and prints (to the router console) statistics that reveal
a particular view of that protocol or service.
As an alternative to entering show/enable/disable commands at the Technician
Interface prompt, you can also access protocol-specific menus from the scripts
main menu. You enter (choose by number) a protocol/service submenu from the
scripts main menu. From a submenu, you can access all scripts options for a
protocol or service without entering commands. All scripts menus exist as *.mnu
files you install during initial configuration of each router. To save file space,
install only the .bat and .mnu files that pertain to the protocols or services you
want to support on each router.
Other Technician Interface scripts are programs embedded within the router
software image. The router software currently includes embedded scripts for the
following services:
• CSMACD

• TFTP

• IP

• SNMP

• FR

• SYNC

• FTP

• TELNET

• TCP

1-2

114087 Rev. A

Introducing Technician Interface Scripts

These scripts run more efficiently than their batch file counterparts. You enter at
the Technician Interface prompt the command for any script, regardless of type
(batch or embedded) in the same way, as follows:
{show|enable|disable} {} {}

Script Command Categories
The system software supports scripts in the following command categories:
show

Displays configuration, state, and statistical information
about a router service. This command helps you isolate
problems such as circuits that are not working, packets that
are not being forwarded, and so on. It uses the show.bat file.

monitor

Displays the same information as the show command but
refreshes the display periodically so you can observe trends
and changes. Since you can use monitor in place of show,
this manual does not describe syntax for the monitor
command. This command uses the monitor.bat file.

enable/disable

Enables or disables system features, protocols, drivers, or
individual circuits. These commands use the enable.bat and
disable.bat files.

menu

Provides a menu interface to the scripts. Also provides a
menu-building feature that enables you to create custom
menus. This command uses menu.bat and various .mnu files.

Each show command supports a subset of commands that display statistical and
configuration information about a particular service or driver running on the
router.

114087 Rev. A

1-3

Using Technician Interface Scripts

Some show commands present a broad or collective view of router status and
resources. For example,
show circuits

Displays information about all drivers running on the
router. You can use this command to display information
about all circuits without needing to know the driver that
runs on each circuit.

show drivers

Displays information about the configuration of all link
modules in the router.

show hardware

Displays backplane, configuration file, image, memory,
PROM, and slot information about the router’s hardware.

show protocols

Displays information about the protocols configured on
every slot in the router.

show state

Displays information about the current state of services
running on the router.

show system

Displays information about router memory, buffers, drivers,
and configured protocols.

Note: You can abbreviate command names, using the first three characters of
the command name, as long as the abbreviation uniquely identifies the
command.

To establish the search path used to find the script files, use the run setpath
command. It defines the aliases that integrate scripts into the Technician Interface
command set. The section “Setting Up Scripts” explains the run setpath
command, which uses the setpath.bat script.

1-4

114087 Rev. A

Introducing Technician Interface Scripts

Installing .bat and .mnu Files
You can use the Bay Networks implementation of File Transfer Protocol (FTP) to
install .bat version scripts and .mnu script menu files on a memory card in the
router. FTP enables you to install more than one script at a time.
Before installing any scripts on a router:
•

Log in to the router. (Refer to Chapter 1 of Using Technician Interface
Software if you need more information on login procedures.)

•

Enable the FTP service on the router.

•

Run the dir command to verify that you have sufficient contiguous freespace
on the NVFS volume reserved for scripts and their associated menu files.
(Refer to Chapter 4 of Using Technician Interface Software if you need more
information on how to run the dir command.)

•

Run the compact command on the NVFS volume reserved for scripts and
their associated menu files. (Refer to Chapter 8 of Using Technician Interface
Software if you need more information on how to run the compact
command.)

To install all the .bat scripts and .mnu menu files located in a directory on a UNIX
workstation, change to that directory using the cd command. Then enter the
following commands at the UNIX command line prompt:
$: ftp 
Name: Manager
Password: 
ftp> cd :
ftp> bin
ftp> prompt
ftp> mput *.bat
ftp> mput *.mnu

The prompt command disables the prompt that asks whether you want to transfer
each file.
114087 Rev. A

1-5

Using Technician Interface Scripts

Note: You must have Manager access to write to an NVFS volume using the
Bay Networks implementation of FTP.

This procedure installs all of the .bat and .mnu files on a file system volume in the
router. To conserve space on a router’s local file system, load only scripts for the
protocols and drivers you need to run on that router.
If you want to use the Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) to install .bat and
.mnu files one at a time, refer to Chapters 4 and 5 of Using Technician Interface
Software.

Setting Up Scripts
Once you log in to a Technician Interface session on a router, you can enter any
embedded script commands at the command line prompt without any additional
preparations. However, before you run any .bat version scripts, designate a default
file system volume, as shown in the following example:
dir 2:

Next, define the search path and alias definitions for your .bat and .mnu version
script files by using the run setpath command. The search path is a list of volume
IDs you want the system to search for any script file. There are two ways to
specify a search path, as shown in the following examples.
Example 1 -- Entering the volume IDs on the command line
run setpath "2:;3:;4:"

1-6

114087 Rev. A

Introducing Technician Interface Scripts

Example 2 -- Letting the setpath command prompt you for input
run setpath
NVFS File System:
VOL
STATE
TOTAL SIZE
FREE SPACE
CONTIG FREE SPACE
--------------------------------------------------------------3:
FORMATTED
2097152
1218683
1017067
2:
FORMATTED
2097152
431128
431128
Please enter the volume ID that contains the script files.
More than one volume may be entered; each separated by a semi-colon.
Format: :[;: ...]
Example: 2:;3:;4:
Enter volume(s)[2:]: 3:

You can also use the Manager or User autoscript features to automatically run the
setpath.bat script (the run setpath command). Specify a file system search path,
Manager or User script file, and logout mechanism using following
wfSerialPortEntry (router serial port) attributes:
•

Login Script Search Path

•

Manager’s Login Script

•

User’s Login Script

•

Force User Logout

You can set up separate Manager and User autoscript files for login. The User
autoscript contains a switch that enables you to lock the user into the script. With
the switch enabled, the autoscript automatically logs out a user that tries to break
out of the script. For more information on the autoscript feature, see Chapter 2 of
Using Technician Interface Software.

114087 Rev. A

1-7

Using Technician Interface Scripts

Using Script Commands
This section provides an overview of the show/monitor and enable/disable
commands.

Using the show Command
After you set up scripts with the run setpath command, you can use the show
  command to obtain a snapshot view of various data
stored in the router. For continuously updated (polled) views of system statistical
and configuration data, use the monitor command in place of the show command.
For all protocols, you can view circuit alerts, the base record, disabled or enabled
circuits, and statistics.
Table 1-1 lists the show/monitor subcommands for a specific service or
software entity. Alternatively, obtain an active list of show/monitor
subcommands directly from the router by entering at the Technician Interface
prompt
show  ?

or:
show  help

For example, to list the AppleTalk subcommands, enter show at or show at ?.
For a detailed description of all show commands and samples of the information
they generate, refer to Chapter 2.

1-8

114087 Rev. A

Introducing Technician Interface Scripts

Table 1-1.

Displaying Service Information

To Display Information about This Service

Use This Command

Command Type
(runs from a batch
or embedded file)

batch embedded
show appn 
Advanced Peer-to-Peer Networking service
(adjacencies, class of service, directories, DLC, DLUR,
endpoints, ISR, memory, mode, ports, topology, tunnels,
VRN)

✔

AppleTalk service (AARP, circuits, configuration, routes,
statistics, zones, zone filters)

show at 

✔

Asynchronous Transfer Mode service ( interfaces, lines,
PVCs, statistics)

show atm 

✔

ATM Address Resolution Protocol service (ATMARP
client/server mode identification, ATM addresses,
interface statistics)

show atmarp 

✔

Asynchronous Transfer Mode DXI service (lines, PVCs,
statistics)

show atmdxi 

✔

Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Adaption Layer
Controller (ALC) link module service (circuits, phy,
transmit and receive errors, transmit and receive
statistics)

show atm line 

✔

ATM line signaling service (ATM ILMI and SAAL
statistics)

show atmsig 

✔

AppleTalk Update-based Routing Protocol service
(connection, statistics, zone filters)

show aurp 

✔

Automatic line speed negotiation on 100Base-T Ethernet show autoneg 
interfaces (alerts, circuits enabled/disabled)

✔

Border Gateway Protocol service (errors, peers, routes,
timers, statistics, weights)

show bgp 

✔

Binary Synchronous service (errors, sample periods,
circuit statistics)

show bisync 

✔

Bootstrap Protocol service (clients, relay agents,
statistics)

show bootp 

✔

Binary Synchronous Communication (BSC) over TCP
service (circuit, port, peer, and control unit connection
statistics)

show bot 

✔

114087 Rev. A

1-9

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Table 1-1.

Displaying Service Information (continued)

To Display Information about This Service

Use This Command

Command Type
(runs from a batch
or embedded file)

batch embedded
Bridge service (circuits, forwarding tables, statistics)

show bridge 

✔

Circuits for all drivers (configuration; hardware filters;
receive, transmit, and system errors; statistics)

show circuits 

✔

Console (configuration, statistics)

show console 

✔

CSMA/CD service (hardware filters; receive, transmit
and system errors; statistics; sample data)

show csmacd 

N11 Data Collection Module (DCM) information for the
8-Port Access Node Hub (ANH)

show dcmmw 

✔

DECnet service (adjacency, circuits, designated router,
routes, statistics, traffic filters)

show decnet 

✔

Data Link Switching service (circuits, configuration,
show dls 
connections, MAC, NETBIOS, peer, SAPs, slot numbers)

✔

✔

DS1/E1 lines (clock, E1 framer and E1 port, FDL;
receive, transmit, and system errors; sample data;
statistics; T1 framer and T1 port; timeslots)

show ds1e1 

✔

DS3/E3 lines (circuit stats for ATM interfaces)

show dsx3 

✔

Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol service
(circuits, neighbors, routes, statistics, tunnels)

show dvmrp 

✔

E1 lines (frame and line errors)

show e1 

✔

Exterior Gateway Protocol service (neighbors, statistics) show egp 

✔

Fiber Distributed Data Interface service (hardware filters; show fddi 
MAC, port, and SMT parameters; receive, transmit, and
system errors; sample data; statistics)

✔

Frame Relay service (lines, PVCs, statistics)

show fr 

✔

File Transfer Protocol service (login, error, and transfer
rate statistics)

show ftp 

✔

Hardware options (backplane, configuration and router
software image files, memory, PROMs, slots)

show hardware 

✔

High Speed Serial Interface service (receive, transmit,
and system errors; sample data; statistics)

show hssi 

✔

1-10

114087 Rev. A

Introducing Technician Interface Scripts
Table 1-1.

Displaying Service Information (continued)

To Display Information about This Service

Use This Command

Command Type
(runs from a batch
or embedded file)

batch embedded
Internet Gateway Management Protocol service (circuits, show igmp 
groups, statistics)

✔
✔

Internet Protocol service (ARP table, circuits, forwarding show ip 
table, route filters, RIP interfaces, routes, traffic filters)
Internet Packet Exchange service (adjacent hosts,
circuits, ping, RIP, routes, service filters, server filters,
services, statistics, traffic filters)

show ipx 

Circuit and state information for all interface redundancy show iredund 
ports (enabled and disabled circuits configured with
interface redundancy)
Integrated Services Digital Network service
(B Channel, BRI, calls, inphone, messages, switch)

show isdn 

Integrated Services Digital Network BRI service (receive, show isdn bri 
transmit, and system errors; sample data; statistics)

✔
✔
✔
✔

LAN Emulation (ATM) service (clients, servers, config,
learp, mac addresses, statistics)

show lane 

✔

Link Access Procedure-Balanced service (lines,
statistics)

show lapb 

✔

LAN Network Manager server agent information (for all
servers, or for servers on specific circuits)

show lnm 

✔

NetBIOS over IP service (interfaces, names)

show nbip 

✔

Native Mode LAN service (circuits, security lists, bridge
statistics)

show nml 

✔

Open Systems Interconnection service (adjacency,
circuits, routes)

show osi 

✔

Open Shortest Path First Protocol service (area, AS
external routes, interfaces, LSDB, neighbors, statistics)

show ospf 

✔

Packet Capture service (captured packets, configuration, show packet 
line numbers, loaded slots, status)
Ping MIB service (configuration, history, source and
trace routes)

114087 Rev. A

show ping 

✔
✔

1-11

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Table 1-1.

Displaying Service Information (continued)

To Display Information about This Service

Use This Command

Command Type
(runs from a batch
or embedded file)

batch embedded
Point-to-Point Protocol service (AppleTalk, bad packets,
Bridge, CHAP, circuits, DECnet, IP, IPX, line, LQR, OSI,
PAP, protocol, VINES, XNS)

show ppp 

✔

Process statistics (buffers, cpu cycles, and memory
resources allocated to router processes)

show process 

✔

DLSw protocol prioritization queues (cc_stats, filters,
qstats)

show protopri 

✔

Reverse Address Resolution Protocol service (circuits)

show rarp 

✔

Repeater service (last address, sample data, port status, show rptr 
statistics)

✔

Router redundancy (circuits, groups, resources, remote
routers in a redundancy group, member IDs)

show rredund 

✔

Resources (bandwidth) reserved for lines configured
with the ST2 protocol

show rsc 

✔

Synchronous Data Link Control service (circuits,
statistics)

show sdlc 

✔

Switched Multi-Megabit Data Service service
(addresses, circuits, statistics)

show smds 

✔

Simple Network Management Protocol service
(communities, events, traps)

show snmp 

Sonet service

show sonet 

✔

Spanning Tree service (configuration, circuits)

show span 

✔

Source Routing service (bridges, circuits, configuration,
IP information, statistics)

show sr 

✔

Source Route Spanning Tree service (configuration,
statistics)

show srspan 

✔

ST2 service information (circuits, statistics, streams)

show st2 

✔

Statistical Thresholds and Alarms service (configuration, show sta 
statistics)

✔

State (overview of all protocols or one circuit)

1-12

show state 

✔

✔

114087 Rev. A

Introducing Technician Interface Scripts
Table 1-1.

Displaying Service Information (continued)

To Display Information about This Service

Use This Command

Command Type
(runs from a batch
or embedded file)

batch embedded

✔

Switch service (back-up dialing, on-demand-dialing)

show sws 

Synchronous Interface service (receive, transmit, and
system errors; sample data; statistics)

show sync 

System (buffers, drivers, memory, protocols, system
information, tasks)

show system 

✔

T1 lines (frame and line errors)

show t1 

✔

Transport Control Protocol service (configuration,
connections, statistics)

show tcp 

✔

TELNET service (configuration, sessions, statistics)

show telnet 

✔

Trivial File Transfer Protocol service (status)

show tftp 

✔

Token Ring lines (receive, transmit, and system errors;
sample data; statistics)

show token 

✔

VINES service (circuits, configuration, neighbors, routes, show vines 
statistics, traffic filters)

✔

✔

show wcp 

✔

X.25 service (configuration, connections, lines, services, show x25 
statistics, virtual circuits)

✔

Bay Networks Compression Protocol service (circuits,
lines, virtual circuits, statistics)

Translation Bridge service (configuration, RIFs, SAPs,
Source Routing interfaces and statistics, stations,
Transparent Bridge interfaces and statistics)

show xb 

✔

Xerox Networking Systems Protocol service (adjacent
hosts, configuration, RIP, routes, statistics, traffic filters,
virtual circuits)

show xns 

✔

114087 Rev. A

1-13

Using Technician Interface Scripts

Using the enable and disable Commands
After you set up scripts with the run setpath command, you can enable or disable
specific protocols or services with the enable and disable script commands.
Table 1-2 lists the protocols or services you can enable or disable in this way. For
a detailed description of enable/disable command options, refer to Chapter 3.
Table 1-2.

Enabling and Disabling Services

To Enable or Disable This Service

Use This Command

Advanced Peer-to-Peer Networking Protocol (directory, DLC, LS,
port, tunnel, VRN)

enable/disable appn 

AppleTalk (base, circuit)

enable/disable at 

Asynchronous Transfer Mode (line)

enable/disable atm 

Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Address Resolution Protocol
(ARP)

enable/disable atmarp 

Asynchronous Transfer Mode DXI (line)

enable/disable atmdxi 

AppleTalk Update-based Routing Protocol (connection)

enable/disable aurp 

Automatic line speed negotiation on 100Base-T Ethernet interfaces

enable/disable autoneg 

Border Gateway Protocol

enable/disable bgp 

Binary Synchronous protocol

enable/disable bisync 

Bootstrap protocol

enable/disable bootp 

Bridge (base, circuit)

enable/disable bridge 

Circuits for all drivers

enable/disable circuits 

Console

enable/disable console 

CSMA/CD (circuit, connector)

enable/disable csmacd 

N11 Data Collection Module (DCM) for the 8-Port Access Node Hub
(ANH)

enable/disable dcmmw 

DECnet (base, circuit)

enable/disable decnet 

Data Link (base, circuit)

enable/disable dls 

DS1E1 lines

enable/disable ds1e1 

Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol (base, circuit)

enable/disable dvmrp 

E1 line (circuit, connector)

enable/disable e1 

Exterior Gateway Protocol

enable/disable egp 

FDDI (circuit, connector)

enable/disable fddi 

1-14

114087 Rev. A

Introducing Technician Interface Scripts
Table 1-2.

Enabling and Disabling Services (continued)

To Enable or Disable This Service

Use This Command

Frame Relay (line)

enable/disable fr 

Frame Relay Switch

enable/disable frsw 

File Transfer Protocol (base)

enable/disable ftp 

HSSI (circuit, connector)

enable/disable hssi 

Internet Gateway Management Protocol (base, circuit)

enable/disable igmp 

Internet Protocol (base, circuit, RIP)

enable/disable ip 

Internet Packet Exchange Protocol (base, circuit)

enable/disable ipx 

Interface redundancy ports

enable/disable iredund 

Integrated Services Digital Network (B Channel, Bri, Filter)

enable/disable isdn 

Integrated Services Digital Network BRI (circuit, connector)

enable/disable isdnbri 

Link Access Procedure-Balanced (line.llindex)

enable/disable lapb 

LAN Network Manager (base, circuit)

enable/disable lnm 

Multichannel T1

enable/disable mct1 

NetBIOS over IP (base, interface)

enable/disable nbip 

Native Mode LAN (circuit, security list)

enable/disable nml 

Open Systems Interconnect (base)

enable/disable osi 

OSPF (area, base, interface)

enable/disable ospf 

Packet Capture (capture, line)

enable/disable packet 

Ping

enable/disable ping 

Point-to-Point Protocol (line)

enable/disable ppp 

Reverse Address Resolution Protocol (base)

enable/disable rarp 

Repeater (port, reset, test)

enable/disable rptr 

Router redundancy

enable/disable rredund 

Synchronous Data Link Control (base, circuit)

enable/disable sdlc 

Switched Multimegabit Data Service

enable/disable smds 

Simple Network Management Protocol (communities, events, traps)

enable/disable snmp 

Spanning Tree (base, circuit)

enable/disable span 

Source Routing (base, circuit)

enable/disable sr 

Source Route Spanning Tree (base, circuit)

enable/disable srspan 

ST2

enable/disable st2 

114087 Rev. A

1-15

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Table 1-2.

Enabling and Disabling Services (continued)

To Enable or Disable This Service

Use This Command

Statistical Thresholds and Alarm (base, object)

enable/disable sta 

Switched Service

enable/disable sws 

Synchronous line (circuit, connector)

enable/disable sync 

T1 line (circuit, connector)

enable/disable t1 

Transport Control Protocol (base)

enable/disable tcp 

TELNET (base)

enable/disable telnet 

Trivial File Transfer Protocol (base)

enable/disable tftp 

Token Ring line (circuit, connector)

enable/disable token 

VINES (base, circuit)

enable/disable vines 

Bay Networks Compression Protocol (circuit, line)

enable/disable wcp 

X.25 (base, line, service)

enable/disable x25 

Translation Bridge (base, circuit)

enable/disable xb 

Xerox Networking Systems Protocol (base, circuit)

enable/disable xns 

Using the Menu Utility
You can run scripts from Technician Interface menus as an alternative to entering
commands at the Technician Interface prompt. You can also create or customize
scripts menus. Use scripts menus to access the full set of Technician Interface
scripts, including those embedded within the router software.

Displaying Menus
After you configure the run setpath command, you can display the scripts main
menu by entering the menu command at the Technician Interface prompt. The
main menu contains a numbered list of system protocols and services, as shown in
the following example.

1-16

114087 Rev. A

Introducing Technician Interface Scripts
Main Menu
1. APPN

24. Frame Relay Switch

47. SDLC

2. AT

25. FTP

48. SMDS

3. ATM

26. Hardware

49. SNMP

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

22. FDDI

45. Router Redundancy

68. X25

23. Frame Relay

46. Reservable Resources

To display a scripts submenu for a particular protocol , enter its sequence number
from the main menu. For example, to display the IP scripts submenu, enter 28 at
the prompt under the main menu.
Enter menu number or TI command: 28

The IP menu appears:
IP Menu
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

Adjacent Hosts
Alerts
ARP Table
Base Info.
Circuits
Disabled Circuits
Enabled Circuits
ICMP Client Stats
ICMP In Stats
ICMP Miscellaneous Stats
ICMP Out Stats
ICMP Server Stats

D. Disable MORE.

13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.

IP Cache Hits Stats
IP Datagram Stats
IP Fragmentation Stats
IP RIP Filters
IP Stats
IP.bat version
RIP
Routing Table
Security In Stats
Security Out Stats
Static Routes Table
Traffic Filters

M. Menu control on.

Q. Quit or Return

Enter menu number or TI command:

All of the choices shown in the second-level menu display information.

114087 Rev. A

1-17

Using Technician Interface Scripts

Next, enter the number that corresponds to the table you want to display. For
example, to display IP statistics, enter 17. This action runs the script that displays
the IP Statistics table shown in the following example.
Enter menu number or TI command: 17
IP Statistics
-------------

Circuit
------E33
E34
E31

IP Address
--------------6.6.6.6
75.1.1.2
192.168.130.165

In
Receives
---------0
14976
46218

Out
Requests
--------15642
15642
18459

Forwards
-------0
0
0

In
Discards
-------0
0
0

Out
Discards
-------0
0
0

3 Entries
Press Enter to continue.

When you press Enter, the menu utility returns to the submenu. In this example,
pressing Enter displays the IP menu again. Then you can perform any of the
following actions:
•

Enter another option

•

Return to the main menu

•

Enter q for Quit

•

Press RETURN

You can also display a submenu by entering the name of the protocol on the
command line as an option to the menu command. For example, to display the IP
submenu directly, enter the following command at the Technician Interface
prompt:
$ menu ip

1-18

114087 Rev. A

Introducing Technician Interface Scripts

Configuring Menus
You can change any menu that the menu utility displays. You can keep your
changes for the current session only, or you can save them permanently. Using the
menu control feature, you can
•

Change the contents of a menu (add, delete, and edit commands; edit the
menu title; show commands instead of command titles).

•

Load a new menu into the menu structure.

•

Enter a Technician Interface command while using the menu utility.

To use the menu control feature, enter m at the Enter menu number or TI
command: prompt. The menu utility displays a list of options below the main menu,
as shown in the following example:
Main Menu

1. APPN

24. Frame Relay Switch

47. SDLC

2. AT

25. FTP

48. SMDS

3. ATM

26. Hardware

49. SNMP

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

22. FDDI

45. Router Redundancy

68. X25

23. Frame Relay

46. Reservable Resources

A. Add a command

H. Change menu title

Q. Quit

C. Clear all commands

L. Load new menu

S. Save menu commands

D. Delete command

M. Menu control off

T. Toggle cmd. display

E. Edit command

Enter menu number or TI command:

To turn menu control off, just enter m again at the prompt. You can add and delete
commands, edit a command, change a menu’s title, and switch the display
between menu titles and commands.

114087 Rev. A

1-19

Using Technician Interface Scripts

Adding a Command
With menu control on, add a command by entering a at the Enter menu number or
enter the command number, name, and title, as shown
in the example:

TI command: prompt. Then

Enter menu number or TI command: a
Command: 69
Enter new command: date
Enter new title: Date and Time
Setting command 69 to date
Setting title
69 to Date and Time

The main menu automatically refreshes and displays the new option (69. Date
and Time).

Deleting a Command
With menu control on, delete a command by entering d at the Enter menu number
enter the number of the command to be deleted, as
shown in the example:
or TI command: prompt. Then

Enter menu number or TI command: d
Enter command number (r to Return): 69

The main menu automatically refreshes and displays a new list of options, without
command number 69.
Clearing All Commands
With menu control on, clear all commands by entering c at the Enter menu number
or TI command: prompt. The menu utility responds by showing only the menu
title and control options, as follows:
A.
C.
D.
E.

Add a command
Clear all commands
Delete command
Edit command

Main Menu
H. Change menu title.
L. Load new menu
M. Menu control off

Q. Quit
S. Save menu commands
T. Toggle cmd. display

Enter menu number or TI command:

1-20

114087 Rev. A

Introducing Technician Interface Scripts

Editing a Command
With menu control on, edit a command by entering e at the Enter menu number or
TI command: prompt. Then enter the command number, name, and title, as shown
in the following example:
Enter menu number or TI command: e
Enter Command number (r to Return): 2
2 menu at.mnu
AT
Type  to leave unchanged.
Enter new command: show at base
Enter new title: AT Base
Setting command 2 to show at base
Setting title
AT to AT Base

The main menu automatically refreshes and displays the new title for the
show at base command.
Editing a Menu Title
With menu control on, edit the title for an entire menu by entering h at the Enter
following example changes the name
of the main menu to Protocol Statistics:

menu number or TI command: prompt. The

Enter menu number or TI command: h
Enter new menu title: Protocol Statistics

The main menu automatically refreshes and displays the new menu title:
Loading a New Menu
With menu control on, load a new menu by entering l at the Enter menu number
or TI command: prompt. Then enter the name of the new menu:
Enter menu number or TI command: l
Please enter menu setup file.
Type  to use default menu
[vol:filename]> newmain.mnu

If you do not enter a volume number or letter, the system saves the file (in this
case, newmain.mnu) to the default volume.

114087 Rev. A

1-21

Using Technician Interface Scripts

Toggling Menu Titles and Commands
With menu control on, toggle between displaying menu titles and displaying
commands by entering t at the Enter menu number or TI command: prompt, as
shown in the example:
Enter menu number or TI command: t

At the main menu, the screen displays the menu commands (you do not need to
enter .mnu when executing a menu command):
Main Menu
1. menu appn.mnu
2. menu at.mnu
3. menu atm.mnu
.
.
.
21. menu egp.mnu
22. menu fddi.mnu
23. menu fr.mnu

A.
C.
D.
E.

Add a command
Clear all commands
Delete command
Edit command

24. menu frsw.mnu
25. menu ftp.mnu
26. menu hardware.mnu
.
.
.
44. menu rptr.mnu
45. menu rredund.mnu
46. menu rsc.mnu

H. Change menu title.
L. Load new menu
M. Menu control off

47. menu sdlc.mnu
48. menu smds.mnu
49. menu snmp.mnu
.
.
.
67. menu xns.mnu
68. menu x25.mnu

Q. Quit
S. Save menu commands
T. Toggle title display

Enter menu number or TI command:

With menu control on at the submenu level, entering t at the prompt invokes the
list of Technician Interface commands equivalent to the subcommand menu
entries.
The following example sequence of three screens shows what happens when you
enable menu control from a submenu, then toggle the submenu to display
Technician Interface commands instead of menu titles.

1-22

114087 Rev. A

Introducing Technician Interface Scripts
PPP subcommand menu with menu control OFF/disabled:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

PPP Menu
Alerts
16.
AppleTalk Conf.
17.
AppleTalk Neg.
18.
Bad Packets
19.
Bridge Conf.
20.
Bridge Neg.
21.
Circuits
22.
DECnet
23.
Disabled Circuits
24.
Enabled Circuits
25.
IP
26.
IPX Config.
27.
IPX Neg.
28.
IPX Name Local
29.
IPX Name Remote
30.

D. Disable MORE.

Line Conf
Line Parameters
LQR Conf.
LQR Stats
OSI
PAP Local
PAP Remote
CHAP Local
CHAP Remote
PPP.bat version
Vines
XNS
Multilink Circuits
Multilink Information
WCP

M. Menu control on.

Q. Quit or Return

Enter menu number or TI command: m

PPP subcommand menu with menu control ON/enabled:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
A.
C.
D.
E.

PPP Menu
Alerts
16.
AppleTalk Conf.
17.
AppleTalk Neg.
18.
Bad Packets
19.
Bridge Conf.
20.
Bridge Neg.
21.
Circuits
22.
DECnet
23.
Disabled Circuits
24.
Enabled Circuits
25.
IP
26.
IPX Config.
27.
IPX Neg.
28.
IPX Name Local
29.
IPX Name Remote
30.

Add a command
Clear all commands
Delete command
Edit command

Line Conf
Line Parameters
LQR Conf.
LQR Stats
OSI
PAP Local
PAP Remote
CHAP Local
CHAP Remote
PPP.bat version
Vines
XNS
Multilink Circuits
Multilink Information
WCP

H. Change menu title.
L. Load new menu
M. Menu control off

Q. Quit
S. Save menu commands
T. Toggle cmd. display

Enter menu number or TI command: t
114087 Rev. A

1-23

Using Technician Interface Scripts
PPP subcommand menu toggled to display only show commands:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
A.
C.
D.
E.

show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show

ppp
ppp
ppp
ppp
ppp
ppp
ppp
ppp
ppp
ppp
ppp
ppp
ppp
ppp
ppp

PPP Menu
alerts
appletalk configured
appletalk negotiated
bad packets
bridge configured
bridge negotiated
circuit
decnet
disabled
enabled
ip
ipx configured
ipx negotiated
ipx name local
ipx name remote

Add a command
Clear all commands
Delete command
Edit command

16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.

show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show

ppp
ppp
ppp
ppp
ppp
ppp
ppp
ppp
ppp
ppp
ppp
ppp
ppp
ppp
ppp

H. Change menu title.
L. Load new menu
M. Menu control off

line configuration
line parameters
lqr configuration
lqr stats
osi
pap local
pap remote
chap local
chap remote
version
vines
xns
multilink circuits
multilink information
wcp
Q. Quit
S. Save menu commands
T. Toggle title display

Enter menu number or TI command:

Saving Changes Made to Menus

With menu control on, save your changes for future sessions by entering s at the
Enter menu number or TI command: prompt, add a filename, then press the Return

key. Refer to the following example:
Enter menu number or TI command: s
Enter file name [main.mnu]: testing.mnu
Saving commands to testing.mnu.

The Technician Interface saves the file to the default volume. The current menu
session now uses the file you specified. If you do not specify a filename at the
Enter file name [main.mnu]: prompt, the Technician Interface overwrites the
main.mnu file stored on the router’s file system once you press the Return key. If
you mistakenly type s, type q and press the Return key to quit.
Chapter 2 provides a complete reference for all show (and monitor) scripts in the
system. Refer to it for more information, sample displays, and references to other
manuals that describe each protocol in detail.

1-24

114087 Rev. A

Chapter 2
Using the show Command

Use the show command to display routing, configuration, interface, and statistical data
from the Management Information Base (MIB). The type and amount of data displayed
depends on the specific protocol or network service you want to view.
In the command syntax, items in square brackets ([ ]) indicate optional information. Items
in curly braces ({ }) indicate choices that complete a command, and you must enter one of
the choices offered. Text in angle brackets (< >) indicates the type of information to enter
as an optional part of the command syntax; for example . Use lowercase for
all commands; they are case sensitive.
Note: For on-line help - After loading the scripts you need on a given router, you can
display a list of available script subcommands by entering show  without
additional options or with a question mark as an option. For example, after you load
at.bat and associated baseline script files on a router, entering show at or show at ?
at the Technician Interface prompt invokes the list of all show at subcommand
options.

In command syntax,  means that you can use wildcard searching with the * and
? characters. Use * to find a string of any characters and any length. Use ? to designate any
character in a specific position of the search string. For example, to locate all networks
whose addresses begin with 29, enter the search string 29*. This pattern will locate the
addresses 2901456 and 2967. Or if you have a set of names that begin and end with the
same characters but have different characters in the middle, such as xxx1.yy, xxx2.yy and
so on, you can enter the search pattern xxx?.yy to locate them.

114087 Rev. A

2-1

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show appn
The show appn  commands display configuration, state, and statistical
information about the Advanced Peer-to-Peer Networking (APPN) service. For detailed
information about the Bay Networks implementation of APPN, refer to Configuring APPN
Services.
The show appn command supports the following subcommand options:

2-2

adjacencies []

ls definition []

base

ls hpr

cos node []

ls status []

cos priority []

memory

cos tg []

mode []

directory entry []

port definition []

directory statistics

port hpr

dlc []

port status []

dlur lu []

rtp connection

dlur pu []

rtp route

114087 Rev. A

show appn

dlus []

rtp statistics

endpoint address []

switch 

endpoint route []

topology node []

endpoint statistics []

topology statistics

isr address []

topology tg definition []

isr parameters

topology tg status []

isr route []

tunnel []

isr statistics []

version

ls anr

vrn []

114087 Rev. A

2-3

Using Technician Interface Scripts

adjacencies []
Displays the following information for all APPN nodes or for a specific APPN node:
Node

Administratively assigned name for a specific node in the format
..

CP-CP Status

Status of the Control Point to Control Point session between this
node and an adjacent node. Inactive indicates that no CP-CP
sessions exist between the network node and adjacent node. Active
indicates that CP-CP sessions are active.

Out-of-Seq TDUs

Number of out-of-sequence Topology Database Updates. In a
quiesced state, this value is zero. In normal operation, the value
varies depending on the network environment.

Last FRSN Sent

Last Flow Reduction Sequence Number sent in a topology update
to an adjacent network node.

Last FRSN Received

Last Flow Reduction Sequence Number received in a topology
update from an adjacent network node.

Sample Display - show appn adjacencies
APPN Adjacent Nodes
------------------Node
----------------USWFLT01.AFN
USWFLT01.SNEEZY
USWFLT01.WF3174A

CP-CP
Out-of-Seq Last FRSN Last FRSN
Status
TDUs
Sent
Received
-------- ---------- --------- --------ACTIVE
0
3561
207
INACTIVE
0
3554
853
ACTIVE
0
3561
687

3 Entries.

2-4

114087 Rev. A

show appn

base
Displays base record information for APPN. The table displays the following information:
Capabilities:
Negotiated LS Support

Indicates that the APPN node supports negotiable link stations.

Segment Reassembly

Indicates that the APPN node supports segment reassembly.

BIND Reassembly

Indicates that the APPN node supports BIND reassembly.

Parallel TG Support

Indicates that the APPN node supports the ability to establish multiple
transmission groups.

Dynamic LS Support

Indicates that the APPN node supports the ability to accept
connections (that have not been predefined) from adjacent nodes.

Adaptive BIND Pacing

Indicates whether the APPN node supports the ability to control the
flow of BINDs.

Receive Registered Chars

Indicates whether the APPN node supports resource registration.

Border Node Support

Indicates whether the APPN node supports border nodes.

Central Directory Support Indicates whether the APPN node is a central directory server.
Route Tree Caching

Indicates that the APPN node supports route tree caching.

Incremental Tree Updates

Indicates that the APPN node supports incremental updates to the
route-selection tree cache.

Mode-to-COS Mapping

Indicates that the APPN node supports mapping of mode name and
COS and transmission priority.

Multi-Domain Support

Indicates whether the APPN node supports multi-domain traffic flows.

Endpoint RSCV Storage

Indicates whether the APPN node supports Route Selection Control
Vectors (RSCVs) storage during ISR sessions.

Capacity:
Alert Queue Size

Maximum number of alerts that are held while waiting for the
establishment of a link to a reporting point.

COS Cache Size

Size of the COS database weight cache.

Directory Cache Size

Maximum number of entries that can be stored in the directory
database at the network node.

114087 Rev. A

2-5

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Max Directory Entries

Maximum number of cached directory entries that can be stored in the
local directory database at any one time.

Route Tree Cache Size

Size of the topology and routing services tree database.

Route Tree Use Limit

Maximum number of Route Selection Trees (RSTs) cached.

Max Nodes in Topology

Maximum number of times an RST will be used before Route Selection
Services (RSS) calculates a new route tree for that route.

Max TGs in Topology

Maximum number of transmission groups in the local topology
database.

Sample Display - show appn base
APPN Base Information
--------------------Node Name: USWFLT01.DURHAM
State: Active

2-6

Capabilities:
Negotiated LS Support:
Segment Reassembly:
BIND Reassembly:
Parallel TG Support:
Dynamic LS Support:
Adaptive BIND Pacing:
Receive Registered Chars:
Border Node Support:
Central Directory Support:
Route Tree Caching:
Incremental Tree Updates:
Mode-to-COS Mapping:
Multi-Domain Support:
Endpoint RSCV Storage:

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Capacity:
Alert Queue Size:
COS Cache Size:
Directory Cache Size:
Max Directory Entries:
Route Tree Cache Size:
Route Tree Use Limit:
Max Nodes in Topology:
Max TGs in Topology:

10
8
100
Unlimited
8
8
Unlimited
Unlimited

114087 Rev. A

show appn

cos node []
Displays resistance and congestion information for all COS types or for a specific COS
type.
COS

COS Name: #BATCH, #INTER, #INTERSC, #BATCHSC,
CPSVCMG or SNASVCMG. #BATCH refers to jobs which are
batch-like in nature (i.e., where there is a lot of data is involved and
response time is not very important). #INTER refers to interactive
jobs (i.e., where there is not much data involved and response time
is very important). #INTERSC and #BATCHSC are secure
versions of #INTER and #BATCH. CPSVCMG and SNASVCMG
are used for APPN control data.

Weight

Size of the COS database weight cache assigned to a particular
node given its resistance and congestion characteristics.

Resist Min

Minimum route addition resistance allowed. Route addition
resistance indicates the relative desirability of using this node for
intermediate session traffic. The value, which can be an integer
from 0 to 255, is used in route computation. The lower the value,
the more desirable the node is for intermediate routing.

Resist Max

Maximum route addition resistance allowed.

Congest Min

Minimum congestion allowed.

Congest Max

Maximum congestion allowed.

114087 Rev. A

2-7

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show appn cos node
APPN COS Nodes
-------------Resist Resist Congest Congest
COS
Weight Min
Max
Min
Max
-------- ------ ------ ------ ------- ------#BATCH
5
0
31
0
0
#BATCH
10
0
63
0
0
#BATCH
20
0
95
0
0
#BATCH
40
0
127
0
0
#BATCH
60
0
159
0
0
#BATCH
80
0
191
0
0
#BATCH
120
0
223
0
1
#BATCH
160
0
255
0
1
#INTER
5
0
31
0
0
#INTER
10
0
63
0
0
#INTER
20
0
95
0
0
#INTER
40
0
127
0
0
#INTER
60
0
159
0
0
#INTER
80
0
191
0
0
#INTER
120
0
223
0
1
#INTER
160
0
255
0
1
CPSVCMG
5
0
31
0
0
17 Entries.

cos priority []
Displays the transmission priority for all COS types or for a specific COS type. For more
information about COS types, see the cos node command. The priority can be Low,
Medium, High, or Network.

2-8

114087 Rev. A

show appn
Sample Display - show appn cos priority
APPN COS Priorities
------------------COS
-------#BATCH
#INTER
CPSVCMG
#BATCHSC
#CONNECT
#INTERSC
SNASVCMG

Priority
-------Low
High
Network
Low
Medium
High
Network

7 Entries.

cos tg []
Displays Transmission Group (TG) information for all COS types or for a specific COS
type.
Eff-Cap Min

Minimum effective capacity. Effective capacity is the
bit-transmission rate of the transmission group. It is derived from
the link bandwidth and maximum load factor with the range of 0
through 255.

Eff-Cap Max

Maximum effective capacity.

Connect Min

Minimum cost per connection time. This value represents the
relative cost per unit of time to use the transmission group. Range
is from 0, which means no cost, to 255, which indicates maximum
cost.

Connect Max

Maximum cost per connection time.

Byte Cst Min

Minimum cost of transmitting a byte over this connection. Range is
from 0 (lowest cost) to 255.

Byte Cst Max

Maximum cost of transmitting a byte over this connection. Range
is from 0 (lowest cost) to 255.

114087 Rev. A

2-9

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Security Min

Minimum security, with security represented as an integer with a
range of 1 through 255: 1 (nonsecure), 32 (public switched), 64
(underground), 128 (conduit), 160 (encrypted), 192 (guarded
radiation), 255 (maximum).

Security Max

Maximum security, with security represented as an integer with a
range of 1 through 255: 1 (nonsecure), 32 (public switched), 64
(underground), 128 (conduit), 160 (encrypted), 192 (guarded
radiation), 255 (maximum).

Delay Min

Minimum amount of time that it takes for a signal to travel the
length of the logical link, with a range of from 0 to 255: 76
(negligible), 113 (terrestrial), 145 (packet), 153 (long), 255
(maximum).

Delay Max

Maximum amount of time that it takes for a signal to travel the
length of the logical link, with a range of from 0 to 255: 76
(negligible), 113 (terrestrial), 145 (packet), 153 (long), 255
(maximum).

User-1 Min

First minimum user-defined transmission group characteristic for
this transmission group with a range of from 0 to 255.

User-1 Max

First maximum user-defined transmission group characteristic for
this transmission group with a range of from 0 to 255.

User-2 Min

Second minimum user-defined transmission group characteristic
for this transmission group with a range of from 0 to 255.

User-2 Max

Second maximum user-defined transmission group characteristic
for this transmission group with a range of from 0 to 255.

User-3 Min

Third minimum user-defined transmission group characteristic for
this transmission group with a range of from 0 to 255.

User-3 Max

Third maximum user-defined transmission group characteristic for
this transmission group with a range of from 0 to 255.

For more information about COS types and weight, see the cos node command.

2-10

114087 Rev. A

show appn
Sample Display - show appn cos tg
APPN COS TGs
------------

COS
-------#BATCH
#BATCH
#BATCH
#BATCH
#BATCH
#BATCH
#BATCH
#BATCH
#INTER
#INTER
#INTER
#INTER
#INTER
#INTER
#INTER
#INTER
CPSVCMG

Wgt
--30
60
90
120
150
180
210
240
30
60
90
120
150
180
210
240
30

Eff-Cap Connect ByteCst Securty Delay User-1 User-2 User-3
Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --68 255
0
0
0
0
1 255
0 255
0 255
0 255
0 255
56 255
0
0
0
0
1 255
0 255
0 255
0 255
0 255
56 255
0 128
0 128
1 255
0 255
0 255
0 255
0 255
48 255
0
0
0
0
1 255
0 255
0 255
0 255
0 255
48 255
0 128
0 128
1 255
0 255
0 255
0 255
0 255
48 255
0 196
0 196
1 255
0 255
0 255
0 255
0 255
40 255
0 196
0 196
1 255
0 255
0 255
0 255
0 255
0 255
0 255
0 255
1 255
0 255
0 255
0 255
0 255
118 255
0
0
0
0
1 255
0 76
0 255
0 255
0 255
68 255
0
0
0
0
1 255
0 113
0 255
0 255
0 255
68 255
0 128
0 128
1 255
0 113
0 255
0 255
0 255
56 255
0
0
0
0
1 255
0 113
0 255
0 255
0 255
56 255
0 128
0 128
1 255
0 145
0 255
0 255
0 255
48 255
0
0
0
0
1 255
0 145
0 255
0 255
0 255
48 255
0 196
0 196
1 255
0 255
0 255
0 255
0 255
0 255
0 255
0 255
1 255
0 255
0 255
0 255
0 255
118 255
0
0
0
0
1 255
0 76
0 255
0 255
0 255

17 Entries.

directory entry []
Displays directory information for all Logical Units (LUs) or for a specific LU.
LU

Logical Unit name.

NN Server

Network Node server name.

LU Owner

Logical Unit owner name.

Location

Location of the Logical Unit: Local, Domain, or XDomain
(cross-domain).

114087 Rev. A

2-11

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Type

Directory type: Home, Cache, or Registered. Home means that the
LU is in the domain of the local network node and that the LU
information has been configured at the local node. Cache means
that the LU has previously been located by a broadcast search and
that the location information has been saved. Register means that
the LU is at an end node that is in the domain of the local network
node. Registered entries are registered by the served end node.

Wildcard

Type of wildcard: Explicit, Partial, or Full. Explicit means the full
LU name has been specified. Partial means the entry is a partial
wildcard. Full means the entry is a full wildcard, and all searches
for unknown LUs will be directed to this node.

Sample Display - show appn directory entry
APPN Directory Entries
---------------------LU
----------------USWFLT01.TESTEN
USWFLT01.RALEIGH
USWFLT01.TESTENLU

NN Server
----------------USWFLT01.RALEIGH
USWFLT01.RALEIGH
USWFLT01.RALEIGH

LU Owner
Location Type
Woodard
----------------- -------- ------- ------USWFLT01.TESTEN
Domain
Registr Explicit
USWFLT01.RALEIGH Local
Home
Explicit
USWFLT01.TESTEN
Domain
Registr Explicit

3 Entries.

directory statistics
Displays information concerning the performance of the directory services function.

2-12

Maximum Cached Entries

Maximum number of cache entries allowed.

Current Cached Entries

Current number of cache entries.

Current Home Entries

Current number of home entries.

Current Registered Entries

Current number of registered entries.

Directed Locates Received

Number of directed locates received.

Broadcast Locates Received

Number of broadcast locates received.

Directed Locates Sent

Number of directed locates sent.

114087 Rev. A

show appn
Broadcast Locates Sent

Number of broadcast locates sent.

Directed Locates Not Found

Number of directed locates returned with a “not found.”

Broadcast Locates Not Found Number of broadcast locates returned with a “not found.”
Outstanding Locates

Current number of outstanding locates, both directed and
broadcast. This value varies. A value of zero indicates that no
locates are unanswered.

Sample Display - show appn stats directory
APPN Directory Statistics
----------------------Maximum Cached Entries:
Current Cached Entries:
Current Home Entries:
Current Registered Entries:
Directed Locates Received:
Broadcast Locates Received:
Directed Locates Sent:
Broadcast Locates Sent:
Directed Locates Not Found:
Broadcast Locates Not Found:
Outstanding Locates:

100
0
2
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

dlc []
Displays information for all Data Link Controls (DLCs) or for a specific DLC.
DLC

Eight-character name given to this DLC.

Circuit Name

Name of the circuit used by this DLC.

State

Current state of this DLC: Inactive, Pending Active, Active, or
Pending Inactive.

CCT

Circuit number.

DLC Type

Type of DLC: SDLC, LLC SRB, LLC TB, or DLS.

Negotiated LS Support

Indicates whether Link Station roles can be negotiated on this
DLC.

114087 Rev. A

2-13

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show appn dlc
APPN DLCs
---------

DLC
-------DLC00001
DLC00002
DLC00003
DLC00004
DLC00006
DLC00008
DLC00010

Circuit Name
-----------S51
S52
S53
S54
E23.llc2
E24.llc2
O31.llc2

State
CCT
---------------- ---Active
1
Active
2
Active
3
Active
4
Active
6
Active
8
Active
10

DLC
Type
------SDLC
SDLC
SDLC
SDLC
LLC-TB
LLC-TB
LLC-SRB

Negotiated
LS Support
---------Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

7 Entries.

dlur lu []
Displays the status of all the DLUR LUs or a specific DLUR LU.

2-14

LU

Logical Unit name.

PU

Physical Unit name with up to 8 characters.

DLUS

Fully qualified Dependent LU Server name containing 3 to 17
characters.

NAU Address

Network Addressable Unit address.

PLU

Primary LU name.

114087 Rev. A

show appn
Sample Display - show appn dlur lu
APPN DLUR LUs
------------NAU
LU
PU
DLUS
Address
PLU
-------- -------- ----------------- ------- ----------------L0000C22 PU188004 USWFLT01.S156CDRM
2
L0000C23 PU188004 USWFLT01.S156CDRM
3
2 Entries.

dlur pu []
Displays the status of all the DLUR PUs or a specific DLUR PU.
PU

Physical Unit name with up to 8 characters.

Active DLUS

Displays the fully qualified name of the active DLUS. The name
can contain from 3 to 17 characters.

Primary DLUS

Displays the fully qualified primary Dependent Logical Unit Server
name. The name can contain from 3 to 17 characters.

Backup DLUS

Displays the fully qualified backup Dependent Logical Unit Server
name. The name can contain from 3 to 17 characters.

Sample Display - show appn dlur pu
APPN DLUR PUs
-------------

PU
Active DLUS
Primary DLUS
Backup DLUS
-------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------PU188004 USWFLT01.S156CDRM USWFLT01.S156CDRM USWFLT01.S157CDRM
1 Entry.

114087 Rev. A

2-15

Using Technician Interface Scripts

dlus []
Displays the status of all the DLUSs or a specific DLUS.
DLUS

Displays the fully qualified name of the active DLUS. The name
can contain from 3 to 17 characters.

Pipe State

State of the CP-SVR pipe between the DLUR and DLUS:
Active, Inactive, PendingActive, PendingInact.

Active PUs

Number of active PUs to the DLUS.

SSCP-PU MU Rcvd

Number of Message Units Received on the SSCP-PU session.

SSCP-PU MU Sent

Number of Message Units Sent on the SSCP-PU session.

SSCP-LU MU Rcvd

Number of Message Units Received on the SSCP-LU session.

SSCP-LU MU Sent

Number of Message Units Sent on the SSCP-LU session.

Sample Display - show appn dlus
APPN DLUS Nodes
--------------Active SSCP-PU SSCP-PU SSCP-LU SSCP-LU
DLUS
Pipe State
PUs
MU Sent MU Rcvd MU Sent MU Rcvd
----------------- ---------------- ------ ------- ------- ------- ------USWFLT01.S156CDRM Active
1
0
0
5
4
1 Entry.

endpoint address []
Displays address information for all endpoint sessions or for sessions to a specific LU.

2-16

Partner LU

Name of the Partner Logical Unit being used by this session.

PCID

Procedure Correlation Identifier of this session.

Priority

Transmission priority being used by this session: Low, Medium,
High, or Network level priority.

COS

Class-of-Service being used by this session.

LS

Adjacent Link Station used by this session.

114087 Rev. A

show appn
SIDH

Session Identifier High value used by this session.

SIDL

Session Identifier Low value used by this session.

ODAI

OAF-DAF Assignor Indicator value used by this session.

Sample Display - show appn endpoint address
APPN Endpoint Session Addressing Info
------------------------------------Partner LU
----------------USWFLT01.WF3174A
USWFLT01.WF3174A
USWFLT01.AFN
USWFLT01.AFN
USWFLT01.TESTEN
USWFLT01.TESTEN

PCID
---------------dbf36f442150b151
fbbf52e94a9b96c9
ccebbc6be89f3909
fbbf52e94a9b96c8
fbbf52e94a9b96c7
eebbbebc4474cd92

Priority
-------Network
Network
Network
Network
Network
Network

COS
-------CPSVCMG
CPSVCMG
CPSVCMG
CPSVCMG
CPSVCMG
CPSVCMG

LS
SIDH SIDL ODAI
-------- ---- ---- ---@I000004
2
0
1
@I000004
2
0
0
@I000003
2
0
0
@I000003
2
0
1
@I000002
2
0
0
@I000002
2
1
1

6 Entries.

endpoint route []
Displays routing information for all endpoint sessions or for sessions to a specific LU. The
Route column indicates the route used by the endpoint sessions. CP sessions (between
adjacent nodes) do not show routes. For more information about column definitions, see
the endpoint address command.

Note: Routing information is only available if the endpoint session RSCV storage
option is enabled.

114087 Rev. A

2-17

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show appn endpoint route
APPN Endpoint Session Routing Info
---------------------------------Partner LU
PCID
Route
----------------- ---------------- ----USWFLT01.WFAS400 fbbf52e94a9b96cc
USWFLT01.RALEIGH->TG:1->USWFLT01.AFN->TG:21>USWFLT01.WFAS400
USWFLT01.WFAS400 fbbf52e94a9b96cb
USWFLT01.RALEIGH->TG:1->USWFLT01.AFN->TG:21>USWFLT01.WFAS400
USWFLT01.WF3174A dbf36f442150b151
USWFLT01.WF3174A fbbf52e94a9b96c9
USWFLT01.AFN
ccebbc6be89f3909
USWFLT01.AFN
fbbf52e94a9b96c8
USWFLT01.TESTEN
fbbf52e94a9b96c7
USWFLT01.TESTEN
eebbbebc4474cd92
8 Entries.

endpoint statistics []
Displays statistics for all endpoint sessions or for sessions to a specific LU.

2-18

Dir

Indicates the direction: Rx (receive) or Tx (transmit).

BTU Size

Maximum send Basic Transmission Unit size on each hop of this
session.

Pacing Max

Maximum send pacing on each hop of this session.

Pacing Cur

Current send pacing on each hop of this session.

Frames

Number of normal-flow frames sent on each hop of this session.

Bytes

Number of bytes sent on each hop of this session.

114087 Rev. A

show appn
Sample Display - show appn stats endpoint
APPN Endpoint Session Statistics
-------------------------------BTU Pacing
Partner LU
PCID
Dir Size Max Cur Frames Bytes
----------------- ---------------- --- ----- --- --- ------ -----USWFLT01.WFAS400 fbbf52e94a9b96cc Rx
2048
3
3
1
40
Tx
2048
1
1
1
62
USWFLT01.WFAS400 fbbf52e94a9b96cb Rx
2048
3
3
1
28
Tx
2048
1
1
1
76
USWFLT01.WF3174A dbf36f442150b151 Rx
2048 11
7
11
4K
Tx
2048
1
1
1
15
USWFLT01.WF3174A fbbf52e94a9b96c9 Rx
2048
1
1
1
15
Tx
2048
4
3
14
351K
USWFLT01.AFN
ccebbc6be89f3909 Rx
2048 11
7
11
4K
Tx
2048
1
1
1
15
USWFLT01.AFN
fbbf52e94a9b96c8 Rx
2048
1
1
1
15
Tx
2048 13 13
19
136K
USWFLT01.TESTEN
fbbf52e94a9b96c7 Rx
1929
1
1
1
15
Tx
1929
1
1
194
23K
USWFLT01.TESTEN
eebbbebc4474cd92 Rx
1929
1
1
195
53K
Tx
1929
1
1
1
15
8 Entries.

isr address []
Displays address information for all Intermediate Session Routing (ISR) sessions or for
sessions from a particular node.
FQ CP Name

Fully Qualified Control Point name of the node assigning the PCID
for this session.

PCID

Procedure Correlation Identifier of this session.

Priority

Transmission priority used by this session: Low, Medium, High, or
Network.

COS

Class-of-Service being used by this session.

Hop

Indicates whether the local LU was the BIND sender (Primary) or
the BIND receiver (Secondary).

LS

Adjacent Link Station used by this session.

SIDH

Session Identifier High value used by this session.

114087 Rev. A

2-19

Using Technician Interface Scripts
SIDL

Session Identifier Low value used by this session.

ODAI

OAF-DAF Assignor Indicator value used by this session.

Sample Display - show appn isr address
APPN ISR Session Addressing Info
-------------------------------FQ CP Name
PCID
Priority
COS
Hop
LS
SIDH SIDL ODAI
----------------- ---------------- ------- -------- --- -------- ---- ---- ---USWFLT01.TESTEN
eebbbebc4774cd92 Network SNASVCMG Pri @I000002
2
2
1
Sec @I000003
2
1
1
1 Entry.

isr parameters
Displays parameter information about the Intermediate Session Routing (ISR) function.
ISR State

Indicates whether ISR is enabled. The default is enabled.

Maximum RU Size

Maximum Request Unit size for intermediate sessions.

Receive Pacing Window

Maximum number of messages that the network node can receive
in one pacing window during an ISR session.

Maximum ISR Sessions

Maximum number of ISR sessions that the local network node will
process concurrently.

Congestion Upper Threshold

Maximum number of ISR sessions that can take place before new
sessions are directed away from the network node.

Congestion Lower Threshold Number of active ISR sessions that the local network node must
drop to before it is no longer considered congested.
ISR RSCV Storage

2-20

Indicates whether Route Selection Control Vectors are stored
during ISR sessions (see isr route command).

114087 Rev. A

show appn
Sample Display - show appn isr parameters
APPN ISR Parameters
------------------ISR State:
Maximum RU Size:
Receive Pacing Window:
Maximum ISR Sessions:
Congestion Upper Threshold:
Congestion Lower Threshold:
ISR RSCV Storage:

Enabled
1024
7
1000
900
800
Yes

isr route []
Displays routing information for all ISR sessions or for ISR sessions from a specific node.
For more information about column definitions, see the isr address command.

Note: ISR RSCV storage must be enabled in order to display the route.

Sample Display - show appn isr route
APPN ISR Session Routing Info
----------------------------FQ CP Name
PCID
Route
----------------- ---------------- ----USWFLT01.TESTEN
eebbbebc4774cd92
USWFLT01.TESTEN->TG:21->USWFLT01.RALEIGH->TG:1->USWFLT01.AFN->TG:21->USWFLT0
1.WFAS400
1 Entry.

114087 Rev. A

2-21

Using Technician Interface Scripts

isr statistics []
Displays session statistics for all ISR sessions or for ISR sessions from a specific node.
For more information about column definitions, see the endpoint statistics and isr
address commands.

Sample Display - show appn stats isr
APPN ISR Session Statistics
--------------------------BTU Pacing
FQ CP Name
PCID
Hop Size Max Cur Frames Bytes
----------------- ---------------- ---- ----- --- --- ------ -----USWFLT01.TESTEN
eebbbebc4774cd92 P-Rx 1929
1
1
388
29K
P-Tx 1929
3
3
388
10K
S-Rx 2048
5
3
388
10K
S-Tx 2048
5
3
388
29K
1 Entry.

ls anr
Displays automatic network routing labels for a single link station or multiple link
stations.
LS

Administratively assigned name for the link station. The name can
be from one to eight characters.

CP Name

Fully qualified name of the adjacent node for this link station. The
name can be from three to 17 characters. Format is
..

2-22

State

The current state of the link station, active or inactive.

ANR Label

The Automatic Network Routing label assigned during RTP route
setup.

114087 Rev. A

show appn
Sample Display - show appn ls anr
APPN Link Station ANR Info
---------------------------

LS
CP Name
State
-------- ----------------- ----------RALEIGH USBNET01.RALEIGH Active
VEGAS
USBNET01.VEGAS
Active

ANR
Label
----91
90

2 Entries.

ls definition []
Displays Link Station (LS) information for all defined link stations or for a specific link
station.
LS

Administratively assigned name for the link station. The name can
be from one to eight characters.

CP Name

Fully qualified name of the adjacent node for this link station. The
name can be from three to 17 characters. Format is
..

Port

Administratively assigned name for the port. The name can be from
one to eight characters.

TG Num

Number associated with the transmission group for this link
station.

CP-CP Sessn

Indicates whether CP-CP sessions are supported by this link
station.

Max BTU

Numeric value between 256 and 4105 inclusive, indicating the
maximum number of bytes in a Basic Transmission Unit (BTU)
that can be sent on this transmission group. This is an
administratively assigned value.

Link Address

Link address using MAC address and SAP, or SDLC address.

114087 Rev. A

2-23

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show appn ls definition
APPN Link Station Definition
---------------------------TG CP-CP Max
LS
CP Name
Port
Num Sessn BTU
Link Address
-------- ----------------- -------- --- ----- ----- --------------DURHAM
USWFLT01.DURHAM
PORT22
0 Yes
1417 00004500e476:04
WFAS400 USWFLT01.WFAS400 PORT22
0 Yes
1476 40000104877a:04
2 Entries.

ls hpr
Displays High Performance Routing capabilities for a single link station or multiple link
stations.
LS

Administratively assigned name for the link station. The name can
be from one to eight characters.

CP Name

Fully qualified name of the adjacent node for this link station. The
name can be from three to 17 characters. Format is
..

2-24

HPR Enabled

Specifies whether HPR support has been enabled for this link
station.

Link Level Error Recovery

Specifies whether link level error recovery support has been
selected for this link station.

114087 Rev. A

show appn
Sample Display - show appn ls hpr
APPN Link Station HPR info
-----------------------------HPR
LS
CP Name
Enabled
-------- ----------------- ------RALEIGH USWFLT01.RALEIGH Yes
VEGAS
USWFLT01.VEGAS
Yes

Link Level
Error Recovery
-------------No
Yes

2 Entries.

ls status []
Displays the status of all link stations or a specific link station.

LS

Administratively assigned name for the link station. The name can
be from one to eight characters. Names that begin with an “@”
symbol indicate dynamic link stations.

CP Name

Fully qualified name of the adjacent node for this link station. The
name can be from three to 17 characters. Format is
..

State

State of this link station: Inactive, Pending Active, Active,
PendingInactive.

TG Num

Number of the transmission group for this link station.

Cur Sessn

Number of active sessions on this link.

Frames Rcvd

Number of message frames received.

Bytes Rcvd

Number of message bytes received.

Frames Sent

Number of message frames sent.

Bytes Sent

Number of message bytes sent.

114087 Rev. A

2-25

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show appn ls status
APPN Link Station Status
------------------------

LS
CP Name
-------- ----------------PLUTO
USWFLT01.PLUTO
ANAHEIM USWFLT01.ANAHEIM
WF3174A USWFLT01.WF3174A
ANAHEIM2 USWFLT01.ANAHEIM
4 Entries.

TG
Cur Frames Bytes Frames Bytes
State
Num Sessn Rcvd
Rcvd
Sent
Sent
----------- ---- ----- ------ ------ ------ -----Active
21
4
56
10K
57
9K
Pend Active
3
0
0
0
0
0
Active
21
2
51
10K
41
5K
Active
2
6
81
4K
68
3K

memory
Displays information about CP memory usage.
Available Memory

Total memory available to the APPN service (0 means unlimited).

Memory in Use

Memory in use by the APPN service.

Warning Threshold

Warning memory threshold (0 means no threshold).

Critical Threshold

Critical memory threshold (0 means no threshold).

Sample Display - show appn memory
APPN Memory Utilization
----------------------Available Memory:
Memory in Use:
Warning Threshold:
Critical Threshold:

2-26

0
147915
0
0

114087 Rev. A

show appn

mode []
Displays mode-to-COS mappings for all modes or for a specific mode. For information on
the columns, see the cos node and cos priority commands.
Sample Display - show appn mode
APPN Mode to COS Mappings
------------------------Mode
-------#BATCH
#INTER
CPSVCMG
#BATCHSC
#INTERSC
SNASVCMG

COS
-------#BATCH
#INTER
CPSVCMG
#BATCHSC
#INTERSC
SNASVCMG

6 Entries.

port definition []
Displays port definition information for all ports or for a specific port.
Port

Administratively assigned name for this APPN port. The name can
be from one to eight characters.

Number

Port number associated with the port name.

DLC

Indicates the name of the DLC supporting this port.

Receive BTU Size

Maximum Basic Transmission Unit (BTU) size that a link station
on this port can receive.

Send BTU Size

Maximum BTU size that a link station on this port can send.

Max Window

Maximum number of I-frames that can be received by the
Exchange Identification (XID) sender before an acknowledgement
is received.

Port Type

Identifies the type of line used by this port: Leased, Switched, or
Shared Access Transport Facility (SATF).

Link Address

Link address using MAC address and SAP.

114087 Rev. A

2-27

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show appn port definition
APPN Port Definitions
--------------------Receive
Send
Max
Port
Port
Number
DLC
BTU Size BTU Size Window
Type
Link Address
--------- ------ -------- -------- -------- ------ -------- --------------PORT0001
0 DLC00001
2048
2048
7 Leased
:01
PORT0002
0 DLC00002
2048
2048
7 Leased
:03
PORT0003
0 DLC00003
2048
2048
7 Leased
:05
PORT0004
0 DLC00004
2048
2048
7 Leased
:07
PORT0008
0 DLC00008
2057
2057
7 SATF
000045222224:04
PORT0010
0 DLC00010
2057
2057
7 SATF
000045C0E4B6:04
6 Entries.

port hpr
Displays High Performance Routing capabilities for a single port or multiple ports.

2-28

Port

Administratively assigned name for this APPN port. The name can
be from one to eight characters.

Implicit HPR Enabled

Specifies whether HPR support has been enabled for dynamic link
stations on this port.

Implicit Link Level Error
Recovery

Specifies whether link level error recovery support has been
selected for dynamic link stations on this port.

Implicit Link Deactivation
Time

Specifies the link deactivation time (in seconds) for dynamic link
stations on this port.

HPR SAP

Defines the chosen SAP for HPR traffic on this port.

114087 Rev. A

show appn
Sample Display - show appn port hpr
APPN Port Defined HPR info
----------------------------Implicit
HPR
Port
Enabled
-------- -------PORT0003 Yes
PORT0005 No

Implicit
Link Level
Error Recovery
-------------No
No

Implicit
Link Deact
Time
---------120
5

HPR
sap
---C8
none

2 Entries.

port status []
Displays port status information regarding the Exchange Identification (XID) and link role
for all ports or for a specific port.
Port

Administratively assigned name for this APPN port. The name can
be from one to eight characters.

Number

Port number associated with the port name.

State

State of this port: Inactive, Pending Active, Active,
PendingInactive.

Link Role

Initial role for the link stations activated through this port: Primary,
Secondary, Negotiable, or ABM (Asynchronous Balance Mode).

Good XIDs

Number of successful XID sequences that have occurred on all
defined link stations on this port since the last time this port was
started.

Bad XIDs

Number of unsuccessful XID sequences that have occurred on all
defined link stations on this port since the last time this port was
started.

114087 Rev. A

2-29

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show appn port status
APPN Port Status
---------------Port
Number
State
Link Role Good XIDs
-------- ------ ---------------- ---------- --------PORT0001
0 Active
Negotiable
1
PORT0002
0 Active
Negotiable
0
PORT0003
0 Active
Primary
1
PORT0004
0 Active
Primary
1

Bad XIDs
-------0
0
0
0

4 Entries.

rtp connection
Displays information about all RTP connections or a specific RTP connection.
RTP Conn Name

Name of the RTP connection.

Destination CP Name

Fully qualified name of the destination network node. The name
can be from three to 17 characters. Format is
..

2-30

1st Hop Ls Name

Name of the link station which supports the RTP connection.

COS

Class of service for the RTP connection.

Local TCID

Local Transport Connection Identifier of the RTP connection.

Remote TCID

Remote Transport Connection Identifier of the RTP connection.

114087 Rev. A

show appn
Sample Display - show appn rtp connection
APPN RTP Connections
-------------------RTP
Conn
Name
-------@R000001
@R000002
@R000003
@R000004
@R000005
@R000006

1st Hop
Destination
Ls
COS
Local
Remote
CP Name
Name
TCID
TCID
----------------- -------- -------- ---------------- ---------------USWFLT01.DURHAM RALEIGH SNASVCMG 0000000001000000 0000000005000000
USWFLT01.DURHAM RALEIGH #CONNECT 0000000002000000 0000000006000000
USWFLT01.DURHAM
RALEIGH #INTER
0000000003000000 0000000007000000
USWFLT01.DURHAM
RALEIGH #BATCH
0000000004000000 0000000008000000
USWFLT01.VEGAS
BOSTON
SNASVCMG 0000000005000000 0000000009000000
USWFLT01.VEGAS
BOSTON
#CONNECT 0000000006000000 000000000A000000

4 Entries.

rtp route
Displays the RTP route selection control vector for all RTP connections or a specific RTP
connection.
RTP Conn Name

Name of the RTP connection.

Route

Route selection control vector (RSCV) of the RTP connection.

Sample Display - show appn rtp route
APPN RTP Connection Routing Info
---------------------------------RTP
Conn
Name
-------@R000001
@R000002
@R000003
@R000004

Route
----USWFLT01.VEGAS->TG:21->USWFLT01.RALEIGH
USWFLT01.VEGAS->TG:21->USWFLT01.RALEIGH
USWFLT01.VEGAS->TG:21->USWFLT01.RALEIGH
USWFLT01.VEGAS->TG:21->USWFLT01.RALEIGH

4 Entries.
114087 Rev. A

2-31

Using Technician Interface Scripts

rtp statistics
Displays statistics for all RTP connections or a specific RTP connection.
RTP Connection Name

Name of the RTP connection.

Cur Session

Number of currently active sessions on this RTP connection.

Dir

Direction (Rx/Tx) of the specified statistic.

Bytes

Number of bytes received/transmitted on the RTP connection.

Pkts

Number of packets received/transmitted on the RTP connection.

SessCtl Frames

Number of session control frames sent on the RTP connection.

Rate

Current receive/transmit rate (in Kbits/sec) of the RTP connection.

Discarded Bytes

Total number of bytes sent by the remote node that were discarded
as duplicates.

Discarded Pkts

Total number of packets sent by the remote node that were
discarded as duplicates.

Resent Bytes

Total number of bytes resent by the local node that were lost in
transit.

Resent Pkts

Total number of packets resent by the local node that were lost in
transit.

Sample Display - show appn rtp statistics
APPN RTP Connection Statistics
-----------------------------RTP
Conn
Cur
SessCtl
Discarded
Resent
Name
Sessn Dir Bytes Pkts
Frames Rate Bytes Pkts
Bytes Pkts
-------- ----- --- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ -----@R000001
1 Rx
196
7
1
1K
0
0
Tx
285
7
1
1K
0
0
@R000002
1 Rx
344
14
1
1K
0
0
Tx
354
15
1
1K
0
0
@R000003
1 Rx
352
218
1
1K
0
0
Tx
420
215
1
1K
0
0
@R000004
1 Rx
352
195
1
1K
0
0
Tx
420
199
1
1K
0
0
4 Entries.

2-32

114087 Rev. A

show appn

switch 
Requests the APPN node to perform a path switch with a currently active RTP connection.
If a better path is not found, the connection remains unchanged. The
 is the name of the RTP connection that displays with the show
appn rtp connection command.

Sample Display - show appn switch
path switching RTP connection @R000001

topology node []
Displays node information on the topology database for all control points or for a specific
control point.
Node

Administratively assigned name for a specific node in the format
..

Type

Type of APPN node: NN (network node) or VRN (virtual node).

FRSN

Flow Reduction Sequence Numbers are associated with Topology
Database Updates (TDUs) and are unique only within each APPN network
node. A TDU can be associated with multiple APPN resources. This FRSN
indicates the last time this resource was updated at this node.

RSN

Resource Sequence Number that is assigned and controlled by the network
node that owns this resource. This is always an even 32-bit number unless
an error has occurred.

RAR

Route Addition Resistance indicates the relative desirability of using this
node for intermediate session traffic. The value, which can be any integer
from 0 to 255, is used in route computation. The lower the value, the more
desirable the node is for intermediate routing.

Congested

Indicates whether this node is congested. This is set or reset by a node
based upon one or both of the following congestion measures: cycle
utilization of the hardware and total buffer utilization. When this
congestion exists this node is not included in route selection by other
nodes.

114087 Rev. A

2-33

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Depleted

Indicates whether Intermediate Session Routing resources are depleted.
This node is not included in intermediate route selection by other nodes
when resources are depleted.

Quiescing

Indicates whether the node is quiescing. This node is not included in route
selection by other nodes when the node is quiescing.

GW

Indicates whether the node provide gateway functions.

CDS

Indicates whether the node provides Central Directory Support.

Sample Display - show appn topology node
APPN Topology Nodes
------------------Node
----------------USWFLT01.AN
USWFLT01.AFN
USWFLT01.ASN
USWFLT01.BCN
USWFLT01.BUD
USWFLT01.CN1
USWFLT01.PCX
USWFLT01.PLUTO
USWFLT01.VEGAS
USWFLT01.DURHAM
USWFLT01.SNEEZY
USWFLT01.ANAHEIM
USWFLT01.MERCURY
USWFLT01.RALEIGH
USWFLT01.WF3174A
USWFLT01.WFAS400
USWFLT01.BROOKLYN

Type FRSN
RSN
RAR Congested Depleted Quiescing GW CDS
---- ------ ------ --- --------- -------- --------- --- --NN
3547
2 128
No
No
No
No No
NN
3547
4 128
No
No
No
No No
NN
3547
2 128
No
No
No
No No
NN
3547
2 128
No
No
No
No No
NN
3547
2 128
No
No
No
No No
VRN
0
0 128
No
No
No
No No
NN
3547
2 128
No
No
No
No No
NN
3547
6 128
No
No
No
No No
NN
3548
2 128
No
No
No
No No
NN
3548
2 128
No
No
No
No No
NN
3548
2 128
No
No
No
No No
NN
3548
2 128
No
No
No
No No
NN
3549
14
0
No
No
No
No No
NN
3549
2 128
No
No
No
No No
NN
3551
64 128
No
No
No
No No
NN
3550
88 128
No
No
No
No No
NN
3550
2 128
No
No
No
No No

17 Entries.

2-34

114087 Rev. A

show appn

topology statistics
Displays APPN topology statistics.
Node Record Statistics:
Max Nodes

Maximum number of nodes allowed in the APPN topology
database. This administratively assigned value must be equal to or
greater than the maximum total number of end nodes and network
nodes. If the number of nodes exceeds this value, APPN will issue
an alert and the node can no longer participate as a network node.

Current Nodes

Current number of nodes in this node's topology database. If this
value exceeds the maximum number of nodes allowed, an APPN
alert is issued.

Received TDUs

Number of TDUs received from all adjacent network nodes since
last initialization.

Sent TDUs

Number of TDUs built by this node to be sent to all adjacent
network nodes since last initialization.

Received Low RSNs

Number of topology node updates received by this node with a
RSN less than the current RSN. Both even and odd RSNs are
included in this count.

Received Equal RSNs

Number of topology node updates received by this node with a
RSN equal to the current RSN. Both even and odd RSNs are
included in this count.

Received High RSNs

Number of topology node updates received by this node with an
RSN greater than the current RSN.

Received Bad RSNs

Number of topology node updates received by this node with an
odd RSN greater than the current RSN.

State Updates

Number of topology node records built as a result of internally
detected node state changes that affect APPN topology and routing.

Errors

Number of topology node record inconsistencies detected by this
node.

Timer Updates

Number of topology node records built for this node's resource due
to timer updates.

Records Purged

Number of topology node records purged from this node's topology
database.

114087 Rev. A

2-35

Using Technician Interface Scripts

TG Record Statistics:

2-36

Received Low RSNs

Number of topology transmission group updates received by this
node with an RSN less than the current RSN. Both even and odd
RSNs are included in this count.

Received Equal RSNs

Number of topology transmission group updates received by this
node with an RSN equal to the current RSN. Both even and odd
RSNs are included in this count.

Received High RSNs

Number of topology transmission group updates received by this
node with an RSN greater than the current RSN.

Received Bad RSNs

Number of topology transmission group updates received by this
node with an odd RSN greater than the current RSN.

State Updates

Number of topology transmission group records built as a result of
internally detected node state changes that affect APPN topology
and routing.

Errors

Number of topology transmission group records inconsistencies
detected by this node.

Timer Updates

Number of topology transmission group records built for this
node's resource due to timer updates.

Records Purged

Number of topology transmission group records purged from this
node's topology database.

Routes Calculated

Number of routes calculated for all class of services since the last
initialization.

114087 Rev. A

show appn
Sample Display - show appn topology statistics
APPN Topology Statistics
----------------------Node Record Statistics
---------------------Max Nodes: 0
Current Nodes: 38
Received TDUs: 45
Sent TDUs: 50
Received Low RSNs: 3
Received Equal RSNs: 39
Received High RSNs: 19
Received Bad RSNs: 10
State Updates: 0
Errors: 0
Timer Updates: 0
Records Purged: 0
TG record Statistics
-------------------Received Low RSNs:
Received Equal RSNs:
Received High RSNs:
Received Bad RSNs:
State Updates:
Errors:
Timer Updates:
Records Purged:
Routes Calculated: 0

114087 Rev. A

18
210
125
43
5
1
0
0

2-37

Using Technician Interface Scripts

topology tg definition []
Displays transmission group information for all transmission group owners or for a
specific transmission group owner.

2-38

TG Owner

Fully qualified name for the originating node for this transmission group. The
format is ..

TG Destination

Fully qualified network name for the destination node for this transmission
group.

TG Num

Number associated with this transmission group. Range is 0 to 255.

Eff Cap

Indicates the effective capacity of this transmission group. It is derived from the
link bandwidth and maximum load factor with the range of 0 through 255. This
is an administratively assigned value for this transmission group.

Conn Cost

Cost per connection time. This value represents the relative cost per unit of time
to use the transmission group. Range is from 0, which means no cost, to 255,
which indicates maximum cost. This is an administratively assigned value
associated with this transmission group.

Byte Cost

Relative cost of transmitting a byte over this link. Range is from 0 (lowest cost)
to 255. This is an administratively assigned value associated with this
transmission group.

Security

Security is represented as an integer with a range of 1 to 255. This is an
administratively assigned value associated with this transmission group. The
most common values are 1 (nonsecure), 32 (public-switched), 64
(underground), 128 (conduit), 160 (encrypted), 192 (guarded radiation), and
255 (maximum).

Delay

Relative amount of time that it takes for a signal to travel the length of the
logical link, with a range of 0 through 255. This is an administratively assigned
value associated with this transmission group. The most common values are 76
(negligible), 113 (terrestrial), 145 (packet), 153 (long), and 255 (maximum).

User 1

First user-defined transmission group characteristic for this transmission group,
with a range of 0 to 255. This is an administratively assigned value associated
with this transmission group.

User 2

Second user-defined transmission group characteristic for this transmission
group, with a range of 0 to 255. This is an administratively assigned value
associated with this transmission group.

User 3

Third user-defined transmission group characteristic for this transmission
group, with a range of 0 to 255. This is an administratively assigned value
associated with this transmission group.

114087 Rev. A

show appn
Sample Display - show appn tg definition
APPN Topology TG Definition
--------------------------TG Owner
----------------USWFLT01.PLUTO
USWFLT01.DURHAM
USWFLT01.DURHAM
USWFLT01.DURHAM
USWFLT01.DURHAM
USWFLT01.DURHAM
USWFLT01.DURHAM
USWFLT01.ANAHEIM
USWFLT01.ANAHEIM
USWFLT01.ANAHEIM
USWFLT01.ANAHEIM
USWFLT01.WF3174A

TG Eff Conn Byte Secu De- User User User
TG Destination
Num Cap Cost Cost rity lay 1
2
3
----------------- --- --- ---- ---- ---- --- ---- ---- ---USWFLT01.DURHAM
21 48
0
0
1 113 128 128 128
USWFLT01.PLUTO
21 133 128 128
1
0 128 128 128
USWFLT01.ANAHEIM
1 133 128 128
1
0 128 128 128
USWFLT01.ANAHEIM
2 133 128 128
1
0 128 128 128
USWFLT01.ANAHEIM
3
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
USWFLT01.ANAHEIM
4
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
USWFLT01.WF3174A
21 133 128 128
1
0 128 128 128
USWFLT01.DURHAM
1 133 128 128
1
0 128 128 128
USWFLT01.DURHAM
2 133 128 128
1
0 128 128 128
USWFLT01.DURHAM
3
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
USWFLT01.WFAS400
21
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
USWFLT01.DURHAM
21 68
0
0
32 113
0
0
0

12 Entries.

topology tg status []
Displays transmission group topology information for all transmission group owners or
for a specific transmission group owner.

TG Owner

Fully qualified name for the originating node for this transmission
group. The format is ..

TG Destination

Fully qualified network name for the destination node for this
transmission group.

TG Num

Number associated with this transmission group. Range is 0 to 255.

FRSN

Flow Reduction Sequence Numbers are associated with Topology
Database Updates (TDUs) and are unique only within each APPN
network node. This FRSN indicates the last time this resource was
updated at this node.

RSN

Current owning node's Resource Sequence Number for this
resource.

114087 Rev. A

2-39

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Up?

Indicates whether the transmission group is operational.

Quiescing

Indicates whether the transmission group is quiescing.

CP-CP Sessn

Indicates whether CP-CP sessions are supported on this
transmission group.

Sample Display - show appn tg status
APPN Topology TG Status
-----------------------

TG Owner
----------------USWFLT01.PLUTO
USWFLT01.DURHAM
USWFLT01.DURHAM
USWFLT01.DURHAM
USWFLT01.DURHAM
USWFLT01.DURHAM
USWFLT01.DURHAM
USWFLT01.ANAHEIM
USWFLT01.ANAHEIM
USWFLT01.ANAHEIM
USWFLT01.ANAHEIM
USWFLT01.WF3174A

TG
QuieTG Destination
Num
FRSN
RSN
Up? scing
----------------- --- -------- -------- --- ----USWFLT01.DURHAM
21
2512
522 Yes No
USWFLT01.PLUTO
21
2538
272 Yes No
USWFLT01.ANAHEIM
1
2551
264 No No
USWFLT01.ANAHEIM
2
2546
170 Yes No
USWFLT01.ANAHEIM
3
2504
142 No No
USWFLT01.ANAHEIM
4
2504
22 No No
USWFLT01.WF3174A
21
2538
166 Yes No
USWFLT01.DURHAM
1
2553
86 No No
USWFLT01.DURHAM
2
2532
82 Yes No
USWFLT01.DURHAM
3
2532
60 No No
USWFLT01.WFAS400
21
2532
38 No No
USWFLT01.DURHAM
21
2537
168 Yes No

CP-CP
Sessn
----Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

12 Entries.

tunnel []
Displays APPN tunnel information for all circuits or for a specific circuit.

2-40

CCT

Circuit number of the circuit running over this APPN tunnel.

Partner Node

Partner LU for this APPN tunnel.

State

Current state of the tunnel: Up, Down, Init (initializing), or Not
Present.

114087 Rev. A

show appn
Frames Rcvd

Number of frames received over this APPN tunnel.

Frames Sent

Number of frames transmitted over this APPN tunnel.

Frames Dropped

Number of frames dropped by this APPN tunnel due to congestion.

Sample Display - show appn tunnel
APPN Tunnels
-----------Frames Frames Frames
CCT
Partner Node
State
Rcvd
Sent Dropped
---- ----------------- ------------ ------ ------ ------100 USWFLT01.ANAHEIM Active
26
7
0
1 Entry.

version
Displays the current version and modification date of the appn.bat script.

Sample Display - show appn version
APPN.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

vrn []
Displays state information for all Virtual Routing Nodes (VRNs) or for a specific VRN.
VRN

Fully qualified network name that is locally defined at each
network node in the format ..

State

Current state of this VRN: Inactive, Pending Active, Active,
Pending Inactive.

114087 Rev. A

2-41

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Port

Administratively assigned name for this APPN port. The name can
be from one to eight characters.

Port State

Current state of this port: Inactive, Pending Active, Active,
Pending Inactive.

Sample Display - show appn vrn
APPN Virtual Routing Nodes
-------------------------VRN
State
Port
Port State
----------------- ---------------- -------- ---------------USWFLT01.CN1
Pending Active
PORT31
Inactive

2-42

114087 Rev. A

show at

show at
The show at  commands display information about the AppleTalk protocol and
services. For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of AppleTalk
services, refer to Configuring AppleTalk Services.
The show at command supports the following subcommand options:
aarp [. | find ]

filters zone [circuit ]

alerts

routes | nets [find -]
[zones]

base

stats [aarp | ddp | rtmp | zipquery | zipgni |
zipes | nbp | echo] []

circuit []

total [routes | nets | zones | aarp]

configuration [circuit ]

version

disabled

zones | zip [find ]

enabled

114087 Rev. A

2-43

Using Technician Interface Scripts

aarp [. | find ]
Displays all entries in the AppleTalk Address Resolution Protocol (AARP) table, only the
AARP entry for a specific node, or all entries that have a network address that matches a
specified pattern.
.

Displays the AARP entry for the specified network node in the
format ..

find 

Displays the AARP entries that have a network address that
matches the given pattern.

The table includes the following information:
Address

AppleTalk network address of the node.

Physical Address

Hardware address of the node (for example, the Ethernet address).

Circuit

Name of the circuit on which the address resolution is in effect.

Sample Display - show at aarp
AppleTalk AARP Table
-------------------Address
--------60020.19
60060.193
60100.213
60120.2
60130.179
60130.226

Physical Address
----------------------00-00-A2-01-51-AD
00-2B
00-00-A2-00-F9-B0

00-00-89-01-A3-8A
00-80-D3-A0-0A-62

Circuit
-------S32
S31
E24
S34
E23
E23

6 total entries.

2-44

114087 Rev. A

show at

alerts
Displays all AppleTalk circuits that are enabled but not up. Mode is always Enabled but
the state will be down. Use this display to identify the interfaces that are not working. The
table includes the following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit the port is on.

Mode

Mode will be Enabled, in this case.

Network

Network start and end numbers that constitute the range of the
network numbers. These numbers are in the range of 1 through
65,279.

Address

Network address of the port, which is Dynamic, meaning that the
seed router assigns it, or a manually configured network address
and identifier.

Zone List

List containing all the zones configured for the network range.

Sample Display - show at alerts
AppleTalk Circuit Alerts: Enabled but state is down
----------------------------------------------------Circuit
Mode
Network
Address
Zone List
-------- ----------- ----------- --------- ---------------------------------S31
Enabled
60060-60060 Dynamic
'WAN'
1 entries found.
1 total entries.

114087 Rev. A

2-45

Using Technician Interface Scripts

base
Displays the base record information for AppleTalk. The base record controls AppleTalk
for the entire system. The table includes the following information:
Protocol

Name of the protocol, which is AppleTalk.

State

State of the protocol: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres
(enabled but not yet started), or Up.

Nets

Number of networks in this protocol’s routing table.

Zones

Number of zone/network associations in the routing table.

Zone Names

Number of unique zone names in the routing table.

Sample Display - show at base
AppleTalk Base Information
-------------------------Protocol
State
Nets Zones Zone Names
---------------- ----------- ----- ----- ---------AppleTalk
Up
26
24
17

circuit []
Displays circuit and state information for all AppleTalk ports or for a specific port. The
table includes the following information:

2-46

Circuit

Name of the circuit the port is on.

State

State of the circuit: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres
(enabled but not yet started), or Up.

Network

Network start and end numbers that constitute the range of the
network numbers. These numbers are in the range of 1 through
65,279.

Address

AppleTalk address of the port.

Zone List

List of the zones associated with the network this interface is on.
114087 Rev. A

show at

Note: If a circuit is down, the rest of the table is blank.

Sample Display - show at circuit
AppleTalk Circuit Information
------------------------------Circuit
-------E23
E24
S31
S32
S34

State
----------Up
Up
Down
Up
Up

Network
Address
Zone List
----------- --------- -----------------------------60130-60130 60130.34 'External'
60100-60100 60100.34 'Mac/Apple'
60020-60020 60020.138 'WAN'
60120-60120 60120.1
'PPP'

5 total entries.

configuration [circuit ]
Displays configurable parameters within the AppleTalk base record. You can display this
information for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes the following
information:
Mode

State of the protocol: Enabled or Disabled.

NBP Registered Port

Name of the port that the Name Binding Protocol uses to advertise
the router’s name on the network.

Note: The configuration circuit command displays different fields from the
configuration command. For definitions of these fields, refer to the alerts
command.

114087 Rev. A

2-47

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show at configuration
AppleTalk Base Configuration
---------------------------Mode
NBP Registered Port
----------- ------------------Enabled
E22

Sample Display - show at configuration circuit
AppleTalk Circuit Configuration
--------------------------------Circuit
-------E22
E23
E24

Mode
----------Enabled
Enabled
Enabled

Network
----------60070-60070
60130-60130
60100-60100

Address
--------Dynamic
Dynamic
Dynamic

S31
S32
S34

Enabled
Enabled
Enabled

60060-60060 Dynamic
60020-60020 Dynamic
60120-60120 60120.1

Zone List
---------------------------------'Internal'
'External'
'Mac/Apple'
'Internal'
'WAN'
'WAN'
'PPP'

6 total entries.

2-48

114087 Rev. A

show at

disabled
Displays all disabled circuits that contain an AppleTalk port. A circuit is disabled if the
disable/enable parameter is set to disable and the state is down. For definitions of the
columns in the table, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show at disabled
Disabled AppleTalk Circuits
----------------------------Circuit
Mode
Network
Address
Zone List
-------- ----------- ----------- --------- ---------------------------------E22
Disabled
60070-60070 Dynamic
'Internal'
1 entries found.
1 total entries.

enabled
Displays all enabled circuits that contain an AppleTalk port. A circuit is enabled if the
disable/enable parameter is set to enable and the state is up. For definitions of the columns
in the table, see the circuit command.

Note: If a circuit is down, the rest of the table is blank.

114087 Rev. A

2-49

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show at enabled
Enabled AppleTalk Circuits
----------------------------Circuit
-------E23
E24
S31
S32
S34

State
----------Up
Up
Down
Up
Up

Network
Address
Zone List
----------- --------- -------------------------------60130-60130 60130.34 'External'
60100-60100 60100.34 'Mac/Apple'
60020-60020 60020.138 'WAN'
60120-60120 60120.1
'PPP'

5 entries found.
5 total entries.

filters zone [circuit ]
Displays information about the zone filters for all circuits or a specified circuit. The table
includes the following information:

2-50

Circuit

Name of the circuit the port is on.

AppleTalk Port

Number of the port.

Port Filter Mode

Zone filter type: Include, Exclude, 5.X Include, or 5.X Exclude.

Filtered Zones(s)

Zones that are filtered for this port.

Total zones

Number of zones that are filtered on this port.

114087 Rev. A

show at
Sample Display - show at filters zone
Circuit: E31
AppleTalk Port: #1
Port Filter Mode: Include
Filtered Zone(s) for this port
---------------------------------MARKETING
SALES

Total zones for circuit E31

is 2

Circuit: E21
AppleTalk Port: #2
Port Filter Mode: Deny
Filtered Zone(s) for this port
---------------------------------MARKETING
SALES
Total zones for circuit E21

is 2

Circuit: E32
AppleTalk Port: #3
Port Filter Mode: 5.x series Include
Filtered Zone(s) for this port
---------------------------------MARKETING
Total zones for circuit E32

114087 Rev. A

is 1

2-51

Using Technician Interface Scripts

routes | nets [find -] [zones]
Displays information from the AppleTalk routing table. The table receives routes through
the AppleTalk Routing Table Maintenance Protocol (RTMP) or from AppleTalk interfaces.
find -

Displays information about network address ranges that fall within
the specified start and end values; for example, 60401-60406.

zones

Displays an extended format of the routing table, which adds the
zone list for each network range.

The table includes the following information:

2-52

Network

Start and end numbers of the destination network range. These
numbers are in the range of 1 through 65279. A range (for example,
60020-60020 indicates the network is an extended network. A
single number indicates the network is nonextended.

Hop

Number of hops to the destination network range.

Next Hop

Network address of the router that is the next hop toward the
destination network range.

State

State of the network: Good, Suspect, Bad 0 (going bad), or Bad 1
(completely bad).

Port

Physical port that serves as the source of the route. An  in
this column means that the router learned this route through the
AppleTalk Update-based Routing Protocol.

Zone List

Name of the zone associated with this network. The table includes
this column when you include the zones option on the command
line. If the zone name is more than 32 characters, the script displays
as much of the name as possible followed by ellipses.

114087 Rev. A

show at
Sample Display - show at routes
AppleTalk Routing Table
----------------------Network
Hop
Next Hop
State
Port
----------- --- --------------- ------- -------60020-60020
1 205.1.10.1
Good

60040-60040
2 205.1.10.2
Good

60050-60050
2 205.1.10.1
Good

60400-60400
0 60400.96
Good
E21
60401
1 60040.169
Good
E32
60404
2 205.1.10.1
Good

60410
3 205.1.10.2
Good

7 total entries.

Sample Display - show at nets find 60401-60404
AppleTalk Routing Table
----------------------Network
Hop
Next Hop
State
Port
----------- --- --------------- ------- -------60401
1 60040.169
Good
E32
60404
2 205.1.10.1
Good

2 total entries.

114087 Rev. A

2-53

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show at routes zones
Network
Hop
Next Hop
State
Port
Zone List
----------- --- --------------- ------- -------- ----------------------------60020-60020
1 205.1.10.1
Good
 'WAN'
60080-60081
1 60090.4
Suspect F41
'Internal'
'Token'
60090-60090
0 60090.61
Good
F41
'Internal'
60100-60100
1 205.1.10.1
Good
 'Internal'
'Mac/Apple'
60130-60130
1 205.1.10.1
Good
 'External'
60401
3 205.1.10.1
Good
 'Building 3, Floor 2, Sec...'
60403
2 205.1.10.1
Good
 'LT Crisp'
7 total entries.

stats [aarp | ddp | rtmp | zipquery | zipgni | zipes | nbp | echo] []
Displays general forwarding statistics for specified AppleTalk ports. You can limit the
display to a specific circuit.

2-54

aarp

Displays AppleTalk Address Resolution Protocol (AARP) statistical
information.

ddp

Displays Datagram Delivery Protocol (DDP) statistical information.

rtmp

Displays Routing Table Maintenance Protocol (RTMP) statistical
information.

zipquery

Displays Zone Information Protocol (ZIP) statistical information
specific to ZIP Query packets.

zipgni

Displays statistical information specific to ZIP GetNetInfo request
packets.

zipes

Displays ZIP statistical information specific to Client activity.

nbp

Displays Name Binding Protocol (NBP) statistical information.

echo

Displays ECHO protocol statistical information.



Limits the display to the specified circuit.

114087 Rev. A

show at

The table includes the following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit the AppleTalk protocol is on.

In Datagrams

Number of packets the port has received.

In Local Datagrams

Number of datagrams destined for this port.

Forwarded Datagrams

Number of packets forwarded to the destination network.

Output Requests

Number of packets that the router has sent out of this port.

Out No Routes

Number of packets missing a destination.

Hop Count Errors

Number of datagrams dropped because this router was not their
final destination and their hop count would exceed 15.

Sample Display - show at stats ddp
AppleTalk DDP Statistics
-----------------------In
In Local Forwarded
Output
Out No
Hop Count
Circuit Datagrams Datagrams Datagrams
Requests
Routes
Errors
-------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------E22
0
0
0
0
0
0
E23
80956
4535
61174
3166
72
0
E24
29188
3819
27215
2971
7
1
S31
15240
3887
14453
3554
2
0
S32
27354
3368
26566
3033
0
0
S34
19391
3559
18508
3143
0
0

114087 Rev. A

2-55

Using Technician Interface Scripts

total [routes | nets | zones | aarp]
Displays totals for all dynamic protocol-specific information or for the specified
parameter.
routes

Displays total number of routes.

nets

Displays total number of networks.

zones

Displays total number of zones.

aarp

Displays total number of AARP entries.

Sample Display - show at total
AppleTalk Totals
---------------Routes:
Zones:
Unique Zone Names:
AARP Entries:

26
28
18
5

version
Displays the current version and modification date of the at.bat script.

Sample Display - show at version
AT.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

zones | zip [find ]
Displays information from the router’s Zone Information Protocol (ZIP) table. The table
receives its entries from manually configured zone lists for AppleTalk ports and from ZIP
packets from other nodes on the network.

2-56

114087 Rev. A

show at

find 

Limits the display to zones that match the specified pattern. You can
use the wildcard characters * and ?.

The table includes the following information:
Network

Network start and end numbers that constitute the range of the
network numbers where the zone resides. These numbers are in the
range of 1 through 65,279.

Zone Name

Name of each zone assigned to the entire network or the specified
group.

Sample Display - show at zones
AppleTalk Zone Table
-------------------Network
Zone Name
----------- ---------------------------------1-1
'37_Network'
2-2
'net_1'
3-3
'net_2'
50-50
'ring_2ACC'
50-50
'ring_2DEV'
50-50
'ring_2ENG'
50-50
'ring_2'
200-200
'net_200'
201-201
'net_201ACC'
201-201
'net_201DEV'
201-201
'net_201ENG'
201-201
'net_201'
203-203
'net_203ACC'
203-203
'net_203DEV'
203-203
'net_203ENG'
203-203
'net_203'
18 total entries.

114087 Rev. A

2-57

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show at zones find net*
AppleTalk Zone Table
-------------------Network
----------2-2
3-3
200-200
201-201
201-201
201-201
201-201
203-203
203-203
203-203
203-203

Zone Name
---------------------------------'net_1'
'net_2'
'net_200'
'net_201ACC'
'net_201DEV'
'net_201ENG'
'net_201'
'net_203ACC'
'net_203DEV'
'net_203ENG'
'net_203'

11 entries found.
16 total entries.

2-58

114087 Rev. A

show atm

show atm
The show atm  commands display information about the Asynchronous Transfer
Mode (ATM) Adaption Layer Controller (ALC) link module service. For detailed
information about the Bay Networks implementation of the ATM link module service,
refer to Configuring ATM Services.

Note: Refer to the “show atm line” section for more information on the atm line
command.

The show atm command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts

vcs [] | [] | []

disabled

services [] | []

enabled

stats

interfaces []

stats vcs [] | [] | []

line []

version

114087 Rev. A

2-59

Using Technician Interface Scripts

alerts
Displays abnormal conditions in the ATM interface. Use this command to identify lines
configured as enabled but not currently up. The table displays the following information:
Line

Line number of the Bay Networks router.

Circuit

Circuit name on which the ATM interface runs.

State

State of the ATM line: Up, Down, Init (initializing), Disabled, or
Absent.

Sample Display - show atm alerts
ATM Interface Line Alert Table
-----------------------------Line
Circuit
State
-------- -------- -------1103101
A31
Down
Total entries: 1

disabled
Displays the ATM interfaces that are configured as disabled. For more information about
column definitions, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show atm disabled
ATM Interface Line Disabled Table
--------------------------------Line
Circuit
State
-------- -------- -------1103101 A31
Disabled

Total entries: 1

2-60

114087 Rev. A

show atm

enabled
Displays the ATM interfaces that are configured as enabled. For more information about
column definitions, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show atm enabled
ATM Interface Line Enabled Table
-------------------------------Line
-------1404101
1405101

Circuit
State
-------- -------0
Absent
A51
Up

Total entries: 2

interfaces []
Displays all ATM interfaces or ATM interfaces for a specified line. This table includes the
following information:
VPCs

Maximum number of Virtual Path Connections supported by the
ATM interface.

VCCs

Maximum number of Virtual Channel Connections supported by the
ATM interface.

Address Type

Type of ATM address configured for use by the ATM interface:
Private, NSAP E.164, Native E.164, Other, Null, or NotDefined.

Signaling

Whether signaling is enabled or disabled on the ATM interface.

Sig Standard

The signaling standard configured for the ATM interface: UNI3.0 or
UNI3.1

For more information about column definitions, see the alerts command.

114087 Rev. A

2-61

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show atm interfaces
ATM Interface Table
------------------Line
Circuit
-------- -------1404101
A41

State VPCs
VCCs
Address Type Signaling Sig Standard
------ ------ ------ ------------ --------- ---------Up
0
0
NotDefined Enabled
UNI3.0

Total entries: 1

line []

Note: See the “show atm line” section.

vcs [] | [] | []
Displays all ATM virtual channel link (VCL) instances or a subset of VCL instances.


Displays all VCs for a specified line.



Displays all VCs for a specified VPI on that line.



Displays a specific VC.

The table displays the following information:

2-62

Line.VIP.VCI

Line number, Virtual Path Identifier, and Virtual Channel Identifier
associated with this Virtual Circuit (VC).

Type

Type of VC: SVC or PVC.

State

State of the ATM line: Up, Down, Init (initializing), Disabled, or
Absent.

114087 Rev. A

show atm
Hybrid/Bridged VCs

Mode of this VC (Hybrid/Bridged): Yes or No. Yes means the VC
operates as a hybrid access mode VC; No means the VC works in
group access mode only.

AAL

ATM Adaptation Layer Type of this VC: AAL5.

Encaps

Encapsulation type of this VC: LLC/SNAP, NULL, LANE8023,
LANE8025, NLPID, Unknown, or OTHER.

Xmt PCR

Transmit Peak Cell Rate (PCR) for this VC (in cells/s).

Xmt SCR

Transmit Sustainable Cell Rate (SCR) for this VC (in cells/s).

Sample Display — show atm vcs
ATM Interface VCL Table
----------------------Hybrid/
Bridged
Line.VPI.VCI
Type
State
VCs?
AAL
----------------- ---- --------- ------ -----1404101.0.5
PVC Absent
NO
AAL5
1404101.0.16
PVC Absent
NO
AAL5
1404101.0.204
PVC Absent
NO
AAL5
1405101.0.5
CTRL Up
NO
AAL5
1405101.0.16
CTRL Up
NO
AAL5
1405101.0.32
SVC Up
NO
AAL5
1405101.0.33
SVC Up
NO
AAL5
1405101.0.34
SVC Up
NO
AAL5
1405101.0.35
SVC Up
NO
AAL5
1405101.0.36
SVC Up
NO
AAL5
1405101.0.38
SVC Up
NO
AAL5
1405101.0.200
PVC Up
NO
AAL5
1405101.0.201
PVC Up
NO
AAL5
1405101.0.202
PVC Up
NO
AAL5
1405101.0.203
PVC Up
NO
AAL5
1405101.0.205
PVC Up
NO
AAL5

Encaps
-----------LLC/SNAP
LLC/SNAP
LLC/SNAP
OTHER
OTHER
NULL
NULL
OTHER
NULL
LANE8023
LANE8023
LLC/SNAP
LLC/SNAP
LLC/SNAP
LLC/SNAP
LLC/SNAP

Xmt PCR
------4716
4716
2358
4716
4716
353207
353207
353207
353207
353207
353207
2358
150000
2358
150000
150000

Xmt SCR
------4716
4716
2358
4716
4716
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

Total entries: 16

114087 Rev. A

2-63

Using Technician Interface Scripts

services [] | []
Displays all ATM service record instances, or a subset of service record instances, along
with its AAL layer data encapsulation type, state, VC type, and ATM address
(a combination of network prefix and user part).


Displays all service record instances for a specified line.



Displays service record instance for a specified circuit on that line.

The table displays the following information:
Line.Circuit

Line number and circuit associated with this service record.

Encaps

Encapsulation type of this VC: LanEmulation, LLC/SNAP,
NLPID, NULL.

State

State of the ATM line: Up, Down, Init (initializing), Reject, or
Absent.

Type

Type of virtual circuit: PVC or SVC

ATM Address

The ATM address of this service record. This parameter applies
only to SVC-type service records.

Sample Display - show atm services
ATM Service Record Table
-----------------------Line.Circuit
Encaps
------------ -----------1404101.13
LLC/SNAP
1405101.6
LanEmulation
.00.A2.0D.74.B7.00
1405101.8
LLC/SNAP
1405101.9
LLC/SNAP
1405101.10
LLC/SNAP
1405101.11
LLC/SNAP
1405101.12
LLC/SNAP
1405101.19
LLC/SNAP
.00.A2.0D.74.B7.06

State
-----Reject
Up

Type
ATM Address
---- ---------------------------------------PVC (nil)
SVC 39.10.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00

Up
Up
Up
Up
Up
Up

PVC
PVC
PVC
PVC
PVC
SVC

(nil)
(nil)
(nil)
(nil)
(nil)
39.10.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00

Total entries: 8

2-64

114087 Rev. A

show atm

stats
Displays statistical information about all ATM VCs. The table includes the following
information:
Line.VPI.VCI

Line number, Virtual Path Identifier, and Virtual Channel Identifier
associated with this Permanent Virtual Circuit.

Cells Transmitted

Number of assigned ATM layer cells transmitted at the transceiver
transmit interface (T-count).

Cells Received

Number of ATM layer cells received at the transciever receive
interface that have not been discarded (R-count).

Checksum Errors

Number of occurances of cyclical redundancy check-32 (CRC-32)
failures across user payload data for any given VCL.

Invalid Length Errors

Number of active Cell Sequence PDU assembly processes closed
(aborted, accumulation discarded) due to detecting a length field
error in a received SAR PDU.

Pkts Transmitted

Number of packets transmitted at the transceiver transmit interface.

Pkts Received

Number of packets received at the transciever receive interface that
have not been discarded.

Note: This command polls for ATM FRE-2 link module statistics before it looks for
ARE link module statistics.

114087 Rev. A

2-65

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show atm stats
ATM Interface VC Statistics (ATM FRE-2)
--------------------------------------Line.VPI.VCI
----------------1105101.0.33
Cells Transmitted: 0X
Cells Received
: 0X
Checksum
Errors:
Length
Errors:

00.00.00.00.EB.93.0A.A6
00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00
0
0

Total entries: 1
ATM Interface VC Statistics (ATM Routing Engine)
-----------------------------------------------Line.VPI.VCI
----------------1405101.0.3
Cells Transmitted:
Cells Received
:
Pkts Transmitted :
Pkts Received
:

0
0
0
0

1405101.0.5

Cells Transmitted:
Cells Received
:
Pkts Transmitted :
Pkts Received
:

2324
2233
2223
2223

1405101.0.16

Cells Transmitted:
Cells Received
:
Pkts Transmitted :
Pkts Received
:

15
16
8
8

Total entries: 3

2-66

114087 Rev. A

show atm

stats vcs [] | [] | []
Displays all ATM VC statistics or a subset of ATM VC statistics.


Displays all PVCs for a specified line.



Displays all PVCs for a specified VPI on that line.



Displays a specific PVC.

Note: This command polls for ATM FRE-2 link module statistics before it looks for
ARE link module statistics.

For more information about column definitions, see the stats command.

Sample Display - show atm stats vcs 1405101.0.5
ATM Interface VC Statistics (ATM FRE-2)
--------------------------------------Line.VPI.VCI
----------------ATM PVC Stats Record not found

Total entries: 0
ATM Interface VC Statistics (ATM Routing Engine)
-----------------------------------------------Line.VPI.VCI
----------------1405101.0.5
Cells Transmitted:
Cells Received
:
Pkts Transmitted :
Pkts Received
:

2699
2598
2588
2588

Total entries: 1

114087 Rev. A

2-67

Using Technician Interface Scripts

version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the atm.bat script.

Sample Display - show atm version
ATM.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

2-68

114087 Rev. A

show atmarp

show atmarp
The show atmarp  command displays ATMARP information. For details about
the Bay Networks implementation of ATM, refer to Configuring ATM Services.
The show atmarp command supports the following subcommand options:
configuration []

table [-r | -v | -a] [-l] []

interface []

version

stats []

configuration []
Displays configuration information for all ATMARP interfaces, or a specific interface.


Displays ATM ARP information for a specific interface.

The table displays the following information:
Interface

IP address of the interface.

Mode

Whether the router is confirmed as an ATM ARP client or server.

Server Address (if client)

ATM address of the server. If the router is an ATM ARP server, the
server address does not appear.

Sample Display - show atmarp configuration
Interface
Mode
Server Address (if client)
---------------- ------ ----------------------------------------5.5.5.7
Client 47000580FFE1000000F2151540.0000A20E9FCC00
6.6.6.7
Server
2 Atmarp Interfaces.

114087 Rev. A

2-69

Using Technician Interface Scripts

interface []
Displays interface information for all ATMARP interfaces, or a specific interface.


Displays ATM ARP information for a specific interface.

The table displays the following information:
Interface

IP address of the interface.

Address

ATM address this interface uses.

Server Conn. State

Indicates the state of the VC connecting the client to the server, and
whether the client is currently registered with the server.

Sample Display - show atmarp interface
Interface
----------5.5.5.7
6.6.6.7

Address
---------------------------------------47000580FFE1000000F2151540.0000A20CD5C100
47000580FFE1000000F2151540.0000A20CD5C101

Server Conn. State
------------------Open,Registered
Server

2 Atmarp Interfaces.

stats []
Displays statistics information for all ATMARP interfaces, or a specific interface.


Displays ATM ARP information for a specific interface.

The table displays the following information:

2-70

Interface

IP address of the client.

Open SVCs

Number of SVCs currently open.

Calls Attempted

Number of calls attempted, both to the server and to other clients.

114087 Rev. A

show atmarp
Calls Succeeded

Number of attempted calls that succeeded.

Failed May Retry

Number of attempted calls that did failed, but that the client may
retry.

Failed No Retry

Number of attempted calls that failed, but that the client will not
retry.

Calls Accepted

Number of calls that this interface accepted.

Sample Display - show atmarp stats

Interface
---------------5.5.5.7
6.6.6.7

Open
Calls
Calls
Failed
Failed
Calls
SVCs Attempted Succeeded May Retry
No Retry
Accepted
------ ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------1
37
2
0
35
0
2
0
0
0
0
3

2 Atmarp Interfaces.

table [-r | -v | -a] [-l] []
Displays table information for all ATMARP interfaces, or a specific interface. The
information that appears in the table, or the order in which information appears, depends
on the subcommand you enter.
-r

Displays the ATM ARP resolution table (default); this information
appears in order of IP address.

-v

Displays the ATM ARP resolution table in order of VPI/VCI pair.

-a

Displays the ATM address and VPI/VCI pair information in order
of ATM address.

-l

Displays additional information for the table (-r, -v, or -a) you
specify. For example, specifying -l -r provides additional IP
information, specifying -l -v provides additional VC information,
and specifying -l -a provides ATM address information. If you do
not specify a table, this subcommand displays the additional
information for the default resolution table (that is, -r).



Displays ATM ARP information for a specific IP address.

114087 Rev. A

2-71

Using Technician Interface Scripts

The default (-r) and -v ATM ARP resolution tables display the following information:
IP address

IP address of an ARP entry in the ATMARP cache.

Life

Age of the ARP entry (decrements from 900 s).

ATM address

ATM address to which the IP address resolves.

Vpi.vci

Virtual Path Identifier and Virtual Channel Identifier for the VCs to
the IP address. If this is not present, then no VC exists to the
destination.

Sample Display - show atmarp table (also show atmarp table -r)
ATMARP Table for interface 5.5.5.7
----------------------------------IP address
--------------5.5.5.5

Life
----844

ATM address
----------------------------------------47000580ffe1000000f2151540.0000a20e9fcc00

Vpi.vci
-------0.212

ATMARP Table for interface 6.6.6.7
----------------------------------IP address
--------------6.6.6.6
6.6.6.8

2-72

Life
----823
425

ATM address
----------------------------------------47000580ffe1000000f2151540.0000a20e9fcc01
47000580ffe1000000f2151540.0000a20e9fc701

Vpi.vci
-------0.211
0.174

114087 Rev. A

show atmarp
Sample Display - show atmarp table -v
ATMARP Table for interface 5.5.5.5
----------------------------------Vpi.vci
-------0.32
0.55

Atm address
----------------------------------------39000000000000000000000000.0000a20d74a300
39000000000000000000000000.0000a20cd5c100

IP address
--------------5.5.5.6
5.5.5.7

Life
----993
627

IP address
---------------

Life
-----

ATMARP Table for interface 6.6.6.6
----------------------------------Vpi.vci
-------0.34
0.60

Atm address
----------------------------------------39000000000000000000000000.0000a20d74a301
39000000000000000000000000.0020ea00072b00

6.6.6.9

593

2 Atmarp Interfaces.

The -a ATM ARP resolution table displays only ATM address to VPI/VCI resolution.

Sample Display - show atmarp table -a
ATM address
----------------------------------------39000000000000000000000000.0000a20d74a300
39000000000000000000000000.0000a20cd5c100

Vpi.vci
-------0.37
0.40

The -l subcommand provides the following added information about the default (-r)
ATM ARP resolution table:
State

The state of the interface: Needed, Resolving, Resolved, Aged,
Static.

Encaps

The encapsulation type assigned to the IP interface: Default,
LLC/SNAP, SNAP IP, Null, Unknown.

114087 Rev. A

2-73

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Lifetime

Amount of time (in seconds) left for the validity of the resolution
information for this entry.

Retries

The number of attempts that were necessary to resolve this entry.

Sample Display - show atmarp table -r -l
IP Address
--------------5.5.5.6
5.5.5.7

State
--------Resolved
Resolved

Encaps
--------Default
Default

Lifetime
-------1187
348

Retries
-------0
0

The -l subcommand provides the following added information about the -v ATM ARP
resolution table:

2-74

Vcid

An internal identifier for this VC.

Callref

An internal identifire for this VC.

State

The state of the VC:
• PVC I - The VC is a PVC. The ’I’ indicates that this VC has
transmitted an Inverse ATMARP Request and has not yet received
a response.
• PVC - The VC is a PVC.
• SVC I - The VC is an open SVC. The ’I’ indicates that the VC has
transmitted an Inverse ATMARP Request and has not yet received
a response.
• Openg - The VC is an SVC that is in the process of opening.
• SVC - The VC is a currently open SVC.

Type

The type of this VC:
• MptRT - The VC is the root of a point-to-multipoint VC.
• MptLf - The VC is a leaf of a point-to-multipoint VC.]
• Pt2Pt - The VC is a point-to-point VC.

I/O

Indicates if the interface can receive (I) or transmit (O): I/O, -/O,
or I/-.

Call

Indicates if the VC originated the call (Cing), or received the call
(Ced).

114087 Rev. A

show atmarp
Encaps

The encapsulation for this VC. Refer to the default option (-r) for
the resolution table.

Mtu

The MTU value (in octets) negotiated for this VC: 9188 or 4608.

Sample Display - show atmarp table -v -l
Vpi.vci Vcid
Callref
-------- ------- -------0.37
25000
16
0.40
28000
19

State
----SVC
SVC

Type
----Pt2Pt
Pt2Pt

I/O
--I/O
I/O

Call
---Ced
Ced

Encaps
Mtu
--------- ----LLC/SNAP
9188
LLC/SNAP
4608

The -l subcommand provides only the atm addresses on the interface when used in
conjunction with the -a subcommand.

Sample Display - show atmarp table -a -l
ATM Address
----------------------------------------39000000000000000000000000.0000a20d74a300
39000000000000000000000000.0000a20cd5c100

version
Displays the current version and modification date of the atmarp.bat script.

Sample Display - show atmarp version
ATMARP.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

114087 Rev. A

2-75

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show atmdxi
The show atmdxi  commands display information about Asynchronous Transfer
Mode Data Exchange Interface (ATM DXI) lines and services. For detailed information
about the Bay Networks implementation of ATM DXI, refer to Configuring ATM Services.
The show atmdxi command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts

stats

base

stats lmi

disabled

stats mpe

enabled

stats pvc [] |
[] |
[]

lines []

version

pvcs [] |
[] |
[]

2-76

114087 Rev. A

show atmdxi

alerts
Displays abnormal conditions in the ATM DXI line level. Use this command to identify
lines configured as enabled but not currently up. The table displays the following
information:
Line.LLIndex

Identifier of the line and line level.

Circuit

Name or number of the circuit that the interface runs on.

State

State of the line: Down, Init (initializing), NotPres (not present), or
Up.

Sample Display - show atmdxi alerts
ATM Data Exchange Interface (DXI) Line Alert Table
-------------------------------------------------Line.LLIndex
-----------2.0

Circuit
-------NONE

State
------NotPres

Total entries: 2

base
Displays the ATM DXI base record state. The base record keeps statistics on each ATM
DXI line for the entire system. State is one of the following:
Healthy

All configured lines are up.

Interface Anomaly

One or more configured lines are down.

Other Anomaly

One or more configured lines are initializing or not present.

114087 Rev. A

2-77

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show atmdxi base
ATM Data Exchange Interface (DXI) Base Record
--------------------------------------------Protocol
-------ATM

State
----------------Other Anomaly

Lines
----2

disabled
Displays the ATM DXI interfaces that are configured as disabled. For more information on
column definitions, see the lines command.

Sample Display - show atmdxi disabled
ATM Data Exchange Interface (DXI) Line Disabled Table
---------------------------------------------------------Line.LLIndex
-----------2.0

Circuit
------NONE

Mode
State
-------- ------Disabled NotPres

enabled
Displays the ATM DXI interfaces that are configured as enabled. For more information on
column definitions, see the lines command.

Sample Display - show atmdxi enabled
ATM Data Exchange Interface (DXI) Line Enabled Table
---------------------------------------------------------Line.LLIndex
-----------2.0

2-78

Circuit
------NONE

Mode
State
-------- ------Enabled NotPres

114087 Rev. A

show atmdxi

lines []
Displays all ATM DXI interfaces or a just a specific line. The table includes the following
information:
Line.LLIndex

Identifier of the line and line level.

Circuit

Name or number of the circuit that the interface runs on.

Mode

Mode for which the interface has been configured; enabled or
disabled.

State

State of the line, as follows:
• Down - Line is disabled.
• Init - Line is initializing.
• NotPres - Line is not functioning.
• Up - Line is functioning fully.

VCs

Number of virtual circuits enabled for the line.

Converg. Sublayer

Convergence sublayer configuration of the line: AAL3/4, AAL5, or
None. AAL3/4 is ATM Adaption Layer 3/4. AAL5 is ATM
Adaption Layer 5.

Encaps

Multiprotocol Encapsulation that the PVC uses : RFC1294,
RFC1483, or None.

Drop

Number of frames dropped at the line level.

Sample Display - show atmdxi line
ATM Data Exchange Interface (DXI) Line Table
--------------------------------------------

Line.LLIndex
-----------1.0
2.0

114087 Rev. A

Circuit
------ATM
NONE

Mode
State
-------- ------Enabled Up
Disabled NotPres

VCs
---2
0

Converg.
Sublayer
-------AAL3/4
AAL3/4

Encaps
------RFC1294
RFC1294

Drop
---------0
0

2-79

Using Technician Interface Scripts

pvcs [] | [] | []
Displays all or a subset of ATM DXI Permanent Virtual Circuits (PVCs).


Displays all PVCs for the specified line level.



Displays all PVCs for the specified virtual path on the specified line
level.



Displays the PVC for the specified virtual path and virtual channel.

The displays include the following information:

2-80

Line.LLIndex

Identifier of the PVC line and line level.

Direct Cct

PVC’s Direct Circuit name or number (if there is one).

State

State of the PVC, as follows:
• Down - PVC is disabled.
• Init - PVC is initializing.
• NotPres - PVC is not functioning.
• Up - PVC is functioning fully.

PVC Mode

Mode of the PVC, as follows:
• Direct - Upper-layer protocols view this PVC as a point-to-point
connection; as an individual network interface.
• Group - Upper-layer protocols treat this PVC as one of a group of
destinations to the switched network. The upper-layer protocols
use a single network address to send all traffic destined for the
switched network to the ATM DXI network interface.
• Hybrid - Allows protocols to view this PVC as part of the group
while the bridge views the PVC in direct mode.

Sublayer

Convergence Sublayer configuration of the line: AAL3/4, AAL5,
or None. AAL3/4 is ATM Adaption Layer 3/4. AAL5 is ATM
Adaption Layer 5.

Encaps

Multiprotocol Encapsulation that the PVC uses: RFC 1294,
RFC 1483, or None.

114087 Rev. A

show atmdxi
Sample Display - show atmdxi pvcs
ATM Data Exchange Interface (DXI) PVC Table
------------------------------------------Line.LLIndex.VPI.VCI
-------------------1.0.1.20
1.0.255.32000
2.0.1.21

Direct Cct
---------ATMInter
-

State
------Up
Up
NotPres

PVC Mode
-------Group
Direct
Group

Sublayer
-------AAL3/4
AAL3/4
AAL3/4

Encaps
------RFC1294
RFC1294
RFC1294

Total entries: 3

stats
Displays ATM DXI statistics. The table includes the number of frames and octets
transmitted and received and the number of frames dropped due to errors.

Sample Display - show atmdxi stats
ATM Data Exchange Interface (DXI) PVC Statistics
------------------------------------------------

Line.LLIndex.VPI.VCI
-------------------1.0.1.20
1.0.255.32000
2.0.1.21

Transmitted
Received
Frames
Octets
Frames
Octets
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

Drops
--------0
0
0

Total entries: 3

114087 Rev. A

2-81

Using Technician Interface Scripts

stats lmi
Displays statistics for all active ATM DXI Local Management Interfaces (LMIs). The
table includes following information:
Line.LLIndex

Identifier of the line and line level.

Circuit

Name or number of the circuit the interface runs on.

State

State of the LMI, as follows:
• Down - Line is disabled.
• Init - Line is initializing.
• NotPres - Line is not functioning.
• Up - Line is functioning fully.

Proxy Req

Number of proxy requests.

DSU Resp

Number of digital service unit (DSU) responses.

DSU Traps

Number of DSU traps.

Other

Any other information frames that the DSU has received.

Sample Display - show atmdxi stats lmi
ATM Data Exchange Interface (DXI) LMI Statistics
-----------------------------------------------Line.LLIndex
-----------1.0

Circuit
------ATM

State
------Up

Proxy Req.
---------0

DSU Resp.
--------0

DSU Traps
--------0

Other
--------0

Total entries: 1

2-82

114087 Rev. A

show atmdxi

stats mpe
Displays statistics for all active ATM DXI multiprotocol encapsulated interfaces. The
information is from the circuit level rather than the line level. The table includes the
number of invalid and unsupported multiprotocol encapsulated frames received.
Circuit

Name or number of the circuit the interface runs on.

Invalid NLPID

Number of packets dropped because of an unknown or unsupported
network layer protocol identifier (NLPID).

Invalid PID

Number of packets dropped because of an unknown or unsupported
protocol identifier (PID).

Invalid OUI

Number of packets dropped because of an unknown or unsupported
organizational unique identifier (OUI).

Misdelivered PDU

Number of packets discarded because of an inactive service access
point (SAP).

Unsupported Control Field

Number of packets dropped because of an unknown or invalid
control field.

Sample Display - show atmdxi stats mpe
ATM Data Exchange Interface (DXI) MPE Circuit Statistics
--------------------------------------------------------

Circuit
------ATM
ATMInter

Invalid
Invalid
Invalid
NLPID
PID
OUI
---------- ---------- ---------0
0
0
0
0
0

Misdelivered
PDU
-----------0
0

Unsupported
Control Field
------------0
0

Total entries: 2

114087 Rev. A

2-83

Using Technician Interface Scripts

stats pvc [] | [] | []
Displays ATM DXI statistics. The table includes the number of frames and octets
transmitted and received and the number of frames dropped due to errors. Options let you
display more specific statistics, as follows:


Displays statistics for all PVCs for the specified line level.



Displays statistics for all PVCs for the specified virtual path on the
specified line level.



Displays statistics for the PVC for the specified virtual path and
channel on the specified line level.

Sample Display - show atmdxi stats pvc 1.0
ATM Data Exchange Interface (DXI) PVC Statistics
------------------------------------------------

Line.LLIndex.VPI.VCI
-------------------1.0.1.20
1.0.255.32000

Transmitted
Received
Frames
Octets
Frames
Octets
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

Drops
--------0
0

Total entries: 2

version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the atmdxi.bat script.

Sample Display - show atmdxi version
ATMDXI.bat Version: 1.* Date: mm/dd/yy.

2-84

114087 Rev. A

show atmsig

show atmsig
The show atmsig  command displays information about the ATM Signaling
service. For details about the Bay Networks implementation of ATM, refer to Configuring
ATM Services.
The show atmsig command supports the following subcommand options:
ilmi []

sig []

saal []

version

ilmi []
Displays all instances in the ATM Interim Local Management Interface (ILMI) Entry
Table, or a specific instance.


Displays ATM ILMI information for a specific line.

The table displays the following information:
Line

Line number of the router.

Circuit

Circuit number of the ATM driver associated with this ILMI
instance.

State

State of the entity: Up, Down, Initializing, Not Present

Low Thre

Lower threshold - when the percentage of the buffer memory drops
below this value, congestion is reached.

Up Thre

Upper threshold - when the percentage of the buffer memory
exceeds this value, congestion is stopped.

VPI

Virtual Path Identifier for the ILMI VC.

VCI

Virtual Channel Identifier for the ILMI VC.

Get

ILMI Get Request Timer value (in seconds).

Get Retry

Maximum number of retransmissions of the ILME GET request
before the link is considered down.

114087 Rev. A

2-85

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Get Next

ILMI GetNext Request Timer value (in seconds).

GetNext Retry

Maximum number of retransmissions of the ILMI GET NEXT
request before the link is considered down.

Set

ILMI Set Request Timer value (in seconds).

Set Retry

Maximum number of retransmissions of the ILMI SET request
before the link is considered down.

Sample Display - show atmsig ilmi
ATM ILMI Entry Table (UME/ILMI)
------------------------------Low Up
Get
Get GetNext
Set
Line
Circuit State Thre Thre VPI VCI Get Retry Next Retry
Set Retry
------- ------- ------ ---- ---- --- ----- --- ----- ---- ------- --- ---1405101 A51
Up
2
2
0
16
3
3
3
3
6
3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Total entries: 1

saal []
Displays all instances in the ATM Signaling ATM Adaptation Layer (SAAL) Entry Table
for the Service Specific Connection Oriented Protocol (SSCOP) service, or displays a specific
instance.


Displays ATM SAAL information for a specific line.

The table displays the following information:

2-86

Line

Line number of the router.

Circuit

Circuit number of the ATM driver associated with this instance.

State

State of the SAAL entity: Up, Down, Init, Not Present.

Arbitration

Determines if the SAAL initiates link connections or waits for
connections: Active or Passive.
114087 Rev. A

show atmsig
Poll Timer

SSCOP Poll Timer value (in tenths of a second).

Alive Timer

Keep Alive Timer value (in tenths of a second).

NoResp Timer

No Response Timer value (in tenths of a second).

CnCtrl Timer

Connection Control Timer value (in tenths of a second).

MaxCn Ctrl

Maximum Connection Control Timer value.

MaxPd

SSCOP maximum Poll Data (PD) value.

Max Stat

Maximum number of list elements allowed in a STAT PDU.

Version

Version: UNI30 or UNI31.

Sample Display - show atmsig saal
ATM SAAL Entry Table (SSCOP)
---------------------------ArbiPoll Alive NoResp CnCtrl MaxCn
Max VerLine
Circuit State tration Timer Timer Timer Timer Ctrl MaxPd Stat sion
------- ------- ------ ------- ----- ----- ------ ------ ----- ----- ---- ----1405101 A51
Up
Active 7
20
70
10
4
25
67
UNI30
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Total entries: 1

sig []
Displays all instances in the ATM Signaling Entry Table, or a specific instance.


Displays ATM Signaling information for a specific line.

The table displays the following information:
Line

Line number of the router.

Circuit

Circuit number of the ATM driver associated with this instance.

State

State of the entity: Up, Down, Initializing, Not Present

114087 Rev. A

2-87

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-88

Max # of SvcApps

Maximum number of service access points (SAPs) allowed for this
circuit.

Max Pt-Pt

Maximum number of simultaneous point-to-point connections
allowed for this circuit.

Max Pt-Mp

Maximum number of simultaneous point-to-multipoint connections
allowed for this circuit.

Max Parties In-MultiPt

Maximum number of simultaneous parties in a point-to-multipoint
connection allowed for this circuit.

Min Buf Threshold

Minimum percentage of the buffer memory that must be free to
enable new calls.

VPI

Virtual Path Identifier for the Signaling VC.

VCI

Virtual Channel Identifier for the Signaling VC.

Version

Signaling Protocol Standard: Uni 3.0 (UNI_V30), Uni 3.1
(UNI_V31), or Trillium Symmetrical Uni (UNI_SYM)

# of Restart

Number of RESTART messages permitted before the link is
considered down.

# of Stat Enquiries

Number of STATUS ENQUIRY messages permitted before the link
is considered down.

T303

Setup Sent Timer value (in seconds).

T308

Release Sent Timer value (in seconds).

T309

SAAL Data Link Connect Timer value (in seconds).

T310

Call Proceeding Received Timer value (in seconds).

T313

Connect Sent Timer value (in seconds).

T316

Restart Request Sent on Interface Timer value (in seconds).

T316C

Restart Request Sent on Channel Timer value (in seconds).

T322

Status Enquiry Sent Timer value (in seconds).

TDisc

SAAL Data Link Disconnect Timer value (in seconds).

T398

Drop Party Sent Timer value (in seconds).

T399

Add Party Sent Timer value (in seconds).

114087 Rev. A

show atmsig
Sample Display - show atmsig sig
ATM Signaling Entry Table (Q.93B)
--------------------------------Max#of
Line
Circuit State SvcApps
------- ------- ------ ------1405101 A51
Up
20

Max
Pt-Pt
------1000

Max
Pt-Mp
------40

MaxParties
In-MultiPt
---------1

Min Buf
Threshold
--------2

# of
# of Stat
VPI VCI Version Restart Enquiries T303 T308 T309 T310 T313 T316
--- ----- ------- ------- --------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---0
5
UNI_V30 3
3
4
30
10
10
4
120
T316C T322 TDisc T398 T399
----- ---- ----- ---- ---120
4
4
4
14
Total entries: 1

version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the atmsig.bat script.

Sample Display - show atmsig version
ATMSIG.bat Version: 1.# Date: mm/dd/yy.

114087 Rev. A

2-89

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show atm line
The show atm line  commands display information about the Asynchronous
Transfer Mode (ATM) Adaption Layer Controller (ALC) link module service. For detailed
information about the Bay Networks implementation of the ATM link module service,
refer to Configuring ATM Services.

Note: The atm line set of commands is a subset of the atm command. Refer to the
“show atm” section for more information on the atm command.

The show atm line command supports the following subcommand options:

2-90

alerts

receive errors [circuit ]

base [circuit ]

receive stats [circuit ]

disabled

sample [] [circuit
]

enabled

stats [circuit ]

phy [circuit ]

transmit errors [circuit ]

phy errors [circuit ]

transmit stats [circuit ]

114087 Rev. A

show atm line

alerts
Displays abnormal conditions in the ATM link module. The table displays the following
information:
Slot

Slot number.

Conn

Physical port number.

Circuit

Circuit number for the driver.

Line Number

Line number for the physical ATM port.

Driver State

Operational state of the driver: Up, Down, Init (initializing),
Download (downloading), Config (configuring), or Not Present.
Note that this parameter does not represent the state of the physical
interface.

First MAC Address

First MAC address reserved in the link module. The address is in
canonical format.

Num MAC addrs

Number of MAC addresses reserved in the link module.

DP Notify TMO

Data Path notify timeout period. This value specifies the number of
seconds to wait before implementing the DP notify function. A
timer is set to this value when the state of the physical interface
transitions from operational to nonoperational at the time that the
DP notify function is enabled.

MTU

Size of the largest packet (in octets) which the interface can send or
receive. The default is 4500 octets.

Sample Display - show atm line alerts
ATM Modules on Alert:
--------------------Line
Driver
First
Num MAC DP Notify
Slot Conn Circuit
Number
State
MAC Address
Addrs
TMO
MTU
---- ---- -------- -------- -------- ----------------- ------- --------- ---Found

114087 Rev. A

0 matches out of

2 entries in table.

2-91

Using Technician Interface Scripts

base [circuit ]
Displays the ATM base record state for all ATM link module circuits or for a specified
circuit. For more information on column definitions, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show atm line base
ATM Modules:
-----------Line
Driver
First
Num MAC DP Notify
Slot Conn Circuit
Number
State
MAC Address
Addrs
TMO
---- ---- -------- -------- -------- ----------------- ------- --------4
1 A41
1104101 Up
00-00-00-00-00-00
10
3
5
1 A51
1105101 Up
00-00-00-00-00-00
10
3

MTU
---4500
4500

2 entries in table.

Sample Display - show atm line base circuit A51
ATM Modules:
-----------Line
Driver
First
Num MAC DP Notify
Slot Conn Circuit
Number
State
MAC Address
Addrs
TMO
MTU
---- ---- -------- -------- -------- ----------------- ------- --------- ---5
1 A51
1105101 Up
00-00-00-00-00-00
10
3 4500
Found

2-92

1 match out of

2 entries in table.

114087 Rev. A

show atm line

disabled
Displays the ATM link modules that are configured as disabled. For more information on
column definitions, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show atm line disabled

ATM Modules Disabled:
--------------------Line
Driver
First
Num MAC DP Notify
Slot Conn Circuit
Number
State
MAC Address
Addrs
TMO
MTU
---- ---- -------- -------- -------- ----------------- ------- --------- ---Found

0 matches out of

2 entries in table.

enabled
Displays the ATM link modules that are configured as enabled. For more information on
column definitions, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show atm line enabled
ATM Modules Enabled:
-------------------Line
Driver
First
Num MAC DP Notify
Slot Conn Circuit
Number
State
MAC Address
Addrs
TMO
---- ---- -------- -------- -------- ----------------- ------- --------4
1 A41
1104101 Up
00-00-00-00-00-00
10
3
5
1 A51
1105101 Up
00-00-00-00-00-00
10
3
Found

114087 Rev. A

2 matches out of

MTU
---4500
4500

2 entries in table.

2-93

Using Technician Interface Scripts

phy [circuit ]
Displays physical circuit information about all ATM link module circuits or a specified
circuit.
Speed

Estimate of the interface's current bandwidth in megabits per
second: 155,520,000 Mb/s, 140,000,000 Mb/s, 100,000,000 Mb/s,
44,736,000 Mb/s, 34,368,000 Mb/s.

Type

Interface type: OC-3 MM (multimode), OC-3 SM (single mode),
DS-3, or E-3.

Framing Mode

Transceiver mode: SDH, SONET, CBIT, M23, G751, or G832.

For more information on column definitions, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show atm line phy
ATM Module Physical Interface:
-----------------------------Phy
Speed
Framing
Slot Conn Circuit
State
(Mbps)
Type
Mode
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------3
1 A31
Up
155520000 OC-3 MM
SONET
1 entry in table.

Sample Display - show atm line phy circuit A51
ATM Module Physical Interface:
-----------------------------Phy
Speed
Framing
Slot Conn Circuit
State
(Mbps)
Type
Mode
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------5
1 A51
Up
155520000 OC-3
SONET
Found

2-94

1 match out of

2 entries in table.

114087 Rev. A

show atm line

phy errors [circuit ]
Displays loss of signal, loss of pointer, loss of frame, and out-of-cell delineation
information for the specified circuit or for all circuits. For more information on column
definitions, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show atm line phy errors
ATM Module Physical Interface Errors:
------------------------------------Loss of
Loss of
Loss of
Out of Cell
Slot Conn Circuit
Signal
Pointer
Frame
Delineation
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------4
1 A41
10
0
3
3
5
1 A51
1
0
1
1
2 entries in table.

Sample Display - show atm line phy errors circuit A51
ATM Module Physical Interface Errors:
------------------------------------Loss of
Loss of
Loss of
Out of Cell
Slot Conn Circuit
Signal
Pointer
Frame
Delineation
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------5
1 A51
1
0
1
1
Found

114087 Rev. A

1 match out of

2 entries in table.

2-95

Using Technician Interface Scripts

receive errors [circuit ]
Displays receive error information for the specified circuit or for all circuits:
Dropped Cells

Number of cells received at the transceiver receive interface that
have been discarded.

Address Translation Errors

Number of address translation errors received.

Rcv Q Full Errors

Number of full queue errors received.

Rcv Q Write Errors

Number of write queue errors received. Write failures occur when
the SAR device tries to write to an already full queue.

Rcv Q Empty Errors

Number of empty queue errors received. Empty errors occur when
the SAR device has no place to put the data it has received.

For more information on column definitions, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show atm line receive errors
ATM Module Receive Errors:
--------------------------

Slot
---4
5

Address
Rcv Q
Rcv Q
Rcv Q
Dropped
Translation
Full
Write
Empty
Conn Circuit
Cells
Errors
Errors
Errors
Errors
---- -------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------1 A41
0
0
0
0
0
1 A51
0
0
0
0
0

2 entries in table.

2-96

114087 Rev. A

show atm line
Sample Display - show atm line receive errors circuit A51
ATM Module Receive Errors:
-------------------------Address
Rcv Q
Rcv Q
Rcv Q
Dropped
Translation
Full
Write
Empty
Slot Conn Circuit
Cells
Errors
Errors
Errors
Errors
---- ---- -------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------5
1 A51
0
0
0
0
0
Found

1 match out of

2 entries in table.

receive stats [circuit ]
Displays the total number of frames, octets, and cells received by all circuits or by the
specified circuit.

Sample Display - show atm line receive stats
ATM Module Receive Statistics:
-----------------------------Slot Conn Circuit
Frames
Octets
Cells
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- -------------------4
1 A41
0
0
0
5
1 A51
0
0
0
2 entries in table.

Sample Display - show atm line receive stats circuit A51
ATM Module Receive Statistics:
-----------------------------Slot Conn Circuit
Frames
Octets
Cells
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- -------------------5
1 A51
0
0
0
Found
114087 Rev. A

1 match out of

2 entries in table.

2-97

Using Technician Interface Scripts

sample [] [circuit ]
Displays the total number of frames transmitted and received for the specified circuit over
the specified period of time, or for all circuits over 10 seconds. Also displays information
on the following:
Rx Lack of Resources

Number of packets dropped because no host buffers were available
to hold the incoming data.

Tx Lack of Resources

Number of packets dropped during transmission.

For more information on column definitions, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show atm line sample
ATM Sampled Data over 10 seconds
--------------------------------Rx
Tx
Rx Lack of Tx Lack of
Slot Conn Circuit
Frames
Frames
Resources Resources
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------4
1 A41
0
0
0
0
5
1 A51
0
0
0
0
2 entries in table.

Sample Display - show atm line sample circuit A51
ATM Sampled Data over 10 seconds
--------------------------------Rx
Tx
Rx Lack of Tx Lack of
Slot Conn Circuit
Frames
Frames
Resources Resources
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------5
1 A51
0
0
0
0
Found

2-98

1 match out of

2 entries in table.

114087 Rev. A

show atm line
Sample Display - show atm line sample 5 circuit A51
ATM Sampled Data over
5 seconds
--------------------------------Rx
Tx
Rx Lack of Tx Lack of
Slot Conn Circuit
Frames
Frames
Resources Resources
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------5
1 A51
0
0
0
0
Found

1 match out of

2 entries in table.

stats [circuit ]
Displays the total number of bytes and frames received and transmitted for the specified
circuit or for all circuits. In addition, displays the total number of errors. For more
information on column definitions, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show atm line stats
ATM Module I/O Statistics:
-------------------------Receive
Receive
Transmit
Transmit
Total
Slot Conn Circuit
Bytes
Frames
Bytes
Frames
Errors
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------4
1 A41
0
0 2190795656
42405432
16
5
1 A51
0
0 1793648210
86273694
3
2 entries in table.

Sample Display - show atm line stats circuit A51
ATM Module I/O Statistics:
-------------------------Receive
Receive
Transmit
Transmit
Total
Slot Conn Circuit
Bytes
Frames
Bytes
Frames
Errors
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------5
1 A51
0
0 1793648210
86273694
3
Found

114087 Rev. A

1 match out of

2 entries in table.

2-99

Using Technician Interface Scripts

transmit errors [circuit ]
Displays the total number of full errors transmitted and the total number of Segmentation
and Reassembly (SAR) errors for the specified circuit or for all circuits. For more
information on column definitions, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show atm line transmit errors
ATM Module Transmit Errors:
---------------------------

Slot
---4
5

Xmt Q
Full
SAR
Conn Circuit
Errors
Errors
---- -------- ---------- ---------1 A41
0
0
1 A51
0
0

2 entries in table.

Sample Display - show atm line transmit errors circuit A51
ATM Module Transmit Errors:
--------------------------Xmt Q
Full
SAR
Slot Conn Circuit
Errors
Errors
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------5
1 A51
0
0
Found

2-100

1 match out of

2 entries in table.

114087 Rev. A

show atm line

transmit stats [circuit ]
Displays the total number of frames, octets, and cells transmitted by the specified circuit
or by all circuits. For more information on column definitions, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show atm line transmit stats
ATM Module Transmit Statistics:
------------------------------Out Q
Slot Conn Circuit
Frames
Octets
Cells
Length
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- -------------------- ---------4
1 A41
42405432 2190795656
45641568
1
5
1 A51
86273694 1793648210
37367672
1
2 entries in table.

Sample Display - show atm line transmit stats circuit A51
ATM Module Transmit Statistics:
------------------------------Out Q
Slot Conn Circuit
Frames
Octets
Cells
Length
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- -------------------- ---------5
1 A51
86273694 1793648210
37367672
1
Found

114087 Rev. A

1 match out of

2 entries in table.

2-101

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show aurp
The show aurp  commands display information about the AppleTalk
Update-based Routing Protocol (AURP) and services. For detailed information on the Bay
Networks implementation of AURP services, refer to Configuring AppleTalk Services.
The show aurp command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts

filters zone

base

stats [traffic | peer | transport] []

connection []

version

disabled

alerts
Displays all AURP connections that are enabled but not up. State is always Down. Use this
display to identify the connections that are not working. The table includes the following
information:

2-102

Connection

IP address of the AURP connection.

State

Current state of the connection, which in this case is always Down.

Timeout

Number of seconds to wait for an acknowledgment before retrying
the connection.

Retry

Number of attempts at a connection before determining that the
peer is no longer responding.

114087 Rev. A

show aurp
Update Rate

Rate in seconds at which the router sends routing table updates out
this connection. This value is a multiple of ten. The range is 10 to
604,800 seconds (one week). The default is 30 seconds.

LHF Timeout

Last Heard From Timeout; specifies the number of seconds to wait
for a Routing Information Response (RI-Rsp), Routing Information
Update (RI-Upd), or Zone Information Response (ZI-Rsp) before
sending a tickle request. This value is a multiple of ten. The range is
10 through 31,536,000 seconds (one year). The default is 90
seconds.

Sample Display - show aurp alerts
AURP Connection Alerts: Enabled but state is down
------------------------------------------------Connection
State
Timeout
Retry
Update Rate LHF Timeout
--------------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ----------- ----------192.32.14.85
Down
3
3
30
90
1 entries found.
3 total entries.

base
Displays the base record information for AURP. The base record controls AURP for the
entire system. The table includes the following information:
Protocol

Name of the protocol, which is AURP.

State

State of the protocol: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres
(enabled but not yet started), or Up.

Configured IP Interface

IP address on this router that AURP uses for all of its connections.

Open Reqs Accepted

Number of Open Requests the router has accepted on this interface.

Open Reqs Rejected

Number of Open Requests the router has rejected on this interface.

In Packets No Peer

Number of packets received from UDP for which there is no valid
connection.

114087 Rev. A

2-103

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show aurp base
AURP Base Information
--------------------Configured
Open Reqs Open Reqs In Packets
Protocol
State
IP Interface
Accepted
Rejected
No Peer
---------------- ----------- --------------- ---------- ---------- ---------AURP
Up
192.32.14.19
1
0
0

connection []
Displays information about all AURP connections or a specific connection. State can be
Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres (enabled but not yet started), or Up. For the
remaining column definitions, see the alerts command.


Limits the information to the connection with the specified IP
address.

Sample Display - show aurp connection
AURP Connections
---------------Connection
--------------192.32.14.85
192.32.14.86
205.1.10.1

State
Timeout
Retry
Update Rate LHF Timeout
----------- ---------- ---------- ----------- ----------Down
3
3
30
90
Disabled
3
3
30
90
Up
3
3
30
90

3 total entries.

2-104

114087 Rev. A

show aurp
Sample Display - show aurp connection 192.32.14.85
AURP Connections
---------------Connection
State
Timeout
Retry
Update Rate LHF Timeout
--------------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ----------- ----------192.32.14.85
Down
3
3
30
90
1 entry displayed.

disabled
Displays the AURP connections that a user has manually disabled. For definitions of the
columns in the display, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show aurp disabled
Disabled AURP Connections
------------------------Connection
State
Timeout
Retry
Update Rate LHF Timeout
--------------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ----------- ----------192.32.14.86
Disabled
3
3
30
90
1 entries found.
3 total entries.

enabled
Displays the AURP connections that a user has manually enabled. State can be Disabled,
Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres (enabled but not yet started), or Up. For the remaining
column definitions, see the alerts command.

114087 Rev. A

2-105

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show aurp enabled
Enabled AURP Connections
-----------------------Connection
State
Timeout
Retry
Update Rate LHF Timeout
--------------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ----------- ----------192.32.14.85
Down
3
3
30
90
205.1.10.1
Up
3
3
30
90
2 entries found.
3 total entries.

filters zone
Displays information about the zone filters for all AURP connections. The table includes
the following information:

2-106

Connection

Connection with the specified IP address.

Connection Filter Mode

Zone filter type: Include, Exclude, 5.x series Include, or 5.x series
Exclude.

Filtered Zones(s)

Zones that are filtered for this connection.

Total zones

Number of zones that are filtered on this connection.

114087 Rev. A

show aurp
Sample Display - show aurp filters zone
Connection: 192.32.14.2
Connection Filter Mode: Include

Filtered Zone(s) for this connection
---------------------------------MARKETING
SALES
Total zones for connection 192.32.14.2

is 2

Connection: 192.32.14.1
Connection Filter Mode: Include
Filtered Zone(s) for this connection
---------------------------------MARKETING
SALES
Total zones for connection 192.32.14.1

is 2

Connection: 192.32.14.3
Connection Filter Mode: 5.x series Include
Filtered Zone(s) for this connection
---------------------------------MARKETING
Total zones for connection 192.32.14.3

114087 Rev. A

is 1

2-107

Using Technician Interface Scripts

stats [traffic | peer | transport] []
Displays statistical information about AURP connections. You can display statistics for all
connections or for a specified connection. Entered without options, the stats command
displays traffic statistics.


Limits the display to the specified connection.

Sample Display - show aurp stats
AURP Traffic Statistics
----------------------In DDP
Out DDP
In AURP
Out AURP
Connection
Packets
Packets
Packets
Packets
--------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------192.32.14.85
0
0
0
8
192.32.14.86
0
0
0
4
205.1.10.1
13276
13459
102
100

traffic

Displays incoming and outgoing data (DDP) packets and incoming
and outgoing AURP packets for all connections or for a specified
connection.

Sample Display - show aurp stats traffic
AURP Traffic Statistics
----------------------In DDP
Out DDP
In AURP
Out AURP
Connection
Packets
Packets
Packets
Packets
--------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------192.32.14.85
0
0
0
8
192.32.14.86
0
0
0
4
205.1.10.1
13310
13497
102
100

2-108

114087 Rev. A

show aurp
Sample Display - show aurp stats traffic 205.1.10.1
AURP Traffic Statistics
----------------------In DDP
Out DDP
In AURP
Out AURP
Connection
Packets
Packets
Packets
Packets
--------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------205.1.10.1
16293
16497
155
152

peer

Displays information about AURP peer routers.

The display includes the following information:
Connection

IP address of the peer router.

Peer Domain ID

Domain identifier for the domain this router resides in.

Rate

Rate in tens of seconds that the peer router specified in its Open
Response.

Environ. Flags

Environment Flags in the peer router’s Open Response.
• None - No flags active.
• HCR - Hop Count Reduction is active.
• Remap - Network number remapping is active on the peer.
• Remap, HCR - Both HCR and Remap are in effect.

SUI Flags

Send Update Information flags in the peer router’s Open Request
and Routing Information Request. The possible values are:
• Add - Network added.
• Delete - Network deleted.
• Dist - Distance changed.
• Zone - Zone changed.

114087 Rev. A

2-109

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show aurp stats peer
AURP Connection Peer Information
--------------------------------

Connection
--------------192.32.14.85
192.32.14.86
205.1.10.1

Peer
Update
Environ.
Domain ID
Rate
Flags
SUI Flags
--------------- ---------- ---------- -------------------0.0.0.0
0 

0.0.0.0
0 

205.1.10.1
30 
Zone,Dist,Delete,Add

transport

Displays information about AURP transports. The table includes
counts of delayed duplicates, command retries, and updates
received and generated for each connection.

Sample Display - show aurp stats transport
AURP Transport Statistics
------------------------Delayed
Command
Updates
Updates
Connection
Duplicates Retries
Received Generated
--------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------192.32.14.85
0
7
0
0
192.32.14.86
0
3
0
0
205.1.10.1
0
4
2
1

2-110

114087 Rev. A

show aurp

version
Displays the current version and modification date of the aurp.bat script.

Sample Display - show aurp version
AURP.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

114087 Rev. A

2-111

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show autoneg
The show autoneg  commands display the status of automatic line speed
negotiation on 100Base-T Ethernet interfaces. Some Ethernet modules can run at either
10 Mb/s or 100 Mb/s using a hardware process to detect the speed to use. For more
information, refer to Configuring Line Services.
The show autoneg command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts

disabled

base [circuit ]

enabled

capabilities [circuit ]

version

alerts
Displays Ethernet circuits that are capable of auto-negotiation but are not currently up.
The table includes the following information:

2-112

Slot

Slot identifier; ranges vary according to router model.

Conn

Connector’s instance identifier; ranges vary according to router
model and Ethernet module. For routers other than ASN, indicates
the physical connector number on the slot.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

State

Current state of the circuit: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not
Present (enabled but not yet started), or Up.

Auto-Negotiation State

Current state of automatic line speed negotation: Disabled,
Configuring, Complete.

Remote Signaling

Current state of signalling at the remote end of the link: True or
False

Capability in Use

The configured line speed. Options are:
100Base-X (100Base-TX or 100Base-FX)
100Base-X FD (Full Duplex)
100Base-X FD Cong Ctrl (Full Duplex with congestion control)

114087 Rev. A

show autoneg
Sample Display - show autoneg alerts
Auto-Negotiation Interfaces on Alert:
------------------------------------Auto-Negotiation
Slot Conn Circuit
State
State
---- ---- -------- -------- -------------------2
31 E231
Down
Disabled
Found

1 match out of

Remote
Signaling
---------FALSE

Capability
In Use
------------100Base-X

2 entries in table.

base [circuit ]
Displays the base record information for auto-negotiation.

Note: The alerts, base, disabled, and enabled tables all include the same
information. See the description with the show autoneg alerts command.

Sample Display - show base
Auto-Negotiation Information:
-----------------------------

Slot Conn Circuit
State
---- ---- -------- -------2
1 E21
Not Pres
3
1 E31
Up
4
1 E41
Disabled
5
1 E51
Up

Auto-Negotiation
State
-----------------**NOT SUPPORTED**
Disabled
**NOT SUPPORTED**
Disabled

Remote
Signaling
Capability In Use
--------- ---------------------FALSE

100Base-X FD Cong Ctrl

FALSE

100Base-X

4 entries in table

114087 Rev. A

2-113

Using Technician Interface Scripts

capabilities [circuit ]
Displays Ethernet line capabilities. You can display this information for all circuits or for a
specific circuit. The table includes the following information.
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges according to router model.

Conn

Connector’s instance identifier; ranges vary according to router
model and Ethernet module. For routers other than ASN, indicates
the physical connector number on the slot.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

State

State of the line driver: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not
Present (enabled but not yet started), or Up.

*Local Capabilities

The line capabilities of the circuit.

*Advertised Capabilities

The line capabilities the circuit is advertising on the bus.

*Remote Capabilities

The advertised capabilities of the remote station.

*Capability in Use

The agreed-upon line capability.

*See the line capability codes in the sample display.

Sample Display - show autoneg capabilties
Auto-Negotiation Interface Capabilities:
----------------------------------------

Slot Conn Circuit
State
---- ---- -------- -------5
1 E51
Up
5
2 E52
Up

Local
Capabilities
-----------cd
cd

Advertised
Capabilities
-----------cd

Remote
Capabilities
-----------cd
cd

Capability
In Use
---------d
d

Capability Codes:
a = 10BASE-T
b = 10BASE-T Full Duplex
c = 100BASE-X
d = 100BASE-X Full Duplex
e = 100BASE-T4
Found

2-114

2 matches out of

3 entries in table.

114087 Rev. A

show autoneg

disabled
Displays all Ethernet circuits that have auto-negotiation disabled.

Note: The alerts, base, disabled, and enabled tables all include the same
information. See the description with the show autoneg alerts command.

Sample Display - show autoneg disabled
Auto-Negotiation Interfaces Disabled:
-------------------------------------

Slot Conn Circuit
State
---- ---- -------- -------3
1 E31
Up
5
1 E51
Up
Found

2 matches out of

Auto-Negotiation
State
-----------------Disabled
Disabled

Remote
Signaling
Capability In Use
--------- ---------------------FALSE
100Base-X FD Cong Ctrl
FALSE
100Base-X

4 entries in table.

enabled
Displays all Ethernet circuits that have auto-negotiation enabled.

Note: The alerts, base, disabled, and enabled tables all include the same
information. See the description with the show autoneg alerts command.

114087 Rev. A

2-115

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show autoneg enabled
Auto-Negotiation Interfaces Enabled:
-----------------------------------Auto-Negotiation
Slot Conn Circuit
State
State
---- ---- -------- -------- -----------------5
1 E51
Up
Complete
Found

1 match out of

Remote
Signaling
Capability In Use
--------- ---------------------FALSE
100Base-X

4 entries in table

version
Displays the current version and modification date of the at.bat script.

Sample Display - show autoneg version
autoneg.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

2-116

114087 Rev. A

show bgp

show bgp
The show bgp  commands display state, configuration, and statistical
information about the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP). For detailed information about the
Bay Networks implementation of BGP, refer to Configuring IP Services.
The show bgp command supports the following subcommand options:
errors

summary

peers

timers

routes [
 | from  |
find ]

version

stats

weights

114087 Rev. A

2-117

Using Technician Interface Scripts

errors
Displays the error message generated the last time a connection between a router and its
BGP peer failed. This message was either received from or sent to the BGP peer. The
report includes the address of the local router and the peer, as well as the last error code,
subcode, and message.
Sample Display - show bgp errors
BGP Last Errors
--------------Local
Address
--------------195.1.1.1
195.1.1.1
200.1.1.1
201.1.1.1
201.1.1.1

Remote
Last Error
Address
Code Subcode
--------------- ---- ------195.1.1.2
4
0
195.1.1.3
200.1.1.2
2
1
10.1.1.6
201.1.1.5
-

Error Message
--------------------------Hold Timer Expired
No Error
Unsupported Version Number
No Error
No Error

5 peers configured.

peers
Displays information about each of the router’s BGP peers and virtual peers. Virtual peers
are peers connected by means of a route server. The table includes the following
information:

2-118

Local Addr

Router’s local interface address and port.

Remote Addr

Peer’s IP address and port.

Remote AS

Autonomous System in which the peer resides.

Hold Time Cfg

Configured hold time.

Hold Time Act

Negotiated hold time.

Keep Alive Time Cfg

Configured keep alive time.

Keep Alive Time Act

Negotiated keep alive time.

Connection State

State of the connection between the peers: Idle, Connect, Active,
Open Sent, Open Confrmd, or Established.

114087 Rev. A

show bgp
Total Routes

Number of routes the router received from this peer and is
maintaining.

Peer Mode

Route server mode of the BGP peer: None (the peer is not a route
server), Client (the peer is an RS client), Internal (the peer is a route
server in the local RS cluster), external (the peer is a route server in
another RS cluster).

Identifer

BGP identifier of the virtual peer.

Last update

The time elapsed since the last update.

Sample Display - show bgp peers
BGP Peers
--------Local
Address/Port
-------------------------55.55.0.48/46105
55.56.0.48/179
55.56.0.48/179
55.56.0.48/179
55.80.0.48/32799
55.90.0.48/52506

Remote
Remote Peer
Connection BGP Total
Address/Port
AS
Mode
State
Ver Routes
--------------------- ------ ------- ---------- --55.55.0.47/179
55.56.0.51/20257
55.56.0.52/19096
55.56.0.173/26893
55.80.0.53/179
55.90.0.54/179

1
1
1
1
1
1

Intern
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client

Estab
Estab
Estab
Estab
Estab
Estab

4
4
4
4
4
4

0
0
0
241
0
0

BGP Virtual Peers
----------------Local
Remote
Identifier
Total Last Update
------------------- ------------------- ------------------- ------ -----------55.55.0.48
55.55.0.47
192.32.13.173
240
0h 7m 10s

114087 Rev. A

2-119

Using Technician Interface Scripts

routes [
 | from  | find ]
Displays information about routes received from BGP peers. Some information relates to
all peers; some is specific to the type of entry displayed. Following is a list of options you
can use with the routes command.


Displays only routes to the specified Internet network prefix
(network number). For example, show bgp routes 192.32.0.0
shows all routes to 192.32.0.0.

from 

Displays only routes received from the specified BGP peer. The
peer address is the same as the Remote Address entry in the show
bgp peers table. For example, show bgp routes from 200.1.2.3
shows all routes received from peer 200.1.2.3.

find 

Displays only routes that match the specified search pattern. For
example, the command show bgp routes find 200.*.*.*
displays routes 200.1.5.0, 200.1.6.0, and 200.1.190.0.

The table includes the following information for each entry:

2-120

Destination network

IP address and the length of the prefix of the destination network in
the dot notation form x.x.x.x/n, where x.x.x.x is the Internet
address and n is the prefix length; for example, 200.4.0.0/16.

Author of address

IP address of the peer that provided the route.

Best/Used indication

BEST means that the route is the best BGP route to the destination;
USED means that the route is in the IP routing table.

Next hop

IP address of the next hop route. This is the forwarding address for
the route.

Origin of route

Ultimate origin of the route as follows:

INC

Origin is undetermined.

IGP

Network is interior to the originating Autonomous System (AS).

EGP

Network is learned from EGP.

MED indicator

If available, the value in hexadecimal of the Multi Exit
Discriminator (MED) for BGP-4 or the Inter-AS Metric for BGP-3
associated with the path.

114087 Rev. A

show bgp
Aggregator

If it exists, the aggregator attribute; displayed in the form
Aggregator n x.x.x.x, where n is the AS number and x.x.x.x is the
Internet address.

Atomic

Whether the aggregate is atomic; if it is, the word Atomic appears.

Local preference

Local preference of the route, as received from IBGP or as
calculated for EBGP routes. On IBGP connections, the value is in
the form Local Pref received x, where x is a hexadecimal value. If a
different value was calculated for policy reasons, calculated x also
appears. On EBGP links, Local Pref calculated x appears.

AS Path

AS Path of the route as a sequence of AS numbers preceded and
possibly intermingled with SEQ and SET. SEQ indicates that the
following AS path segment is sequence type. SET indicates set
type.

The show bgp routes command displays the routing information in the following format:
Destination

Author

Best/Used

Next Hop

0.0.0.0/0 from 192.32.175.130 (BEST, USED) nexthop 192.32.17.13
IGP Aggregator 104 200.104.0.104
Local Pref calculated 0x4aleff7
Aggregator Attribute

Origin

AS Path: SEQ 104 SET 5 6

Local Preference
AS Path

114087 Rev. A

2-121

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show bgp routes
BGP Routes
---------0.0.0.0/0 from 192.32.28.104 (BEST, USED) nexthop 192.32.28.104
IGP Aggregator 104 200.104.0.104
Local Pref calculated 0x4a01fe7
AS Path: SEQ 104 SET 5 6
200.5.0.0/24 from 192.32.28.5 (BEST, USED) nexthop 192.32.28.5
IGP
Local Pref calculated 0x4a01ff7
AS Path: SEQ 5
200.5.0.0/24 from 192.32.28.6 nexthop 192.32.28.5
IGP
Local Pref calculated 0x80000000
AS Path: SEQ 6 5
200.5.23.0/24 from 192.32.28.5 (BEST, USED) nexthop 192.32.28.5
IGP
Local Pref calculated 0x4a01ff7
AS Path: SEQ 5
200.5.23.0/24 from 192.32.28.6 nexthop 192.32.28.5
IGP
Local Pref calculated 0x80000000
AS Path: SEQ 6 5
200.5.24.0/24 from 192.32.28.5 (BEST, USED) nexthop 192.32.28.5
IGP
Local Pref calculated 0x4a01ff7
AS Path: SEQ 5
200.5.24.0/24 from 192.32.28.6 nexthop 192.32.28.5
IGP
Local Pref calculated 0x80000000
AS Path: SEQ 6 5
200.6.0.0/24 from 192.32.28.5 nexthop 192.32.28.6
IGP
Local Pref calculated 0x80000000
AS Path: SEQ 5 6
8 BGP Route entries.

2-122

IGP: 8

EGP: 0

Incomplete: 0.

114087 Rev. A

show bgp

stats
Displays statistics for each peer router. The table displays the Internet address of the
configured local and remote BGP peers and the total number of BGP messages and
updates received and sent between them. Message totals include updates.

Sample Display - show bgp stats
BGP Peer Statistics
------------------Local
Address
--------------192.32.174.65
192.32.174.97
192.32.175.129

Remote
Messages
Updates
Address
Rx
Tx
Rx
Tx
--------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------192.32.174.66
4206
4193
217
181
192.32.174.99
4174
4228
64
205
192.32.175.130
4360
4189
292
162

3 peers configured.

summary
Displays a brief summary of BGP information including the following items:
•

State of BGP: Absent, Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Invalid, or Up.

•

Local BGP identifier.

•

Local Autonomous System number.

•

Whether Intra-AS IBGP routing is enabled or disabled.

•

Number of peers configured.

•

Number of routes BGP has received, used and total.

•

Number of different path attributes BGP has.

•

State of BGP-3 and BGP-4: Configured, Not Configured, Enabled, or Disabled.

•

Whether BGP is running in Route Server mode as a server or client

114087 Rev. A

2-123

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show bgp summary
BGP Up

ID: 192.32.174.98

AS: 2

IBGP Hack Disabled

2 peers configured.
Using 244 Routes out of a total of 245.
14 unique paths maintained.
BGP-3 Configured, Enabled.
Route Server - Client.

BGP-4 Configured, Enabled.

timers
Displays the timers associated with each peer router. The table includes the following
information:

2-124

Local Address

Internet address of the local peer.

Remote Address

Internet address of the remote peer.

Hold

Number of seconds to wait for a Keep Alive or Update packet
before terminating the connection.

Keep Alive

Number of seconds between sending Keep Alive packets to
maintain an open connection.

Time

Amount of time in hours/minutes/seconds that the connection
between the two peers has been up or down.

Last Update

Time in hours/minutes/seconds since this peer received the last
update.

114087 Rev. A

show bgp
Sample Display - show bgp timers
BGP Peer Timers
------------------Local
Address

Remote
Address

Keep
Time
Last
Hold
Alive
Up/Down
Update
Cfg Act Cfg Act
--------------- --------------- --------- -------- ------------ -----------210.10.10.1
210.10.10.2
90
90
30
30 67h 56m 30s
0h 0m 20s
1 peer configured.

version
Displays the current version number and date of the bgp.bat script.

Sample Display - show bgp version
BGP.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

weights
Displays the BGP AS Weights table, which includes the Autonomous System, its state and
its weight. The weight value helps determine the preferred route and aids in selecting a
route. The State of the AS Weight entry is Down, Init (initializing), Invalid, Not Present
(not yet functioning), or Up.
Sample Display - show bgp weights
BGP AS Weights
--------------

AS
----1000
2000
3000

Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class
State
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
------- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----Up
10
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Up
2
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Up
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

3 entries
114087 Rev. A

2-125

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show bisync
The show bisync  commands display configuration, status, and statistical
information about Binary Synchronous (BISYNC) lines. For detailed information about
configuring BISYNC, refer to Configuring BSC Transport Services.
The show bisync command supports the following subcommand options:

2-126

alerts

receive errors [circuit ]

base [circuit ]

sample [] [circuit
]

disabled

stats [circuit ]

enabled

transmit errors [circuit ]

interrupt errors [circuit ]

version

114087 Rev. A

show bisync

alerts
Displays all BISYNC circuits that are enabled but not up. Use this display to identify the
interfaces that are not working. The table includes the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier

Conn

Connector identifier

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

State

State of the line driver, as follows:
• Disabled - User has manually disabled the driver.
• Down - Driver is not operational.
• DSR Wait - External equipment, such as a modem, DSU, or CSU,
is not currently up and thus is not asserting a Data Set Ready
signal.
• Init - Driver is initializing.
• Not Pres - Driver is enabled but not yet started. This state occurs
for several reasons. For example, the Link Module may not be
physically present in the chassis. The software may be booting
and has not yet initialized the driver software. The slot may be
running diagnostics. Or there may be a problem with the
configuration.
• Up - Driver is functioning fully

Line Number

Line number for this line.

MTU

Maximum transfer unit size -- the buffer size for the BISYNC port
(also the largest frame that can be transmitted or received across the
BISYNC port). The value ranges from 1 to 4568 bytes.

Media Type

Media type this BISYNC module uses, as follows:
• default - Normal connection
• raiseddtr- Connection to a modem that dials out when Data
Terminal Ready (DTR) gets raised.
• V25 - Connection to a V25 BIS modem.

Char Mode

Code set that the BSC protocol uses: EBCDIC or ASCII

114087 Rev. A

2-127

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show bisync alerts
BISYNC Modules on Alert:
---------------------Line
Slot Conn Circuit State
Number
MTU
---- ---- -------- -------- -------- ---1
1
S11
Init
01501101 1580

Found

0 matches out of

Media
Type
-------DEFAULT

Char
Mode
-------EBCDIC

1 entry in table.

base [circuit ]
Displays the base level information for all BISYNC circuits or a specific BISYNC circuit.

Sample Display - show bisync base
BISYNC Modules:
------------Line
Slot Conn Circuit State
Number
MTU
---- ---- -------- -------- -------- ---1
1
S11
Up
01501101 1580

Media
Type
-------DEFAULT

Char
Mode
-------EBCDIC

1 entry in table.

For column definitions, see the alerts command.

2-128

114087 Rev. A

show bisync

disabled
Displays BISYNC circuits that a user has manually disabled.

Sample Display - show bisync disabled
BISYNC Modules Disabled:
----------------------

Line
Media
Char
Slot Conn Circuit State
Number
MTU Type
Mode
---- ---- -------- -------- -------- ---- -------- -------1
1
S11
Disabled 01591101 1580 DEFAULT EBCDIC
Found

1 match out of

1 entry in table.

For column definitions, see the alerts command.

enabled
Displays BISYNC circuits that a user has manually enabled.

Sample Display - show bisync enabled
BISYNC Modules Enabled:
---------------------

Line
Slot Conn Circuit State
Number
MTU
---- ---- -------- -------- -------- ---1
1
S11
Up
01501101 1580
Found

1 match out of

Media
Type
-------DEFAULT

Char
Mode
-------EBCDIC

1 entry in table.

For column definitions, see the alerts command.
114087 Rev. A

2-129

Using Technician Interface Scripts

interrupt errors [circuit ]
Displays interrupt errors in character reception. The BISYNC driver uses an interrupt
procedure to check for control characters in the information stream.
The table includes the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier

Conn

Connector identifier

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

BCZero

Number of error situations where no characters appear in the buffer

BCSix

Number of error situations where six or more bytes of data were
received

BCInvalid

Number of error situations where the fifth byte of information is
not a control character

BCErrors

Total number of errors; sum of BCZero, BCSix, and BCInvalid
values

Sample Display - show bisync interrupt

BISYNC Module Interrupt Errors:
-----------------------------Slot Conn Circuit BCZero
BCSix
BCInvalid BCErrors
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------1
1
S11
0
0
0
0
1 entry in table.

2-130

114087 Rev. A

show bisync

receive errors [circuit ]
Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit.
The table includes the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier

Conn

Connector identifier

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Bad Frames

Number of bad receive frames, caused by Frame Check Sequence
(FCS) errors or nonoctet aligned errors.

Runt Frames

Number of incomplete frames received on this line.

Receive Errors

Number of frame reject errors received on this line.

Replen Misses

Number of times the buffer fails to clear after receiving
information.

Overflow Frames

Number of overflow errors received on this line in which the
device’s FIFO buffer overflowed before obtaining the next DMA
cycle. No buffer resources are available.

LackRescs Chars

Number of characters received and discarded due to lack of
resources, such as buffers.

Sample Display - show bisync receive
BISYNC Module Receive Errors:
--------------------------Bad
Runt
Receive
Replen
Overflow
Slot Conn Circuit
Frames
Frames
Errors
Misses
Frames
---- ---- -------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------1
1
S11
0
0
0
0
0

LackRescs
Chars
--------0

1 entry in table.

114087 Rev. A

2-131

Using Technician Interface Scripts

sample [] [circuit ]
Displays data sampled from BISYNC over a period of 10 seconds. You can change the
number of seconds over which you want to sample the data, and you can display sampled
data for a specific circuit only.
The table includes the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier

Conn

Connector identifier

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Rx Frames

Number of frames received on this line.

Tx Frames

Number of frames sent on this line.

Rx Lack of Resources

Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of
resources; for example, buffers.

Tx Lack of Resources

Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of resources;
for example, buffers.

Sample Display - show bisync sample
BISYNC Sampled Data over 10 seconds
---------------------------------Rx
Tx
Rx Lack of
Slot Conn Circuit
Frames
Frames
RescsChar
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------1
1
S11
16
4
0

Tx Lack of
RescsFrms
---------0

1 entry in table.

2-132

114087 Rev. A

show bisync

stats [circuit ]
Displays BISYNC input/output statistical information for all BISYNC modules or for a
specific circuit.
The table includes the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier

Conn

Connector identifier

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Receive Bytes

Number of octets received without error.

Receive Frames

Number of frames received without error.

Transmit Bytes

Number of octets transmitted without error.

Transmit Frames

Number of frames transmitted without error.

Total Errors

Total number of errors of all types.

Sample Display - show bisync stats
BISYNC Module I/O Statistics:
--------------------------Receive
Receive
Transmit
Transmit
Total
Slot Conn Circuit
Bytes
Frames
Bytes
Frames
Errors
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------1
1
S11
18697
1163
1254
413
0
1 entry in table.

114087 Rev. A

2-133

Using Technician Interface Scripts

transmit errors [circuit ]
Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific
circuit. The table includes the following information:
The table includes the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier

Conn

Connector identifier

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Transmit Errors

Number of frame reject errors transmitted on this line.

Lack Rescs

Number of characters not transmitted due to lack of resources, such
as buffers.

Underflow Frames

Number of retransmission underflow errors. These occur when the
device’s FIFO buffer empties before the device obtains the next
DMA request.

Sample Display - show bisync transmit errors
BISYNC Module Transmit Errors:
---------------------------Transmit
Slot Conn Circuit Errors
---- ---- -------- ---------1
1
S11
0

Lack
Rescs
---------0

Underflow
Frames
---------0

1 entry in table.

2-134

114087 Rev. A

show bisync

version
Displays the current version and modification date for the bisync.bat script.

Sample Display - show bisync version
bisync.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

114087 Rev. A

2-135

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show bootp
The show bootp  commands display configuration, state, and statistical
information about Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP) services and Dynamic Host Configuration
Protocol (DHCP) services. For details on the Bay Networks implementation of BOOTP
and DHCP, refer to Configuring SNMP, RMON, BOOTP, DHCP, and RARP Services.
The show bootp command supports the following subcommand options:
base

prefserv

clients

stats

prefserv

version

base
Displays information about the IP interfaces which you have configured for BOOTP or
DHCP services. The table includes the following information:

2-136

Interface Address

IP address of an interface that receives BOOTREQUEST or DHCP
packets from clients.

State

State of BOOTP services on the interface: Absent, Down, Init
(initializing), Invalid, Not Present (enabled but not yet started), or
Up.

Min Seconds

Minimum number of seconds the router waits before forwarding
any BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packet to the server. If this value
exceeds the value in the seconds field of a BOOTREQUEST or
DHCP packet from the client, the router drops the packet.

Max Hops

Maximum number of hops a BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packet
can take between the client and the server. If this value is less the
value in the hops field of a BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packet from
the client, the router drops the packet.

PassThruMode

Type of packets that this interface accepts: BOOTP only, DHCP
only, or both BOOTP and DHCP.

114087 Rev. A

show bootp
Sample Display - show bootp base
Bootp Base Information
---------------------Interface
Min
Max
Address
State
Seconds
Hops PassThruMode
---------------- ---------- -------- ------ -----------192.32.14.92
Up
0
4 BOOTP/DHCP
1 entries

clients
Displays information about each BOOTP Data Link Control Interface (DLCI) client. The
table includes the following information:
Client DLCI

DLCI for the virtual circuit that this BOOTP client uses.

Client IP Address

IP address for this BOOTP client.

Sample Display - show bootp clients
BOOTP Clients
------------Client
DLCI
---------20
24

Client
IP Address
--------------192.32.4.1
192.32.5.1

2 Entries

114087 Rev. A

2-137

Using Technician Interface Scripts

prefserv
Displays information about each entry in the preferred servers table. The table includes the
following information:
Agent Address

IP address of an interface which receives BOOTREQUEST or
DHCP packets from clients.

Pref Server Address

IP address of the server to which the router forwards
BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packets it receives on the above
interface.

State

State of the forwarding entry: Enabled or Disabled.

Request Mode

Type of packets that the router forwards to the server: BOOTP only,
DHCP only, or both BOOTP and DHCP.

Sample Display - show bootp prefserv
Bootp Preferred Server
---------------------Agent Address
Pref Server Address State
RequestMode
---------------- ------------------- -------- ----------192.32.14.92
206.2.2.2
Enabled DHCP

ragents
Displays information about each entry in the BOOTP relay agent forwarding table. The
table includes the following information:

2-138

Agent Address

IP interface address of an interface that accepts BOOTPREQUEST
or DHCP packets from clients.

Outbound Address

IP address of the interface through which the router forwards
BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packets that it receives on the above
interface.

114087 Rev. A

show bootp
State

State of the forwarding entry: Enabled or Disabled.

PassthruMode

Type of packets that the BOOTP router forwards through this
outbound address: BOOTP only, DHCP only, or both BOOTP and
DHCP

Sample Display - show bootp ragents
Bootp Relay Agents
-----------------Agent Address
Outbound Address State
PassThruMode
---------------- ---------------- -------- -----------192.32.14.92
206.1.1.1
Enabled BOOTP
1 entries

stats
Displays statistical information for each BOOTP relay agent. The table includes the
following information:
Interface Address

IP address of the interface on the router that receives
BOOTPREQUEST or DHCP packets from clients.

Dropped Packets

Number of packets the router has dropped at this interface.

Requests Received

Number of BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packets that this interface
has received from clients.

Replies Received

Number of BOOTREPLY or DHCP packets that this interface has
received from servers.

114087 Rev. A

2-139

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show bootp stats
Bootp Statistics
---------------Interface
Dropped
Requests
Replies
Address
Packets
Received
Received
---------------- ---------- ---------- ---------192.32.1.2
0
10
10
1 entries

version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the bootp.bat script.

Sample Display - show bootp version
BOOTP.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

2-140

114087 Rev. A

show bot

show bot
The show bot  commands display information about the Binary Synchronous
Communication (BSC) transport services. For detailed information on the Bay Networks
implementation of BSC transport services, refer to Configuring BSC Transport Services.
The show bot command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts

enabled

base

peers

circuit []

stats []

CUs

version

disabled

114087 Rev. A

2-141

Using Technician Interface Scripts

alerts
Displays all BTS circuits that are enabled but not up. Use this command to identify
interfaces that are not working.
The table includes the following information:
slot.cct

Number of the slot that contains the link or net module, followed by
the number of the connector.

Circuit Name

Name of the circuit the port is on.

Enable

Status of the protocol on the interface: enabled or disabled

State

State of the protocol, as follows:
• Down - Protocol is not functioning.
• Init - Protocol is initializing.
• Up - Protocol is functioning fully.

Interface Type

Type of interface, as follows:
• Point to Point indicates one TCP connection
• Multipoint indicates many TCP connections
(primary interface only)

Interface Attached To

Type of BSC device this interface connects to, as follows:
• Primary indicates a host
• Secondary indicates a control unit or other BSC device

Packet Count

Number of BTS packets that this interface has received.

Sample Display - show bot alerts
BOT Alerts
---------Circuit
Interface
Interface
Packet
slot.cct Name
Enable
State
Type
Attached To
Count
-------- -------- -------- -------- ------------- ------------- ---------1.2
S11
Enabled Down
Multi-Point
Primary
796
Total entries: 0

2-142

114087 Rev. A

show bot

base
Displays the base record information for BTS. The base record controls BTS for the entire
system.

Sample Display - show bot base
BOT Base Record Information
--------------------------Protocol
------------BOT Service

Enable
-------Enabled

State
------Up

For column definitions, see the alerts command.

circuit []
Displays circuit and state information for all BTS ports or for a specific port.

Sample Display - show bot circuit
BOT Circuits
-----------Circuit
slot.cct Name
Enable
State
-------- -------- -------- -------1.2
S11
Enabled Up

Interface
Type
------------Multi-Point

Interface
Attached To
------------Primary

Packet
Count
---------689

Total entries: 1

For column definitions, see the alerts command.

114087 Rev. A

2-143

Using Technician Interface Scripts

CUs
Displays all BTS connections from this router to control units. The table includes the
following information:
cctname

Name of the circuit

Enable

Status of the connection to this control unit: enabled or disabled

Peer IP

IP address of the BTS interface on the peer router

Local Listen Port

Number of the TCP port that the router uses for BTS

Peer Listen Port

Number of the TCP port that the peer router uses for BTS

Control Unit Address

Address of the control unit, in hexadecimal format

Sample Display - show bot CUs
BOT CU Table
-------------Local
Listen
cctname Enable
Peer IP
Port
-------- -------- ---------------- -------S11
Enabled 193.32.33.2
0

Peer
Listen
Port
-------1027

Control
Unit
Address
-------0x40

Total entries: 1

2-144

114087 Rev. A

show bot

disabled
Displays all disabled circuits that contain an BTS port. A circuit is disabled if you set the
Enable parameter to disable and the state is down.

Sample Display - show bot disabled
BOT Disabled Circuits
--------------------Circuit
Interface
Interface
Packet
slot.cct Name
Enable
State
Type
Attached To
Count
-------- -------- -------- -------- ------------- ------------- ---------1.2
S11
Disabled Disabled Multi-Point
Primary
742
Total entries: 1

For column definitions, see the alerts command.

enabled
Displays all enabled circuits that contain an BTS port. A circuit is enabled if you set the
Enable parameter to enable and the state is up.

Sample Display - show bot enabled
BOT Enabled Circuits
-------------------Circuit
slot.cct Name
Enable
State
-------- -------- -------- -------1.2
S11
Enabled Up

Interface
Type
------------Multi-Point

Interface
Attached To
------------Primary

Packet
Count
---------742

Total entries: 1

For column definitions, see the alerts command.

114087 Rev. A

2-145

Using Technician Interface Scripts

peers
Displays all BTS peer connections for this router.

Sample Display - show bot peers
BOT Peer Table
-------------Local
Conn
Listen
cctname Enable
Peer IP
Origin
Port
-------- -------- ---------------- -------- --------

Peer
Listen
Port
--------

Local
TCP
Port
--------

Peer
TCP
Port
--------

S11

1027

17271

1027

Enabled

193.32.33.2

Self

0

Total entries: 1

stats []
Displays general statistical information for all BTS connections or for a specific circuit.
The table includes the following information:
cctname

Name of the circuit.

Enable

2-146

Peer IP

IP address of the BTS interface on the peer router.

Conn Origin

Originator of TCP connection, as follows:
• Self - this router initiates the connection
• Partner - peer router initiates the connection

Local Listen Port

Number of the TCP port that you specified for BTS on the local
router: 0 indicates that this router originates the connection.

Peer Listen Port

Number of the TCP port that you specified for BTS on the peer
router: 0 indicates that the peer router originates the connection.

114087 Rev. A

show bot
Local TCP Port

Number of the TCP port that the router assigns for BTS on the
router. If the peer router initiates the TCP connection, this value is
the same as the number of the TCP port that you specified for BTS
on the local router.

Remote TCP Port

Number of the TCP port that the router assigns for BTS on the
router. If the local (and not the peer) router initiates the TCP
connection, this value is the same as the number of the TCP port
that you specified for BTS on the peer router.

Sample Display - show bot stats
BOT Circuit Statistics
---------------------Circuit
slot.cct Name
Enable
State
-------- -------- -------- -------1.2
S11
Enabled Up

Interface
Type
------------Multi-Point

Interface
Attached To
------------Primary

Packet
Count
---------796

Total entries: 1

version
Displays the current version and modification date for the BOT.bat script.

Sample Display - show bot version
BOT.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

114087 Rev. A

2-147

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show bridge
The show bridge  commands display configuration, state, and statistical
information about Bridging services. For more information on Bridging services, refer to
Configuring Bridging Services.
The show bridge command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts

enabled

base

forwarding tables [ | ]

circuits []

stats

disabled

version

alerts
Displays all circuits that are enabled but not up. Use this display to identify the interfaces
that are not working. The table includes the following information:

2-148

Circuit

Name of the circuit this interface runs on.

Port

Port number.

State

State of the interface. In this case, State is Down.

Frame Length

Maximum size of the INFO (non-MAC) field that this port will
receive or transmit.

802.9 Translations

State of the translation bridging parameter: Enabled or Disabled.
The default is Disabled.

114087 Rev. A

show bridge
Sample Display - show bridge alerts
Bridge Circuit Table
-------------------Frame
802.9
Circuit
Port
State
Length Translations
-------- -------- ------------ -------- -----------0 Entries found.

base
Displays the Bridge global parameters. The base record controls Bridging services for the
entire system. The table includes the following information:
Protocol

Name of the protocol, in this case Bridge.

State

Current state of the protocol: Disabled (manually disabled), Down,
Init (initializing), Not Present (enabled but not yet started), or Up.

FDB Entries

Current number of forward table entries.

FDB Size

Maximum available entries in the forwarding table.

Sample Display - show bridge base
Bridge Base Record Information
-----------------------------Protocol
State
FDB Entries FDB Size
---------------- ---------- ----------- ---------Bridge
Up
0
1024

114087 Rev. A

2-149

Using Technician Interface Scripts

circuits []
Displays Bridge circuit parameters for all circuits or for a specific circuit. State is Down,
Init (initializing), Not Present (enabled but not yet started), or Up. For the remaining
column definitions, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show bridge circuits
Bridge Circuit Table
-------------------Frame
802.9
Circuit
Port
State
Length Translations
-------- -------- ------------ -------- -----------S21
1 Up
0 Disabled
0
0 Down
0 Disabled
0
0 Down
0 Disabled
0
0 Down
0 Disabled
4 Entries.

disabled
Displays circuits that a user has manually disabled. State is Down; for remaining column
definitions, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show bridge disabled
Bridge Circuit Table
-------------------Frame
802.9
Circuit
Port
State
Length Translations
-------- -------- ------------ -------- -----------0 Entries found.

2-150

114087 Rev. A

show bridge

enabled
Displays circuits that are currently enabled. State is Down, Init (initializing), Not Present
(enabled but not yet started) or Up. For the remaining column definitions, see the alerts
command.

Sample Display - show bridge enabled
Bridge Circuit Table
-------------------Frame
802.9
Circuit
Port
State
Length Translations
-------- -------- ------------ -------- -----------S21
1 Up
0 Disabled
0
0 Down
0 Disabled
0
0 Down
0 Disabled
0
0 Down
0 Disabled
4 Entries found.

forwarding tables [ | ]
Displays the bridge forwarding tables for all ports, for a specified port, or for ports that
match a specified address pattern.


Limits the display to the specified Media Access Control address.



Limits the display to ports that match the specified address pattern.
You can also use the * wildcard in your pattern definition.

This display includes the following information:
MAC Address

Media Access Control address of the port.

Port

Port number.

Circuit Name

Name of the circuit the port is on.

114087 Rev. A

2-151

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show bridge forwarding tables
Bridge Forwarding Tables
-----------------------MAC Address
Port
Circuit Name
----------------- -------- -------------No Entries.

stats
Displays bridge traffic statistics for each port. The table includes the following
information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit the interface runs on.

Port

Number of the port.

Rx frames

Nmber of frames that this interface has received from its circuit.

Tx frames

Number of frames that this interface has transmitted to its circuit.

Discards

Number of valid frames that this interface received but then
discarded.

Sample Display - show bridge stats
Bridge Statistics
----------------Circuit
Port
Rx Frames Tx Frames Discards
-------- -------- --------- --------- -------S21
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

2-152

114087 Rev. A

show bridge

version
Displays the current version and modification date of the bridge.bat script.

Sample Display - show bridge version
BRIDGE.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

114087 Rev. A

2-153

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show circuits
The show circuits  commands display specific configuration, state, and
statistical information for all drivers on the router : CSMA/CD, DS1E1, E1, FDDI, HSSI,
SYNC, T1, and/or Token Ring modules. For example, you can display the receive error
statistics for all drivers by entering only one command: show circuits receive errors.
You can also display selected information for a specific circuit without knowing the
circuit’s type. The show circuits command looks up the circuit in the MIB and invokes
the correct driver to display the information you have requested.
Refer to the sections on the specific driver commands for more sample displays and for the
definitions of display columns generated by the show circuits  commands.
The show circuits command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts

receive errors []

base []

stats []

configuration []

system errors []

disabled

transmit errors []

enabled

version

hwfilters

2-154

114087 Rev. A

show circuits

alerts
Displays all enabled circuits whose state is not Up.

Sample Display - show circuits alerts
CSMACD Modules on Alert:
-----------------------BOFL
HW
Slot Conn Circuit
State
MAC Address
TMO MTU
Filter
---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- -------3
2 E32
Down
00-00-A2-03-00-6F
5 1518 Disabled
Found

1 match out of

4 entries in table.

HSSI Modules on Alert:
---------------------BOFL
Slot Conn Circuit
State
MAC Address
TMO
---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---0
0
Not Pres (nil)
Off
0
0
Not Pres (nil)
1
Found

2 matches out of

WAN
Line
MTU
Protocol
Number
---- ----------- -------4608 FRAME RELAY
0
4608 FRAME RELAY
0

2 entries in table.

TOKEN RING Modules on Alert:
---------------------------Ring
Early Token
Slot Conn Circuit State
MAC Address
MTU
Speed
Release
---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ------- ----------2
1 O21
CableFlt 00-00-A2-01-4B-4E 4568 16 Mbps Enabled
Found

114087 Rev. A

1 match out of

1 entry in table.

2-155

Using Technician Interface Scripts

base []
Displays the circuit base record information for all circuits or for a specific circuit.

Sample Display - show circuits base
CSMACD Modules:
--------------Slot Conn Circuit
State
---- ---- -------- -------3
1 E31
Up
3
2 E32
Down
3
3 E33
Up
3
4 E34
Up

BOFL
MAC Address
TMO
----------------- ---00-00-A2-03-00-6E
5
00-00-A2-03-00-6F
5
00-00-A2-03-00-70
5
00-00-A2-03-00-71
5

MTU
---1518
1518
1518
1518

HW
Filter
-------Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled

4 entries in table.
HSSI Modules:
------------BOFL
Slot Conn Circuit
State
MAC Address
TMO
---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---0
0
Not Pres (nil)
Off
0
0
Not Pres (nil)
1

WAN
Line
MTU
Protocol
Number
---- ----------- -------4608 FRAME RELAY
0
4608 FRAME RELAY
0

2 entries in table.
TOKEN RING Modules:
------------------Ring
Early Token
Slot Conn Circuit State
MAC Address
MTU
Speed
Release
---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ------- ----------2
1 O21
CableFlt 00-00-A2-01-4B-4E 4568 16 Mbps Enabled
1 entry in table.

2-156

114087 Rev. A

show circuits

configuration []
Displays the circuits used on the router. The table includes the circuit type, circuit number,
interface type and the protocols configured to run on each circuit in the display. You can
also display this information for a specific circuit.

Sample Display - show circuits configuration
Circuit Configuration List
-------------------------Name:
Number:
Type:
IF Type:
Protocols:

E21
1
Normal
CSMACD
1. IP
2. IP RIP

3. TCP
4. TELNET

Name:
Number:
Type:
IF Type:
Protocols:

E22
2
Normal
CSMACD
1. IPX

2. IPX RIP/SAP

Name:
Number:
Type:
IF Type:
Protocols:

O31
3
Normal
Token Ring
1. IP
2. IP RIP

3. IPX
4. IPX RIP/SAP

114087 Rev. A

5. TELNET Client
6. ARP

5. ARP

2-157

Using Technician Interface Scripts

disabled
Displays all circuits that a user has manually disabled.

Sample Display - show circuits disabled
CSMACD Modules Disabled:
-----------------------BOFL
HW
Slot Conn Circuit
State
MAC Address
TMO MTU
Filter
---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- -------Found

0 matches out of

4 entries in table.

HSSI Modules Disabled:
---------------------BOFL
WAN
Line
Slot Conn Circuit
State
MAC Address
TMO MTU
Protocol
Number
---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- ----------- -------Found

0 matches out of

2 entries in table.

TOKEN RING Modules Disabled:
---------------------------Ring
Early Token
Slot Conn Circuit State
MAC Address
MTU
Speed
Release
---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ------- ----------Found

2-158

0 matches out of

1 entry in table.

114087 Rev. A

show circuits

enabled
Displays all currently enabled circuits.

Sample Display - show circuits enabled
CSMACD Modules Enabled:
-----------------------

Slot Conn Circuit
State
---- ---- -------- -------3
1 E31
Up
3
2 E32
Down
3
3 E33
Up
3
4 E34
Up
Found

4 matches out of

BOFL
MAC Address
TMO
----------------- ---00-00-A2-03-00-6E
5
00-00-A2-03-00-6F
5
00-00-A2-03-00-70
5
00-00-A2-03-00-71
5

MTU
---1518
1518
1518
1518

HW
Filter
-------Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled

4 entries in table.

HSSI Modules Enabled:
--------------------BOFL
Slot Conn Circuit
State
MAC Address
TMO
---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---0
0
Not Pres (nil)
Off
0
0
Not Pres (nil)
1
Found

2 matches out of

WAN
Line
MTU
Protocol
Number
---- ----------- -------4608 FRAME RELAY
0
4608 FRAME RELAY
0

2 entries in table.

TOKEN RING Modules Enabled:
--------------------------Ring
Early Token
Slot Conn Circuit State
MAC Address
MTU
Speed
Release
---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ------- ----------2
1 O21
CableFlt 00-00-A2-01-4B-4E 4568 16 Mbps Enabled
Found

114087 Rev. A

1 match out of

1 entry in table.

2-159

Using Technician Interface Scripts

hwfilters
Displays all hardware filter configurations on the router.
Sample Display - show circuits hwfilters
Hardware Filters Modules:
------------------------Line Maximum Current Used
Dropped
Slot Conn Circuit
State
Type Tbl Siz Tbl Siz Entries
Frames
---- ---- -------- -------- ------ ------- ------- ------- ---------0 entries in table.

receive errors []
Displays the receive error statistics for all circuits or for a specific circuit.
Sample Display - show circuits receive errors
CSMACD Module Receive Errors:
----------------------------Checksum Alignment
Overflow
Frames
Slot Conn Circuit
Errors
Errors
Errors
Too Long
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------3
1 E31
7
7
0
0
3
2 E32
0
0
0
0
3
3 E33
0
0
0
0
3
4 E34
0
0
0
0
4 entries in table.
HSSI Module Receive Errors:
--------------------------Frames
Slot Conn Circuit CRC Errors Overruns
Aborts
Too Long
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2 entries in table.
TOKEN RING Receive Errors:
-------------------------Line
Burst
Slot Conn Circuit
Errors
Errors
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------2
1 O21
0
0
1 entry in table.

2-160

114087 Rev. A

show circuits

stats []
Displays the Input/Output statistics for all circuits or for a specific circuit.

Sample Display - show circuits stats
CSMACD Module I/O Statistics:
----------------------------Receive
Receive Transmit
Transmit Transmit
Total
Slot Conn Circuit
Bytes
Frames
Bytes
Frames
Deferred
Errors
---- ---- -------- ---------- --------- ---------- --------- --------- --------3
1 E31
383755961
1689896
76728438
242760
592
15
3
2 E32
0
0
0
0
0
77438
3
3 E33
0
0
72749532
208962
0
1
3
4 E34
69919188
199953
72770404
208060
20
1
4 entries in table.
HSSI Module I/O Statistics:
---------------------------

Slot Conn Circuit
---- ---- ------0
0
0
0

Receive
Receive
Transmit
Transmit
Total
Bytes
Frames
Bytes
Frames
Errors
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

2 entries in table.
TOKEN RING I/O Statistics:
-------------------------Receive
Receive Transmit
Transmit
MAC Rx
Total
Slot Conn Circuit
Bytes
Frames
Bytes
Frames
Frames
Errors
---- ---- -------- ---------- --------- ---------- --------- --------- --------2
1 O21
0
0
0
0
0
0
1 entry in table.

114087 Rev. A

2-161

Using Technician Interface Scripts

system errors []
Displays the system error statistics for all circuits or for a specific circuit.

Sample Display - show circuits system errors
CSMACD Module System Errors:
---------------------------Memory
Collision
Internal
Loss of
Slot Conn Circuit
Errors
Errors
Buffer
Carrier
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------3
1 E31
0
1
0
0
3
2 E32
0
1
0
77458
3
3 E33
0
1
0
0
3
4 E34
0
1
0
0
4 entries in table.
HSSI Module System Errors:
--------------------------

Slot Conn Circuit
---- ---- ------0
0
0
0

Rx Ring
Tx Ring
Internal
Host
Port
Errors
Errors
Op Errors
Errors
Errors
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

2 entries in table.
TOKEN RING System Errors:
------------------------Adapter
DMA Bus
DMA Parity Command
Host Iface
Slot Conn Circuit
Checks
Errors
Errors
Timeouts
Errors
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------2
1 O21
0
0
0
0
0
1 entry in table.

2-162

114087 Rev. A

show circuits

transmit errors []
Displays the transmit error statistics for all circuits or for a specific circuit.

Sample Display - show circuits transmit errors
CSMACD Module Transmit Errors:
-----------------------------Late
Excessive
Frames
Underflow
Slot Conn Circuit Collision Collision
Too Long
Errors
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------3
1 E31
0
0
0
0
3
2 E32
0
0
0
0
3
3 E33
0
0
0
0
3
4 E34
0
0
0
0
4 entries in table.
HSSI Module Transmit Errors:
---------------------------Slot Conn Circuit
---- ---- ------0
0
0
0

Aborts
Underruns
---------- ---------0
0
0
0

2 entries in table.
TOKEN RING Transmit Errors:
--------------------------Lost
Slot Conn Circuit Frame Errs
---- ---- -------- ---------2
1 O21
0
1 entry in table.

114087 Rev. A

2-163

Using Technician Interface Scripts

version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the circuits.bat script.

Sample Display - show circuits version
CIRCUITS.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

2-164

114087 Rev. A

show console

show console
The show console  commands display console port configuration, state, and
statistics information. For more information, refer to Using Technician Interface Software.
The show console command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts

enabled

configuration []

stats []

disabled

version

alerts
Displays the port number, port name, and state of any serial port that is enabled but not
currently up. Use this command to detect potential problems with the serial ports
configured on your system. The listing of a serial port in the display doesn’t necessarily
mean that a problem exists with the port; it means only that a problem could exist. For
example, all the ports could be initializing, which would be normal as long as the ports go
into the Up state within a reasonable period of time.
The table also includes the number of serial port alerts and the total number of ports
configured on the system. For more information on port states, see the configuration
command.

114087 Rev. A

2-165

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show console alerts
Console Serial Port Alert Information
------------------------------------Port
Number
-------2
3
4

Port
Name
-------MODEM1
MODEM2
PRINTER

Port
State
-------Init
Init
Init

3 serial port alerts.

4 serial ports configured.

configuration []
Displays serial port configuration and Technician Interface environment information for
the serial ports configured on your system or for a specific port. Entered without an option,
this subset of commands displays the total number of ports configured on the system.


Limits the display to a specified port number, currently
1 through 4.

The table includes the following information:

2-166

Port Number

Port number for the information being displayed. Valid ports are 1,
2, 3, and 4. Not all systems have four physical ports. A configured
port that doesn’t exist is in the Absent state.

Port State

Port’s current state, as follows:
• Absent - Not physically present
• Disabled - Unavailable
• Down - Unavailable
• Init - Initializing
• Up - Available

114087 Rev. A

show console
Port Name

Name that the system has given to the port. Users may not specify a
name. You can use the name to correlate a port number to a physical
port. The name of the port should be printed next to the physical
port connection, as follows:
• Port 1 - CONSOLE
• Port 2 - MODEM1 (VME platform only)
• Port 3 - MODEM2 (VME platform only)
• Port 4 - PRINTER (VME platform only)
The names do not specify the port’s use. All ports are serial ports
used for Technician Interface sessions only. For example, port
MODEM1 may be a modem connection or a dummy terminal
connection depending on its configuration. While port 4 is called
PRINTER, it is exactly like ports 1, 2, and 3. Port 4 doesn’t support
a printer. It has that name because that’s what is printed near the
port connector on the link module.

Slot Number

Slot on which the login session for the serial port is running.

Baud Rate

Current baud rate setting for the serial port.

Data Bits

Number of data bits in the serial port’s configuration.

Parity

Serial port’s current parity setting.

Stop Bits

Number of stop bits in the serial port’s configuration.

Modem Control

Configuration of modem control, as follows:
• Disabled - Port is directly connected to a device, such as a
dummy terminal or a terminal server.
• Enabled - Port is attached to a modem and modem leads are
enabled.

Screen Size

Number of lines the serial port displays before displaying the more
prompt.

More

Setting of the Technician Interface more feature: Enabled or
Disabled (according to the MIB record). The Technician Interface
more command affects only the current login session, doesn’t
change the MIB, and therefore doesn’t affect the setting of this
field.

Port Prompt

Technician Interface prompt.

Max. Login Retries

Maximum number of login retries; relevant only if modem control
is enabled. This value determines the maximum number of failed
login attempts a system allows on the serial port. If the maximum
occurs, the system hangs up on the line, causing a modem
connection to lose carrier detect.

114087 Rev. A

2-167

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-168

Login Time Out

Number of minutes allowed between when the system displays the
login banner and a user enters a login ID; relevant only if modem
control is enabled. If this timeout occurs, the system hangs up on
the line.

Password Time Out

Number of minutes allowed for a user to enter a password. If this
timeout period occurs, the system hangs up on the line.

Command Time Out

Command line timeout value; relevant only if modem control is
enabled. If someone doesn’t enter a command in this number of
minutes, the system hangs up on the serial port.

User Abort Logout

Switch to execute control (^C) to break out of the user autoscript.
When a user autoscript is in effect and this parameter is enabled,
you can break out of the script when logged in as User, not
Manager. Also, if this parameter is enabled and the script terminates
due to an error, the system automatically logs you out.

Initial Search Path

List of file system volumes to be searched when you run a script
without a volume specifier or if an autoscript does not contain a
volume specifier. The environment variable PATH is set to this
string. The string format is as follows: :[;: ...]
Example: 2:;3:;4:;5:

Manager’s AutoScript

Name of the script to run when the Manager account logs in to the
router. If the script name does not contain a volume specifier, the
system searches the volumes listed in “Initial Search Path.”

User’s AutoScript

Name of the script to run when the User account logs in to the
router. If the script name does not contain a volume specifier, the
system searches the volumes listed in “Initial Search Path.”

114087 Rev. A

show console
Sample Display - show console configuration
Console Serial Port Configuration Information
--------------------------------------------Port Number:
Port State:
Port Name:
Slot Number:
Baud rate:
Data bits:
Parity:
Stop Bits:
Modem Control:
Screen Size:
More:
Port prompt:
Max. Login Retries:
Login Time Out:
Password Time Out:
Command Time Out:
User Abort Logout:
Initial Search Path:
Manager's AutoScript
User's AutoScript

1
Up
CONSOLE
2
9600
8
None
1
Disabled
24
Enabled
"[%slot%:1]$ "
3
1 minutes.
1 minutes.
15 minutes.
Enabled
"1:;2:;3:;4:".
"automgr.bat".
"autouser.bat".

1 serial port configured.

disabled
Displays the port number, port name, and state for all disabled serial ports. Also displays
the number of disabled serial ports and the total number of serial ports configured.
Sample Display - show console disabled
Console Serial Port Disabled Information
---------------------------------------Port
Port
Port
Number
Name
State
-------- -------- -------2 MODEM1
Disabled
4 PRINTER Disabled
2 serial ports disabled.

114087 Rev. A

4 serial ports configured.

2-169

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enabled
Displays the port number, port name, and state of all enabled serial ports. Also displays the
number of enabled serial ports and the total number of serial ports configured on the
system.

Sample Display - show console enabled
Console Serial Port Enabled Information
--------------------------------------Port
Port
Port
Number
Name
State
-------- -------- -------1 CONSOLE Up
3 MODEM2
Up
2 serial ports enabled.

4 serial ports configured.

stats []
Displays login information and serial port error statistics for all serial ports configured on
your system or for a specific port.


Limits the display to a specified port number, currently
1 through 4.

The table includes the following information:

2-170

Port Number

Port number for the information displayed.

Port Name

Corresponding port name.

Port State

Port’s current state : Absent, Disabled, Down, Init, or Up.

Total Logins

Number of logins (failed and successful) on the serial port.

User Login Errors

Number of failed login attempts the User login account has made on
the serial port.

114087 Rev. A

show console
Manager Login Errors

Number of failed login attempts the Manager login account has
made on the serial port.

Other Login Errors

Number of failed login attempts made by login accounts other than
User and Manager on the serial port.

TTY I/O Errors

Number of data errors on the serial port; the sum of all frame,
parity, overrun, and FIFO errors that the serial port DUART chip
has detected. A high number of errors over a short period of time
indicates a possible problem with the line.

Sample Display - show console stats
Console Serial Port Statistical Information
------------------------------------------User
Manager
Other
Port
Port
Port
Total
Login
Login
Login
TTY I/O
Number
Name
State
Logins
Errors
Errors
Errors
Errors
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------1 CONSOLE Up
1
0
0
0
0
2 MODEM1
Disabled
0
0
0
0
0
3 MODEM2
Up
0
0
0
0
0

4 PRINTER

Disabled

5

0

0

5

0

4 serial ports configured.

version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the console.bat script.

Sample Display - show console version
CONSOLE.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

114087 Rev. A

2-171

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show csmacd
The show csmacd  commands display configuration, status, and statistical
information about the Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection protocol
(CSMA/CD). Ethernet uses this protocol to control access to the medium. End stations use
CSMA/CD to monitor the medium and wait until it is idle before transmitting data. For
more information, refer to Configuring Line Services.
The show csmacd command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts

hwfilters

autoneg [circuit ]

receive errors [circuit ]

base [circuit ]

sample [] [circuit
]

collisions [circuit ]

stats [circuit ]

disabled

system errors [circuit ]

enabled

transmit errors [circuit ]

alerts
Displays all circuits that are enabled but not up. Use this display to identify interfaces that
are not working. The table includes the following information:

2-172

Slot

Slot identifier; ranges vary according to router model. For routers
other than the ASN, indicates the physical slot number.

Conn

Connector’s instance identifier. For an Ethernet Link Module, the
range is 1 or 2. For a Net Module, the value is 11 to 44.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

State

State of the line driver: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not
Present (enabled but not yet started), or Up.

114087 Rev. A

show csmacd
The Not Present state occurs for several reasons. For example, the
Link Module may not be physically present in the chassis. The
software may be booting and has not yet initialized the driver
software. The slot may be running diagnostics. Or there may be a
problem with the configuration.
MAC Address

Line’s physical address. The driver assigns this address.

BOFL TMO

Time in seconds between transmissions of Breath of Life messages
from this interface. A timeout occurs if five periods elapse without a
successful frame transmission. When timeout occurs, the interface
is disabled and and then enabled again automatically.

MTU

Maximum transfer unit size for frames on this line.

HW Filter

Status of hardware filtering: Enabled or Disabled. When enabled,
the Link Module filtering hardware prevents the copying of local
frames into system memory. Filtering hardware drops local frames
at the interface. Bridging software performance is improved
because it no longer uses resources to receive and reject local
frames.

Line Speed

Circuit’s configured line speed: 10 Mb/s or 100 Mb/s.

Note: The alerts, base, disabled, and enabled tables all include the same
information.

Sample Display - show csmacd alerts
CSMACD Modules on Alert:
-----------------------BOFL
Slot Conn Circuit
State
MAC Address
TMO
---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---0
0
Not Pres (nil)
5
2
31
Down
00-00-A2-0B-67-0C
5
Found

114087 Rev. A

2 matches out of

HW
Line
MTU
Filter Speed
---- -------- ----1518 Disabled 10Mbps
1518 Disabled 100Mbps

2 entries in table.

2-173

Using Technician Interface Scripts

autoneg [circuit ]
Displays the line speed characteristics of Ethernet circuits that are configured with
automatic line negotiation. Some Ethernet modules can run at either 10 Mb/s or 100 Mb/s
using a hardware process to detect the speed to use. Use this command to identify the
status of auto-negotiation. The table includes the following information:
Slot

The Ethernet module’s slot identifier. For routers other than the
ASN, indicates the Link Module’s physical slot on the router
backplane; ranges vary from 1 - 14, according to router model.
For an ASN, indicates the Net Module’s configured slot ID; ranges
from 1 - 4.

2-174

Conn

Specifies this line’s connector on the Ethernet module. For a Link
Module in a router other than the ASN, the range is 1 - 4.
For an ASN, the value is a two-digit decimal number, 11 to 44. The
first digit is the Net Module number and the second digit is the
connector number.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

State

State of the line driver: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not
Present (enabled but not yet started), or Up.

Auto-Negotiation State

Disabled, Configuring, Complete.

Remote Signaling

True or False

Capability in Use

100Base-X (100Base-TX or 100Base-FX)
100Base-X FD (Full Duplex)
100Base-T FD Cong (with congestion control)

114087 Rev. A

show csmacd
Sample Display - show csmacd autoneg
Auto-Negotiation Information:
-----------------------------

Slot Conn Circuit
State
---- ---- -------- -------2
1 E21
Up
5
1 E51
Up
5
2 E52
Up

Auto-Negotiation
State
-------------------**NOT SUPPORTED**
Complete
Complete

Remote
Capability
Signaling In Use
---------- ------------TRUE
TRUE

100Base-X FD
100Base-X FD

3 entries in table.

base [circuit ]
Displays base level information about CSMACD. You can also display base information
for a specific circuit. For definitions of the columns in the table, refer to the alerts
command.

Sample Display - show csmacd base
CSMACD Modules:
---------------

Slot Conn Circuit
State
---- ---- -------- -------2
1 E21
Up
5
1 E51
Up
5
2 E52
Up

BOFL
MAC Address
TMO
----------------- ---00-00-A2-00-DC-A9
5
00-00-A2-0B-66-AF
8
00-00-A2-0B-66-B0
8

MTU
---1518
1518
1518

HW
Filter
-------Disabled
Disabled
Disabled

Line
Speed
----10Mbps
100Mbps
100Mbps

3 entries in table.

114087 Rev. A

2-175

Using Technician Interface Scripts

collisions [circuit ]
Displays status on bus collisions. You can display collision information for a specific
circuit or all circuits. The table includes the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges vary according to router model.

Conn

Connector’s instance identifier; ranges vary according to router
model and Ethernet module. For routers other than ASN, indicates
the physical connector number on the slot.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Single Collision Frames

Number of frames that encountered a single collision before it was
successfully transmitted. This is normal CSMA/CD activity.

Multiple Collision Frames

Number of frames that encountered 2 to 16 collisions before they
were transmitted successfully. This could indicate a network
problem, or that the network is simply heavily loaded.

Excessive Collisions

Number of frames that encountered more than 16 collisions and
were therefore not transmitted. The transmission is aborted and the
packet is dropped. This could indicate a network problem or be the
result of an overloaded network.

Late Collision Transmit

Number of transmits that occur after an out-of-window collision.
These collisions usually indicate wiring or other hardware
problems.

Late Collision Receive

Number of transmitter out-of-window collisions while receiving the
next packet. Usually indicates wiring or other hardware problems.

Sample Display - show csmacd collisions
CSMACD Module Collision Information:
------------------------------------

Slot
---2
5
5

Single
Collision
Conn Circuit Frames
---- -------- ---------1 E21
0
1 E51
0
2 E52
0

Multiple
Collision Excessive
Frames
Collisions
---------- ---------0
0
0
0
0
0

Late
Collision
Transmit
---------0
0
0

Late
Collision
Receive
---------0
0
0

3 entries in table.

2-176

114087 Rev. A

show csmacd

disabled
Displays the circuits that a user has manually disabled. In this case, State is Disabled. For
definitions of the columns in the table, refer to the alerts command.

Sample Display - show csmacd disabled
CSMACD Modules Disabled:
-----------------------BOFL
HW
Line
Slot Conn Circuit
State
MAC Address
TMO MTU
Filter
Speed
---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- -------- -------1
11 E111
Disabled 00-00-A2-0D-73-37
5 1518 Disabled 100 Mbps
Found

1 match out of

3 entries in table.

enabled
Displays circuits that a user has enabled. In this case, State is Down, Init, Not Present, or
Up. For definitions of the columns in the table, refer to the alerts command.

Sample Display - show csmacd enabled
CSMACD Modules Enabled:
-----------------------

Slot Conn Circuit
State
---- ---- -------- -------2
1 E21
Up
5
1 E51
Up
5
2 E52
Up
Found

114087 Rev. A

3 matches out of

BOFL
MAC Address
TMO
----------------- ---00-00-A2-00-DC-A9
5
00-00-A2-0B-66-AF
8
00-00-A2-0B-66-B0
8

MTU
---1518
1518
1518

HW
Filter
-------Disabled
Disabled
Disabled

Line
Speed
----10Mbps
100Mbps
100Mbps

3 entries in table.

2-177

Using Technician Interface Scripts

hwfilters
Displays status and statistical information about the hardware filters in use, if any. The
table includes the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges vary according to router model.

Conn

Connector’s instance identifier; ranges vary according to router
model and Ethernet module. For routers other than ASN, indicates
the physical connector number on the slot.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

State

Status of the filtering hardware on the line: Down, Full or Up.

Line Type

CSMACD.

Maximum Tbl Siz

Maximum number of table entries that a line can use, based on the
hardware filter devices present and available.

Current Tbl Siz

Current capacity of the hardware filter table. The protocol
dynamically allocates hardware filter table resources as needed in
increments of 256 up to the available table size.

Used Entries

Number of hardware filter table entries used.

Dropped Frames

Number of frames dropped because they matched the hardware
filter.

Sample Display - show csmacd hwfilters
Hardware Filters Modules:
------------------------Line Maximum Current Used
Dropped
Slot Conn Circuit
State
Type Tbl Siz Tbl Siz Entries
Frames
---- ---- -------- -------- ------ ------- ------- ------- ---------2
1 E21
Down
CSMACD
1024
0
0
0
1 entry in table.

2-178

114087 Rev. A

show csmacd

receive errors [circuit ]
Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes the
following information:
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges vary according to router model.

Conn

Connector’s instance identifier; ranges vary according to router
model and Ethernet module. For routers other than ASN, indicates
the physical connector number on the slot.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Checksum Errors

Number of frames received with a CRC error.

Alignment Errors

Number of frames received that did not contain an integral number
of octets. Normally a frame alignment error also causes a checksum
error on the frame.

Overflow Errors

Number of overflow errors received on this line in which the device
FIFO buffer overflowed before obtaining the next DMA cycle.

Frames Too Long

Number of frames received that exceed 1518 octets.

Receive Symbol Errors

Number of errors in hardware MLT3 encoding. Indicates a
problem. Only relevant on 100 Mb/s lines.

Internal MAC Receive Errors Number of frames containing less than 64 octets (runt packets).

Sample Display - show csmacd receive
CSMACD Module Receive Errors:
-----------------------------

Checksum Alignment Overflow Frames
Slot Conn Circuit Errors
Errors
Errors
Too Long
---- ---- -------- -------- --------- -------- -------2
1 E21
0
0
0
0
5
1 E51
0
0
0
0
5
2 E52
0
0
0
0

Receive
Symbol
Errors
-------0
0
0

Internal
MAC
Receive
Errors
-------0
0
0

3 entries in table.

114087 Rev. A

2-179

Using Technician Interface Scripts

sample [] [circuit ]
Displays data sampled over a period of 10 seconds from CSMACD. You can change the
number of seconds over which you want to sample the data, and you can display sampled
data for a specific circuit only. The table includes the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges vary according to router model.

Conn

Connector’s instance identifier; ranges vary according to router
model and Ethernet module. For routers other than ASN, indicates
the physical connector number on the slot.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Rx Frames

Number of frames received.

Tx Frames

Number of frames transmitted.

Rx Lack of Resources

Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of
system resources; for example, buffers.

Tx Lack of Resources

Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of system
resources; for example, buffers.

Sample Display - show csmacd sample
CSMACD Sampled Data over 10 seconds
-----------------------------------Rx
Tx
Rx Lack of Tx Lack of
Slot Conn Circuit
Frames
Frames
Resources Resources
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------2
1 E21
401
3
0
0
5
1 E51
2
2
0
0
5
2 E52
2
2
0
0
3 entries in table.

2-180

114087 Rev. A

show csmacd
Sample Display - show csmacd sample 5 circuit E51
CSMACD Sampled Data over
5 seconds
-----------------------------------Rx
Tx
Rx Lack of Tx Lack of
Slot Conn Circuit
Frames
Frames
Resources Resources
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------5
1 E51
1
1
0
0
Found

1 match out of

3 entries in table.

stats [circuit ]
Displays transmission and receive statistical information for all circuits or for a specific
circuit. The table includes the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges vary according to router model.

Conn

Connector’s instance identifier; ranges vary according to router
model and Ethernet module. For routers other than ASN, indicates
the physical connector number on the slot.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Receive Bytes

Number of octets received without error.

Receive Frames

Number of frames received without error.

Transmit Bytes

Number of octets transmitted without error.

Transmit Frames

Number of frames transmitted without error.

Transmit Deferred

Number of transmissions delayed for a short time because the
network was busy.

Total Errors

Total number of errors of all types.

114087 Rev. A

2-181

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show csmacd stats
CSMACD Module I/O Statistics:
----------------------------Receive
Receive Transmit
Transmit Transmit
Total
Slot Conn Circuit
Bytes
Frames
Bytes
Frames
Deferred
Errors
---- ---- -------- ---------- --------- ---------- --------- --------- --------2
1 E21
208227053
404889
755536
2393
284
1
5
1 E51
30336
474
688894
1747
0
0
5
2 E52
688958
1748
30400
475
0
0
3 entries in table.

system errors [circuit ]
Displays statistical information about system errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit.
The table includes the following information:

2-182

Slot

Slot identifier; ranges vary according to router model.

Conn

Connector’s instance identifier; ranges vary according to router
model and Ethernet module. For routers other than ASN, indicates
the physical connector number on the slot.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Memory Errors

Number of internal memory errors. If this error persists, replace the
Ethernet interface hardware.

Collision Errors

Number of times the driver detects that the external transceiver has
not performed the SQE test after frame transmissions. When the
SQE test is enabled on the transceiver, the transceiver asserts
collision to the Ethernet interface after every transmission to
provide an ongoing confidence test of the collision detection
circuitry. An increase in this statistic may mean only that you need
to enable the SQE test on the transceiver.

Internal Buffer

Number of internal buffer errors. If this error persists, replace the
Ethernet interface hardware.

Loss of Carrier

Number of loss of carrier errors, in which the transceiver fails to
sense the carrier signal on the interface.

114087 Rev. A

show csmacd
Sample Display - show csmacd system
CSMACD Module System Errors:
---------------------------Memory
Collision
Internal
Loss of
Slot Conn Circuit
Errors
Errors
Buffer
Carrier
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------2
1 E21
0
1
0
0
5
1 E51
0
0
0
0
5
2 E52
0
0
0
0
3 entries in table.

transmit errors [circuit ]
Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific
circuit. The table includes the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges vary according to router model.

Conn

Connector’s instance identifier; ranges vary according to router
model and Ethernet module. For routers other than ASN, indicates
the physical connector number on the slot.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Late Collision

Number of collisions that occur after the timeslot of the channel has
elapsed.

Excessive Collision

Number of times the transmitter failed in 16 attempts to
successfully transmit a message due to repeated collisions on the
interface.

Frames Too Long

Number of frames transmitted larger than 1518 octets.

Underflow Errors

Number of frames in which the transmitter was unable to obtain an
entire packet from memory fast enough to keep up with the
interface.

Internal MAC Transmit Errors Number of excessive deferrals. An excessive deferral indicates that
during the previous transmission the deferral time was greater than
2.46 ms and the transmission was aborted.

114087 Rev. A

2-183

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show csmacd transmit
CSMACD Module Transmit Errors:
------------------------------

Slot
---2
5
5

Internal MAC
Late
Excessive Frames
Underflow Transmit
Conn Circuit Collision Collision Too Long
Errors
Errors
---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ------------1 E21
0
0
0
0
0
1 E51
0
0
0
0
0
2 E52
0
0
0
0
0

3 entries in table.

2-184

114087 Rev. A

show dcmmw

show dcmmw
The show dcmmw  commands display information about an installed N11 Data
Collection Module (DCM) option on a Bay Networks 8-Port Access Node Hub (ANH)™.
The DCM board contains Flash memory for its own boot image and configuration file. To
communicate with software on the DCM board, the ANH uses a special software
subsystem on the ANH baseboard, DCM middleware (DCMMW). For information on
configuring and managing the DCM software subsystem with Site Manager, refer to
Connecting AN and ANH Systems to a Network.
The DCM board gathers statistics through promiscuous monitoring of packets on an
Ethernet segment. It then stores the information according to the RMON MIB
specification. You use Optivity LAN or a third-party SNMP-based network management
software (NMS) application to view and work with these statistics. You can use Technician
Interface set and get commands to view collected statistics.

Caution: The Technician Interface does not verify that the value you enter for a
parameter is valid. Entering an invalid value using set and get commands can
corrupt your configuration.

In addition, limit the use of Technician Interface queries to view RMON statistics
while running an RMON NMS application. Too many queries could overload system
buffers with RMON data, causing the system to restart.
For information on the Bay Networks implementation of RMON services in the 8-Port
ANH, refer to Configuring SNMP, RMON, BOOTP, DHCP, AND RARP Services and the
user guide for Optivity LAN software. For detailed information on RMON topics, refer to
the Remote Network Monitoring MIB, RMON RFC 1757.
The show dcmmw command supports the following subcommand options:
base

114087 Rev. A

dcm

2-185

Using Technician Interface Scripts

base
Displays the base record information for the DCM software subsystem. The table includes
the following information:

2-186

Application

DCMMW (DCM middleware) software subsystem.

State

State of the DCMMW software: Enabled or Disabled.

BootOption

Indicates whether DCM boots from the boot image in its Flash
memory (LOCAL), or downloads an image in the DCM board’s
shared DRAM (DOWNLOAD).

ImgSaveMode

Indicates whether DCM saves the boot image in shared memory to
the DCM board Flash memory (SAVE), or leaves it in RAM to be
lost at the next boot (NO_SAVE).

CfgOption

Indicates whether DCM uses the configuration information in its
Flash memory (LOCAL), or a configuration file in the DCM
board’s shared DRAM (SHARED).

CfgSaveMode

Indicates whether DCM saves configuration information currently
in RAM to the DCM board flash memory (WRITE), or leaves it in
RAM to be lost at the next boot (NO_WRITE).

RMONMaxHost

Indicates the maximum number of host address entries in the
RMON Host Control table. This limit changes according to the
amount of memory available to DCM. If the table reaches the
maximum value, DCM deletes entries based on an LRU (least
recently used) algorithm.

RMONDfltHost

Indicates whether DCM sets up the RMON Default Host table at
every boot (ENABLED), or lets an RMON application set up the
table (DISABLED). Some RMON network management
applications expect the DCM to set up a host configuration. Others
enable and disable their own configurations during normal
operations. Note that the DCM allows only one host table.

RMONDfltMtrix

Indicates whether DCM sets up the RMON Matrix Control table at
every boot (ENABLED), or lets an RMON application set up the
table (DISABLED). Some RMON network management
applications expect the DCM to set up a matrix configuration.
Others enable and disable their own configurations during normal
operations. Note that the DCM allows only one matrix table.

114087 Rev. A

show dcmmw
Sample Display - show dcmmw base
DCMMW Base Information
--------------------Application
State
----------- --------DCMMW
Enabled

BootOption
---------LOCAL

ImgSaveMode
----------SAVE

CfgOption
--------LOCAL

CfgSaveMode
----------WRITE

RMONMaxHost RMONDfltHost RMONDfltMtrix
----------- ------------ ------------500
Enabled
Enabled

dcm
Displays information about the current state of the DCM board. The table includes the
following information:
DCM MemSize

Indicates the size, in bytes, of the DCM board’s Flash memory.

DCM HWRev

Indicates the revision of the DCM firmware.

DCM AgntImageVer

Indicates the version of the Agent Image software.

RMON Hosts Configured

Indicates the maximum number of hosts in the RMON Default Host
table. (Default is 500)

RMON Agent

Indicates whether an RMON agent application is Active or
Not Active.

Sample Display - show dcmmw dcm
DCM Information
--------------DCM MemSize
------------2097152

DCM HWRev
--------a-8E

DCM AgntImageVer
-----------------V1.3.0-4A

RMON Hosts Configured
RMON Agent
----------------------- -----------500
ACTIVE
114087 Rev. A

2-187

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show decnet
The show decnet  commands display configuration, state, and statistical
information about DECnet Phase IV services. For detailed information on the Bay
Networks implementation of DECnet, refer to Configuring DECnet Services.
The show decnet command supports the following subcommand options:
adjacency

enabled

alerts

node routes [find ]

area routes [find ]

static adjacency

base

stats [hello | update | error]

circuits []

traffic filters []

designated router

version

disabled

2-188

114087 Rev. A

show decnet

adjacency
Displays attributes of the adjacency table. An adjacency is a directly connected
circuit-neighbor pair toward which the router forwards packets. The table includes the
following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit the adjacency is on.

Adjacency Address

Destination address; a valid DECnet address.

State

State of the adjacency: UP or INIT (initializing).

Adjacency Type

Adjacency type as follows:
• AREA - Adjacency is a level 2 router.
• ROUTING IV - Adjacency is a level 1 router.
• NONROUTING IV - Adjacency is an end node.

Class

Adjacency’s class: DYNAMIC or STATIC.

Sample Display - show decnet adjacency
DECnet Adjacency Information
---------------------------Adjacency
Adjacency
Circuit Address
State
Type
------------- -------------E21
3.2
UP
AREA
E41
2.2
UP
AREA
Total of

114087 Rev. A

Class
-------DYNAMIC
DYNAMIC

2 Adjacency(s)

2-189

Using Technician Interface Scripts

alerts
Displays all circuits configured as enabled but not currently up. Use this command to
display information about the physical circuits. State in this case is Down.

Sample Display - show decnet alerts
DECnet Circuits
----------------Circuit
State
DECnet Address
-------- -------- -------------E21
Down
3.1
1 Entries found.

area routes [find ]
Displays attributes of the level 2 routing table. You can use the following option to display
area routes for a specific area.
find 

where  is the number of a specific area. Use this option to
search through the routing table and display information about the
specified area number or display an empty table if the area number
does not exist.

The table includes the following information:

2-190

Area

Route’s area number.

Circuit

Circuit that the route uses. If the node or area is directly connected
within a router, this column shows two dashes (--).

State

State of the route, as follows:
• Reachable - Destination area is reachable.
• Unreachable - The destination area is unreachable, in which
case you should display the adjacency that corresponds to the
next hop.

Cost

Cost of the route to the destination area.
114087 Rev. A

show decnet
Hops

Number of hops to the destination area.

Next Node

Next address for getting to the area.

Type

Adjacency’s class: DYNAMIC or STATIC.

Sample Display - show decnet area routes
DECnet Area (Level II Routing) Information
----------------------------------------Area
-----12
13

Circuit
State
Cost
Hops
Next Node
Type
-------- ----------- ------ -------- --------- --------Reachable
0
0 0.0
DYNAMIC
S41
Reachable
10
1 13.12
DYNAMIC

2 Level II Route(s) in table.

Sample Display - show decnet area routes
DECnet Node (Level I Routing) Information
----------------------------------------Area Node ID Circuit Address
Cost
Hops
Next Node
Type
---- ------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------- -------12
12 -12.12
0
0
0.0 DYNAMIC
1 Level I Route(s) in table.

base
Displays state information in the DECnet base record. The base record controls DECnet
for the router. State is Down, Init (initializing), Not Present (enabled but not yet started),
or Up.

114087 Rev. A

2-191

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show decnet base
DECnet Base Record Information
-----------------------------Protocol
-------DECNET

State
--------Up

circuits []
Displays the attributes of all DECnet circuits or a specified DECnet circuit configured on
the router. The table includes the following information:

2-192

Circuit

Name of the circuit.

State

State of the circuit as follows:
• Up - Interface is operating.
• Disable - User has manually disabled the interface.
• Down - Interface is malfunctioning.
• INIT - Interface is initializing.
• Not Present - Interface is not operating because another
subsystem is malfunctioning. You should check the state of the
physical circuit.

Area

DECnet Phase IV Area ID for this circuit; the first six bits of a
DECnet Phase IV node address.

Node ID

DECnet Phase IV Node ID for this circuit; the last ten bits of a
DECnet Phase IV node address.

Type

Media type of this circuit; for example, Ethernet.

114087 Rev. A

show decnet
Sample Display - show decnet circuit
DECnet Circuit Information
---------------------------Circuit
State
Area
--------- --------- ---E21
Up
3
E41
Up
1

Node ID
------1
1

Type
-------Ethernet
Ethernet

Sample Display - show decnet ciruit e21
DECnet Circuit Information
---------------------------Circuit
State
Area
--------- --------- ---E21
Up
3

Node ID
------1

Type
-------Ethernet

designated router
Displays information about the designated router for each circuit. The table includes the
following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit this router is on.

Designated Router

Address of the designated router on this circuit.

Priority

Place of this router for becoming the designated router on this
circuit. The value ranges from 1 through 127. The default value is
64.

Exec Cost

Relative cost of routing over the circuit. The value ranges from 1
through 63. The default value is 10.

Circuit Address

DECnet address of the circuit.

114087 Rev. A

2-193

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show decnet designated router
DECnet Designated Router Information
-----------------------------------Designated
Exec
Circuit
Circuit
Router
Priority Cost
Address
-------- ---------- -------- ------- -------E21
3.2
64
10 3.1
E41
1.1
64
10 1.1

disabled
Displays all the circuits whose state is disabled. The table includes the name of the circuit
and its DECnet address.

Sample Display - show decnet disabled
DECnet Circuits
----------------Circuit
State
DECnet Address
-------- -------- -------------E21
Disabled
3.1
1 Entries found.

2-194

114087 Rev. A

show decnet

enabled
Displays all the circuits whose state is enabled. State is Down, INIT (initializing), Not
Present (not yet started), or Up.

Sample Display - show decnet enabled
DECnet Circuits
----------------Circuit
State
DECnet Address
-------- -------- -------------E21
UP
3.1
1 Entries found.

node routes [find ]
Displays attributes of level 1 routing tables or a specific address.
find 

where  is an optional DECnet address. Using this
option limits the display to a specified destination address.

The displays include the following information:
Area

DECnet Phase IV Area ID for this circuit; the first six bits of a
DECnet Phase IV node address.

Node ID

DECnet Phase IV Node ID for this circuit; the last ten bits of a
DECnet Phase IV node address.

Circuit

Circuit name of the node.

Address

DECnet address of the node about which routing information is
contained in this level 1 routing table.

Cost

Total cost of the path to the destination node.

Hops

Total number of hops in the path to the destination node.

Next Node

Next hop address that the route uses to get to the destination node.

114087 Rev. A

2-195

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show decnet node routes

DECnet Node (Level I Routing) Information
----------------------------------------Area Node ID
---- ------1
1
3
1
3
2

Circuit
-------#3
#3
E21

Address
Cost
Hops
Next Node
-------- -------- -------- --------1.1
0
0 0.0
3.1
0
0 0.0
3.2
10
1 3.2

3 Level I Route(s) in table.

Sample Display - show decnet node routes find 3.2
DECnet Node (Level I Routing) Information
----------------------------------------Area Node ID Circuit Address
Cost
Hops
---- ------- -------- -------- -------- -------3
2 E21
3.2
10
1

Next Node
--------3.2

1 Entries found.

static adjacency
Displays all the static adjacencies configured. The table includes the following
information:

2-196

Circuit

Circuit name where static adjacency is configured.

Area

Area part of this static adjacency’s DECnet address.

Node ID

Node ID part of this static adjacency’s DECnet address.

Mode

Adjacency’s operating state as follows:
• Disabled - User has manually disabled the static adjacency.
• Enabled - Static adjacency is enabled.

114087 Rev. A

show decnet
Adjacent Addr

DECnet Phase IV address of the adjacent node.

Destination MAC

Specifies the destination MAC address of the static adjacency if the
circuit type is ATM, Frame Relay, or SMDS.

Sample Display - show decnet static adjacency
DECnet Static Adjacency Information
----------------------------------Circuit
------E21

Area Node ID
Mode
Adjacent Addr Destination MAC
----- -------- -------- ------------- ------------------2
1 Enabled
2.1
(nil)

stats [hello | update | error]
Displays statistics tables for each circuit. The information displayed is specific to the stats
subcommand entered. The stats command displays the following items for each circuit:
Packets Received

Number of transit packets received.

Packets Sent

Number of transit packets sent.

Packets Dropped

Number of dropped packets.

Hello Router Received

Number of hellos received.

Hello Router Sent

Number of hellos sent.

Hello End Node Received

Number of end node hellos received.

Hello End Node Sent

Number of end node hellos sent.

114087 Rev. A

2-197

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show decnet stats
DECnet Statistics
-----------------

Circuit
------E21
E41

Packets
Packets
Received
Sent
-------- -------0
0
0
0

stats hello

Hello
Hello
Hello
Hello
Packets Router
Router End Node End Node
Dropped Received
Sent
Received
Sent
------- -------- -------- -------- -------0
431
429
0
0
0
433
435
0
433

Displays the number of hellos sent and received on each circuit.

The table includes the following items for each circuit:
Sent Router

Number of router hellos sent.

Received Router

Number of router hellos received.

Send Endnode

Number of end node hellos sent.

Received Endnode

Number of end node hellos received.

Sample Display - show decnet stats hello
DECnet Hello Statistics
-----------------------

Circuit
------E21
E41

2-198

Sent
Received
Router
Router
-------- -------430
432
436
434

Sent
Received
Endnode Endnode
------- -------0
0
434
0

114087 Rev. A

show decnet

stats update

Displays the counters for update packets sent and received on each
circuit as follows:

Sent Level 1

Number of level 1 updates sent.

Received Level 1

Number of level 1 updates received.

Sent Level 2

Number of level 2 updates sent.

Received Level 2

Number of level 2 updates received.

Sample Display - show decnet stats update
DECnet Routing Update Statistics
-------------------------------Sent
Received
Sent
Received
Circuit
Level 1
Level 1
Level 2
Level 2
------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------E21
82
80
84
40
E41
80
78
88
40

stats errors

Displays the error counters for each circuit as follows:

Aged Out

Number of aged packets lost.

Node Unreachable

Number of node unreachable packets lost.

Node Out of Range

Number of node out-of-range packets lost.

Oversized Packets

Number of oversized packets lost.

Format error

Number of packet format errors.

Total Dropped

Number of dropped packets.

114087 Rev. A

2-199

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show decnet stats error
DECnet Error Statistics
-----------------------

Circuit
------E21
E41

Aged
Node
Node
Oversized Format
Total
Out
Unreachable Out of Range
Packets
Error
Dropped
----- ----------- ------------- --------- --------- --------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

traffic filters []
Displays attributes of filters configured on each circuit or a specified circuit. The table
includes the following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit containing the traffic filter.

Status

Status of the circuit as follows:
• Active - Filtering rule is in use.
• Inactive - Filtering rule is not in use.
• Error - Application detected an error in the filtering rule.

Matches

Number of packets received that match this rule.

Rule

Rule identifier.

Sample Display - show decnet traffic filters
DECnet Traffic Filter Information
--------------------------------Circuit
------E41

2-200

Status
------Active

Matches
------0

Rule
------1

114087 Rev. A

show decnet
Sample Display - show decnet traffic filters e41
DECnet Traffic Filter Information
--------------------------------Circuit
------E41

Status
------Active

Matches
------0

Rule
------1

version
Displays the current version and modification date of the decnet.bat script.

Sample Display - show decnet version
DECNET.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

114087 Rev. A

2-201

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show dls
The show dls  commands display configuration, state, and statistical information
about Data Link Switching (DLSw) services. For detailed information on the items
displayed, refer to Configuring DLSw Services.
The show dls command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts

local

base

mac

circuits []

netbios

configuration

peers

connections

saps

disabled

slots

enabled

version

filters

2-202

114087 Rev. A

show dls

alerts
Displays all enabled DLSw circuits whose state is not up. The table does not show
configured DLSw circuits that have been disabled.
Circuit

The name of the circuit on which DLSw is running.

State

State of the circuit, which is Down.

Bridge ID

Identification number of the Source Routing Bridge.

LAN ID

Identification number of the Internal LAN.

DLC Type

The type of circuit on which DLSw is running.

Sample Display - show dls alerts

DLS Circuits
-----------Circuit
State
--------------O11.llc2 UP

Bridge ID
--------0xF

LAN ID DLC Type
------ ---------0x278
LLC SRB

base
Displays information on the DLSw base record state. The base record controls DLSw for
the entire system.
State is any of the following.
Disabled

User has manually disabled DLSw.

Down

DLSw is malfunctioning.

Init

DLSw is initializing on the system.

Not Present

DLSw is configured but has not started.

Up

DLSw is operating on the system.

114087 Rev. A

2-203

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-204

TCP Window

Maximum amount of DLSw data that local or remote TCP entities
can send before requiring an acknowledgment or receive before
acknowledging. This number is in octets.

Uncfg Peer

Specifies the current accept or reject unconfigured peers setting.

Int Ring

Specifies the bridge’s internal LAN ID.

Bridge

Identification number of the Bridge.

Virt Ring

Virtual ring identifier for the network.

Virt MTU

Specifies a Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) size for frames
sent from local, LAN-attached systems to systems on remote
LANs. The smallest MTU size supported among all remote LANs
in your configuration determines the maximum value of the Virtual
Ring MTU parameter for the local router.

ProtoPriority

Enabled or disabled protocol prioritization for configured DLSw
peers setting.

PPriUnCfgPeer

Enabled or disabled protocol prioritization for unconfigured DLSw
peers setting.

PkgMaxSize

Specifies the maximum package size (in bytes) when sending
multiple DLSw frames in a single TCP frame for transmission over
a wide area network.

MAC Age

Specifies the maximum number of seconds that inactive MAC
addresses can exist in the MAC-to-DLSw Peer (mapping) cache.

NB Age

Specifies the maximum number of seconds that inactive NetBIOS
names can exist in the NetBIOS-to-DLSw Peer (mapping) cache.

WanKeepAlive

Specifies the time interval after which the router sends a DLSw
keepalive message to inactive, established TCP connections to
verify that the connection is still available.

PkgTimeOut

Specifies the time interval (in milliseconds) to delay a package
before sending it to TCP.

114087 Rev. A

show dls
Sample Display - show dls base
DLS Base Information
-------------------State
TCP Window Uncfg Peer Int Ring Bridge Virt Ring Virt MTU
----------- ---------- ----------- -------- ------ --------- -------Up
8000
Accept
0x154
0xF
0x64
1532
ProtoPriority PPriUnCfgPeer PkgMaxSize
------------- ------------- ---------Enabled
Enabled
1532
Timers
(Sec):

MAC Age NB Age WanKeepAlive PkgTimeOut
-------- ------- ------------- ----------300
300
60
1

circuits []
Displays the state of DLSw on all circuits or a specific circuit. State is either Up or Down;
these are the only possible states for DLSw on the circuit. For definitions of the remaining
columns, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show dls circuit
DLS Circuits
-----------Circuit
State
Bridge ID LAN ID DLC Type
-------- ----------- ----------- ------ ---------O11.llc2 Down
0xF 0x278 LLC SRB
S12
Up
0xF
0x0 SDLC

114087 Rev. A

2-205

Using Technician Interface Scripts

configuration
Displays the configuration information for the DLSw base record, circuits, slots, peers,
SAPs, MACs, NetBIOS names, filters, and SDLC local devices, Refer to the appropriate
show dls command for definitions.

connections
Displays connections currently established between two stations using DLSw.
Circuit

Name of the circuit for the DLSw connection.

Status

Status of the connection. In this case the status is always
Connected.

Destination MAC/Source
MAC

MAC destination address on the top line and the source MAC
address on the bottom line.

Remote IP/local IP

Remote internet (IP) address on the top line and the local IP address
on the bottom line.

Tx/Rx - IFrames

The number of IFrames sent and received on this circuit.

Tx/Rx - RNRs

The number of Receiver Not Ready frames sent and received on
this circuit.

Sample Display - show dls connections
DLSw Connections
---------------Destination MAC/ Remote IP/
Tx-IFrames/ Tx-RNRs/
Circuit
Status
Source MAC
local IP
Rx-IFrames Rx-RNRs
-------- ----------- ----------------- ------------- ----------- -------S12
Established 40-00-00-03-17-22 154.154.154.154
0
0
40-00-00-00-00-D1 78.78.78.78
0
0

2-206

114087 Rev. A

show dls

disabled
Displays all DLSw circuits that the user has manually disabled. In this case, State is
Disabled. For information on the remaining column definitions in the display, see the
alerts command.

Sample Display - show dls disabled
DLS Circuits
-----------Circuit
State
Bridge ID LAN ID DLC Type
-------- ----------- ----------- ------ ---------O11.llc2 Disabled
0xF 0x278 LLC SRB

enabled
Displays all DLSw circuits currently with their current state enabled. State is Down, INIT
(initializing), Not Present (not yet started), or Up. For information on the remaining
column definitions in the display, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show dls enabled
DLS Circuits
-----------Circuit
State
Bridge ID LAN ID DLC Type
-------- ----------- ----------- ------ ---------O11.llc2 Down
0xF 0x278 LLC SRB
S12
Up
0xF
0x0 SDLC

114087 Rev. A

2-207

Using Technician Interface Scripts

filters
Displays the currently configured DLSw traffic filters.
Filter Name

Name of the configured traffic filter.

Status

Status of the connection, either up or down.

Filter Hits

The number of successful criteria matches on this filter.

Rule

The current filter sequence number.

Circuit

The configured circuit number on which the filter is active.

Sample Display - show dls filters
DLSw Traffic Filters
-------------------Filter Name
---------------Drop_NB_storm

Status
-----UP

Accept_10Macs

UP

Filter Hits
---------------1230

Rule
---1

Circuit
------3

440

2

3

local
Displays the currently configured DLSw local devices.

2-208

Circuit

Indicates the circuit name for the DLSw connection.

Address

Indicates the address of this link station.

State

Specifies the current state of the local device: up, down, disabled,
not present, or init.

Destination MAC
Source MAC

Specifies the MAC destination address on the top line and the
source MAC address on the bottom line. The Destination MAC
identifies the Token Ring or Ethernet host the local device will
reach via SDLC services.The Source MAC specifies the source
MAC address of an emulated Token Ring endstation for this device.

DSAP

Identifies the destination service access point (SAP) Token Ring or
Ethernet host the local device will reach via SDLC services.
114087 Rev. A

show dls
SSAP

Identifies the source SAP of an emulated Token Ring or Ethernet
endstation for this device.

PU Type

Specifies the type of the XID-sending node. This parameter is used
with the IDBLOCK, IDNUM, and XID Format parameters to
determine the station exchange identification (XID) value.

IDBLOCK

Specifies the block number, which must match the host’s
IDBLOCK parameter value that identifies incoming connection
requests. This parameter is used with the PU Type, IDNUM, and
XID Format parameters to determine the station exchange
identification (XID) value.

IDNUM

Specifies the ID number, which must match the host’s IDNUM
parameter value that identifies incoming connection requests. This
parameter is used with the PU Type, IDBLOCK, and XID Format
parameters to determine the station exchange identification (XID)
value.

Sample Display - show dls local
DLSw Local SDLC Devices
----------------------Destination MAC/
DSAP/
Circuit Addr
State
Source MAC
SSAP
PU Type
IDBLOCK IDNUM
-------- ---- ----------- ------------------ ----- ----------- ------- ----S12
0xD1 UP
40-00-00-03-17-22
4 Type 2.0
017 A004A
40-00-00-00-00-D1
4

mac
Displays the MAC address of a destination link station, its IP address, and the current
number of CANUREACH queries.
Destination MAC

The Destination MAC identifies the Token Ring or Ethernet host
the local device will reach via SDLC services.

Remote IP Address

The IP address of the destination link station.

CANUREACH MAC
Queries

Specifies the current number of canureach messages sent to a
remote DLSw peer.

114087 Rev. A

2-209

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show dls mac
DLSw MAC Entries
---------------Destination
Remote
CANUREACH
MAC Address
IP Address
Mac Queries
------------------ ------------------ ----------------40-00-00-03-17-22 154.154.154.154
167

netbios
Displays the names and IP addresses of remote NetBIOS peers, and the current number of
queries to each remote NetBIOS peer.
Remote Station Name

The name of the NetBIOS peer.

Remote IP Address

The IP address of the NetBIOS peer.

NETBIOS_NQ
Queries

The current number of NetBIOS queries sent to the remote
NetBIOS peer.

Sample Display - show dls netbios
DLSw Netbios Name Entries
------------------------Remote
Remote
NETBIOS_NQ
Station Name
IP Address
Queries
---------------- ---------------- ---------------CHEERS
154.154.154.154 1

2-210

114087 Rev. A

show dls

peers
Displays the IP addresses of all configured DLSw peers and the state of each. State is
Down, Init (initializing), Not Present (not started), or Up.

Sample Display - show dls peers
DLS Peers
-------Peer
Peer
State
IP Address
----------- ---------------Up
200.200.201.100

saps
Displays all session access points (SAPs) registered with the LLC SAP services and the
credit of each. SAP Credit is the number of LLC2 frames that DLSw and the local LLC2
circuit can exchange.

Sample Display - show dls saps
DLS Saps
-------SAP
SAP Credit
---- ------4
10
8
10
12
10
240
10

114087 Rev. A

2-211

Using Technician Interface Scripts

slots
Displays the slot number, IP address, and memory information that corresponds on the slot
to DLSw.
Slot

Specifies the slot number you want to associate with the IP interface
address you reserved for that slot.

Slot IP Address

Specifies an IP address associated with a specific DLSw peer (slot)
in the router. TCP uses this IP address for connections associated
with that slot.

Current Memory

The current memory consumption on the router.

Max Mem Allowed

The maximum memory allocated on the slot.

HiWater

The maximum memory on the router.

Sample Display - show dls slots
DLSw Slots
---------Slot Slot IP Address
---- --------------1 78.78.78.78

Current Memory Max Mem Allowed HiWater
-------------- --------------- ------0
All of it
0

version
Displays the current version of the dls.bat script.

Sample Display - show dls version
DLS.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

2-212

114087 Rev. A

show ds1e1

show ds1e1
The show ds1e1  commands display configuration, status, and statistical
information about the MCT1 and MCE1 drivers. For detailed information about DS1E1
parameters, refer to the section on configuring MCT1 and MCE1 circuits in Configuring
Line Services.
The show ds1e1 command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts

sample [] [circuit
]

base [circuit ]

stats [circuit ]

clock

system errors [circuit ]

disabled

t1framer [current] [total] [interval [] ]

e1framer [current] [total] [interval [] ]

t1port

e1port

timeslots [circuit ]

enabled

transmit errors [circuit ]

fdl [ansi1 | ansi2 | att1 | att2 ]

version

receive errors [circuit ]

114087 Rev. A

2-213

Using Technician Interface Scripts

alerts
Displays all DS1E1 logical lines that are enabled but not up. Use this display to identify
the logical lines that are not working. The table includes the following information:

2-214

Slot

Slot identifier.

Conn

Connector identifier.

Log Line

Logical line number for this line.

Line Type

Type of line in use: Unframed T1, ESF, SF, E1, E1CRC, E1MF,
E1CRCMF, or Unframed E1.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

State

State of the logical line as follows: Up, Down, Init (initializing), LMI
Wait, Loopback, Dying, Dead, or Not Pres (not present).

Line Number

Line number for this line; assigned during configuration. This line
number uniquely identifies this interface and is not equal to any of the
line numbers assigned to logical lines configured through this port.

WAN Protocol

WAN protocol enabled on this interface: ATM, FRM RLAY (Frame
Relay), LAPB, PASSTHRU, PPP, SMDS, WF STND (Wellfleet
Standard), or X.25. Wellfleet Standard is a proprietary protocol used
between two Bay Networks routers. Based on the CCITT HDLC
(High-level Data Link Control) protocol, Wellfleet Standard provides
LLC1 (connectionless, datagram) service.

Rate Adapt

Rate adaption -- the number of bits and their positions within the
timeslot, as follows:
• 64K - Uses all 8 bits in the timeslot.
• 56K MSB - Uses 7 of the 8 bits in the timeslot; does not use the most
significant bit.
• 56K LSB - Uses 7 of the 8 bits in the timeslot; does not use the least
significant bit.

Loc Adr

This parameter is used only when the logical line HDLC service is
LLC1. It is a value in the range 1 through 7 in the address field of the
HDLC packet. 1 indicates DCE. 3 indicates DTE. All other numbers
indicate Explicit. Explicit indicates that the user has selected the
address.

Rem Adr

This parameter is used only when the logical line HDLC service is
LLC1. It is a value in the range 1 through 7 in the address field of the
HDLC packet. 1 indicates DCE. 3 indicates DTE. All other numbers
indicate Explicit. Explicit indicates that the user has selected the
address.
114087 Rev. A

show ds1e1
Sample Display - show ds1e1 alerts
DS1E1 Logical Lines on Alert:
----------------------------Log Line
Line
WAN
Rate Loc Rem
Slot Conn Line Type
Circuit
State
Number Protocol Adapt Adr Adr
---- ---- ---- ---- ---------- -------- --------- -------- ------- --- --Found

0 matches out of

3 entries in table.

base [circuit ]
Displays the base level information for all DS1E1 circuits or a specific circuit. For
definitions of the columns in the table, see the alerts command. In addition to the states
listed under the alerts command, State can also be Up.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 base
DS1E1 Logical Lines:
-------------------Log Line
Line
WAN
Slot Conn Line Type
Circuit
State
Number Protocol
---- ---- ---- ---- ---------- -------- --------- -------2
1
1 T1 Boston
Up
10902101 WF STND
2
1
2 T1 Chicago
Up
20902101 WF STND
2
2
1 T1 Seattle
Up
10902102 WF STND

Rate Loc Rem
Adapt Adr Adr
------- --- --56K-LSB
7
7
56K-LSB
7
7
56K-LSB
7
7

3 entries in table.

114087 Rev. A

2-215

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show ds1e1 base circuit Boston
DS1E1 Logical Lines:
-------------------Log Line
Line
WAN
Rate Loc Rem
Slot Conn Line Type
Circuit
State
Number Protocol Adapt Adr Adr
---- ---- ---- ---- ---------- -------- --------- -------- ------- --- --2
1
1 T1 Boston
Up
10902101 WF STND 56K-LSB
7
7
Found

1 match out of

3 entries in table.

clock
Displays the DS1E1 clock status. The table includes the following information:

2-216

Slot

Router slot identifier.

Mod

Module number, indicating the location of the module.

Port

Unique identifier for each port on the module.

Current clock

Clock source currently in use.

Primary clock

Primary source for transmit timing.

Secondary clock

Secondary source for transmit timing.

External clock

Indicates whether an external clock is present.

Loop1 clock

Indicates whether the timing source from the first port is present.

Loop2 clock

Indicates whether the timing source from the second port on multi-port
modules is present.

Loop3 clock

Indicates whether the timing source from the third port on multi-port
modules is present.

Loop4 clock

Indicates whether the timing source from the fourth port on multi-port
modules is present.

114087 Rev. A

show ds1e1
Sample Display - show ds1e1 clock
DS1E1 Clock Status:
-------------------

DS1E1 ModuleEntry MIB:
---------------------Current
Primary
Slot Mod clock
clock
---- --- ---------- ---------5
1 Loop1
Loop1

Secondary
clock
---------Internal

*********************************************************
*** ClockEntry MIB pre-empts ModuleEntry MIB settings ***
*********************************************************
DS1E1 ClockEntry MIB:
--------------------Current
Primary
Secondary
Slot Mod Port
clock
clock
clock
--- --- ------ ---------5
1 905101 Internal
5
1 905102 Loop4
5
1 905103 Loop4
5
1 905104 Loop4

DS1E1 Clock Status:
------------------Loop1
Slot Mod clock
---- --- ----------5
1 Present

---------Internal
Loop4
Loop4
Loop4

Loop2
clock
----------Present

---------Internal
Internal
Internal
Internal

Loop3
clock
----------Present

Loop4
clock
----------Present

External
clock
----------Not Present

1 entry in table.

114087 Rev. A

2-217

Using Technician Interface Scripts

disabled
Displays DS1E1 circuits that a user has manually disabled. For definitions of the columns
in the table, see the alerts command. In this case, State is Disabled.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 disabled
DS1E1 Logical Lines Disabled:
----------------------------Log Line
Line
WAN
Rate Loc Rem
Slot Conn Line Type
Circuit
State
Number Protocol Adapt Adr Adr
---- ---- ---- ---- ---------- -------- --------- -------- ------- --- --Found

0 matches out of

3 entries in table.

e1framer [current] [total] [interval [] ]
Displays error information about the E1 framer.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 e1framer current
E1 Current Framer Statistics
----------------------------

Slot Conn
---- ---3
1
3
2

Bipolar
CRC-4
Far End
Violation Error
Block
Counts
Counts
Errors
--------- -------- -------0
0
0
0
0
0

Loss of
Frame
Failures
-------0
0

Loss of
Alarm
Signal
Indicat
Failures Failures
-------- -------0
0
0
0

Remote
Alarm
Failures
-------0
0

2 entries in table.

2-218

114087 Rev. A

show ds1e1
Sample Display - show ds1e1 e1framer total
E1 Total Framer Statistics
-------------------------Num
Bipolar
CRC-4
Vld Violation Error
Slot Conn Intv Counts
Counts
---- ---- ---- --------- -------3
1
96
0
0
3
2
96
65580
15656

Far End
Block
Errors
-------0
0

Loss of
Frame
Failures
-------0
0

Loss of
Signal
Failures
-------0
0

Alarm
Indicat
Failures
-------0
0

Remote
Alarm
Failures
-------0
0

Loss of
Alarm
Signal
Indicat
Failures Failures
-------- -------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

Remote
Alarm
Failures
-------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

2 entries in table.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 e1framer interval

Slot Conn Intv
---- ---- ---3
1
1
3
1
2
3
1
3
3
1
4
3
1
5
3
1
6
3
1
7
3
1
8
3
1
9
3
1
10
3
1
11
3
1
12
3
1
13
3
1
14
3
1
15
3
1
16
3
1
17
3
1
18

Bipolar
CRC-4
Far End
Violation Error
Block
Counts
Counts
Errors
--------- -------- -------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

Loss of
Frame
Failures
-------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

18 entries in table.

114087 Rev. A

2-219

Using Technician Interface Scripts

e1port
Displays E1 port information.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 e1port
E1 Port Status:
--------------BERT
Line
Line
Slot Conn
State
MTU Mode
Type
Coding I-Bit
---- ---- ----------- ---- ---- --------- ------ -------3
1 Up
1600 Off E1-CRC-MF HDB3
DISABLED
1 entry in table.

enabled
Displays DS1E1 modules that a user has manually enabled. For definitions of the columns
in the table, see the alerts command. State can also be Up.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 enabled
DS1E1 Logical Lines Enabled:
---------------------------Log Line
Line
WAN
Rate Loc Rem
Slot Conn Line Type
Circuit
State
Number Protocol Adapt Adr Adr
---- ---- ---- ---- ---------- -------- --------- -------- ------- --- --2
1
1 T1 Boston
Up
10902101 WF STND 56K-LSB
7
7
Found

2-220

1 match out of

3 entries in table.

114087 Rev. A

show ds1e1

fdl [ansi1 | ansi2 | att1 | att2 ]
Displays the Facility Data Link (FDL) error statistics in both ANSI-403 and AT&T-54016
modes.
ansi1

Displays only the first half of ANSI-403 mode FDL errors.

ansi2

Displays only the second half of ANSI-403 mode FDL errors.

att1

Displays only the first half of AT&T-54016 mode FDL errors.

att2

Displays only the second half of AT&T-54016 mode FDL errors.

The tables display the following information:
DS1E1 FDL Errors -- ANSI-403 mode (first half):
Slot

Slot identifier.

Conn

Connector identifier.

CRC Counts

Number of CRC-6 errors. The FDL calculates CRC-6 on the
incoming data. Each time the calculation does not match the
CRC-6 code word in the incoming enhanced super frame (ESF)
data stream, this count increments.

BPV Counts

Number of bipolar (line code) violations. The FDL counts bipolar
violations whether its synchronizer is in sync or not. If the FDL is
set to receive B8ZS code words, it does not count these code words
as bipolar violations.

OOF Counts

Number of out-of-frame errors. An out-of-frame error occurs
whenever two or more framing bits out of six in the Framing
Pattern Sequence (FPS) are incorrect. This event causes the FDL to
resynchronize to the incoming data stream.

FE Counts

Number of individual bit errors in the FPS.

ES Counts

Number of Errored Seconds (ES). An ES is any one-second time
interval with either a frame bit error or a CRC-6 error.

114087 Rev. A

2-221

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show ds1e1 fdl ansi1
DS1E1 Facility Data Link (FDL) Errors (first half) - ANSI-403 mode:
------------------------------------------------------------------CRC
BPV
OOF
FE
ES
Slot Conn
Counts
Counts
Counts
Counts
Counts
---- ---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------2
1
56581
196653
3581
22504
32965

DS1E1 FDL Errors -- ANSI-403 mode (second half):
Slot

Slot identifier.

Conn

Connector identifier.

SES Counts

Number of Severely Errored Seconds (SES). An SES is any 1-second
time interval with an OOF error or more than 320 CRC-errors.

UAS Counts

Number of Unavailable Seconds (UAS). A UAS is the number of
seconds between ten consecutive SES events (inclusive) and ten
consecutive non-SES events (exclusive). For more information, refer to
the 1989 ANSI T1.403 specification (Carrier-to-Customer installation
DS1 Metallic Interface).

PRMES Counts

Number of Errored Seconds reported in the Performance Report
Messages (PRMs).

PRMSES Counts

Number of Severely Errored Seconds reported in the PRMs.

PRME Counts

Number of PRMs received in error. “In error” means that the calculated
CRC does not match the incoming CRC word.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 fdl ansi2
DS1E1 Facility Data Link (FDL) Errors (second half) - ANSI-403 mode:
-------------------------------------------------------------------SES
UAS
PRMES
PRMSES
PRME
Slot Conn
Counts
Counts
Counts
Counts
Counts
---- ---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------2
1
2561
2154
24
23
129
Found

2-222

1 match out of

2 entries in table.
114087 Rev. A

show ds1e1

DS1E1 FDL Errors -- AT&T-54016 mode (first half):
Slot

Slot identifier.

Conn

Connector identifier.

Valid Intervals

Number of previous time intervals for which valid data was collected.
The value is 96 unless the interface was brought on line within the last
24 hours. In this case, the value is the number of complete 15-minute
intervals since the interface has been on line.

Total ESs

Number of Errored Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered in the
previous 24-hour interval.

Total SESs

Number of Severely Errored Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered
in the previous 24-hour interval.

Total SEFs

Number of Severely Errored Framing Seconds that a DS1 interface
encountered in the previous 24-hour interval.

Total UASs

Number of Unavailable Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered in
the previous 24-hour interval.

Total CSSs

Number of Controlled Slip Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered in
the previous 24-hour interval.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 fdl att1
DS1E1 Facility Data Link (FDL) Errors (first half) - AT&T-54016 mode:
--------------------------------------------------------------------Valid
Total
Total
Total
Total
Total
Slot Conn Intervals
ESs
SESs
SEFs
UASs
CSSs
---- ---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- --------2
2
1
1
0
0
368
256

114087 Rev. A

2-223

Using Technician Interface Scripts

DS1E1 FDL Errors -- AT&T-54016 mode (second half):
Slot

Slot identifier.

Conn

Connector identifier.

Valid Intervals

Number of previous time intervals for which valid data was collected.
The value is 96 unless the interface was brought on line within the last
24 hours. In this case, the value is the number of complete 15-minute
intervals since the interface has been on line.

Totals PCVs

Number of Path Code Violations that a DS1 interface encountered in
the previous 24-hour interval.

Totals LESs

Number of Line Errored Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered in
the previous 24-hour interval.

Total BESs

Number of Burst Errored Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered in
the previous 24-hour interval.

Totals DMs

Number of Degraded Minutes that a DS1 interface encountered in the
previous 24-hour interval.

Total LCVs

Number of Line Code Violations that a DS1 interface encountered in
the previous 24-hour interval.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 fdl att2
DS1E1 Facility Data Link (FDL) Errors (second half) - AT&T-54016 mode:
---------------------------------------------------------------------Valid
Total
Total
Total
Total
Total
Slot Conn Intervals
PCVs
LESs
BESs
DMs
LCVs
---- ---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- --------2
2
1
0
0
1
0
0
Found
1 match out of
2 entries in table.

2-224

114087 Rev. A

show ds1e1

receive errors [circuit ]
Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes the
following information:
Slot

Slot identifier.

Conn

Connector identifier.

Log Line

Logical line number for this line.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Null Frames

Number of frames containing no data bytes received.

Short Frames

Number of frames received with only one or two data bytes.

CRC Errors

Number of frames received with CRC errors.

Long Frames

Number of frames received that exceeded the MTU size.

Abort Frames

Number of frames received with abort errors.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 receive
DS1E1 Logical Line Receive Errors:
---------------------------------Log
Null
Short
CRC
Long
Abort
Slot Conn Line
Circuit
Frames
Frames
Errors
Frames
Frames
---- ---- ---- ---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- -------2
1
1 Boston
0
1256
0
0
0
2
1
2 Chicago
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
1 Seattle
0
40
0
0
0
3 entries in table.

114087 Rev. A

2-225

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show ds1e1 receive errors circuit Boston
DS1E1 Logical Line Receive Errors:
---------------------------------Log
Null
Short
CRC
Long
Abort
Slot Conn Line
Circuit
Frames
Frames
Errors
Frames
Frames
---- ---- ---- ---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- -------2
1
1 Boston
0
1256
0
0
0
Found

1 match out of

3 entries in table.

sample [] [circuit ]
Displays data sampled from DS1E1 over a period of 10 seconds. You can change the
number of seconds over which you want to sample the data, and you can display sampled
data for a specific circuit only. The table includes the following information:

2-226

Slot

Slot identifier.

Conn

Connector identifier.

Log Line

Logical line number for this line.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Rx Frames

Number of frames received on this line.

Tx Frames

Number of frames sent on this line.

Rx Lack of Resources

Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of
resources; for example, CPU is overworked.

Tx Lack of Resources

Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of resources; for
example, transmit queue length is too small.

114087 Rev. A

show ds1e1
Sample Display - show ds1e1 sample
Taking first sample...
Waiting 10
seconds...
Taking second sample...
DS1E1 Sampled Data over 10 seconds
------------------------------------Log
Rx
Tx
Rx Lack of Tx Lack of
Slot Conn Line
Circuit
Frames
Frames
Resources Resources
---- ---- ---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------2
1
1 Boston
2
2
0
0
2
1
2 Chicago
3
3
0
0
2
2
1 Seattle
2
9
0
0
3 entries in table.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 sample 5
Taking first sample...
Waiting 5
seconds...
Taking second sample...
DS1E1 Sampled Data over
5 seconds
------------------------------------Log
Rx
Tx
Rx Lack of Tx Lack of
Slot Conn Line
Circuit
Frames
Frames
Resources Resources
---- ---- ---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------2
1
1 Boston
1
8
0
0
2
1
2 Chicago
2
8
0
0
2
2
1 Seattle
1
1
0
0
3 entries in table.

114087 Rev. A

2-227

Using Technician Interface Scripts

stats [circuit ]
Displays DS1E1 input/output statistical information for all DS1E1 circuits or for a specific
circuit. The table contains the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier.

Conn

Connector number.

Log Line

Logical line number for this line.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Receive Bytes

Number of octets received without error.

Receive Frames

Number of frames received without error.

Transmit Bytes

Number of octets transmitted without error.

Transmit Frames

Number of frames transmitted without error.

Total Errors

Total number of errors received. A single frame may receive more
than one error.

By examining the wfLogicalLineEntry MIB (ds1e1.mib), you can view errors by type.
Note: The attribute wfLogicalLineEntry.wfLogicalLineRxErrors counts the total
number of frames that contain at least one error. Since one errored frame may
contain multiple errors, the Total Errors column in show ds1e1 stats output
indicates the total number of errors, not the number of errored frames.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 stats
DS1E1 Logical Line I/O Statistics:
---------------------------------Log
Receive
Receive
Transmit
Transmit
Total
Slot Conn Line
Circuit
Bytes
Frames
Bytes
Frames
Errors
---- ---- ---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------2
1
1 Boston
7124
274
190596
700
1257
2
1
2 Chicago
7124
274
190636
700
0
2
2
1 Seattle
153838
557
179276
644
43
3 entries in table.

2-228

114087 Rev. A

show ds1e1
Sample Display - show ds1e1 stats circuit Boston
DS1E1 Logical Line I/O Statistics:
---------------------------------Log
Receive
Receive
Transmit
Transmit
Total
Slot Conn Line
Circuit
Bytes
Frames
Bytes
Frames
Errors
---- ---- ---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------2
1
1 Boston
7150
275
190622
701
1257
Found

1 match out of

3 entries in table.

system errors [circuit ]
Displays statistical information about system errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit.
The table includes the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier.

Conn

Connector identifier.

Log Line

Logical line number for this line.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Unaligned Frames

Number of frames containing a bit count not divisible by eight.

Internal Overflows

Number of frames received with internal overflow errors.

Overflow Frames

Number of overflow errors received on this line in which the device’s
FIFO buffer overflowed before obtaining the next DMA cycle. No
buffer resources are available.

Losses of Sync

Number of instances of sync losses detected on this line. This error
statistic is equivalent to the “red alarm received” statistic on T1.

114087 Rev. A

2-229

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show ds1e1 system errors
DS1E1 Logical Line System Errors:
---------------------------------

Log
Unaligned Internal Overflow Losses
Slot Conn Line
Circuit
Frames
Overflows Frames
of Sync
---- ---- ---- ---------- --------- --------- --------- --------2
1
1 Boston
0
0
0
0
2
1
2 Chicago
0
0
0
0
2
2
1 Seattle
0
0
0
0
3 entries in table.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 system errors circuit Boston
DS1E1 Logical Line System Errors:
---------------------------------

Log
Unaligned Internal Overflow Losses
Slot Conn Line
Circuit
Frames
Overflows Frames
of Sync
---- ---- ---- ---------- --------- --------- --------- --------2
1
1 Boston
0
0
0
0
Found

2-230

1 match out of

3 entries in table.

114087 Rev. A

show ds1e1

t1framer [current] [total] [interval [] ]
Displays T1 framer error information.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 t1framer current
T1 Current Framer Statistics
----------------------------

Slot Conn
---- ---2
1
2
2

Bipolar
Out of
Frame
Violation Frame
Error
Counts
Counts
Counts
--------- -------- -------0
0
0
0
0
0

Loss of
Frame
Failures
-------0
0

Loss of
Alarm
Signal
Indicat
Failures Failures
-------- -------0
0
0
0

Remote
Alarm
Failures
-------0
0

2 entries in table.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 t1framer total
T1 Total Framer Statistics
--------------------------

Slot Conn
---- ---2
1
2
2

Num
Bipolar
Out of
Frame
Vld Violation Frame
Error
Intv Counts
Counts
Counts
---- --------- -------- -------96
5
0
0
96
7
0
0

Loss of
Frame
Failures
-------0
0

Loss of
Alarm
Signal
Indicat
Failures Failures
-------- -------0
0
0
0

Remote
Alarm
Failures
-------0
0

2 entries in table.

114087 Rev. A

2-231

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show ds1e1 t1framer interval
T1 Interval Framer Statistics
----------------------------Bipolar
Out of
Frame
Violation Frame
Error
Slot Conn Intv Counts
Counts
Counts
---- ---- ---- --------- -------- -------2
1
1
0
0
0
2
1
2
0
0
0
2
1
3
0
0
0
2
1
4
0
0
0
2
1
5
0
0
0
2
1
6
0
0
0
2
1
7
0
0
0
2
1
8
0
0
0
2
1
9
0
0
0
2
1
10
0
0
0
2
1
11
0
0
0
2
1
12
0
0
0
2
1
13
0
0
0
2
1
14
0
0
0
2
1
15
0
0
0
2
1
16
0
0
0
2
1
17
0
0
0
2
1
18
0
0
0

Loss of
Frame
Failures
-------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

Loss of
Alarm
Signal
Indicat
Failures Failures
-------- -------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

Remote
Alarm
Failures
-------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

18 entries in table.

2-232

114087 Rev. A

show ds1e1

t1port
Displays T1 port information.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 t1port
T1 Port Status:
--------------Loopback
Accept
Slot Conn
State
MTU
State
Loopback
---- ---- ----------- ---- ----------- -------2
1
Red Alarm
1600 No Loop
Enabled

BERT
Line
Line
Mode
Type
Coding
---- --------- -----Off ESF
B8ZS

FDL
Type
---ANSI

FDL
Addr
---BY

1 entry in table.

timeslots [circuit ]
Displays timeslot assignments for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes
the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier.

Conn

Connector identifier.

Log Line

Logical line number for this line.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Timeslots

Circuit’s timeslot assignment. An X under the timeslot indicates that
the logical line is using the timeslot. T1 lines have 24 slots and E1 lines
have 31. The following examples are for T1 lines.

114087 Rev. A

2-233

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show ds1e1 timeslots
DS1E1 Timeslot Assignment:
--------------------------

|----------Timeslots----------|
Log
Slot Conn Line
Circuit
---- ---- ---- ---------4
1
1 Boston
4
1
2
4
1
3
4
1
4
4
1
5
4
1
6
4
1
7
4
1
8 Chicago
4
1
9
4
1
10
4
1
11
4
1
12
4
1
13
4
1
14
4
1
15
4
1
16
4
1
17
4
1
18
4
1
19
4
1
20
4
1
21
4
1
22
4
1
23
4
1
24

1111111111222222222233
1234567890123456789012345678901
------------------------------XXXXXXX_________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
_______XXXXXXX__________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
______________X_________
_______________X________
________________X_______
_________________X______
__________________X_____
___________________X____
____________________X___
_____________________X__
______________________X_
_______________________X

24 entries in table.

2-234

114087 Rev. A

show ds1e1
Sample Display - show ds1e1 timeslots circuit Boston
DS1E1 Timeslot Assignment:
--------------------------

|----------Timeslots----------|
Slot Conn
---- ---2
1
4
1

Log
Line
Circuit
---- ---------1 Boston
1 Boston

1111111111222222222233
1234567890123456789012345678901
------------------------------X__X________________X___
XXXXXXX_________________

Found

1 match out of

24 entries in table.

114087 Rev. A

2-235

Using Technician Interface Scripts

transmit errors [circuit ]
Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific
circuit. The table includes the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier.

Conn

Connector identifier.

Log Line

Logical line number for this line.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Underflow Frames

Number of retransmission underflow errors. These occur when the
FIFO buffer empties before the device obtains the next DMA request.

Descriptor Errors

Internal device error.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 transmit errors
DS1E1 Logical Line Transmit Errors:
----------------------------------Log
Underflow Descriptor
Slot Conn Line Circuit
Frames
Errors
---- ---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------2
1
1 Boston
1
0
2
1
2 Chicago
0
0
2
2
1 Seattle
1
0
3 entries in table.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 transmit errors circuit Boston
DS1E1 Logical Line Transmit Errors:
----------------------------------Log
Underflow Descriptor
Slot Conn Line Circuit
Frames
Errors
---- ---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------2
1
1 Boston
1
0
Found

2-236

1 match out of

3 entries in table.
114087 Rev. A

show ds1e1

version
Displays the current version and modification date for the ds1e1.bat script.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 version
ds1e1.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

114087 Rev. A

2-237

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show dsx3
The show dsx3  command displays DS-3 and E-3 information for Asynchronous
Transfer Mode (ATM) interfaces. For more information about any of the column
descriptions, refer to RFC 1407, “Definitions of Managed Objects for the DS3/E3
Interface Type.”
The show dsx3 command supports the following subcommand options:
ccts

history []

current [circuit_name]

version

ccts
Displays information about all dsx3 circuits. The table displays the following information:

2-238

Circuit Name

The name of the circuit associated with this line.

Index

Line and line level identifier.

Sec into Interval

The number of seconds into the current 15-minute interval.

# of Intervals

The number of complete 15-minute intervals. The value is 96
unless the interface was brought on line within the last 24 hours.
In that case, the value is the number of complete 15-minute
intervals since the interface has been on line.

Line Coding

The line coding on this circuit. The line coding options are
• B3ZS
• HDB3
The line coding specifies patterns of normal bits and bipolar
violations used to replace sequences of zero bits of a certain
length.

114087 Rev. A

show dsx3
Line Type

The line type of this circuit. The line type indicates the variety of
DS-3 C-bit or E-3 applications implemented on the interface.
The type of interface affects the interpretation of the usage and
error statistics. The options are
• DS3_M23 (ANSI T1.107-1988)
• DS3_Cbit (ANSI T1.107a-1989)
• E3_framed (CCITT G.751)
• E3_plcp (ETSI T/NA[91]18)

Status

The line status of the interface. The possible status variables are
• NoAlarm - no alarm present
• RRAI - receiving yellow remote alarm indication
• TRAI - transmitting yellow remote alarm indication
• RAIS - receiving Alarm Indications Signal (AIS) failure state
• TAIS - transmitting AIS failure state
• LOF - receiving Loss of Frame (LOF) failure state
• LOS - receiving Loss of Signal (LOS) failure state
• Loopback - looping the received signal
• TestCode - receiving a test pattern
• LowSignal - low signal

Sample Display - show dsx3 ccts
DSX3 entries:
-----------Circuit Name
-----------A41
A61

114087 Rev. A

Sec into
Index
Interval
------- -------1404101
704
1405101
705

# of
Intervals
--------68
68

Line
Coding
-----HDB3
B3ZS

Line Type
--------E3_other
DS3_M23

Status
------NoAlarm
NoAlarm

2-239

Using Technician Interface Scripts

current []
Displays the general circuit information in addition to current DS-3/E-3 information for
the specified circuit or for all circuits. For more information on column definitions, see the
ccts command.
The table displays the following information:
General Circuit Information

2-240

Circuit Name

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Index

Line and line level identifier.

Sec into Interval

The number of seconds into the current 15-minute interval.

# of Intervals

The number of complete 15-minute intervals.

Line Coding

The line coding on this circuit. The line coding options are
• B3ZS
• HDB3

Line Type

The line type of this circuit. The options are
• DS3_M23 (ANSI T1.107-1988)
• DS3_Cbit (ANSI T1.107a-1989)
• E3_framed (CCITT G.751)
• E3_plcp (ETSI T/NA[91]18)

Status

The line status of the interface. The possible status variables are
• NoAlarm - no alarm present
• RRAI - receiving yellow remote alarm indication
• TRAI -- transmitting yellow remote alarm indication
• RAIS - receiving Alarm Indications Signal (AIS) failure state
• TAIS - transmitting AIS failure state
• LOF - receiving Loss of Frame (LOF) failure state
• LOS - receiving Loss of Signal (LOS) failure state
• Loopback - looping the received signal
• TestCode - receiving a test pattern
• LowSignal - low signal

114087 Rev. A

show dsx3

Line Stats
Circuit Name

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Interval

The current interval.

LESs

The number of line errored seconds (LESs) in the current interval.
An LES is a second in which one or more coding violations
occurred or one or more LOS defects were detected.

SEFSs

The number of severely errored framing seconds (SEFSs) in the
current interval. An SEFS is a second with one or more OOF errors
or an AIS defect.

UASs

The number of unavailable seconds (UASs) in the current interval.

LCVs

The number of line coding violations (LCVs) in the current
interval. A line coding violation is a count of both bipolar
violations (BPVs) and excessive zero (EXZ) error events.

Pbit Status
Circuit Name

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Interval

The current interval.

PESs

The number of P-bit errored seconds (PESs) in the current interval.
A PES is a second with one or more P-bit coding violations,
one or more OOF defects, or a detected incoming AIS. The PES
does not increment when counting UASs.

PSESs

The number of P-bit severely errored seconds (PSESs) in the
current interval. A PSES is a second with 44 or more PCVs, one or
more OOF defects, or a detected incoming AIS. The PSES value
does not increment when counting UASs.

UASs

The number of unavailable seconds (UASs) in the current interval.

PCVs

The number of P-bit coding violations (PCVs) in the current
interval. For all DS3/E3 applications, a coding violation error event
is a P-bit Parity Error event. A P-bit Parity Error event occurs when
the DS-3/E-3 M-frame receives a P-bit code that is not identical to
the corresponding locally calculated code.

114087 Rev. A

2-241

Using Technician Interface Scripts

Cbit Stats
Circuit Name

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Interval

The current interval.

CESs

The number of C-bit errored seconds (CESs) in the current interval.
An CES is a second with one or more CCVs, one or more OOF
defects, or a detected incoming AIS. This count is only for the
C-bit Parity DS3 applications. The CES value does not increment
when counting UASs.

CSESs

The number of C-bit severely errored seconds (CSESs) in the
current interval. A CSES is a second with 44 or more CCVs, one or
more OOF defects, or a detected incoming AIS. This count applies
only to C-bit Parity DS3 applications. The CSES value does not
increment when counting UASs.

UASs

The number of unavailable seconds (UASs) in the current interval.

CCVs

The number of C-bit coding violations (CCVs) in the current
interval. For C-bit Parity and SYNTRAN DS3 applications, this is
the count of coding violations reported via the C-bits. For C-bit
Parity, it is a count of CP-bit parity errors occurring in the
accumulation interval.

FarEnd Cbit Stats

2-242

Circuit Name

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Interval

The current interval.

CESs

The number of C-bit errored seconds (CESs) in the current interval.
An CES is a second with one or more CCVs, one or more OOF
defects, or a detected incoming AIS. This count is only for C-bit
Parity DS3 applications. The CES value does not increment when
counting UASs.

CSESs

The number of C-bit severely errored seconds (CSESs) in the
current interval. A CSES is a second with 44 or more CCVs, one or
more OOF defects, or a detected incoming AIS. This count applies
only to C-bit Parity DS3 applications. The CSES value does not
increment when counting UASs.

114087 Rev. A

show dsx3
UASs

The number of unavailable seconds (UASs) in the current interval.

CCVs

The number of C-bit coding violations (CCVs) in the current
interval. For C-bit Parity DS3 applications, this is the count of
coding violations reported via the C-bits. For C-bit Parity, it is a
count of CP-bit parity errors occurring in the accumulation
interval.

DS3 Plcp Stats
Circuit Name

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Interval

The current interval.

SEFSs

The number of severely errored framing seconds (SEFSs) in the
current interval. An SEFS is a second with one or more OOF errors
or an AIS defect.

UASs

The number of unavailable seconds (UASs) in the current interval.

Status

Indicates the line status of the interface. The possible status
variables are
• NoAlarm - no alarm present
• RRAI - receiving yellow remote alarm indication
• TRAI -- transmitting yellow remote alarm indication
• RAIS - receiving Alarm Indications Signal (AIS) failure state
• TAIS - transmitting AIS failure state
• LOF - receiving Loss of Frame (LOF) failure state
• LOS - receiving Loss of Signal (LOS) failure state
• Loopback - looping the received signal
• TestCode - receiving a test pattern
• LowSignal - low signal

114087 Rev. A

2-243

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show dsx3 current
Sec into
# of
Line
Circuit Name Index
Interval Intervals Coding Line Type
Status
------------- ------- -------- --------- ------ ---------- --------A41
1404101
747
68 HDB3
E3_other
NoAlarm
Line stats:
----------Circuit Name
Interval LESs SEFSs UASs
LCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- -------A41
current
0
0
0
0
Pbit status:
----------Circuit Name
Interval PESs PSESs UASs
PCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- -------A41
current
0
0
0
0

Cbit stats:
----------Circuit Name
Interval CESs CSESs UASs
CCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- -------A41
current
0
0
0
0
FarEnd Cbit stats:
-----------------Circuit Name
Interval CESs CSESs UASs
CCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- -------A41
current
0
0
0
0
Sec into
# of
Circuit Name Index
Interval Intervals
------------- ------- -------- --------A61
1405101
749
68

Line
Coding
-----B3ZS

Line Type
---------DS3_M23

Status
--------NoAlarm

Line stats:
----------Circuit Name
Interval LESs SEFSs UASs
LCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- -------A61
current
0
0
0
0

Pbit status:

2-244

114087 Rev. A

show dsx3
----------Circuit Name
Interval PESs PSESs UASs
PCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- -------A61
current
0
0
0
0
Cbit stats:
----------Circuit Name
Interval CESs CSESs UASs
CCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- -------A61
current
0
0
0
0
FarEnd Cbit stats:
-----------------Circuit Name
Interval CESs CSESs UASs
CCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- -------A61
current
0
0
0
0
DS3 Plcp stats:
--------------Circuit Name
Interval SEFSs UASs
Status
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ---------A61
total
0
0 LOF

history []
Displays the general circuit information in addition to historical DS-3/E-3 information for
the specified circuit or for all circuits. For more information on any of the following
column definitions, see the cct and current commands.
The table displays the following information:
General Circuit Information
Circuit Name

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Index

Line and line level identifier.

Sec into Interval

The number of seconds into the current interval.

# of Intervals

The number of complete intervals.

Line Coding

The line coding on this circuit. The line coding options are
• B3ZS
• HDB3

114087 Rev. A

2-245

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Line Type

The line type of this circuit. The options are
• DS3_M23 (ANSI T1.107-1988)
• DS3_Cbit (ANSI T1.107a-1989)
• E3_framed (CCITT G.751)
• E3_plcp (ETSI T/NA[91]18)

Status

The line status of the interface. The possible status variables are
• NoAlarm - no alarm present
• RRAI - receiving yellow remote alarm indication
• TRAI -- transmitting yellow remote alarm indication
• RAIS - receiving Alarm Indications Signal (AIS) failure state
• TAIS - transmitting AIS failure state
• LOF - receiving Loss of Frame (LOF) failure state
• LOS - receiving Loss of Signal (LOS) failure state
• Loopback - looping the received signal
• TestCode - receiving a test pattern
• LowSignal - low signal

Line Stats
Circuit Name

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Interval

A historical breakdown of intervals, including
• The current interval (incomplete)
• All but the last two intervals (that is, all of the intervals except the
current interval and the previous interval)
• The previous interval (that is, the last complete interval)
• All of the intervals (total)

LESs

The number of line errored seconds (LESs) for each interval
category.

SEFSs

The number of severely errored framing seconds (SEFSs) for each
interval category.

UASs

The number of unavailable seconds (UASs) for each interval
category.

LCVs

The number of line coding violations (LCVs) for each interval
category.

Pbit Status
Circuit Name
2-246

Name of the circuit associated with this line.
114087 Rev. A

show dsx3
Interval

A historical breakdown of intervals, including
• The current interval (incomplete)
• All but the last two intervals (that is, all of the intervals except the
current interval and the previous interval)
• The previous interval (that is, the last complete interval)
• All of the intervals (total)

PESs

The number of P-bit errored seconds (PESs) for each interval
category.

PSESs

The number of P-bit severely errored seconds (PSESs) for each
interval category.

UASs

The number of unavailable seconds (UASs) for each interval
category.

PCVs

The number of P-bit coding violations (PCVs) for each interval
category.

Cbit Stats
Circuit Name

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Interval

A historical breakdown of intervals, including
• The current interval (incomplete)
• All but the last two intervals (that is, all of the intervals except the
current interval and the previous interval)
• The previous interval (that is, the last complete interval)
• All of the intervals (total)

CESs

The number of C-bit errored seconds (CESs) for each interval
category.

CSESs

The number of C-bit severely errored seconds (CSESs) for each
interval category.

UASs

The number of unavailable seconds (UASs) for each interval
category.

CCVs

The number of C-bit coding violations (CCVs) for each interval
category.

FarEnd Cbit Stats
Circuit Name

114087 Rev. A

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

2-247

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Interval

A historical breakdown of intervals, including
• The current interval (incomplete)
• All but the last two intervals (that is, all of the intervals except the
current interval and the previous interval)
• The previous interval (that is, the last complete interval)
• All of the intervals (total)

CESs

The number of C-bit errored seconds (CESs) for each interval
category.

CSESs

The number of C-bit severely errored seconds (CSESs) for each
interval category.

UASs

The number of unavailable seconds (UASs) for each interval
category.

CCVs

The number of C-bit coding violations (CCVs) for each interval
category.

DS3 Plcp Stats

2-248

Circuit Name

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Interval

A historical breakdown of intervals, including
• The current interval (incomplete)
• All but the last two intervals (that is, all of the intervals except the
current interval and the previous interval)
• The previous interval (that is, the last complete interval)
• All of the intervals (total)

SEFSs

The number of severely errored framing seconds (SEFSs) for each
interval category.

114087 Rev. A

show dsx3
UASs

The number of unavailable seconds (UASs) for each interval
category.

Status

Indicates the line status of the interface. The possible status
variables are
• NoAlarm - no alarm present
• RRAI - receiving yellow remote alarm indication
• TRAI -- transmitting yellow remote alarm indication
• RAIS - receiving Alarm Indications Signal (AIS) failure state
• TAIS - transmitting AIS failure state
• LOF - receiving Loss of Frame (LOF) failure state
• LOS - receiving Loss of Signal (LOS) failure state
• Loopback - looping the received signal
• TestCode - receiving a test pattern
• LowSignal - low signal

114087 Rev. A

2-249

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show dsx3 history
DSX3 entries:
------------Sec into
# of
Circuit Name Index
Interval Intervals
------------- ------- -------- --------A41
1404101
830
68

Line
Coding
-----HDB3

Line Type
---------E3_other

Status
--------NoAlarm

Line stats:
----------Circuit Name
Interval LESs SEFSs UASs
LCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- -------A41
current
0
0
0
0
A41
1-67
0
0
0
0
A41
68
3
3
0
13
A41
totals
3
3
0
13
Pbit status:
----------Circuit Name
Interval PESs PSESs UASs
PCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- -------A41
current
0
0
0
0
A41
1-67
0
0
0
0
A41
68
3
3
0
15
A41
totals
3
3
0
15

Cbit stats:
----------Circuit Name
Interval CESs CSESs UASs
CCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- -------A41
current
0
0
0
0
A41
1-67
0
0
0
0
A41
68
3
3
0
0
A41
totals
3
3
0
0
FarEnd Cbit stats:
-----------------Circuit Name
Interval CESs CSESs UASs
CCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- -------A41
current
0
0
0
0
A41
1-67
0
0
0
0
A41
68
4
0
0
15
A41
totals
4
0
0
15
DS3 Plcp stats:

2-250

114087 Rev. A

show dsx3
--------------Circuit Name
Interval SEFSs UASs
Status
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ---------A41
total
0
0 LOF

Sec into
# of
Circuit Name Index
Interval Intervals
------------- ------- -------- --------A61
1405101
848
68

Line
Coding
-----HDB3

Line Type
---------E3_other

Status
--------NoAlarm

(continued)

114087 Rev. A

2-251

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Line stats:
----------Circuit Name
Interval LESs SEFSs UASs
LCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- -------A61
current
0
0
0
0
A61
1-67
0
0
0
0
A61
68
4
3
0
131088
A61
totals
4
3
0
131088
Pbit status:
----------Circuit Name
Interval PESs PSESs UASs
PCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- -------A61
current
0
0
0
0
A61
1-67
0
0
0
0
A61
68
4
3
0
6850
A61
totals
4
3
0
6850
Cbit stats:
----------Circuit Name
Interval CESs CSESs UASs
CCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- -------A61
current
0
0
0
0
A61
1-67
0
0
0
0
A61
68
3
3
0
0
A61
totals
3
3
0
0
FarEnd Cbit stats:
-----------------Circuit Name
Interval CESs CSESs UASs
CCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- -------A61
current
0
0
0
0
A61
1-67
0
0
0
0
A61
68
2
1
0
481
A61
totals
2
1
0
481
DS3 Plcp stats:
--------------Circuit Name
Interval SEFSs UASs
Status
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ---------A61
total
0
0 LOF

version
Displays the dsx3 version.

2-252

114087 Rev. A

show dsx3
Sample Display - show dsx3 version
dsx3.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

114087 Rev. A

2-253

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show dvmrp
The show dvmrp  commands display configuration, state, and statistical
information about the Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol (DVMRP). For
detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of DVMRP, refer to
Configuring IP Utilities.
The show dvmrp command supports the following subcommand options:
base

stats circuits []

circuits [ | enabled | disabled]

stats tunnels []

neighbors []

stats vifs [ | ]

routes main [ | ]

tunnels [ | enabled | disabled]

routes vifs [ | ]

version

base
Displays the base level information for DVMRP. The table provides the following
information:

2-254

Protocol

Name of the protocol, which in this case is DVMRP.

State:

State of DVMRP on the router: Up, Down, Init (initializing), or
Not Present.

Full Update Interval

Specifies, in seconds, how often route updates containing complete
routing tables are sent.

Triggered Update Interval

Specifies, in seconds, how often triggered route updates, generated
in response to routing changes, are sent.

114087 Rev. A

show dvmrp
Leaf Timeout

Specifies, in seconds, the virtual interface hold down timer.

Neighbor Timeout

Specifies, in seconds, how long a router neighbor is considered
“up” without the receipt of a subsequent DVMRP packet from that
neighbor.

Route Switch Timeout

How long to wait, without receiving a subsequent route update
from the original best-hop neighbor, before switching to a different
neighbor.

Route Expiration Timeout

Specifies, in seconds, how long a route is considered valid for
forwarding purposes without the receipt of a subsequent route
update specifying that the route is reachable.

Garbage Timeout

Specifies, in seconds, how long a route exists in the routing table
without the receipt of a subsequent route update specifying that the
route is reachable.

Estimated Routes

Estimated number of routes.

Actual Routes

Number of entries currently in the route table.

Sample Display - show dvmrp base
DVMRP Base Information
---------------------Protocol State
-------- ----------DVMRP
Up
Full Update Interval
Triggered Update Interval
Leaf Timeout
Neighbor Timeout
Neighbor Probe Interval
Route Switch Timeout
Route Expiration Timeout
Garbage Timeout
Estimated Routes
Actual Routes

114087 Rev. A

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

60
5
200
140
190
140
200
340
25
2833

2-255

Using Technician Interface Scripts

circuits [ | enabled | disabled]
Displays the DVMRP circuit information for all circuits, a specified circuit, enabled
circuits, or disabled circuits. The table contains the following information:
Circuit

Circuit name of this virtual interface.

State

Current state of the virtual interface: Up, Down, Init (initializing),
Invalid, or Not Pres (not present).

Metric

Cost of using this hop.

Threshold

Threshold for forwarding datagrams out of this circuit. If the time
to live (TTL) is less than the threshold, the datagram is dropped.

Route Enabled

Indicates whether this route is enabled. If enabled, this circuit will
be used to propagate routing information, information about the
locally attached network to this circuit will be incorporated into
routing updates, and multicast datagrams will be forwarded “in
native mode” via this circuit. If disabled, this circuit exists only to
support unicast tunnels; in this case, all other parameters are
ignored.

Sample Display - show dvmrp circuits
DVMRP Circuits
-------------Circuit
-------E22
E31
E32
E33
E34

State
-------Up
Up
Up
Up
Up

Metric
-----1
1
1
1
1

Threshold
--------1
1
1
1
1

Route Enabled
------------Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

5 Total entries.

2-256

114087 Rev. A

show dvmrp

neighbors []
Displays all DVMRP neighbor information or neighbor information for a specified circuit.
The table displays the following information:
Circuit

Circuit name of this virtual interface.

Local Tunnel IP

Local tunnel ID of the virtual interface. This value is Physical for
non-tunneled interfaces. Otherwise, it contains the IP address of the
local tunnel endpoint.

Neighbor IP

IP address of the neighboring router.

Neigh Timer

Current value of the neighbor timer.

Sample Display - show dvmrp neighbors
DVMRP Neighbors
--------------Circuit
-------E21
E21

Local Tunnel IP
--------------Physical
192.32.28.33

Neighbor IP
--------------192.32.28.221
192.32.1.2

Neigh Timer
----------135
140

2 Total entries.

routes main [ | ]
Displays the main DVMRP routing table. You can specify routes that match an IP address
or routes with a source network number matching a portion of an IP address (for example,
192.34.*). The table includes the following information:
Source Network

Source network of multicast datagrams.

Mask

Mask for the specified source network.

Next Hop Addr

Next-hop multicast router to the specified source network.

Next Hop CCT

Circuit name of the next-hop virtual interface. In the case of
tunneled interfaces, the remote tunnel endpoint is the value in the
Next Hop Address field.

114087 Rev. A

2-257

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Age

Current value of the route timer

Cost

Current route metric.

State

Set of flags indicating the state of the entry:

T

Timed route -- route timer is running.

L

Local route -- specified network is local to this router.

G

Garbage timer -- route is unreachable; garbage timer is running.

Sample Display - show dvmrp routes main
DVMRP Main Routes
----------------State:

L = Local interface
T = Timed route
G = Garbage route

Source Network
--------------192.32.28.0
192.32.29.0

Mask
--------------255.255.255.0
255.255.255.0

Next Hop Addr
--------------192.32.28.33
192.32.1.2

Next Hop CCT
Age Cost State
--------------- --- ---- ----E21
0
1 L
E23
20
2 T

2 Entries found.

routes vifs [ | ]
Displays all DVMRP Virtual Interface (VIF) routes, or just VIF routes for a specified IP
address or source network number matching a portion of an IP address (for example,
192.34.*). The table displays the following information:

2-258

114087 Rev. A

show dvmrp

Source

Source network for multicast datagrams.

State

State of the interface for this route, as follows:
• L (Leaf) - No neighboring routers consider this local network or
tunnel to be on the shortest path to the specified source network.
• C (Child) - The router is responsible for forwarding datagrams
saved by the specified network associated with this interface. If
the leaf flag is also set, datagrams will only be forwarded when
there are any local hosts belonging to the particular multicast
group specified by the destination address.
• H - Hold-down timer is running.

Circuit

Circuit name of this virtual interface.

Remote Tunnel

Remote tunnel ID of this virtual interface. This value is Physical for
non-tunneled interfaces. Otherwise, it contains the unicast IP
address of the remote tunnel endpoint.

Dom Router

Address of the dominant router for this virtual interface. The
specified router will forward packets onto the local network or
tunnel that are sourced by the specified source network.

Sub Router

Address of a subordinate router for this virtual interface. This
indicates that at least one neighboring router considers this local
network or tunnel to be on the shortest path to the specified source
network.

Sample Display - show dvmrp routes vifs
DVMRP Virtual Interface Routes
-----------------------------State:

C = Child
L = Leaf
H = Hold-down

Source
State
--------------- ------10.0.0.0
C
10.0.0.0
13.0.32.0
C
13.0.32.0

114087 Rev. A

Circuit
------E21
E21
E21
E21

Remote Tunnel
--------------Physical
192.32.1.2
Physical
192.32.1.2

Dom Router
--------------None
None
None
None

Sub Router
------------192.32.28.22
None
192.32.28.22
None

2-259

Using Technician Interface Scripts

stats circuits []
Displays statistics for all DVMRP circuits or a specified DVMRP circuit. The table
displays the following information:
Circuit

Circuit name of this virtual interface.

In Pkts

Number of datagrams received on this interface.

Out Pkts

Number of datagrams sent on this interface.

Updates rec

Number of DVMRP route update messages received.

Updates sent

Number of DVMRP route update messages sent.

In Drops

Number of inbound datagrams discarded because the source route
was not found.

Out Drops

Number of outbound datagrams discarded because the source route
was not found.

Sample Display - show dvmrp stats circuits
DVMRP Circuit Statistics
-----------------------Circuit
-------E21

In Pkts
-------134235

Out Pkts
-------1079169

Updates rec
-----------6795

Updates sent
-----------8022

In Drops
--------0

Out Drops
--------0

1 Total entries.

stats tunnels []
Displays all DVMRP tunnel statistic for all circuits or for a specified circuit. The table
displays the following information:

2-260

Circuit

Circuit name of this virtual interface.

Remote IP Address

Unicast IP address of remote tunnel endpoint of this virtual
interface.

Packets In

Number of datagrams received on this interface.
114087 Rev. A

show dvmrp
Packets Out

Number of datagrams sent on this interface.

Updates Rec'd

Number of DVMRP route update messages received.

Updates Sent

Number of DVMRP route update messages sent.

Drop In

Number of inbound datagrams discarded because the source route
was not found, or because of an invalid inner address (that is, the
destination address of the encapsulated datagram was not a
multicast address).

Drop Out

Number of outbound datagrams discarded because the source route
was not found.

Sample Display - show dvmrp stats tunnels
DVMRP Tunnel Statistics
----------------------Circuit Remote IP
Packets Packets Updates Updates Drop
Drop
Address
In
Out
Rec'd
Sent
In
Out
------- --------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------E21
192.32.1.2
1090940
37273
8875
37267
1117
0
1 Total entries.

stats vifs [ | ]
Displays the DVMRP routing table’s virtual interface statistics for all routes or for a
specified IP address or source network number matching a portion of an IP address (for
example, 192.34.*). The table displays the following information:
Source Network

Source network of multicast datagrams.

Circuit

Circuit name of this virtual interface.

Remote Tunnel Endpoint

Remote tunnel ID of this virtual interface. This value is Physical for
non-tunneled interfaces. Otherwise, it contains the IP address of the
remote tunnel endpoint.

In Packets

Number of inbound packets accepted for forwarding.

Out Packets

Number of outbound packets accepted for forwarding.

114087 Rev. A

2-261

Using Technician Interface Scripts
In Drop

Number of inbound packets discarded because the interface is not
on the shortest path.

Out Drop

Number of outbound packets discarded because the interface is not
on shortest path.

Thrshld Drop

Number of outbound packets discarded because of the threshold.

Sample Display - show dvmrp stats vifs
DVMRP Virtual Interface Route Statistics
---------------------------------------Source
Network
--------------10.0.0.0
10.0.0.0

Circuit Remote Tunnel
In
Out
In
Out
Thrshld
Endpoint
Packets Packets Drop
Drop
Drop
------- --------------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------E21
Physical
0
0
0
0
0
E21
192.32.1.2
0
0
0
0
0

2 Entries found.

tunnels [ | enabled | disabled]
Displays the DVMRP tunnel configuration information for all circuits, a specified circuit,
enabled circuits, or disabled circuits. The table displays the following information:

2-262

Circuit

Circuit name of this virtual interface.

Local IP

Unicast IP address of the local network endpoint of this virtual
interface.

Remote IP

Unicast IP address of remote network endpoint of this virtual
interface.

State

Current state of the virtual interface: Up, Down, Init (initializing),
Invalid, or Not Pres (not present).

Encaps

Indicates if these tunneled datagrams will be encapsulated within
an IP datagram, or will they be loosely encapsulated using the
LSSR option (for the latter, refer to RFC 1075; this is needed for
backward compatibility).

114087 Rev. A

show dvmrp
Metric

Cost of using this tunnel.

Threshold

Threshold for forwarding datagrams through this tunnel. If the time
to live (TTL) is less than the threshold, the datagram is dropped.

Sample Display - show dvmrp tunnels
DVMRP Tunnels
------------Circuit
------E21

Local IP
--------------192.32.28.33

Remote IP
--------------192.32.1.2

State
-------Up

Encaps
-----IPinIP

Metric
-----1

Threshold
--------1

1 Total entries.

version
Displays the current version and modification date for the dvmrp.bat script.

Sample Display - show dvmrp version
dvmrp.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

114087 Rev. A

2-263

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show e1
The show e1  commands display configuration, status, and statistical information
about the E1 lines. For more information about E1, refer to Configuring Routers.
The show e1 command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts

frame errors [circuit ]

base [circuit ]

line errors [circuit ]

disabled

version

enabled

alerts
Displays all circuits that are enabled but not up. Use this display to identify the interfaces
that are not working. The table includes the following information:

2-264

Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier: 1 or 2.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

HDB3 Support

Status of High Density Bipolar Coding: Enabled or Disabled.
HDB3 maintains sufficient “ones” density within the E1 data
stream without disturbing data integrity.

Clock Mode

Source of the E1 transmit clock as follows:
• Internal - Clock is generated internally.
• Slave - Clock is derived from the incoming data stream.
• Manual - Jumpers on the E1 link module determine the clock
source (internal or slave.)

114087 Rev. A

show e1
MiniDacs Configuration

Function assigned to each of 31 E1 channels (timeslots). The table
shows these functions in a string of 31 characters, one character
per timeslot. The characters and their meaning are as follows:
• 1 - Assigns the timeslot to the first HDLC controller (Circuit 1).
• 2 - Assigns the timeslot to the second HDLC controller
(Circuit 2).
• D - Assigns the timeslot to data passthrough (HDLC controller
to HCLC controller).
• I - Assigns the timeslot to idle.
• V - Assigns the timeslot to voice passthrough (HDLC controller
to HCLC controller).
For example, the sample display for the base command shows
the MiniDacs Configuration as:
11111111IIIIIIII11111111IIIIIII.

This string shows that timeslots 1 - 8 and 17 - 24 are assigned to
the first HDLC controller (1) and timeslots 9 - 16 and 25 - 31 are
idle (I).

Sample Display - e1 alerts
E1 Modules on Alert:
-------------------HDB3
Clock
Slot Conn Circuit Support
Mode
MiniDacs Configuration
---- ---- ------- -------- -------- ------------------------------Found

114087 Rev. A

0 matches out of

2 entries in table.

2-265

Using Technician Interface Scripts

base [circuit ]
Displays the base level information for all E1 circuits or a specific circuit. For definitions
of the columns in the table, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show e1 base
E1 Modules:
----------HDB3
Clock
Slot Conn Circuit Support
Mode
MiniDacs Configuration
---- ---- ------- -------- -------- ------------------------------2
1 E1-21
Disabled Internal 11111111IIIIIIII11111111IIIIIII
2
2 E1-22
Disabled Slave
22222222IIIIIIII22222222IIIIIII
2 entries in table.

Sample Display - show e1 base circuit e1-21
E1 Modules:
----------HDB3
Clock
Slot Conn Circuit Support
Mode
MiniDacs Configuration
---- ---- ------- -------- -------- ------------------------------2
1 E1-21
Disabled Internal 11111111IIIIIIII11111111IIIIIII
Found

2-266

1 match out of

2 entries in table.

114087 Rev. A

show e1

disabled
Displays E1 circuits that a user has manually disabled. For definitions of the columns in
the table, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show e1 disabled
E1 Modules Disabled:
-------------------HDB3
Clock
Slot Conn Circuit Support
Mode
MiniDacs Configuration
---- ---- ------- -------- -------- ------------------------------Found

0 matches out of

2 entries in table.

enabled
Displays E1 circuits that a user has manually enabled. For definitions of the columns in the
table, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show e1 enabled
E1 Modules Enabled:
------------------HDB3
Clock
Slot Conn Circuit Support
Mode
MiniDacs Configuration
---- ---- ------- -------- -------- ------------------------------2
1 E1-21
Disabled Internal 11111111IIIIIIII11111111IIIIIII
2
2 E1-22
Disabled Slave
22222222IIIIIIII22222222IIIIIII
Found

114087 Rev. A

2 matches out of

2 entries in table.

2-267

Using Technician Interface Scripts

frame errors [circuit ]
Displays E1 frame errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes the
following information:
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier: 1 or 2.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Frame Errors

Number of frame errors on this line. This counter indicates errors in
the frame alignment signal.

Signalling All 1’s Received

Number of occurrences of receive signaling all 1’s. This error
occurs when timeslot 16 has been all 1’s for two consecutive
frames. This statistic is relevant only for Channel Associated
Signalling (CAS) mode.

Unframed All 1’s Received

Number of occurrences of receive unframed all 1’s. This occurs
when less than three bit positions of the last aligned and nonaligned
frames have been 0.

Sample Display - show e1 frame
E1 Module Frame Errors:
----------------------Signalling Unframed
Frame
All 1's
All 1's
Slot Conn Circuit
Errors
Received
Received
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------2
1 E1-21
0
0
0
2
2 E1-22
0
0
0
2 entries in table.

2-268

114087 Rev. A

show e1

line errors [circuit ]
Displays several categories of line errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table
includes the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier: 1 or 2.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

BiPolar Violtns

Number of bipolar violations on this line. On an E1 line, ones are
transmitted as alternating negative and positive pulses, and zeros
are simply the absence of pulses. Thus a bipolar violation occurs if
there are two or more consecutive pulses of the same polarity. This
error count indicates the quality of the E1 line.

Remote Alarms Received

Number of remote alarms received on this line. This error is
equivalent to a “yellow alarm” in T1. It means that we have not lost
sync but that the remote side of the connection has detected a
problem with the line.

Multiframe Alarms Received

Number of multiframe alarms received on this line. This error
statistic is relevant only in CAS mode and occurs when bit 6 of
timeslot 16 in frame 0 is set for two consecutive multiframes.

Multiframe Errors

Number of multiframe errors on this line. This error occurs
whenever two consecutive CAS multiframe alignment words are
received with an error.

Sync Losses

Number of instances of sync losses detected on this line. This error
statistic is equivalent to the “red alarm received” statistic on T1.

Sample Display - show e1 line errors
E1 Module Line Errors:
---------------------Remote
Multiframe
BiPolar
Alarms
Alarms
Multiframe
Sync
Slot Conn Circuit Violtns
Received
Received
Errors
Losses
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------2
1 E1-21
0
0
0
1
0
2
2 E1-22
0
0
0
1
0
2 entries in table.
114087 Rev. A

2-269

Using Technician Interface Scripts

version
Displays the current version number and modification date for the e1.bat script.

Sample Display - show e1 version
e1.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

2-270

114087 Rev. A

show egp

show egp
The show egp  commands display information about the Exterior Gateway
Protocol (EGP). For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of EGP,
refer to Configuring IP Services.
The show egp command supports the following subcommand options:
base

stats

neighbors

version

base
Displays the base record for EGP. The table includes the following information:
Protocol

Name of the protocol, in this case EGP.

State

State of the protocol on the router: Enabled or Disabled.

Local AS

Local Autonomous System (the AS to which this router belongs).
NIC assigns this decimal number.

Sample Display - show egp base
EGP Base Information
-------------------Protocol State
Local AS
-------- -------- -------EGP
Enabled
1001

114087 Rev. A

2-271

Using Technician Interface Scripts

neighbors
Displays information about each of the neighbors configured for this router. The table
includes the following information:
Local Address

Local IP interface address for this neighbor.

Neighbor Address

Neighbor’s IP address.

State

State of the interface: Absent (not yet started), Disabled
(manually), Down, Init (initializing), Up.

Local Acquisition Mode

Whether or not the router initiates EGP connections: Active or
Passive. Active means the router is the initiator.

Local Poll Mode

Type of neighbor reachability algorithm this local neighbor
executes as follows:
• Active - Router sends Hello and Poll commands to request
reachability status from its neighbor.
• Passive - Router responds to Hello and Poll commands with
I-H-U and Update messages.
• Both - Router sends and responds to Hello and Poll commands.

Sample Display - show egp neighbors
EGP Configured Neighbors
------------------------Neighbor
Local
Local Address
Address
State
Acquisition Mode
--------------- --------------- ---------- ---------------192.32.28.1
192.32.28.65
Up
Active

Local
Poll Mode
--------Active

1 Entries.

2-272

114087 Rev. A

show egp

stats
Displays statistical information for EGP. The table includes the following information:
EGP In Good

Number of error-free incoming messages.

EGP In Error

Number of incoming messages with errors.

EGP Out Good

Number of error-free messages transmitted.

EGP Out Error

Number of messages transmitted with errors.

Total EGP Messages

Total number of messages sent and received (sum of first four
columns).

Sample Display - show egp stats
EGP Statistics
-------------EGP In
EGP In
EGP Out
EGP Out
Total EGP
Good
Error
Good
Error
Messages
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------24
1
24
0
49

version
Displays the version number and modification date of the egp.bat script.

Sample Display - show egp version
EGP.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

114087 Rev. A

2-273

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show fddi
The show fddi  commands display information about Fiber Distributed Data
Interface (FDDI) line services. For detailed information about the Bay Networks
implementation of FDDI, refer to Configuring Line Services.
The show fddi command supports the following subcommand options:

2-274

alerts

receive errors [circuit ]

base [circuit ]

sample [] [circuit ]

disabled

smt [circuit ]

enabled

stats [circuit ]

hwfilters

system errors [circuit ]

mac [circuit ]

transmit errors [circuit ]

port

version

114087 Rev. A

show fddi

alerts
Displays all FDDI modules that are enabled but not up. Use this display to identify the
interfaces that are not working. The table includes the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier: 1 or 2.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

State

State of the line driver: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), LLC
off, or Not Pres (not present).
The Not Pres state occurs for several reasons. For example, the
Link Module may not be physically present in the chassis. The
software may be booting and has not yet initialized the driver
software. The slot may be running diagnostics. Or there may be a
problem with the configuration.

MAC Address

Physical address of the line.

BOFL TMO

Number of seconds the driver waits before notifying protocol level
software of a service loss, if service is lost for some reason. If
service is restored before this number expires, the driver does not
notify the protocol level software.

MTU

Maximum transfer unit size -- the maximum frame length allowed
on the wire, excluding frame delimiters, such as preamble and the
ending delimiter. The MTU of a FDDI frame is 4495 octets.

HW Filter

State of hardware filtering: Enabled or Disabled. When enabled,
the Link Module filtering hardware prevents the software from
copying local frames into system memory. Filtering hardware
drops local frames at the interface. Bridging software performance
is improved because it no longer uses resources to receive and
reject local frames.

114087 Rev. A

2-275

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show fddi alerts
FDDI Modules on Alert:
---------------------BOFL
HW
Slot Conn Circuit State
MAC Address
TMO MTU Filter
---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- -----3
1 F31
Init
00-00-A2-03-01-79
3 4495 Enabled
Found

1 matches out of

1 entry in table.

base [circuit ]
Displays the base level information for all FDDI circuits or a specific FDDI circuit. For
definitions of the columns in the table, see the alerts command. State can also be Up.

Sample Display - show fddi base
FDDI Modules:
------------BOFL
HW
Slot Conn Circuit State
MAC Address
TMO MTU Filter
---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- -----3
1 F31
Init
00-00-A2-03-01-79
3 4495 Enabled
1 entry in table.

2-276

114087 Rev. A

show fddi

disabled
Displays FDDI circuits that a user has manually disabled. For definitions of the columns in
the table, see the alerts command. In this case, State is Down.

Sample Display - show fddi disabled
FDDI Modules Disabled
--------------------BOFL
HW
Slot Conn Circuit State
MAC Address
TMO MTU Filter
---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- -----Found

0 matches out of

3 entries in table.

enabled
Displays FDDI circuits that a user has manually enabled. For definitions of the columns in
the table, see the alerts command. State can also be Up.

Sample Display - show fddi enabled
FDDI Modules Enabled
-------------------BOFL
HW
Slot Conn Circuit State
MAC Address
TMO MTU Filter
---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- -----2
1 F21
Up
00-00-A2-02-9F-D6
3 4495 Disabled
Found

114087 Rev. A

1 match out of

1 entry in table.

2-277

Using Technician Interface Scripts

hwfilters
Displays status and statistical information about the hardware filters in use, if any. The
table includes the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

State

State of the filtering hardware on the line: Down, Full or Up.

Line Type

FDDI.

Maximum Tbl Siz

Maximum number of table entries that a line can use, based on the
hardware filter devices present and available.

Current Tbl Siz

Current capacity of the hardware filter table. The protocol
dynamically allocates hardware filter table resources as needed in
increments of 256 up to the available table size.

Used Entries

Number of hardware filter table entries used.

Dropped Frames

Number of frames dropped because they matched the hardware
filter.

Sample Display - show fddi hwfilters
Hardware Filters Modules:
------------------------Line Maximum Current Used
Dropped
Slot Conn Circuit State
Type Tbl Siz Tbl Siz Entries
Frames
---- ---- ------- -------- ------ ------- ------- ------- ---------Found

2-278

0 matches out of

4 entries in table.

114087 Rev. A

show fddi

mac [circuit ]
Displays the Media Access Control (MAC) parameters for all circuits or for a specific
circuit. This display includes the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Upstream
Neighbor

MAC address of the upstream neighbor. The Neighbor Information protocol
within SMT determines this address. The value 00 00 F8 00 00 00 indicates that
the address is unknown. The table represents the address in canonical form.

Downstream
Neighbor

MAC address of the downstream neighbor. The Neighbor Notification protocol
within SMT determines this address. The value 00 00 00 00 00 00 indicates that
the address is unknown. The table represents the address in canonical form.

TNeg (ms)

Target token rotation time (TTRT) carried in claim frames that the FDDI station
transmits. This value is in milliseconds.

Ring Mgmt State State of the Ring Management (RMT) within SMT. RMT reports the status of
the MAC, including stuck beacon conditions. It initializes the trace function, and
detects duplicate address conditions that prevent the ring from operating. RMT
passes through a variety of states as follows:
• Isolated - Initial state of RMT.
• NonOp - MAC being managed is participating in ring recovery and the ring is
not operational.
• RingOp - MAC being managed is part of an operational FDDI ring.
• Detect - Ring has not been operational for a certain period of time. In this
state, RMT detects duplicate addresses, a condition that prevents ring
operation.
• NonOpDup - TMAC under control is a duplicate of another MAC on the ring.
The ring is not operational in this state.
• RingOpDup - MAC under control is a duplicate of another MAC on the ring.
The ring is operational in this state.
• Directed - RMT has instructed the MAC it is controlling to send beacon
frames notifying the ring of a stuck condition. Beacon frames indicate that the
interface doesn’t see the token and that this condition should be transient. If
this state persists, contact your customer service representative.
• Trace - RMT has initiated the trace function.
Ring Op Count

114087 Rev. A

Number of times the ring has entered the “Ring Operational” state from the
“Ring Not Operational” state. This count is updated when there is a change in
the state, but does not have to be exact.

2-279

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show fddi mac
FDDI Modules MAC Parameters:
---------------------------Upstream
Downstream
TNeg Ring Mgmt Ring Op
Slot Conn Circuit
Neighbor
Neighbor
(ms)
State
Count
---- ---- ------- ----------------- ----------------- ---- --------- ---------0 entries in table.

port
Displays FDDI port attributes. The table includes the following information:

2-280

Slot

Slot identifier associated with the port.

Conn

Connector identifier associated with a port.

Local Port

Physical connector type of the local port, as follows:
• A - Port is a dual attachment station or concentrator that attaches
to the primary IN and the secondary OUT when attaching to the
dual FDDI ring.
• B - Port is a dual attachment station or concentrator that attaches
to the secondary IN and the primary OUT when attaching to the
dual FDDI ring.
• M - Port is in a concentrator that serves as a Master to a
connected station or concentrator.
• S - Port is in a single attachment station.
• Unknown - Type of the port is unknown.

Neighbor Port Type

Physical connector type of the remote port: A, B, M, S, Unknown.

114087 Rev. A

show fddi
Physical State

State of Physical Connection Management (PCM) for each port
within SMT. PCM initializes the connection of neighboring ports
and manages signaling between ports. PCM provides the necessary
signaling to initialize a connection, withhold a marginal
connection, and support maintenance features. PCM passes
through a variety of states, as follows:
• Off - Initial state of PCM.
• Break - Starting a PCM connection.
• Trace - Localizing a stuck beacon condition, which indicates that
the interface doesn’t see the token. This state should be a
transient condition. If it persists, contact your customer service
representative.
• Connect - Synchronizing the ends of the connection for the
signaling sequence.
• Next - Separating the signaling performed in the SIGNAL state.
• Signal - Communicating individual bits of information across the
connection.
• Join - Assuring that both ends of the connection enter the
ACTIVE state together when signaling has completed.
• Verify - Leading to an active connection.
• Active - Incorporating the port into the token path.
• Maint - Detecting maintenance state.

Link Error Monitor Count

Number of times a link has been rejected.

Elasticity Buffer Errors

Number of elasticity buffer errors for a specific Physical Layer
Protocol (PHY). The elasticity buffer tracks clock tolerances
between stations.

Link Confidence Count

Number of consecutive times the link confidence test has failed
during Connection Management.

114087 Rev. A

2-281

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show fddi port
FDDI Modules Port Parameters:
----------------------------

Slot Conn
---- ---2
1
2
1

Local
Port
----A
B

Link Error Elasticity
Link
Neighbor
Physical Monitor
Buffer
Confidence
Port Type
State
Count
Errors
Count
--------- --------- ---------- ---------- ---------Unknown
Connect
0
0
0
A
Active
0
0
0

2 entries in table.

receive errors [circuit ]
Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes the
following information:

2-282

Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

CRC Errors

Number of frames received with CRC errors.

Overrun Errors

Number of frames received with internal overrun errors.

Invalid Frames

Number of badly formed frames received from the FDDI ring;
frames that do not contain a valid Frame Status field of at least
three control indicator symbols (that is, E, A, C, flags).

Frames Too Long

Number of frames received that exceed the MTU size.

114087 Rev. A

show fddi
Sample Display - show fddi receive
FDDI Module Receive Errors:
--------------------------CRC
Overrun
Invalid
Frames
Slot Conn Circuit
Errors
Errors
Frames
Too Long
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------2
1 F21
0
0
0
0
1 entry in table.

sample [] [circuit ]
Displays data sampled from FDDI over a period of 10 seconds. You can change the
number of seconds over which you want to sample the data, and you can display sampled
data for a specific circuit only. The table includes the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Rx Frames

Number of frames received.

Tx Frames

Number of frames sent.

Rx Lack of Resources

Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of
resources; for example, buffers.

Tx Lack of Resources

Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of resources;
for example, buffers.

114087 Rev. A

2-283

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show fddi sample
FDDI Sampled Data over 10 seconds
---------------------------------Rx
Tx
Rx Lack of Tx Lack of
Slot Conn Circuit
Frames
Frames
Resources Resources
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------2
1 F21
2
3
0
0
1 entry in table.

Sample Display - show fddi sample 5 circuit F21
FDDI Sampled Data over
5 seconds
---------------------------------Rx
Tx
Rx Lack of Tx Lack of
Slot Conn Circuit
Frames
Frames
Resources Resources
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------2
1 F21
4
5
0
0
Found

1 match out of

1 entry in table.

smt [circuit ]
Displays Station Management (SMT) parameters for all FDDI circuits or for a specific
circuit. The table contains the following information:

2-284

Slot

Slot identifier associated with the FDDI circuit.

Conn

Identifier of the connector associated with the FDDI circuit.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with the FDDI circuit.

114087 Rev. A

show fddi
Connection Policy

Table that represents the requested connection possibilities for this
node. Each column identifies whether a connection should be
accepted or rejected for a specific pair of port types. The top header
row shows the port types that are local to this node. The next header
row represents the port types of the neighbor port. The table also
displays the requested connection policy (. = accept or R= reject)
for this node, for each port pair.

ECM State

State of Entity Coordination Management (ECM) within SMT.
ECM controls the optional optical bypass switch and signals other
entities within SMT when the medium is available. ECM passes
through a variety of states as follows:
• By_Check - Confirms that both the primary and secondary optical
bypass switches have switched.
• Bypassed - Initial state of ECM after path test. If an optical bypass
switch is present, it is in a bypassed state.
• Deinsert - State allows time for the optical bypass switch to
deinsert.
• In - Normal state for a completed connection.
• Insert - State that allows for the switching time of the optical
bypass switch. The ECM remains in this state until the optical
bypass switch has completed switching.
• Leave - Transition to allow enough time to break any existing
connections.
• Pathtest - Node performs a test of its entities as data paths. ECM
enters this state after completing the trace function.
• Trace - State used to identify a stuck beacon condition, which
indicates that the interface doesn’t see the token. This state should
be a transient condition. If it persists, contact your customer
service representative.

114087 Rev. A

2-285

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Connect State

State of Configuration Management (CFM) within SMT. CFM
interconnects physical connections and MAC entities to configure
the ports and MACs within a node. The states are as follows:
• Isolated - Port is not inserted into any path.
• Local A - The A port is inserted into a local path and the B port is
not.
• Local B - The B port is inserted into a local path and the A port is
not.
• Local AB - Both the A and B ports are inserted into the local path.
• Wrap A - Secondary path is wrapped to the A port.
• Wrap B - Primary path is wrapped to the B port.
• C Wrap A - Primary and secondary paths are joined internal to the
node and wrapped.
• C Wrap B - Primary and secondary paths are joined internal to the
node and wrapped to the B port.
• Wrap AB - Primary path is wrapped to the B port and the
secondary path is wrapped to the A port.
• Thru - Primary path enters the A port and emerges from the B
port. The secondary path enters the B port and emerges from the A
port.

T Notify (secs)

Interval in seconds between successful iterations of the Neighbor
Notification Protocol. This protocol identifies the MAC address of
the FDDI upstream and downstream neighbors, detects duplicate
MAC addresses on the ring, and generates periodic keep alive traffic
that verifies the local MAC transmit and receive paths.

Sample Display - show fddi smt
FDDI Modules SMT Parameters:
----------------------------

Local:
Neighbor:
Slot Conn Circuit
---- ---- ------2
1 F21

Connection
- - - - - M M M M S S
M S B A M S
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
- - - - - R R R R R R

Policy (R
- - - - S S B B B
B A M S B
| | | | |
| | | | |
- - - - R R . R R

=
B
A
|
|
.

Reject)
- - - A A A A
M S B A
T
| | | |
ECM
Connect Notify
| | | |
State
State
(secs)
- - - - -------- -------- -----. R . R In
C_Wrap_B
22

1 entry in table.

2-286

114087 Rev. A

show fddi

stats [circuit ]
Displays FDDI input/output statistical information for all FDDI modules or for a specific
circuit. The table contains the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Receive Bytes

Number of octets received without error.

Receive Frames

Number of frames received without error.

Transmit Bytes

Number of octets transmitted without error.

Transmit Frames

Number of frames transmitted without error.

Total Errors

Total number of errors of all types.

Sample Display - show fddi stats
FDDI Module I/O Statistics:
--------------------------Receive
Receive
Transmit
Transmit
Total
Slot Conn Circuit
Bytes
Frames
Bytes
Frames
Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------2
1 F21
76578
995 841559713
13963966
0
1 entry in table.

system errors [circuit ]
Displays statistical information about system errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit.
The table includes the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

114087 Rev. A

2-287

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Parity Errors

Number of parity errors. Parity errors may indicate faulty
hardware. If this count exceeds five, call your customer service
representative.

Ring Errors

Number of ring errors.

Port Operation Errors

Number of DMA controller port operation errors. Port operation
errors may indicate faulty hardware. If this count exceeds five, call
your customer service representative.

Internal Operation Errors

Number of internal operation errors.

Host Errors

Number of parity errors occurring when the host driver accesses a
register on the DMA controller. Host errors may indicate faulty
hardware. If this count exceeds five, call your customer service
representative.

Sample Display - show fddi system errors
FDDI Module System Errors:
---------------------------Port
Internal
Parity
Ring
Operation Operation
Host
Slot Conn Circuit
Errors
Errors
Errors
Errors
Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------2
1 F21
0
0
0
0
0
3
1 F31
0
0
0
0
0
2 entries in table.

transmit errors [circuit ]
Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific
circuit. The table includes the following information:

2-288

Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

114087 Rev. A

show fddi
Aborted Frames

Number of transmit frames with internal abort errors on this circuit.

Underrun Errors

Number of transmit frames aborted with underrun errors on this
circuit.

Sample Display - show fddi transmit

FDDI Module Transmit Errors:
---------------------------Aborted
Underrun
Slot Conn Circuit
Frames
Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------2
1 F21
0
0
3
1 F31
0
0
2 entries in table.

version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the fddi.bat script.

Sample Display - show fddi version
fddi.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

114087 Rev. A

2-289

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show fr
The show fr  commands display configuration, state, and statistical information
about Frame Relay services. For details on the Bay Networks implementation of Frame
Relay, see Configuring Frame Relay Services.
The show fr command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts

pvcs [ |  |
]

disabled

service | circuit [ |  |
]

enabled

stats [pvc [ |  |
]]

backup [ | ]

stats circuit []

lines [ | ]

alerts
Displays information about interfaces that are enabled but not running. The table includes
the following information:

2-290

Line.LLIndex

Instance identifier or interface specification for the Frame Relay
interface.

Circuit

Name of the main Frame Relay circuit this interface is associated
with.

114087 Rev. A

show fr
Mgt Type

Type of Data Link Control Management Interface (DLCMI)
configured for the interface, as follows:
• Annex A - Management services as specified by CCITT Annex A.
• Annex D - Management services as specified in Annex D to ANSI
standard TI.617.
• Annex A Sw - Management services for the DCE side of the
connection (Annex A).
• Annex D Sw - Management services for the DCE side of the
connection (Annex D to TI.617).
• LMI - Management services as specified by revision 1 of the
Local Management Interface standard.
• LMI Sw - Management services for the DCE side of LMI.
• None - No management interface between the router and the
Frame Relay network.

Intf Type

Interface type: Normal (leased service with no backup service),
Primary/Shared (the backup circuit uses the primary configuration),
Primary/Secondary (the backup circuit uses its own configuration.

Status

State of the interface as follows:
• Fault - Interface is not operating.
• Init - Interface is initializing (has not yet started).
• NotPres - Interface is not yet present.
• Running - Interface is operating properly.

Faults

Number of times the interface has been in fault mode.

Discard

Number of outbound frames discarded because of errors.

Drop

Number of inbound frames dropped because of errors.

Sample Display - show fr alerts
$show fr alerts
Line.LLIndex
Circuit Mgt Type Intf Type Status Faults Discard
Drop
---------------- -------- --------- --------- -------- ------ -------- -----201301.0
S131
AnnexD
Primary
Fault
1
0
0
1 entry(s) found

114087 Rev. A

2-291

Using Technician Interface Scripts

disabled
Displays the interfaces that are currently disabled. For column definitions, see the alerts
command.

Sample Display - show fr disabled
$show fr disabled
Line.LLIndex
Circuit Mgt Type Intf Type Status Faults Discard
Drop
---------------- -------- --------- --------- -------- ------ -------- -----201301.0
S131
AnnexD
Primary
Disabled
1
0
0
1 entry(s) found

enabled
Displays the interfaces that are currently enabled. For column definitions, see the alerts
command.

Sample Display - show fr enabled
$show fr enabled
Line.LLIndex
Circuit Mgt Type Intf Type Status Faults Discard
Drop
---------------- -------- --------- --------- -------- ------ -------- -----201302.0
S132
AnnexD
Normal
Running
0
0
0
1 entry(s) found

backup [ | ]
Displays the interfaces that are currently support dial backup.

2-292



Limits the display to the specified line identifier.



Limits the display to the specified instance identifier.

114087 Rev. A

show fr

The table includes the following information:

Primary Line.LLIndex

Instance identifier or interface specification for the Frame Relay
primary interface.

Circuit

Name of the main Frame Relay primary circuit this interface is
associated with.

Status

State of the primary interface as follows:
• Fault - Interface is not operating.
• Init - Interface is initializing (has not yet started).
• NotPres - Interface is not yet present.
• Running - Interface is operating properly.

Backup Line.LLIndex

Instance identifier or interface specification for the Frame Relay
backup interface.

Type

Interface Type for the backup circuit: Shared (the backup interface
uses the primary configuration), Secondary (the backup interface
uses it own configuration.

Circuit

Name of the main Frame Relay primary circuit this interface is
associated with.

Status

State of the backup interface as follows:
• Fault - Interface is not operating.
• Init - Interface is initializing (has not yet started).
• NotPres - Interface is not yet present.
• Running - Interface is operating properly.

Sample Display - $show fr backup
Primary
Backup
Line.LLIndex
Circuit
Status
Line.LLIndex
Type Circuit
Status
---------------- -------- -------- ---------------- ------ -------- -------201301.0
S131
Fault
1000201301.0
Shared S131
Running
1 entry(s) found

114087 Rev. A

2-293

Using Technician Interface Scripts

lines [ | ]
Displays information about all or some of the Frame Relay lines configured on the router.


Limits the display to the specified line identifier.



Limits the display to the specified instance identifier.

The table includes the following information:
Line.LLIndex

Line or instance identifier for the Frame Relay interface.

Circuit

Name of the main Frame Relay circuit this interface is associated
with.

Mgt Type

See alerts command.

Intf Type

Interface type: Normal (leased service with no backup service),
Primary/Shared (the backup circuit uses the primary configuration),
Primary/Secondary (the backup circuit uses its own configuration.

Status

See alerts command. In addition to those listed, Status is Disabled
(by a user).

Faults

Number of times the interface has been in fault status.

Discard

Number of outbound frames discarded because of errors.

Drop

Number of inbound frames dropped because of errors.

Sample Display - show fr lines
$show fr lines
Line.LLIndex
---------------201301.0
1000201301.0
2 entry(s) found

2-294

Circuit
-------S131
Unknown

Mgt Type
--------AnnexD
AnnexD

Intf Type Status Faults Discard
Drop
--------- -------- ------ -------- -----Primary
Running
0
0
0
Backup/Sh NotPres
0
0
0

114087 Rev. A

show fr

pvcs [ |  | ]
Displays information about all or selected Frame Relay permanent virtual connections.
You can use the following options with the pvcs command.


Limits the display to the specified Frame Relay line.



Limits the display to the specified Frame Relay interface.



Limits the display to the specified PVC.  specifies the
Frame Relay interface.  specifies the individual PVC.

The table includes the following information:
Line.LLIndex.DLCI

Line or instance identifier for the Frame Relay interface plus the
PVC identifier (DLCI).

State

State of the virtual circuit as follows:
• Invalid - Circuit is configured but the switch has not confirmed it.
• Active - Circuit is usable.
• Inactive - Circuit is configured but not active.

Type

Way the virtual circuit was created:
• Static - User manually configured the PVC.
• Dynamic - PVC was created during operations.

Mode

Operational mode of the PVC, as follows:
• Direct - Upper-layer protocols view this PVC as a point-to-point
connection; as an individual network interface.
• Group - Upper-layer protocols treat this PVC as one of a group of
destinations to the switched network. The upper-layer protocols
use a single network address to send all traffic destined for the
switched network to the Frame Relay network interface.
• Hybrid - Allows protocols to view this PVC as part of the group
while the bridge views the PVC in direct mode.

Congestion

Status of the congestion control mechanisms: Disabled, Enabled,
or Inherit. Inherit indicates that the VC should use the parameters
from the DLCMI record.

Serv

Circuit number of the PVC, unless this is a hybrid circuit. If this is
a hybrid circuit, Serv is the Circuit number of the group.

Circuit

Name of the Frame Relay circuit for the PVC unless the circuit is
hybrid. If this is a hybrid circuit, Circuit is the name of the hybrid
circuit.

114087 Rev. A

2-295

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show fr pvcs
$show fr pvcs
Line.LLIndex.DLCI
------------------201302.0.0
201302.0.100
201302.0.101
201302.0.102
201302.0.103
201302.0.104
6 entry(s) found

State
-------Control
Active
Active
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive

Type
-------Dynamic
Dynamic
Dynamic
Dynamic
Dynamic
Dynamic

Mode
-------Group
Group
Group
Group
Group
Group

Congestion
---------Inherit
Inherit
Inherit
Inherit
Inherit
Inherit

Serv
---2
2
2
2
2

Circuit
--------------S132
S132
S132
S132
S132
S132

service | circuit [ |  | ]
Displays information about all or selected Frame Relay service records or circuits.


Limits the display to the specified Frame Relay line.



Limits the display to the specified Frame Relay interface.



Limits the display to the specified Frame Relay line.
specifies the Frame Relay interface.  specifies the service
record.

The table includes the following information:

2-296

Line.LLIndex.Cct

Line or instance identifier for the Frame Relay service record.

Circuit

Name of the main Frame Relay circuit this interface is associated
with.

Status

See alerts command.

Num VCs

Number of VCs in this service record.

Default

Specifies whether this is the default service record.

Multiline

Specifies whether the service record is multilined.

Name

The circuit name. This is the same as the line or instance identifier,
except for multiline circuits.

114087 Rev. A

show fr
Sample Display - $show fr service

or
Sample Display - $show fr circuits
Line.LLIndex.Cct
---------------201301.0.1
201301.0.4
201302.0.1
3 entry(s) found

Circuit
-------S131
201301.0.4
S131

Status
-------Active
Active

Num VCs
------1
1

Default
------Yes
No

Multiline
--------Yes
No

Name
----------------201301.0.1
201301.0.4

Active

0

Yes

Yes

201302.0.2

stats [pvc [ |  | ]]
Displays statistics for all PVCs or for a specified PVC. The table includes a count of
frames and octets sent and received. Discard and Drops count frames that the router
recognized as belonging to this virtual circuit but threw away because of errors.
To show statistics for all PVCs enter the stats command with no options or with only the
pvc option. You can also use the following options:
pvc 

Limits the display to all PVCs on the specified Frame Relay line.

pvc 

Limits the display to all PVCs on the specified Frame Relay
interface.

pvc 

Limits the display to the specified PVC.

Sample Display - show fr stats
Sent
Received
Line.LLIndex.DLCI
Frames
Octets
Frames
Octets
Discard
Drops
----------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- -------201302.0.0
132
1848
136
2458
0
0
201302.0.100
106
56705
109
3929
2
0
201302.0.101
59
29539
58
2105
0
0
201302.0.102
3
90
4
120
1
0
201302.0.103
0
0
0
0
0
0
201302.0.104
0
0
0
0
0
0
6 circuit(s) found

114087 Rev. A

2-297

Using Technician Interface Scripts

stats circuit []
Displays statistics associated with all Frame Relay circuits or a specified circuit. Because
of multiline, a Frame Relay circuit can have several Frame Relay interfaces associated
with it. Circuit statistics count the number of frames dropped or discarded at the circuit
level. This includes both the main-level circuit and the circuits associated with hybrid and
direct PVCs.

Sample Display - show fr stats circuit
Circuit
Discards Drops
--------------- -------- -------S132
0
0
1 entry(s) found

2-298

114087 Rev. A

show ftp

show ftp
The show ftp command displays configuration and statistical information about the Bay
Networks File Transfer Protocol (FTP) service. For more information on the Bay
Networks implementation of FTP, see Configuring IP Utilities.

Sample Display - show ftp
Ftp enabled.
Default Volume:
Idle Timeout:
Max. Sessions:
Max. Login Retries:
Transfer Type:
Control Type:
Data Type:
TCP Window Size:
Logins:
Logins Failed:
Files Received:
Avg In Rate Kb/s:
In Errors:
Files Sent:
Avg Out Rate Kb/s:
Out Errors:

2
900 minutes
3
3
Binary
Low Delay
Hi Thru Put
60000
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

The fields displayed have the following meanings:
Default Volume

File system volume to which transferred files are written and from
which they are retrieved. The volume number corresponds to the
slot number on which the volume resides.

Idle Timeout

Timeout (in seconds) to close the FTP control connection if the
connection remains idle. The default is 900 seconds (15 minutes).

Max Sessions

Maximum number of FTP sessions allowed at one time. The
default is 3 sessions.

Max Login Retries

Maximum number of FTP login retries allowed after a login
failure. The default is 3 retries.

Transfer Type

File transfer type: ASCII or Binary.

114087 Rev. A

2-299

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-300

Control Type

Type of Service (TOS) value set for control connection in the IP
datagram that specifies to the Transport Layer how the datagram
should be handled. The options are Normal and Low Delay, with
Low Delay being the default.

Data Type

Type of Service (TOS) value set for data transfer in the IP datagram
that specifies to the Transport Layer how the datagram should be
handled. The options are Normal and High Throughput, with High
Throughput being the default.

TCP Window Size

Size in bytes of the windows used for FTP TCP connections. The
default is 16,000 bytes.

Logins

Number of successful FTP logins.

Logins Failed

Number of FTP logins that failed.

Files Received

Number of files successfully received.

Average In Kb/s

Average transfer rate in kilobytes per second for receiving data.

In Errors

Number of errors logged during in-bound transfer.

Files Sent

Number of files successfully sent.

Avg Out Kb/s

Average transfer rate in kilobytes per second for sending data.

Out Errors

Number of errors logged during out-bound transfer.

114087 Rev. A

show hardware

show hardware
The show hardware  commands display information about a router’s hardware.
The show hardware command supports the following subcommand options:
backplane

proms []

config_file

slots []

image

version

memory []

backplane
Displays information about the state of the backplane hardware. The table includes the
backplane type, revision, and serial number. The revision and serial numbers are in
decimal format. The extended display, shown only for a BCN or BLN system, includes the
status of the power supply, fan, and temperature.

114087 Rev. A

2-301

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show hardware backplane
Hardware Backplane Information
-----------------------------Backplane Type: BCN
Backplane Revision: 1
Backplane Serial Number: 2181
Power
Power
Power
Power

Supply
Supply
Supply
Supply

1:
2:
3:
4:

OK
OK
OK
OK

Fan Status: OK
Temperature Status: OK

Sample Display - show hardware backplane

Hardware Backplane Information
-----------------------------Backplane Type: BLN
Backplane Revision: 2
Backplane Serial Number: 341

Sample Display - show hardware backplane
Hardware Backplane Information
-----------------------------Backplane Type: ASN
Backplane Revision: 0
Backplane Serial Number: 0

2-302

114087 Rev. A

show hardware

config_file
Displays the configuration file used to boot the router or reset a slot. The table shows the
name and volume that was the source of the configuration as well as the slot that delivered
the configuration file to the reset slot. All slots should be running the same configuration
file originating from the same volume or backup volume.

Sample Display - show hardware config_file
Boot Time Configuration File Information
---------------------------------------Slot
---2
3
4
5

File Name
Source
Load Date and Time
-------------------------------- -------- ------------------------------5:pvc0.cfg
3 01/30/1995 14:09:42 [GMT+12:00]
5:pvc0.cfg
5 01/25/1995 08:26:15 [GMT+12:00]
5:pvc0.cfg
3 01/25/1995 08:26:19 [GMT+12:00]
5:pvc0.cfg
3 01/25/1995 15:30:46 [GMT+12:00]

Note: If the pathname of the configuration file is too long to fit into the tabular
format, the script displays the information in a vertical table.

image
Displays the router’s software image for each slot, including the integration that is the
source of the image, the date and time of the image’s creation, and the filename that
contains the image. If the filename is too long to fit in a horizontal table, the script displays
the information in a vertical table, similar to the one shown for the config_file command.

114087 Rev. A

2-303

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show hardware image
Active Image Information
-----------------------Slot
---2
3
4
5

File Name
---------------5:bn.exe
5:bn.exe
5:bn.exe
5:bn.exe

Source
-------------------int/8.10/46
int/8.10/46
int/8.10/46
int/8.10/46

Date and Time
-----------------------------Fri Jan 20 09:18:52 EST 1995
Fri Jan 20 09:18:52 EST 1995
Fri Jan 20 09:18:52 EST 1995
Fri Jan 20 09:18:52 EST 1995

memory []
Displays memory configuration and capacity information about all slots or a specific slot.
The table includes the following information:
Slot

Slot number.

Local Memory

Total memory capacity in megabytes of the processor on the slot.

Global Memory

Current memory configuration in megabytes of the processor on the
slot.

Total Memory

Total in megabytes of local and global memory.

Sample Display - show hardware memory
Hardware Memory Information (Megabytes)
---------------------------------------

Slot
---1
2
3
4
5

2-304

Local
Global
Total
Memory
Memory
Memory
-------- -------- -------6.00 M
2.00 M
8.00 M
6.00 M
2.00 M
8.00 M
6.00 M
2.00 M
8.00 M
6.00 M
2.00 M
8.00 M
6.00 M
2.00 M
8.00 M

114087 Rev. A

show hardware

proms []
Displays PROM information for all slots or for a specific slot. The table includes the
revision and build date of the Bootstrap PROM and the Diagnostics PROM.

Sample Display - show hardware proms
Hardware PROM Information
-------------------------

Slot
---1
2
3
4
5

Boot PROM
Revision
-------Absent
v8.10
v8.10
v8.10
v8.10

Boot PROM Date
--------------------18:47:12
18:47:12
18:47:12
10:40:55

Dec
Dec
Dec
Jan

30
30
30
06

1994
1994
1994
1995

Diag PROM
Revision
--------Absent
v3.10
v3.10
v3.10
v3.10

Diag PROM Date
--------------------11:20:26
11:20:26
11:20:26
11:20:26

Jul
Jul
Jul
Jul

15
15
15
15

1994
1994
1994
1994

slots []
Displays hardware information about all slots or a specific slot in the system. The table
includes information about the processor module and link module in the specified slot, as
well as the module type, revision, and serial number. The revision and serial numbers are
in decimal format.
For the AN, the table indicates that the AN has an 802.3 repeater (HUB) by indicating that
the link module is an ANSEDSH.
For the ASN, the table displays the number and type of the network module instead of the
link module and the network module type, revision, and serial number instead of the link
module type, revision, and serial number.

114087 Rev. A

2-305

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show hardware slots
Hardware Information per Slot
-----------------------------

Slot
----1
2
3
4
5

Processor
Module
----------SRMF
FRE2
FRE2
FRE
FRE2

Processor
Revision
--------1
234
16
16
18

Processor
Serial No.
---------278
53
13569
1943
94240

Link
Module
-----------SRML
DST-4/16
QE/NF
MCT1-2
QSYNC

Link
Revision
-------17
11
6
2
8

Link
Serial No.
---------2121
3543
958
488
8431

Link
Module
-----------DST-4/16

Link
Revision
-------11

Link
Serial No.
---------3543

# Net Module
-----------1 DENM
2 SFNM
3 DENM
4 DENM

Net Mod
Revision
-------1
1
1
1

Net Mod
Serial No.
---------5
3
9
8

Sample Display - show hardware slots 2
Hardware Information per Slot
-----------------------------

Slot
----2

Processor
Module
----------FRE2

Processor
Revision
--------234

Processor
Serial No.
---------53

Sample Display - show hardware slots
Hardware Information per Slot
-----------------------------

Slot
----1

2-306

Processor
Module
----------ASN

Processor
Revision
--------1

Processor
Serial No.
---------33

114087 Rev. A

show hardware
Sample Display - show hardware slots
Hardware Information per Slot
-----------------------------

Slot
----1

Processor
Module
----------ASN

Processor
Revision
--------4

Processor
Serial No.
---------8

3

ASN

4

17

4

ASN

4

21

# Net Module
-----------1 Absent
2 SFNM
3 Absent
4 SPEX
1 Absent
2 Absent
3 Absent
4 SPEX
1 Absent
2 Absent
3 Absent
4 PPX

Net Mod
Net Mod
Revision Serial No.
-------- ---------N/A
N/A
1
13
N/A
N/A
1
1002
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
1
5
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
1
1001

Sample Display - show hardware slot
Hardware Information per Slot
-----------------------------

Slot
----1

Processor
Module
----------Access Node

Processor
Revision
--------1

Processor
Serial No.
---------4246

Link
Module
-----------ANSEDSH

Link
Revision
-------1

Link
Serial No.
---------4246

version
Displays the current version and modification date of the hardware.bat script.

Sample Display - show hardware version
Hardware.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

114087 Rev. A

2-307

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show hssi
The show hssi  commands display configuration, status, and statistical
information about the High-Speed Serial Interface (HSSI) lines. For detailed information
about configuring HSSI, refer to Configuring Routers.
The show hssi command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts

sample [] [circuit
]

base [circuit ]

stats [circuit ]

disabled

system errors [circuit ]

enabled

transmit errors [circuit ]

receive errors [circuit ]

version

alerts
Displays all HSSI modules that are enabled but not up. Use this display to identify the
interfaces that are not working. The table includes the following information:

2-308

Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

114087 Rev. A

show hssi
State

State of the line driver, as follows:
• BOFLwait - Driver is waiting for its own Breath-of-Life frames to
be successfully transmitted or for a BOFL frame from the Bay
Networks router at the other end of the WAN connection. This
applies only to the Wellfleet Standard protocol.
• CAwait - External equipment, such as a modem, DSU, or CSU, is
not currently up.
• Disabled - Module is not operational.
• Init - Module is initializing.
• LMIwait - Driver is waiting for any of four WAN protocols to
indicate that a link layer connection has been established to
another entity. This applies to the Frame Relay, SMDS, ATM, and
PPP protocols.
• Not Pres - Module is enabled but not yet started. This state occurs
for several reasons. For example, the Link Module may not be
physically present in the chassis. The software may be booting
and has not yet initialized the driver software. The slot may be
running diagnostics. Or there may be a problem with the
configuration.

MAC Address

Physical address of the line. The line driver fills this address in from
the 48-bit address stored in the serial number PROM for this
connector.

BOFL TMO

Time in seconds between transmissions of Breath of Life messages
from this interface. A timeout occurs if five periods elapse without a
successful frame transmission. When timeout occurs, the interface
is disabled and then enabled again automatically.

MTU

Maximum transfer unit size -- the buffer size for the HSSI port
(also the largest frame that can be transmitted or received across the
HSSI port). The value ranges from 3 to 4608 bytes.

WAN Protocol

WAN protocol enabled on this interface, as follows:
• ATM - Asynchronous Transfer Mode
• FRAME RELAY - Frame Relay
• PPP - Point-to-Point
• SMDS - Switched Multi-Megabit Data Service
• WF STANDARD - Wellfleet Standard, a proprietary protocol used
between two Bay Networks routers. Based on the CCITT HDLC
(High-level Data Link Control) protocol, Wellfleet Standard
provides LLC1 (connectionless, datagram) service.

Line Number

The line number for this line. Use this value to correlate driver-level
information with information displayed using scripts for PPP,
Frame Relay, SMDS, or ATM.

114087 Rev. A

2-309

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show hssi alerts
HSSI Modules on Alert:
---------------------BOFL
WAN
Line
Slot Conn Circuit State
MAC Address
TMO MTU
Protocol
Number
---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- ----------- -------4
1
CAwait
00-00-A2-03-60-C2
1 4495 WF STANDARD
0
Found

1 match out of

1 entry in table.

base [circuit ]
Displays the base level information for all HSSI circuits or a specific circuit. For
definitions of the columns in the table, see the alerts command. In addition to the states
listed under the alerts command, State can also be Up.

Sample Display - show hssi base
HSSI Modules:
------------BOFL
WAN
Line
Slot Conn Circuit State
MAC Address
TMO MTU
Protocol
Number
---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- ----------- -------3
1 H31
Up
00-00-A2-03-C1-C3
1 4495 WF STANDARD
703101
1 entry in table.

disabled
Displays HSSI circuits that a user has manually disabled. For definitions of the columns in
the table, see the alerts command. In this case, State is Disabled.

2-310

114087 Rev. A

show hssi
Sample Display - show hssi disabled
HSSI Modules Disabled:
---------------------BOFL
WAN
Line
Slot Conn Circuit State
MAC Address
TMO MTU
Protocol
Number
---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- ----------- -------Found

0 matches out of

1 entry in table.

enabled
Displays HSSI modules that a user has manually enabled. For definitions of the columns
in the table, see the alerts command. State can also be Up.

Sample Display - show hssi enabled
HSSI Modules Enabled:
--------------------BOFL
WAN
Line
Slot Conn Circuit State
MAC Address
TMO MTU
Protocol
Number
---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- ----------- -------3
1 H31
Up
00-00-A2-03-C1-C3
1 4495 WF STANDARD
703101
Found

1 match out of

1 entry in table.

receive errors [circuit ]
Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes the
following information:
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

CRC Errors

Number of frames received with CRC errors.

114087 Rev. A

2-311

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Overrun Errors

Number of frames received that were aborted due to the memory
bandwidth of the FIFO buffer overrunning during DMA.

Aborts

Number of frames received with abort errors.

Frames Too Long

Number of frames received that exceeded the MTU size.

Sample Display - show hssi receive errors
HSSI Module Receive Errors:
----------------------------Frames
Slot Conn Circuit CRC Errors Overruns
Aborts
Too Long
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------3
1 H31
0
0
0
0
1 entry in table.

sample [] [circuit ]
Displays data sampled from HSSI over a period of 10 seconds. You can change the number
of seconds over which you want to sample the data, and you can display sampled data for
a specific circuit only. The table includes the following information:

2-312

Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Rx Frames

Number of frames received on this line.

Tx Frames

Number of frames sent on this line.

Rx Lack of Resources

Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of
resources; for example, buffers.

Tx Lack of Resources

Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of resources;
for example, buffers.

114087 Rev. A

show hssi
Sample Display - show hssi sample
HSSI Sampled Data over 10 seconds
---------------------------------Rx
Tx
Rx Lack of Tx Lack of
Slot Conn Circuit
Frames
Frames
Resources Resources
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------3
1 H31
11
12
0
0
1 entry in table.

Sample Display - show hssi sample circuit H31
HSSI Sampled Data over 5 seconds
---------------------------------Rx
Tx
Rx Lack of Tx Lack of
Slot Conn Circuit
Frames
Frames
Resources Resources
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------3
1 H31
5
6
0
0
Found

1 matches out of

1 entry in table.

stats [circuit ]
Displays HSSI input/output statistical information for all HSSI circuits or for a specific
circuit. The table contains the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Receive Bytes

Number of octets received without error.

Receive Frames

Number of frames received without error.

Transmit Bytes

Number of octets transmitted without error.

114087 Rev. A

2-313

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Transmit Frames

Number of frames transmitted without error.

Total Errors

Total number of errors of all types.

Sample Display - show hssi stats
HSSI Module I/O Statistics:
--------------------------Receive
Receive
Transmit
Transmit
Total
Slot Conn Circuit
Bytes
Frames
Bytes
Frames
Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------3
1 H31
600808237
10617073
3692023
141294
0
1 entry in table.

system errors [circuit ]
Displays statistical information about system errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit.
The table includes the following information:

2-314

Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Rx Ring Errors

Number of errors that the DMA controller has detected while
processing the receive ring.

Tx Ring Errors

Number of errors that the DMA controller has detected while
processing the transmit ring.

Internal Op Errors

Number of internal operation errors.

Host Errors

Number of parity errors occurring while the host driver accesses a
register on the DMA controller. Host errors may indicate faulty
hardware. If this count exceeds five, call your customer service
representative.

Port Errors

Number of DMA controller port-operation errors. Port errors may
indicate faulty hardware. If this count exceeds five, call your
customer service representative.

114087 Rev. A

show hssi
Sample Display - show hssi system errors
HSSI Module System Errors:
-------------------------Rx Ring
Tx Ring
Internal
Host
Port
Slot Conn Circuit
Errors
Errors
Op Errors
Errors
Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------3
1 H31
0
0
0
0
0
1 entry in table.

transmit errors [circuit ]
Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific
circuit. The table includes the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Aborts

Number of transmit frames with abort errors on this circuit.

Underruns

Number of transmit frames aborted with underrun errors on this
circuit.

Sample Display - show hssi transmit errors
HSSI Module Transmit Errors:
---------------------------Slot Conn Circuit
Aborts
Underruns
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------4
1 H31
0
0
1 entry in table.

114087 Rev. A

2-315

Using Technician Interface Scripts

version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the hssi.bat script.

Sample Display - show hssi version
hssi.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

2-316

114087 Rev. A

show igmp

show igmp
The show igmp  commands display configuration, state, and statistical
information about the Internet Gateway Management Protocol (IGMP). For detailed
information about the Bay Networks implementation of IGMP, refer to Configuring IP
Multicasting Services.
The show igmp command supports the following subcommand options:
base

stats []

circuits [ | enabled | disabled]

version

stats []

base
Displays the base level information for IGMP. The table provides the following
information:
Protocol

Name of the protocol, which in this case is IGMP.

State:

State of IGMP on the router: Up, Down, Init (initializing), or Not
Present.

Estimated Number of
Groups

Estimated number of IGMP groups that will be used through this
router.

114087 Rev. A

2-317

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show igmp base
IGMP Base Information
---------------------Protocol State
-------- ----------IGMP
Init
Estimated Number of Groups

= 20

circuits [ | enabled | disabled]
Displays the DVMRP circuit information for all circuits, a specified circuit, enabled
circuits, or disabled circuits. The table contains the following information:

2-318

Circuit

Circuit name of this interface.

State

Current state of the IGMP interface: Up, Down, Init (initializing),
Invalid, or Not Pres (not present).

Query Rate

Specifies, in seconds, how often a local group membership is
queried. If set to 0, no queries are sent out of this interface.

DR Timeout

Designated Router Timeout. Specifies, in seconds, the amount of
time since the last host query message.

Membership Timeout

Specifies, in seconds, the amount of time a local group membership
is valid without confirmation.

114087 Rev. A

show igmp
Sample Display - show igmp circuits
IGMP Circuits
-------------Circuit
-------E31
E34
E22
E32
E33

State
-------Up
Up
Up
Up
Up

Query Rate
---------120
120
120
120
120

DR Timeout
---------140
140
140
140
140

MembershipTimeout
----------------260
260
260
260
260

5 Total entries.

groups []
Displays group information for all IGMP circuits or a specified IGMP circuit. The table
displays the following information:
Circuit

Circuit name of this interface.

Group Address

Associated group address.

Timer Value

Specifies how much time, in seconds, will pass before this group
times out.

Sample Display - show igmp groups
IGMP Groups
----------Circuit
-------E31
E34
E22
E32
E33

Group Address
------------238.1.1.1
238.1.1.1
238.1.1.1
238.1.1.1
238.1.1.1

Timer Value
----------100
100
100
100
100

5 Total entries.

114087 Rev. A

2-319

Using Technician Interface Scripts

stats []
Displays statistics for all IGMP circuits or a specified IGMP circuit. The table displays the
following information:
Circuit

Circuit name of this interface.

Designated Rtr

Current IGMP designated router, or the IGMP router sending the IGMP host
queries if there are multiple routers on a multi-access network.

Local IP

IP address currently in use on this circuit. This is the IP address used to
generate multicast traffic.

In Pkts

Number of input datagrams received from the IGMP interfaces.

In Query

Number of host membership query messages that have been received on this
IGMP interface.

Out Query

Number of host membership query messages sent out of this IGMP interface.

Discards

Number of IGMP messages received on this interface that were discarded due
to bad checksums, illegal message types, bad values in fields, etc.

Sample Display - show igmp stats
IGMP Circuit Statistics
-----------------------Circuit
-------E31
E34
E22
E32
E33

Designated Rtr
--------------1.1.1.1
4.4.4.4
200.200.200.1
200.200.100.1
200.200.1.1

Local IP
In Pkts
In Query Out Query Discards
--------------- --------- --------- --------- -------1.1.1.1
0
0
475
0
4.4.4.4
0
0
475
0
200.200.200.1
0
0
475
0
200.200.100.1
0
0
475
0
200.200.1.1
0
0
475
0

5 Total entries.

version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the igmp.bat script.
Sample Display - show igmp version
igmp.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

2-320

114087 Rev. A

show ip

show ip
The show ip  commands display configuration, state, and statistical information
about the Internet Protocol (IP). For detailed information about the Bay Networks
implementation of IP, refer to Configuring IP Services.
The show ip command supports the following subcommand options:
adjacent hosts

static

alerts

stats [circuit ]

arp []

stats cache []

base

stats datagrams []

circuits []

stats fragments []

disabled

stats icmp client []

enabled

stats icmp in []

rfilters [export | import] []

stats icmp misc []

rip

stats icmp out []

rip alerts

stats icmp server []

rip disabled

stats security in []

114087 Rev. A

2-321

Using Technician Interface Scripts

rip enabled

stats security out []

routes [-A] [type {local|bgp|egp|ospf|rip}] |
[ | find ]

traffic filters

adjacent hosts
Displays a table of configured adjacent hosts. The table includes the following
information:
Host IP Address

IP address of the host.

Interface IP

Address of the IP interface through which packets reach the host.

Interface Mask

Subnet mask of the IP address specified for the interface.

Mac Address

MAC address of the host.

Encaps

Encapsulation method used: ENET (Ethernet), SNAP, PDN, or
DDN.

Valid

Validity of the configuration. If this field displays No, you should
check the adjacent host’s configuration.

Sample Display - show ip adjacent hosts
IP Adjacent Hosts
----------------Host IP Addr
Interface IP
Interface Mask
Mac Address
Encaps Valid
--------------- --------------- --------------- ----------------- ------ ----5.0.0.2
5.0.0.1
255.0.0.0
00.00.A2.00.12.34 ENET
YES
1 Entries.

2-322

114087 Rev. A

show ip

alerts
Displays the circuit name and IP address of interfaces whose state does not match their
configuration; for example, an interface configured as enabled but whose state is not up.

Sample Display - show ip alerts
IP Circuits
------------Circuit
State
IP Address
-------- -------- ---------------S34
Down
151.11.4.1
F51
Down
151.11.30.1
2 Entries found.

arp []
Displays the IP Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) table. This table shows the mapping
between the host’s IP address and its MAC address. If you optionally specify an IP
address, the command displays the associated MAC address.

114087 Rev. A

2-323

Using Technician Interface Scripts

The table includes the following information about each host listed:
IP Address

IP address of the host.

Physical address

MAC address of the host.

Type

How the IP address was resolved to the MAC address: Dynamic
means that ARP resolved it. Static means that it was configured
through an adjacent host entry.

Sample Display - show ip arp
IP ARP Table
-----------IP Address
-------------151.11.1.2
151.11.2.2
192.32.37.161
192.32.37.162

Type
------Dynamic
Dynamic
Dynamic
Dynamic

Physical Address
----------------00-00-A2-06-B9-AA
00-00-A2-06-7A-FA
00-00-A2-01-DF-B7
08-00-20-1F-25-8B

4 ARP Entries

base
Displays the state of IP, whether or not it is up and in forwarding mode or in host mode
only. The base record controls IP for the entire system. The table includes the following
information:

2-324

Protocol

Name of the protocol; in this case IP.

State

State of the protocol: Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres (enabled
but not yet started), or Up.

Forwarding Mode

Status of forwarding. Forwarding indicates that the IP host is an
IP gateway and is forwarding datagrams received but not
addressed to it. Not Forwarding indicates that this IP host is not a
gateway.

114087 Rev. A

show ip
Zero/All Ones Subnetting

Setting that determines whether zero or all-ones subnets are
allowed -- Enabled or Disabled. If Enabled, interfaces configured
with a zero subnet are allowed; if Disabled, they are not.

Default TTL

Default value that IP inserts in the Time-To-Live field of the IP
header in datagrams that this router originates when the transport
layer protocol does not supply the value. The maximum value is
255; the default is 30.

RIP Diameter

The value, or hop count, the Routing Information Protocol (RIP)
uses to denote infinity.

Route Cache Size

The number of routing entries maintained in the forwarding table
before entries are flushed.

MIB Tables Maintained

The tables maintained by IP: Route (the IP routing table), Fwd
(the forwarding table), or Both. The default is Route.

Classless

Setting that determines whether a default route is allowed for
subnets in a subnetted network -- Enabled or Disabled. If
Enabled, a default route is allowed. The default is Disabled.

Route Filters

Setting that determines whether route filters are supported -Enabled or Disabled. If Enabled, route filters are supported.

The base command also displays the number of networks and hosts that IP knows about
and the number of policy rules defined.

114087 Rev. A

2-325

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show ip base
IP Base Information
-----------------------------------------------------------------Protocol:
State:
Forwarding Mode:
Zero/All Ones Subnetting:
Default TTL:

IP
Up
Enabled
Disabled
30

RIP Diameter:
Route Cache Size:
MIB Tables Maintained:
Classless:
Route Filters:

15
60
Route
Disabled
Enabled

Route pools contain 1 [est. 0] networks/subnets and 0 [est. 0] hosts.
Maximum policy rules per type per protocol: 32
------------------------------------------------------------------

circuits []
Displays IP circuit information, including which circuits have IP configured on them, the
IP address for each, and the state of IP on the circuit (Up or Down). IP address 0.0.0.0
indicates that an unnumbered interface is configured on the circuit. You can also display
this information for a specific circuit only.

Sample Display - show ip circuits
IP Circuits
----------Circuit
Circuit #
State
IP Address
-------- ----------- -------- ---------------E31
2
Up
0.0.0.0
E23
3
Up
128.1.1.1
E21
1
Up
192.32.29.130
3 Total entries.

2-326

114087 Rev. A

show ip

disabled
Displays the circuit name, circuit number, and IP address of interfaces that a user has
manually disabled. IP address 0.0.0.0 indicates that an unnumbered IP interface is
configured on the circuit.

Sample Display - show ip disabled
IP Circuits
----------Circuit
Circuit #
State
IP Address
-------- ----------- -------- ---------------E31
2
Disabled
0.0.0.0
E23
3
Disabled
128.1.1.1
2 Entries found.

enabled
Displays the circuit name, circuit number, state, and IP address of interfaces that a user has
manually enabled. IP address 0.0.0.0 indicates that the circuit is associated with an
unnumbered unterface. State is one of the following:
Init

Interface is coming up and initializing.

Invalid

Something about the interface’s configuration is not correct. Look
at the configuration.

Not Pres

IP software has not been installed on the slot that hosts the physical
interface.

Up

Interface is functioning properly.

114087 Rev. A

2-327

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show ip enabled
IP Circuits
----------Circuit
Circuit #
State
IP Address
-------- ----------- -------- ---------------E31
2
Up
0.0.0.0
E23
3
Up
128.1.1.1
E21
1
Up
192.32.29.130
3 Entries found.

rfilters [export | import] []
Displays all configured route filters, or specific route filters. For example, you can display
all export filters or export filters for a specific protocol only. You can use the following
options with the rfilters command:
export

Displays only export route filters.

import

Displays only import route filters.



Limits the display to the specified protocol, which is one of the
following:
• all - Displays route filters for all protocols.
• RIP - Displays only RIP route filters.
• OSPF - Displays only OSPF route filters.
• EGP - Displays only EGP route filters.
• BGP3 - Displays only BGP-3 route filters.

The table includes the following information:

2-328

Address

IP network address of the network to which this filter applies. If
0.0.0.0, the filter applies to all networks.

Mask

Range of addresses upon which this filter acts; depends on the
address class of the network address.

From Protocol

Source of the routing information -- any, direct, static, RIP, OSPF,
EGP, or BGP-3.

114087 Rev. A

show ip
Action

Flow of routing information.
For export filters, Action is one of the following:
• Propagate - Advertise the route.
• Ignore - Suppress advertising of the route.
• Aggregate - Do not explicitly advertise the route; advertise the
default route (0.0.0.0) instead.
For import filters, Action specifies whether the route is transferred
to the routing tables and is one of the following:
• Accept - Send the routing information to the routing tables.
• Ignore - Drop the routing information.

Peer Address

IP address of the peer router.

Peer AS

Autonomous System number of the peer router.

Sample Display - show ip rfilters export BGP3
IP BGP3 Export Filters:
----------------------From
Address
Mask
Protocol
Action
Peer Address
Peer AS
------------- ------------- -------- ---------- ---------------- ------0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
ANY
Propagate 192.32.174.66
2
192.32.174.0 255.255.255.0 ANY
Propagate 192.32.175.130
1
2 BGP3 export filters in the table

rip
Displays the IP interfaces that have RIP configured. The displays contain the following
information:
IP Interface

Internet address of the interface.

State

State of the interface: Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres (enabled
but not yet started) or Up.

114087 Rev. A

2-329

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Supply

Whether the interface is sending out RIP updates: Enabled or
Disabled. If Enabled, the interface is supplying updates.

Listen

Whether the interface is processing the RIP updates that it receives:
Enabled or Disabled. If Enabled, the interface is processing RIP
updates.

Sample Display - show ip rip
IP RIP Information
-----------------IP Interface
State
---------------- ----192.32.174.129
Up

Supply
-----Enabled

Listen
-----Disabled

1 Entries.

rip alerts
Displays the IP interfaces that have RIP configured but the state of RIP is down. For more
information on column definitions, see the rip command.

Sample Display - show ip rip alerts
IP RIP Interface Table Alerts
----------------------------IP Interface
State
Supply
Listen
---------------- ------------- -------- -------192.32.175.34
Down
Enabled Enabled
1 Entries found

2-330

114087 Rev. A

show ip

rip disabled
Displays the IP interfaces that have RIP configured but disabled. For more information on
column definitions, see the rip command.

Sample Display - show ip rip disabled
IP RIP: Table of Disabled Interfaces
-----------------------------------IP Interface
State
Supply
Listen
---------------- ------------- -------- -------192.32.174.129
Disabled
Enabled Disabled
1 Entries found.

rip enabled
Displays the IP interfaces that have RIP enabled on them. For more information on
column definitions, see the rip command.

Sample Display - show ip rip enabled
IP RIP: Table of Enabled Interfaces
-----------------------------------IP Interface
State
Supply
Listen
---------------- ------------- -------- -------192.32.174.129
Up
Enabled Disabled
1 Entries found.

114087 Rev. A

2-331

Using Technician Interface Scripts

routes [-A] [type {local|bgp|egp|ospf|rip}] | [ | find ]
Displays IP routes. You can use the following options to display specific information:
-A

Shows entire routing table, including routes that are not used as
well as best routes.

type {local | bgp | egp |
ospf | rip}

Limits the display to one specified protocol.



Limits the display to the routes that match the specified IP address.

find 

Limits the display to the routes that match the specified subnet part
of the IP address.

The table includes the following information:

2-332

Network

Destination IP address for this route. 0.0.0.0 indicates a default
route.

Mask

Subnet mask to be combined with the destination address and then
compared with the value in Destination. If the value of Destination
is 0.0.0.0 (a default route), then the value of Mask is also 0.0.0.0.

Proto

Routing method through which the router learned this route: Other,
Local, Netmgmt, ICMP, EGP, GGP, Hello, RIP, IS-IS, OSPF, or
BGP.

Age

Number of seconds since this route was last updated or verified to
be correct. The meaning of “too old” depends on the routing
protocol specified under Proto.

Slot

Number of the slot on which the network address/mask is
configured.

Cost

Number of hops to reach the destination.

NextHopAddr / AS

IP address of the next hop and next Autonomous System of this
route. If the next hop is an unnumbered interface, the command
displays 0.0.0.n, where n is the number of the circuit on which the
interface has been configured. In the following sample display, the
next hop field for destinations 10.0.0.0, 55.0.0.0, and 99.0.0.0
indicates that the next hop is an unnumbered interface configured
on circuit 2.

114087 Rev. A

show ip
Weight

Weight value assigned to the route (displayed only if you specify all
routes [-A].

* (asterisk)

Indicates a route that is used by IP (applies only if you specify all
routes [-A]).

Sample Display - show ip routes
IP Routes
--------Network/Mask
------------------0.0.0.0/0
6.0.0.0/8
128.128.0.0/16
129.128.0.0/16
130.128.0.0/16
131.119.0.0/16
134.177.0.0/16
141.251.0.0/16
146.240.0.0/16
170.41.0.0/16
172.14.0.0/16
172.15.0.0/16
192.1.1.0/24
192.1.2.0/24
192.32.1.0/24
192.32.2.0/24
192.32.4.0/24
192.32.5.0/24
192.32.6.0/24
192.32.8.0/24

Proto
Age Slot
Cost NextHop Address /
AS
------ --------- ---- --------- ----------------/----RIP
5
2
2 192.32.174.33
Direct
370
2
0 6.6.6.6
RIP
5
2
2 192.32.174.33
RIP
5
2
2 192.32.174.33
RIP
5
2
2 192.32.174.33
RIP
5
2
2 192.32.174.33
RIP
5
2
2 192.32.174.33
RIP
5
2
2 192.32.174.33
RIP
5
2
2 192.32.174.33
RIP
5
2
2 192.32.174.33
RIP
5
2
2 192.32.174.33
RIP
5
2
2 192.32.174.33
RIP
5
2
2 192.32.174.33
RIP
5
2
2 192.32.174.33
RIP
5
2
2 192.32.174.33
RIP
5
2
2 192.32.174.33
RIP
5
2
2 192.32.174.33
RIP
5
2
2 192.32.174.33
RIP
5
2
2 192.32.174.33
RIP
5
2
2 192.32.174.33

Total Networks on Slot 2 = 268

114087 Rev. A

2-333

Using Technician Interface Scripts
ip routes -A
-----------Network/Mask
-------------------------*0.0.0.0/0
0.0.0.0/0
0.0.0.0/32
*6.0.0.0/8
6.0.0.0/32
6.6.6.6/32
6.255.255.255/32
*128.128.0.0/16
*129.128.0.0/16
*130.128.0.0/16
*131.119.0.0/16
*134.177.0.0/16
*141.251.0.0/16
*146.240.0.0/16
*170.41.0.0/16
*172.14.0.0/16
*172.15.0.0/16
*192.1.1.0/24
*192.1.2.0/24
*192.32.1.0/24

Proto
Age Sl
Cost NextHop Address /
AS
------ -------- -- -------- ----------------/----RIP
Direct
Host
Direct
Host
Host
Host
RIP
RIP
RIP
RIP
RIP
RIP
RIP
RIP
RIP
RIP
RIP
RIP
RIP

20
385
N/A
385
N/A
N/A
N/A
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20

2
0
0
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2
131071
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

192.32.174.33
Unreachable
un# IP cct 0
6.6.6.6
Broadcast
This Router
Broadcast
192.32.174.33
192.32.174.33
192.32.174.33
192.32.174.33
192.32.174.33
192.32.174.33
192.32.174.33
192.32.174.33
192.32.174.33
192.32.174.33
192.32.174.33
192.32.174.33
192.32.174.33

Weight

7b9e0002
ffffffff
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
7b9e0002
7b9e0002
7b9e0002
7b9e0002
7b9e0002
7b9e0002
7b9e0002
7b9e0002
7b9e0002
7b9e0002
7b9e0002
7b9e0002
7b9e0002

Total Networks on Slot 2 = 268

static
Displays all statically configured routes on the router. The table includes the following
information:

2-334

IP Destination

Internet address of this static route.

Network Mask

Subnetwork mask for this static route.

Cost

Number of hops to reach the destination.

Nexthop

IP address of the next hop on the route. If the next hop is an
unnumbered interface, the Next Hop field displays the circuit
number associated with the unnumbered interface.

Valid

Value that indicates whether or not the configuration is valid.

Enabled

Indicates whether this static route is enabled. The default is Yes.
114087 Rev. A

show ip
Sample Display - show ip static
IP Static Routes
---------------IP Destination
Network Mask
Cost
Nexthop
Valid Enabled
---------------- ---------------- -------- ---------------- ----- ------55.0.0.1
255.0.0.0
1 Unn Cct 2
Yes
Yes
99.1.1.0
255.0.0.0
1 Unn Cct 2
Yes
Yes
2 Entries.

stats [circuit ]
Displays packet statistics that the router collects for all circuits or a specified circuit. The
table includes the following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit that the interface runs on.

IP Address

Internet address of the interface.

In Receives

Number of packets received on the interface, including errors.

Out Requests

Number of packets that local clients, including ICMP, supplied to
IP for transmitting.

Forwards

Number of packets forwarded through this interface; included in
the In Receives count.

In Discards

Number of packets that IP received and discarded because of lack
of resources; for example, buffers.

Out Discards

Number of packets given to IP to transmit but discarded because of
lack of resources; for example, insufficient buffers.

114087 Rev. A

2-335

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show ip stats
IP Statistics
-------------

Circuit
-------S31
E23
E21
E22

In
Out
In
Out
IP Address
Receives Requests Forwards Discards Discards
---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------192.32.174.65
2150309
211845
34771
0
0
192.32.174.97
1305158
76700
30495
0
0
192.32.174.129
3191531
163026 3238130
0
0
192.32.175.129
51219
59655 3070948
0
0

stats cache []
Displays statistics about the cached forwarding tables that IP uses for forwarding traffic
for all circuits or a specified circuit. The table includes the following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit that the interface runs on.

IP Address

Internet address of the interface.

Cache Networks

Number of entries in the forwarding table.

Cache Misses

Number of times the forwarding table did not contain information
about a destination and IP had to look up the route.

Cache Removes

Number of entries removed from the forwarding table because they
timed out.

Sample Display - show ip stats cache
IP Cache Statistics
------------------Cache
Cache
Cache
Circuit
IP Address
Networks Misses Removes
-------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------S31
192.32.174.65
128
4
78
E23
192.32.174.97
238
1768
1797

2-336

114087 Rev. A

show ip

stats datagrams []
Displays error statistics about IP datagrams that IP has processed for all interfaces or for a
specific interface. The table includes the following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit this interface is on.

IP Address

Internet address of the interface.

Header Errors

Number of IP packets received with header errors.

Address Errors

Number of IP packets received with address errors.

Unknown Protocol

Number of IP packets received locally that IP discarded because
the router did not implement the protocol.

In Discards

Number of packets that IP received but discarded because of lack of
resources; for example, insufficient buffers.

Out Discards

Number of packets given to IP to transmit but discarded because of
lack of resources; for example, insufficient buffers.

No Routes

Number of packets with unknown destination addresses that an
upper-layer protocol gave to IP to transmit.

Sample Display - show ip stats datagrams
IP Datagram Statistics
----------------------

Circuit
-------S31
E23
E21
E22

114087 Rev. A

Header Address Unknown
In
Out
No
IP Address
Errors
Errors Protocol Discards Discards Routes
---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------192.32.174.65
0
0
4
0
0
0
192.32.174.97
0
0
39286
0
0
0
192.32.174.129
0
0
0
0
0
0
192.32.175.129
0
0
0
0
0
0

2-337

Using Technician Interface Scripts

stats fragments []
Displays all information about fragmented IP packets or information for all interfaces or
for a specific interface. The table includes the following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit this interface is on.

IP Address

Internet address of the interface.

Fragmnts Received

Number of IP fragments received that this router had to reassemble.

Sucssful Reassem

Number of datagrams that this router successfully reassembled.

Failed Reassem

Number of datagrams that this router failed to reassemble; not
necessarily a count of discarded IP fragments.

Fragmnt Sent

Number of IP datagrams that this router fragmented.

Fragmnt Failed

Number of IP datagrams that this router discarded because it could
not fragment them properly; for example, could not set the Don’t
Fragment bit.

Total Fragmnts

Number of fragments that this router sent in which this router
performed the fragmenting.

Sample Display - show ip stats fragments
IP Fragments Statistics
-----------------------Fragmnts Sucssful Failed Fragmnt Fragmnt
Total
Circuit
IP Address
Received Reassem Reassem
Sent
Failed Fragmnts
-------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------S31
192.32.174.65
0
0
0
0
0
0
E23
192.32.174.97
0
0
0
0
0
0

2-338

114087 Rev. A

show ip

stats icmp client []
Displays echo, timestamp, and address mask statistics about Internet Control Message
Protocol (ICMP) packets for all interfaces or for a specified interface. The table includes
the following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit this interface is on.

IP Address

Internet address of the interface.

Echo Requests

Number of ICMP Echo Request messages received.

Echo Replies

Number of ICMP Echo Reply messages received.

Timestmp Requests

Number of ICMP Timestamp Request messages received.

Timestmp Replies

Number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages received.

AddrMask Requests

Number of ICMP Address Mask Request messages received.

AddrMask Replies

Number of ICMP Address Mask Reply messages received.

Sample Display - show ip stats icmp client
IP ICMP Client Statistics
------------------------Echo
Echo
Timestmp Timestmp AddrMask AddrMask
Circuit
IP Address
Requests Replies Requests Replies Requests Replies
-------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------S31 192.32.174.65
0
0
0
0
0
0
E22 192.32.175.129
0
2
0
0
0
0

stats icmp in []
Displays statistics about ICMP packets received for all interfaces or for a specified
interface. The table includes the following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit this interface is on.

IP Address

Internet address of the interface.

ICMP Received

Total number of ICMP messages received, including errors.

114087 Rev. A

2-339

Using Technician Interface Scripts
ICMP In Errors

Number of ICMP messages received that had errors (bad ICMP
checksums).

Destintn Unreach.

Number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages received.

Rcv. Time Exceeded

Number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages received.

Rcv. Parm Problem

Number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages received.

Sample Display - show ip stats icmp in
IP ICMP In Statistics
---------------------

Circuit
-------S31
E23
E21
E22

ICMP
ICMP In Destintn Rcv.Time Rcv.Parm
IP Address
Received Errors Unreach. Exceeded Problem
---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------192.32.174.65
4
0
4
0
0
192.32.174.97
0
0
0
0
0
192.32.174.129
0
0
0
0
0
192.32.175.129
25
0
11
12
0

stats icmp misc []
Displays statistics about ICMP Source Quench and Redirect messages for all interfaces or
for a specified interface. The table includes the following information:

2-340

Circuit

Name of the circuit this interface is on.

IP Address

Internet address of the interface.

SrcQunch Messages In/Out

Number of ICMP Source Quench messages received and sent.

Redirect Messages In/Out

Number of ICMP Redirect messages received and sent.

114087 Rev. A

show ip
Sample Display - show ip stats icmp misc
ICMP Miscellaneous Statistics
----------------------------SrcQunch Messages
Redirect Messages
Circuit
IP Address
In
Out
In
Out
-------- ---------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------S31
192.32.174.65
0
0
0
0

stats icmp out []
Displays statistics about ICMP packets that the router generates for all interfaces or for a
specified interface. The table includes the following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit this interface is on.

IP Address

Internet address of the interface.

ICMP Sent

Total number of ICMP messages that this router has generated.

ICMP Out Errors

Number of ICMP messages that this router did not send because of
internal problems such as lack of buffers.

Destintn Unreach.

Number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages sent.

Snd. Time Exceeded

Number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages sent.

Snd. Parm Problem

Number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages sent.

Sample Display - show ip stats icmp out
ICMP Out Statistics
-------------------

Circuit
-------S31
E23
E21

114087 Rev. A

ICMP
ICMP Out Destintn Snd.Time Snd.Parm
IP Address
Sent
Errors Unreach. Exceeded Problem
---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------192.32.174.65
0
0
0
0
0
192.32.174.97
2
0
1
1
0
192.32.174.129
5
0
5
0
0

2-341

Using Technician Interface Scripts

stats icmp server []
Displays statistics about ICMP messages that the router generates. For column definitions
in the display, see the stats icmp client command.

Sample Display - show ip stats icmp server
IP ICMP Server Statistics
-------------------------

Circuit
-------O41
S31
S32
S33
S34
F51
E21

Echo
Echo
Timestmp Timestmp AddrMask AddrMask
IP Address
Requests Replies Requests Replies Requests Replies
---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------151.10.100.2
0
0
0
0
0
0
151.11.1.1
0
0
0
0
0
0
151.11.2.1
0
0
0
0
0
0
151.11.3.1
0
1
0
0
0
0
151.11.4.1
0
0
0
0
0
0
151.11.30.1
0
0
0
0
0
0
192.32.37.169
0
0
0
0
0
0

stats security in []
Displays statistics associated with IP in security on each of the IP interfaces or on a
specified interface. The table includes the following information:

2-342

Circuit

Name of the circuit this interface is on.

IP Address

Internet address of the interface.

Drop Rx Authorty

Number of received packets dropped because the authority flag was
not sufficient.

Drop Rx Formats

Number of received packets dropped because the security option
format was invalid.

Drop Rx Levels

Number of received packets dropped because the classification
level was out of range.

Drop Rx No IPSOS

Number of received packets dropped because they were without an
IP security label.

In Admin Prohibit

Number of ICMP destination unreachable or communication
administratively prohibited messages received.
114087 Rev. A

show ip
Sample Display - show ip stats security in
IP Security In Statistics
------------------------Drop Rx Drop Rx Drop Rx Drop Rx In Admin
Circuit
IP Address
Authorty Formats
Levels No IPSOS Prohibit
-------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------S31
192.32.174.65
0
0
0
0
0
E23
192.32.174.97
0
0
0
0
0

stats security out []
Displays statistics associated with IP out security on each of the IP interfaces or on a
specified interface. The table includes the following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit this interface is on.

IP Address

Internet address of the interface.

Drop Tx Authorty

Number of transmitted packets dropped because the authority flag
was not sufficient.

Drop Tx Levels

Number of transmitted packets dropped because the classification
level was out of range.

Drop Tx No IPSOS

Number of transmitted packets dropped because they were without
an IP security label.

No IpSos ROOMS

Number of packets not transmitted because the IP header lacked the
space to insert an IP security option.

OutAdmin Prohibit

Number of ICMP destination unreachable or communication
administratively prohibited messages sent.

114087 Rev. A

2-343

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show ip stats security out
IP Security Out Statistics
-------------------------Drop Tx Drop Tx Drop Tx No IpSos OutAdmin
Circuit
IP Address
Authorty Levels
No IPSOS ROOMS
Prohibit
-------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------S31
192.32.174.65
0
0
0
0
0
E23
192.32.174.97
0
0
0
0
0

traffic filters
Displays the configured IP traffic filters. The table includes the following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit this interface is on.

IP Address

Internet address of the interface.

Mode

State of traffic filter use -- Enabled or Disabled.

Status

Status of the traffic filter, as follows:
• Active - Traffic filter rule is in effect.
• Inactive - Traffic filter rule is not in effect.
• Error - Application has detected an error in the rule definition.

Rx Matches

Number of packets received that match this rule.

Rule Number

Rule identifier.

Fragment Number

Fragment identifier, for large rules.

Sample Display - show ip traffic filters
IP Traffic Filters
-----------------Rx
Rule
Fragment
Circuit
IP Address
Mode
Status Matches
Number
Number
-------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------None
0.0.0.0
Enabled Inactive
0
0
0
E21
0.0.0.0
Enabled Inactive
0
0
0

2-344

114087 Rev. A

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show ipx
The show ipx  commands display information about Novell’s Internet Packet
Exchange (IPX) services on a Bay Networks router. For detailed information about the
Bay Networks implementation of IPX, refer to Configuring IPX Services.
The show ipx command supports the following subcommand options:

2-342

adjacent hosts

sap alerts

alerts

sap disabled

base

sap enabled

base stats

sap

circuits []

server net level filters

disabled

service addresses

enabled

services [ | type  | Net ]

forward

static netbios routes

hosts

static routes

ping 

static services

114087 Rev. A

show ipx

rip

static services additional

rip alerts

stats

routes [type {direct | nlsp | rip | static} |  | find  | net
 | host ]

stats datagrams

rip enabled

traffic filters

route filters

version

routes [type {direct | nlsp | rip | static} |  | find  | net
 | host ]

sap

adjacent hosts
Displays the configurable parameters for all statically configured adjacent hosts. The IPX
Adjacent Host Table includes the following information:
Mode

Mode is Enabled or Disabled.

Circuit Index

Unique number for each IPX interface on the router.

Host ID Address

Host address of the static host.

IPX Interface

Network address of the next-hop interface.

Host WAN Address

Host address of the next-hop interface.

114087 Rev. A

2-343

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show ipx adjacent hosts
IPX Adjacent Host Table Information
-----------------------------------

Circuit
IPX
Host ID
Host
Mode
Index
Interface
Address
WAN Address
-------- ------- ------------ ---------------- -------------Enabled 1
None
0x0000FFAAFFAA
0x0400

alerts
Displays potential problem areas for the IPX protocol. The table shows any IPX interfaces
that are enabled but whose state is not up. The table includes the following information:

2-344

Circuit

Name of the circuit this interface runs on.

State

State of the interface, which in this case is Down, Init (initializing),
or Not Pres (not present).

Ckt Idx

Circuit index -- unique number for each IPX interface on the router.

Net Addr

Network address of the interface.

Host Address

Host identifier of the interface.

Encaps Method

Encapsulation method that the interface uses: Ethernet, Novell,
LSAP, or SNAP.

114087 Rev. A

show ipx
Sample Display - show ipx alerts
IPX Circuit Configuration Information (Alerts)
---------------------------------------------Circuit
-------F51
E22
203101.0
S32-iwup
S33-iwpp
E24

State
-------Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down

Ckt Idx
------1
2
3
4
5
8

Net Addr
---------None
None
None
None
None
None

Host Address
---------------None
None
None
None
None
None

Encaps Method
------------Ethernet
Ethernet
Ethernet
Ethernet
Ethernet
Ethernet

8 Circuits in table.

base
Displays the base record information for the IPX protocol. The base record controls IPX
for the entire system. The table includes the following information:
Protocol

Name of the protocol service. In this case, it is IPX.

State

State is Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres (not yet started), or Up.

Router Name

Name of the router used for IPX WAN connections.

Primary NN

Network number used for IPX WAN connections.

Route Method

Method of routing that the protocol uses -- metric/hops based or
tick based.

Mult Host Mode

Status of support for multiple hosts -- Enabled or Disabled. When
this parameter is enabled, the router’s host ID is unique for each
interface and it has a different ID for each packet; it derives its host
ID from the underlying communications device. When this
parameter is disabled, one host ID identifies the router; the host ID
remains constant for all interfaces.

Maximum Path

Maximum number of equal cost paths allowed for a given
destination network.

114087 Rev. A

2-345

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Log Filter Setting

Setting that determines what kind of messages appear in the log file.
The default setting filters out debug, information, and trace
messages.

PreConfigured Net Table Size Amount of space set aside for the forwarding and network tables.

There is also a base record statistical table displayed that includes total routes, services,
and hosts for the protocol.

Sample Display - show ipx base
IPX Base Record Configuration Information
----------------------------------------Protocol State
---------- -----IPX
Up

Router Name
----------1

Primary NN
Router Name
---------------- ---------------------------------------None
None

Route Method Mult Host Mode Maximum Path
------------ --------------- -----------Tick Based
Enabled
1

Log Filter Setting
PreConfigured Net Table Size
------------------------------ -----------------------------Filter Debug, Info, and Trace
0

2-346

114087 Rev. A

show ipx

base stats
Displays base record statistics for the IPX protocol. The statistics provide information on
the total number of routes, services, and hosts.

Sample Display - show ipx base stats
IPX Base Record Statistical Information
--------------------------------------Protocol
State
Total Routes
Total Services
---------- -------- -------------- ----------------IPX
Up
1
0

Total Hosts
------------3

circuits []
Displays information associated with all IPX interfaces or a specific interface. The table
includes the following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit the interface runs on.

State

State of the circuit: Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres (not yet
started), or Up.

Ckt Idx

Circuit index -- unique number for each IPX interface on the router.

Net Address

Network part of the IPX address of the interface.

Host Address

Host part of the IPX address of the interface.

Encaps Method

Encapsulation method the router uses: Ethernet, Novell/802.3,
LSAP, or SNAP.

114087 Rev. A

2-347

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show ipx circuits
IPX Circuit Configuration Information (ALL)
------------------------------------------circuit
-------F51
E22
203101.0
S32-iwup
S33-iwpp
O42
S34-smds
E24

State
Ckt Idx Net Addr
-------- ------- ---------Down
1
None
Down
2
None
Down
3
None
Down
4
None
Down
5
None
Up
6
0x2E025290
Up
7
0x2E025360
Down
8
None

Host Address
Encaps Method
---------------- ------------None
Ethernet
None
Ethernet
None
Ethernet
None
Ethernet
None
Ethernet
0x0000A20320C2
LSAP
0xC15084368061
SNAP
None
Ethernet

8 Circuits in table.

disabled
Displays all disabled IPX circuits. A circuit is disabled if the Disable/Enable parameter is
set to Disable and the state is Down. The table contains the following information:

2-348

Circuit

Name of the circuit the interface runs on.

State

State of the interface; in this case, Disabled.

Ckt Idx

Circuit index -- unique number for each IPX interface on the router.

Net Address

IPX network address of the interface.

Host Address

Host part of the interface’s address.

Encaps Method

Encapsulation method: Ethernet, Novell/802.3, LSAP, SNAP.

114087 Rev. A

show ipx
Sample Display - show ipx disabled
IPX Circuit Configuration Information (Disabled)
-----------------------------------------------Circuit
State
Ckt Idx Net Addr
Host Address
Encaps Method
-------- -------- ------- ---------- ---------------- ------------F51
Disabled 1
None
None
Ethernet
8 Circuits in table.

enabled
Displays all enabled IPX circuits. A circuit is enabled if the Disable/Enable parameter is
set to Enable and the state is Up. For column definitions, see the disabled command.

Sample Display - show ipx enabled
IPX Circuit Configuration Information (Enabled)
----------------------------------------------Circuit
-------E22
203101.0
S32-iwup
S33-iwpp
O42
S34-smds
E24

State
-------Down
Down
Down
Down
Up
Up
Down

Ckt Idx Net Addr
------- ---------2
None
3
None
4
None
5
None
6
0x2E025290
7
0x2E025360
8
None

Host Address
---------------None
None
None
None
0x0000A20320C2
0xC15084368061
None

Encaps Method
------------Ethernet
Ethernet
Ethernet
Ethernet
LSAP
SNAP
Ethernet

8 Circuits in table.

114087 Rev. A

2-349

Using Technician Interface Scripts

forward
Displays the entries in the IPX forwarding table, which includes the following
information.

Network

Address of the network to which this entry is forwarding packets.

Ckt Idx

Circuit index associated with the network; a unique number that
identifies each IPX interface on a router.

Types

Type of forwarding table entry -- Local, Remote or Other.

Method

Source through which IPX discovered the route -- Local, NLSP,
RIP, SAP, Static, or Other.

Eql Cost Paths

Number of equal-cost paths to this network.

Sample Display - show ipx forward
IPX Forwarding Table Information
-------------------------------Network
---------0x0000DD00
0x0000FF00
0x0000DD00

Ckt Idx
-------1
1
3

Type
-----Local
Local
Local

Method
-----Local
Local
Local

Eql Cost Paths
-------------1
1
1

3 Forwarding entries total.

hosts
Displays the entries in the IPX host table, which includes the following information.

2-350

Host Addr

Address of the host.

Ckt Idx

Next hop circuit index for the host -- unique number for each IPX
interface on a router.

Network

Address of the network associated with the host.

114087 Rev. A

show ipx
Method

Source through which IPX discovered the host -- Local, NLSP,
RIP, SAP, Static, or Other.

Wan Address

Host’s WAN address, if the host is associated with a WAN
interface.

Sample Display - show ipx hosts
IPX Host Table Information
-------------------------Host Addr
-------------0x0000A2084694
0xFFFFFFFFFFFF
0x000000000001
0x0000A20186E8
0x4000AABBAA11
0xFFFFFFFFFFFF

Ckt Idx
-------1
1
3
3
3
3

Network
---------0x0000FF00
0x0000FF00
0x0000DD00
0x0000DD00
0x0000DD00
0x0000DD00

Method
-----Local
Local
RIP
Local
RIP
Local

Wan Address
-----------------0x0000000000000000
0x0000000000000000
0x0000000000000000
0x0000000000000000
0x0000000000000000
0x0000000000000000

6 Hosts total.

ping 
The ping command sends a packet to the specified server (service name) and waits for a
response. When you execute the ping command, the router searches for the server in the
server database. When it locates the server, it retrieves the network and host ID address
and then sends an IPX diagnostic packet to the specified server.

114087 Rev. A

2-351

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show ipx ping ADMIN_SERVER
IPX Ping command, by name
------------------------Searching for ADMIN_SERVER in server database.
Server ADMIN_SERVER found, sending ping...
pinging ADMIN_SERVER at 0x0000AAA1.0x000000000001
IPX ping: 0x0000AAA1.0x000000000001 is alive

Note: To conform with the Novell specification, a Bay Networks router running IPX
responds to pings from NetWare servers but does not initiate pings to those servers.

rip
Displays the state of IPX Routing Information Protocol (RIP) interfaces and includes the
following information:

2-352

Circuit Index

Unique number for each IPX interface on the router.

RIP Interface

Network address of the RIP interface.

State

Condition of the interface, which can be Down, Init (initializing),
NotPres (not present), or Up.

Mode

Operating mode for this circuit, as follows:
• Listen/Supply - Interface both listens for and supplies RIP
updates.
• Listen - Interface listens to RIP Periodic and Triggered updates
from neighboring networks and conveys received routing
information to its internal routing table.
• Supply - Interface transmits all RIP Periodic and Triggered
updates to routers in neighboring networks.

In Packets

Number of RIP packets received on this interface.

114087 Rev. A

show ipx
Out Packets

Number of RIP packets sent out this interface.

Bad Packets

Number of bad RIP packets received on this interface.

Sample Display - show ipx rip
IPX RIP Interface Record Configuration Information (All)
-------------------------------------------------------Circuit
RIP
Index Interface
------- ---------1
None
2
None
3
None
4
None
5
None
6
0x2E025290
7
0x2E025360
8
None

State
-------Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Up
Up
Absent

Mode
--------Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply

In
Packets
------0
0
0
0
0
0
1534
0

Out
Packets
------0
0
0
0
0
1600
384
0

Bad
Packets
------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

8 RIP Interfaces configured.

rip alerts
Displays IPX RIP interfaces whose Disable/Enable parameter conflicts with their state.
For column definitions, see the rip command.

114087 Rev. A

2-353

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show ipx rip alerts
IPX RIP Interface Record Configuration Information (Alerts)
----------------------------------------------------------Circuit
RIP
Index Interface
------- ---------1
None
2
None
3
None
4
None
5
None
8
None

State
-------Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent

Mode
--------Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply

In
Packets
------0
0
0
0
0
0

Out
Packets
------0
0
0
0
0
0

Bad
Packets
------0
0
0
0
0
0

8 RIP Interfaces configured.

rip disabled
Displays IPX RIP interfaces that are disabled. For column definitions, see the rip
command.

Sample Display - show ip rip disabled
IPX RIP Interface Record Configuration Information (Disabled)
------------------------------------------------------------Circuit
RIP
In
Out
Bad
Index Interface State
Mode
Packets Packets Packets
------- ---------- -------- --------- ------- ------- ------1
None
Disabled Lstn/Sply 0
0
0
8 RIP Interfaces configured.

2-354

114087 Rev. A

show ipx

rip enabled
Displays IPX RIP interfaces that are enabled. For column definitions, see the rip
command.

Sample Display - show ipx rip enabled
IPX RIP Interface Record Configuration Information (Enabled)
------------------------------------------------------------

Circuit
Index
------2
3
4
5
6
7
8

RIP
Interface
---------None
None
None
None
0x2E025290
0x2E025360
None

State
-------Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Up
Up
Absent

Mode
--------Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply

In
Packets
------0
0
0
0
0
1542
0

Out
Packets
------0
0
0
0
1612
386
0

Bad
Packets
------0
0
0
0
0
0
0

8 RIP Interfaces configured.

route filters
Displays the IPX Route Filter Information table, which contains the following
information:
Prio

Network priority of this filter compared to other filters of the same
type. The highest priority is 1.

Target Net

Address of the target network to monitor.

Network Mask

Network mask.

State

State of the filter -- Enabled or Disabled.

Circuit Index

Unique number for each IPX interface on the router.

IPX Interface

Identifier of the circuit, unique to the IPX instance.

114087 Rev. A

2-355

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Proto

The protocol upon which to apply this filter when sending RIP
updates. This can be Any, Local, RIP, NLSP, or Static.

Action

Action for the filter to take: advertise/accept (Adv/Acpt) or
suppress (Sprs). Mode means whether the action applies to
inbound or outbound filters. The modes are -In,-Out, or
-In/Out. The action and mode are combined under the
Action/Mode field in the display; for example, Sprs/-In would
mean to suppress inbound filters. The default action and mode is
Adv/Acpt-Out.

Sample Display - show ipx route filters
IPX Route Filter Information
---------------------------Network
Circuit
Prio Target Net Mask
state
Index
---- ---------- ---------- -------- ------1
0x00000001 0x00000001 Enabled 3

IPX
Action/
Interface Proto
Mode
---------- ------ --------------0x0000DD00 Any
Adv/Acpt-Out

1 Route Filters configured.

routes [type {direct | nlsp | rip | static} |  | find  |
net  | host ]
Displays information from the IPX routing table. The table receives routes through IPX
RIP, from configured IPX interfaces or statically configured routes. You can use the
following options with the routes command:

2-356

type

Limits the display to the routing method that was the source of this
route. The routing method is direct, NLSP, RIP, or static.



Limits the display to the network with the specified Internet address
(in hexadecimal format).

find 

Limits the display to the networks that match the given destination
network address pattern (hexadecimal).

114087 Rev. A

show ipx
net 

Limits the display to the networks that match the given next-hop
network address pattern (hexadecimal).

host 

Limits the display to the next-hop hosts that match the given
network address pattern (hexadecimal).

Note: A search pattern is case sensitive, so make sure that you enter the exact
uppercase or lowercase characters for the addresses you want to retrieve.

The table includes the following information:
Dest Net

Identification of the route’s destination network.

Ckt Idx

Circuit index -- unique number for each IPX interface on the router.

NextHop Net

Network address of the next-hop host for this network.

NextHop Host

Host identifier of the next-hop host for this network.

Method

Routing mechanism through which the router learned this route, as
follows:
• Direct - From the local router.
• Static - Through a network management application.
• RIP or NLSP - Through the Routing Information Protocol or the
NetWare Link Services Protocol.

Age

Number of seconds since the router updated this route or determined
it to be valid. The significance of this value depends on the routing
protocol in use.

Ticks

Cost of the static route in numbers of ticks.

Hops

Cost of this route in numbers of hops.

114087 Rev. A

2-357

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show ipx routes
IPX Routing Table Information
----------------------------Dest Net
---------0x00000002
0x00000003
0x00000022
0x00000042
0x00000043
0x00000044
0x00000100
0x00000123
0x00000192
0x00000730
0x00000986
0x00002FCA
0x00005555
0x0000AAA1
0x0000F2AB
0x0000F2B8

Ckt Idx
------7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

NxtHop Net
---------0x2E025360
0x2E025360
0x2E025360
0x2E025360
0x2E025360
0x2E025360
0x2E025360
0x2E025360
0x2E025360
0x2E025360
0x2E025360
0x2E025360
0x2E025360
0x2E025360
0x2E025360
0x2E025360

NextHop Host
-------------0xC15084368062
0xC15084368062
0xC15084368062
0xC15084368062
0xC15084368062
0xC15084368062
0xC15084368062
0xC15084368062
0xC15084368062
0xC15084368062
0xC15084368062
0xC15084368062
0xC15084368062
0xC15084368062
0xC15084368062
0xC15084368062

Method
Age
Ticks
------ -------- -----RIP
10
23
RIP
10
25
RIP
10
17
RIP
10
20
RIP
10
19
RIP
10
20
RIP
10
21
RIP
10
20
RIP
20
22
RIP
20
20
RIP
20
4
RIP
20
18
RIP
20
18
RIP
20
20
RIP
20
19
RIP
20
20

Hops
---13
14
6
9
8
9
10
9
9
9
3
7
7
9
8
9

NxtHop Net NextHop Host Method
Age
Ticks
---------- -------------- ------ -------- -----0x2E025290 0x000045C00443 Local
0
1
0x2E025360 0xC15084368061 Local
0
1

Hops
---0
0

16 Routes in table.

Sample Display - show ipx routes type local
IPX Routing Table Information
----------------------------Dest Net
---------0x2E025290
0x2E025360

Ckt Idx
------6
7

2 Entries found.

2-358

114087 Rev. A

show ipx
Sample Display - show ipx routes 0x2E025360
IPX Routing Table Information
----------------------------Dest Net
Ckt Idx NxtHop Net NextHop Host Method
Age
Ticks
---------- ------- ---------- -------------- ------ -------- -----0x2E025360 7
0x2E025360 0xC15084368061 Local
0
1

Hops
---0

1 Entries found.

Sample Display - show ipx routes find *5555
IPX Routing Table Information
----------------------------Dest Net
Ckt Idx NxtHop Net NextHop Host Method
Age
Ticks
---------- ------- ---------- -------------- ------ -------- -----0x00005555 7
0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP
60
18

Hops
---7

1 Entries found.

Sample Display - show ipx route net 0x2E0252*
IPX Routing Table Information
----------------------------Dest Net
Ckt Idx NxtHop Net NextHop Host Method
Age
Ticks
---------- ------- ---------- -------------- ------ -------- -----0x2E025290 6
0x2E025290 0x000045C00443 Local
0
1

Hops
---0

1 Entries found.

114087 Rev. A

2-359

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show ipx route host 0x000045C00443
IPX Routing Table Information
----------------------------Dest Net
Ckt Idx NxtHop Net NextHop Host Method
Age
Ticks
---------- ------- ---------- -------------- ------ -------- -----0x2E025290 6
0x2E025290 0x000045C00443 Local
0
1

Hops
---0

1 Entries found.

sap
Displays the state of IPX Service Advertising Protocol (SAP) interfaces and includes the
following information:

2-360

Circuit Index

Unique number for each IPX interface on the router.

SAP Interface

Network address of the SAP interface.

State

Condition of the interface, which can be Down, Init (initializing),
NotPres (not present), or Up.

Mode

Operating mode for this circuit, as follows:
• Listen/Supply - Interface both listens for and supplies SAP
updates.
• Listen - Interface listens to SAP Periodic and Triggered updates
from neighboring networks and conveys received routing
information to its internal routing table.
• Supply - Interface transmits all SAP Periodic and Triggered
updates to routers in neighboring networks.

In Packets

Number of SAP packets received on this interface.

Out Packets

Number of SAP packets sent out this interface.

Bad Packets

Number of bad SAP packets received on this interface.

114087 Rev. A

show ipx
Sample Display - show ipx sap
IPX SAP Interface Record Configuration Information (All)
-------------------------------------------------------Circuit
Index
------1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

SAP
Interface
---------None
None
None
None
None
0x2E025290
0x2E025360
None

State
-------Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Up
Up
Absent

Mode
--------Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply

In
Packets
------0
0
0
0
0
0
13313
0

Out
Packets
------0
0
0
0
0
13587
1
0

Bad
Packets
------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

8 SAP Interfaces configured.

114087 Rev. A

2-361

Using Technician Interface Scripts

sap alerts
Displays IPX SAP interfaces whose Disable/Enable parameter conflicts with their state.
For column definitions, see the sap command.

Sample Display - show ipx sap alerts
IPX SAP Interface Record Configuration Information (Alerts)
----------------------------------------------------------Circuit
Index
------1
2
3
4
5
8

SAP
Interface
---------None
None
None
None
None
None

State
-------Disabled
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent

Mode
--------Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply

In
Packets
------0
0
0
0
0
0

Out
Packets
------0
0
0
0
0
0

Bad
Packets
------0
0
0
0
0
0

8 SAP Interfaces configured.

sap disabled
Displays IPX SAP interfaces that are disabled. For column definitions, see the sap
command.

Sample Display - show ip sap disabled
IPX SAP Interface Record Configuration Information (Disabled)
------------------------------------------------------------Circuit
SAP
In
Out
Bad
Index Interface State
Mode
Packets Packets Packets
------- ---------- -------- --------- ------- ------- ------1
None
Disabled Lstn/Sply 0
0
0
8 SAP Interfaces configured.

2-362

114087 Rev. A

show ipx

sap enabled
Displays IPX SAP interfaces that are enabled. For column definitions, see the sap
command.

Sample Display - show ipx sap enabled
IPX SAP Interface Record Configuration Information (Enabled)
-----------------------------------------------------------Circuit
Index
------2
3
4
5
6
7
8

SAP
Interface
---------None
None
None
None
0x2E025290
0x2E025360
None

State
-------Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Up
Up
Absent

Mode
--------Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply

In
Packets
------0
0
0
0
0
13383
0

Out
Packets
------0
0
0
0
13621
1
0

Bad
Packets
------0
0
0
0
0
0
0

8 SAP Interfaces configured.

server name level filters
Displays all name-level service filters on the router. Name-level filters filter individual
services based on the name of the server and the type of service. The display includes the
following information:
Prio

Priority of this filter compared to other filters of the same type. The
highest priority is 1.

Server

Name of the server.

State

State of the filter -- Enabled or Disabled.

Circuit Index

Unique number for each IPX interface on the router.

IPX Interface

Network address of the server.

114087 Rev. A

2-363

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Type

Type of service to monitor; for example, printer, file server, and so
on.

Action

Action for the filter to take: advertise/accept (Adv/Acpt) or suppress
(Sprs). Mode means whether the action applies to inbound or
outbound filters. The modes are -In,-Out, or -In/Out. The action
and mode are combined under the Action/Mode field in the
display; for example, Sprs/-In means to suppress inbound filters.
The default action and mode is Adv/Acpt-Out.

Sample Display - show ipx server name level filters
IPX Server Name Level Filter Information
----------------------------------------

Circuit
IPX
Action/
Prio
Server
State
Index
Interface
Type
Mode
------ -------------------- -------- ------- ---------- -------- -------------1
PRINT_SERV
Enabled 3
0x0000DD00 0x0004
Adv/Acpt-Out
1 Server Name Level Filters configured

server net level filters
Displays all network-level service filters on the router. Network-level filters filter
individual services based on the internal network of the server and the type of service
specified. The display includes the following information:
Target Net

Address of the target network to monitor.

For more information on column definitions, see the server name level filters command.

2-364

114087 Rev. A

show ipx
Sample Display - show ipx server net level filters
IPX Server Net Level Filter Information
--------------------------------------Circuit
IPX
Action/
Priority Target Net
State
Index
Interface
Type
Mode
-------- ------------ -------- ------- ------------ -------- --------------1
0x00000001
Enabled 3
0x0000DD00
0x0001
Adv/Acpt-Out
1 Server Net Level Filters configured.

service addresses
Displays the internal network address and host address of each service.

Sample Display - show ipx service addresses
IPX Service Address Information
------------------------------Server
Internal Net
Host Address
---------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------FENDER
0xF006014
0x000000000001
HIWATT
0xFA72401
0x000000000001
2 Services in table.

114087 Rev. A

2-365

Using Technician Interface Scripts

services [ | type  |
Net ]
Displays the service type, age, and hop count within the router’s SAP table.


Limits the display to servers with names that match the
character-based search pattern, which is case sensitive.

type 

Limits the display to server types that match the hexadecimal
search pattern, which is case sensitive.

net 

Limits the display to networks that match the given next-hop
network address pattern (in character format), which is case
sensitive.

The table includes the following information:

2-366

Server

Name of the server.

Type

Type of server allowed to pass SAP broadcasts to the locally attached network
segment; a 4-digit number in hexadecimal format.

Network

The network address of the server.

Age

Number of seconds since the router updated this service or determined it to be
valid.

Hops

Number of hops this service is from the router.

114087 Rev. A

show ipx
Sample Display - show ipx services
IPX Service Table Information
----------------------------Server
----------------------------------------------HOMER
CALERN
CD_ROM
WFNYC1
PAYROLL
TORONTO
HRISTEST
HR_SERVER
RSMT_NW_1
SYNOPTICS

Type
-----0x0004
0x0004
0x0004
0x0004
0x0004
0x0004
0x0004
0x0004
0x0004
0x0004

Network
---------0x00202020
0xEC101070
0x2E86F3D1
0x17171717
0x00000100
0xFC111139
0x2F5F920C
0x0000AAA1
0x43582782
0x00000003

Age
----50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

Hops
----9
9
10
9
10
9
9
9
9
14

Type
-----0x0004
0x0004
0x0107
0x023F

Network
---------0x00202020
0x0000F2B8
0x0000F2B8
0x0000F2B8

Age
----50
50
50
60

Hops
----9
9
10
10

10 Services in table.

Sample Display - show ipx service HO*
IPX Service Table Information
----------------------------Server
----------------------------------------------HOMER
HOUSTON_NW_SVR
HOUSTON_NW_SVR
HOUSTON_NW_SVR
4 Entries found.

114087 Rev. A

2-367

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show ipx service type *4
IPX Service Table Information
----------------------------Server
----------------------------------------------HOMER
CALERN
CD_ROM
WFNYC1
PAYROLL
TORONTO
HRISTEST
HR_SERVER
RSMT_NW_1
SYNOPTICS
HR_SERVER2
BOCA_NW_SVR
HR_VALBONNE
NW312_LOTUS
ADMIN_SERVER
MARLOW_SALES
MCA_ST_LOUIS
REGISTRATION
ATLANTA_NW_SVR
HOUSTON_NW_SVR

Type
-----0x0004
0x0004
0x0004
0x0004
0x0004
0x0004
0x0004
0x0004
0x0004
0x0004
0x0004
0x0004
0x0004
0x0004
0x0004
0x0004
0x0004
0x0004
0x0004
0x0004

Network
---------0x00202020
0xEC101070
0x2E86F3D1
0x17171717
0x00000100
0xFC111139
0x2F5F920C
0x0000AAA1
0x43582782
0x00000003
0x000AAA12
0x00087364
0x00000123
0x00000986
0x0000F2AB
0x44628F02
0x00000730
0x0BADF00D
0x2E5965F3
0x0000F2B8

Age
----50
20
50
50
50
50
30
50
30
50
50
50
50
50
50
30
50
50
50
50

Hops
----9
9
10
9
10
9
9
9
9
14
10
9
9
3
8
10
9
8
9
9

20 Entries found.

2-368

114087 Rev. A

show ipx
Sample Display - show ipx service net *00010?
IPX Service Table Information
----------------------------Server
----------------------------------------------PAYROLL
PAYROLL
PAYROLL
0800092C489983C2NPI2C4899
08000945B1310380SYSTEM_ENGINEERS
Synoptics 810M Agent
QMS_1725_PRINT_SYSTEM_0800861004E0
APPLE_LW046fe3

Type
-----0x0004
0x0047
0x0107
0x030C
0x030C
0x0433
0x045A
0x0618

Network
---------0x00000100
0x00000100
0x00000100
0xFC000108
0xFC000105
0xFC000108
0xFC000105
0xFC000106

Age
----30
40
40
50
50
60
60
60

Hops
----10
11
11
9
9
9
9
9

8 Entries found.

static netbios routes
Displays all configured NetBIOS Static Routes. Statically configured IPX records do not
dynamically change within the configuration because information has been received
through routing protocols. The table includes the following information:
Name

Name of the target server.

Target Net

IPX address of this static route.

Mode

State of the network: Enabled or Disabled.

Sample Display - show ipx static netbios routes
IPX Netbios Static Route Table Information
-----------------------------------------Name
Target Net
Mode
------------------------------------ ---------------- -------DANIEL
0x0000FC00
Enabled
1 Netbios Static Routes configured

114087 Rev. A

2-369

Using Technician Interface Scripts

static routes
Displays all configured Static Routes. The table includes the following information:
Static Net

Address of the statically configured network.

Mode

State of the network: Enabled or Disabled.

Nexthop Ckt Idx

Circuit index of IPX interface, a unique number for each IPX
interface on the router.

Nexthop Net

IPX address of the next-hop network.

Nexthop Host

Host address of the next-hop network.

Ticks

Cost of the static route in numbers of ticks.

Hops

Cost of this route in numbers of hops.

Sample Display - show ipx static routes
IPX Static Route Table Information
---------------------------------Nexthop
Static Net
Mode
Ckt Idx Nexthop Net
Nexthop Host
Ticks Hops
------------ -------- ------- ------------ ---------------- ------ ----0x00000001
Enabled 1
None
0x000000000001
0
0
1 Static Routes configured.

static services
Displays all configured Static Services: Name, Internal Network, Host address, and Hops
only. The table includes the following information:

2-370

Server

Name of the target server.

Internal Net

Internal network address for this service.

Host Address

Host address for this service.

Hops

Cost of this route in numbers of hops.

114087 Rev. A

show ipx
Sample Display - show ipx static services
IPX Static Service Table Information
-----------------------------------Internal
Server
Network
Host Address
Hops
----------------------------------------------- ---------- -------------- ----oneputt
0x23AAFF00 0x000000002345
1
1 Static Services configured.

static services additional
Displays an alternative format that includes next hop, type, socket, and server name
information. The table includes the following information:
Server

Server name.

Nexthop Ckt Idx

Circuit index of IPX interface, a unique number for each IPX
interface on the router.

Nexthop Net

IPX address of the next-hop network.

Type

Type of service. Multiple routes to a single destination can appear
in the table, but access to such multiple entries is dependent on the
table-access mechanisms defined by the network management
protocol in use.

Sock

Socket for this service.

Sample Display - show ipx static services additional
IPX Static Service Table additional Information
----------------------------------------------Nexthop
Server
Ckt Idx Nexthop Net
Type
Sock
---------------------------------------- ------- ------------ -------- -------oneputt
1
None
0x0002
0x0023
1 Static Services configured.

114087 Rev. A

2-371

Using Technician Interface Scripts

stats
Displays general forwarding statistics for IPX interfaces. The table includes the following
information:

2-372

Circuit

Name of the circuit the interface runs on.

Circuit Index

Unique number for each IPX interface on the router.

IPX Network

Network address of the interface.

In Receive

Number of input datagrams received from interfaces including
those received in error.

In Deliver

Number of input datagrams successfully delivered to IPX
user-protocols.

Out Request

Number of IPX datagrams that local IPX user-protocols supplied in
transmission requests; doesn’t include datagrams counted in
“Forwards.”

Forward

Number of input datagrams for which this router was not the final
IPX destination. When this is the case, the router tries to find a
route for forwarding the datagram to the appropriate final
destination. If the router isn’t an IPX gateway, this counter includes
only the packets that were source-routed through the router
successfully.

In Discard

Number of input IPX datagrams discarded because of an
environmental problem, such as insufficient buffer space; doesn’t
include those discarded while awaiting reassembly.

Out Discard

Number of output IPX datagrams discarded because of an
environmental problem, such as insufficient buffer space; includes
datagrams counted under “Forwards” if they match this criterion.

114087 Rev. A

show ipx
Sample Display - show ipx stats
IPX Statistical Information
---------------------------

Circuit
-------F51
E22
203101.0
S32-iwup
S33-iwpp
O42
S34-smds
E24

Circuit
Index
------1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

IPX
Network
---------None
None
None
None
None
0x2E025290
0x2E025360
None

In
Receive
------0
0
0
0
0
0
16376
0

In
Deliver
------0
0
0
0
0
0
16376
0

Out
Request
------0
0
0
0
0
16714
427
0

Forward
------0
0
0
0
0
16714
427
0

In
Discard
------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

Out
Discard
------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

8 Entries in table.

stats datagrams
Displays error statistics for IPX circuits. The display includes the following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit the interface runs on.

Circuit Index

Unique number for each IPX interface on the router.

IPX Network

Network address of the interface.

Header Errors

Number of IPX packets discarded because of errors in their
headers, including any IPX packet less than 30 bytes.

In Discards

Number of input IPX datagrams discarded because of an
environmental problem, such as insufficient buffer space; doesn’t
include those discarded while awaiting reassembly.

Out Discards

Number of output IPX datagrams discarded because of an
environmental problem, such as insufficient buffer space; includes
datagrams counted under “Forwards” if they match this criterion.

No Routes

Number of times the router could not find a route to the
destination.

114087 Rev. A

2-373

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show ipx stats datagrams
IPX Statistical Datagram Information
------------------------------------

Circuit
------F51
E22
203101.0
S32-iwup
S33-iwpp
O42
S34-smds
E24

Circuit
Index
------1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

IPX
Network
-----------None
None
None
None
None
0x2E025290
0x2E025360
None

Header
Errors
-------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

In
Discards
-------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

Out
Discards
-------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

No
Routes
-------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

8 Entries in table.

traffic filters
Displays IPX traffic filter information for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table
includes the following information:

2-374

Circuit

Name of the circuit the filter applies to.

Circuit Index

Unique number for each IPX interface on the router.

IPX Network

Network address of the interface.

Mode

Status of the interface: Enabled or Disabled.

Status

Current status of the traffic filter, as follows:
• Inactive - Filter is not in use.
• Active - Filter is currently in use.
• Error - Application has detected an error in the rule.

Rx Matches

Number of received packets that have matched this rule.

Rule Number

Identifier for the rule.

Fragment Number

Number of the rule fragment (or section), used for large rules.

114087 Rev. A

show ipx
Sample Display - show ipx traffic filter
IPX Traffic Filter Information
-----------------------------Circuit
IPX
Rx
Rule
Fragment
Circuit
Index
Address
Status Matches
Number
Number
-------- ------- ---------- -------- -------- -------- -------F51
1
None
Inactive 0
0
0
1 Traffic Filters configured.

version
Displays the current version and modification date of the ipx.bat script.

Sample Display - show ipx version
IPX.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

114087 Rev. A

2-375

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show iredund
The show iredund  commands display information about the Interface
Redundancy protocol and services. For detailed information on the Bay Networks
implementation of Interface Redundancy services, refer to Configuring Interface and
Router Redundancy.
The show iredund command supports the following subcommand options:
circuit []

enabled

disabled

circuit []
Displays circuit and state information for all interface redundancy ports or for a specific
port. The table includes the following information:

2-376

Circuit

Name of the circuit.

Slot

Slot number the port is on.

Port

Port number.

State

State of the protocol: Enabled, Disabled, Down, Init (initializing),
Not Pres (enabled but not yet started), or Up.

Role

Role of the interface: primary or backup.

Active

State of the Circuit: Active, Standby, Unavailable

114087 Rev. A

show iredund
Sample Display - $show iredund circuit
Interface Redundancy Circuit Table
------------------------------Circuit
Slot
Port
State
Role
Active
-------- -------- -------- ------------ ---------- ---------E43
4
3
Enabled
primary
standby
E43
4
4
Enabled
backup
active
2 Entries found.

disabled
Displays all disabled circuits that contain an interface redundancy port. A circuit is
disabled if the disable/enable parameter is set to disable and the state is down. For
definitions of the columns in the table, see the circuit command.

Sample Display - $show iredund disable
Interface Redundancy Circuit Table
------------------------------Circuit
Slot
Port
State
Role
Active
-------- -------- -------- ------------ ---------- ---------0 Entries found.

114087 Rev. A

2-377

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enabled
Displays all enabled circuits that contain an interface redundancy port. A circuit is enabled
if the disable/enable parameter is set to enable and the state is up. For definitions of the
columns in the table, see the circuit command.

Sample Display - $show iredund enable
Interface Redundancy Circuit Table
------------------------------Circuit
Slot
Port
State
Role
Active
-------- -------- -------- ------------ ---------- ---------E43
4
3
Enabled
primary
standby
E43
4
4
Enabled
backup
active
2 Entries found.

2-378

114087 Rev. A

show isdn

show isdn
The show isdn  commands display information about the Integrated Services
Digital Network (ISDN) service. For information about ISDN, refer to Configuring Dial
Services.

Note: Refer to the “show isdn bri” section for more information on the isdn bri
command.

The show isdn command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts

messages received

bri

messages sent

calls general

pools

calls time

switch

inphone

version

local

114087 Rev. A

2-379

Using Technician Interface Scripts

alerts
Displays all enabled circuits that are not active. Use this display to identify the ports that
are not working.

Sample Display - show isdn alerts
ISDN Alerts
-----------

Slot 1 does not have Line Manager loaded
Slot 2 does not have ISDN loaded

Total of 2 slot(s) on alert

bri

Note: See “show isdn bri.”

calls general
Displays the active call information for all ISDN lines. The table displays the following
information:

2-380

Slot

Slot that has the ISDN interface.

DSL ID

Digital Subscriber Loop ID.

Call ID

Entry in the ISDN Call Information Table.

B Chan

B channel that this call resides on.

Called Party Number

Phone number of the called party.

Called Sub-Addr

Subaddress of the called party.

114087 Rev. A

show isdn
Calling Party Number

Phone number of the calling party.

Calling Sub-Addr

Subaddress of the calling party.

Sample Display - show isdn calls general
ISDN Active Call Information
---------------------------DSL
B
Called
Called
Calling
Calling
Slot ID
Call ID Chan
Party Number
Sub-Addr
Party Number
Sub-Addr
---- --- -------- ------ --------------- ----------- --------------- ---------1
0
32769 1
384020
Not used
None
None
Total of

1 call is active.

calls time
Displays the duration of an active call. The table displays the following information:
Slot

Slot that has the ISDN interface.

DSL ID

Digital Subscriber Loop ID.

Call ID

Entry in the ISDN Call Information Table.

Duration (Minutes)

The duration of the call.

Connect Time (Hour:Min:Sec)

Time of day that the router establishes the call.

Sample Display - show isdn calls time
DSL DurationConnect Time
Slot ID
Call ID(Minutes)(Hour:Min:Sec)
---- --- -------- ---------------- ---------------1
0
32769
0
16:46:33
Total of

114087 Rev. A

1 call is active.

2-381

Using Technician Interface Scripts

inphone
Displays the configuration set up for incoming phone numbers. The table displays the
following information:
Index

Index number for this line instance.

Incoming Phone Number

Telephone number of the remote router.

Sub-Addr

Subaddress for a main telephone number.

Phone # Type

Indicates whether the phone number type is Dial or ISDN.

Type of Phone

ISDN numbering type: Unknown, International, National, Specific,
Subscriber, or Abbreviated.

Plan Type

ISDN numbering plan: Unknown, Telephony, X.121, Telex,
Standard, or Private.

Sample Display - show isdn inphone
ISDN Incoming Phone Number Configuration
---------------------------------------Incoming
Phone #
Index
Phone Number
Sub-Addr
Type
----- -------------------- ---------- ------1
5084367001
None DIAL
2
5084367002
None DIAL
3
5084368005
None DIAL
4
5084368006
None DIAL
5
5084366005
None DIAL
6
5084366006
None DIAL
Total of

2-382

Type of
Phone
------------N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

Plan
Type
--------N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

6 Incoming Phone Entries found.

114087 Rev. A

show isdn

local
Lists the local phone number entry for each line in the line pool. The display includes the
following information:
Line Number

Lists the line number.

Directory Number

Lists the local phone number.

Subaddress

Lists the subaddress number for the main phone number if one
exists.

SPID

Lists the service profile identifier (SPID) assigned by your ISDN
provider.

SPID Status

Indicates if the SPID was accepted or rejected by the called router.

Sample Display - show isdn local
[2:1]$ show isdn local

ISDN Local Numbers
-----------------Line
Directory
SPID
Number
Number
Subaddress
SPID
Status
---------- -------------- -------------- -------------- ---------1301302
5084361011
Not used
1011
Accepted
1301302
5084361012
Not used
1012
Accepted
Total of

114087 Rev. A

2 ISDN Local Number(s) found

2-383

Using Technician Interface Scripts

messages received
Displays the number of messages the router received on each ISDN line. The table
displays the following information:
Slot

Slot that has the ISDN interface.

DSL ID

Digital Subscriber Loop ID.

Setup Ind.

Setup indication received from the network.

Connect Ind.

Connect indication received from the network.

Disconn. Ind.

Disconnect indication received from the network.

Clear Ind.

Release indication received from the network.

Activ. Ind.

Activation indication received from the ISDN driver.

Deactiv. Ind.

Deactivation indication received from the ISDN driver.

Sample Display - show isdn messages received
ISDN Messages Received
---------------------Setup Connect
Slot DSL ID
Ind.
Ind.
---- ------ ----- ------1
0
1
1
Total of

Disconn.
Ind.
-------8

Clear
Ind.
----0

Activ.
Ind.
-----1

Deactiv.
Ind.
-------0

1 Message Entries found.

messages sent
Displays the messages the router sent on each ISDN line. The table displays the following
information:

2-384

Slot

Slot which has the ISDN interface.

DSL ID

Digital Subscriber Loop ID.

Setup Req.

Setup request sent to the network.

Connect Req.

Connect request sent to the network.

114087 Rev. A

show isdn
Disconn. Req.

Disconnect request sent to the network.

Clear Req.

Clear request sent to the network.

Activ. Req.

Activate request sent to the driver.

Dactiv. Req.

Deactivate request sent to the driver.

Sample Display - show isdn messages sent
ISDN Messages Sent
-----------------Setup
Slot DSL ID
Req.
---- ------ ----1
0
9
Total of

Connect
Req.
------1

Disconn.
Req.
-------1

Clear
Req.
----8

Activ.
Req.
-----0

Deactiv.
Req.
-------0

1 Message Entries found.

pools
Displays the line pool configuration. The table displays the following information:
Pool Type

Identifies the type of line pool: demand, backup, or
bandwidth-on-demand.

Line Number

Identifies the lines in the pool.

Pool ID

ID number of the pool.

Channel Count

The number of B channels in the pool.

Priority

Indicates the order of preference for each line pool.

Channels In Use

Specifies how many B channels the router is currently using.

114087 Rev. A

2-385

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show isdn pools
Pool
Type
--------Demand
Backup
Total of
Total of
Total of

Line
Number
---------1301102
1301102

Pool Channel
Channels
ID
Count Priority In Use
---- ------- -------- -------1
2
1
0
1
2
1
0

1 ISDN
Demand pool(s) found
1 ISDN
Backup pool(s) found
0 ISDN Bandwidth pool(s) found

switch
Displays the ISDN switch type the router communicates with and the state of the
incoming filter. The table displays the following information:

2-386

Slot

Slot which has the ISDN interface.

Switch Type

Switch type, as follows:
BRI Options
• BRI NET3 - Austria, Belgium, Denmark, France, Germany, Italy,
Netherlands, Norway, Spain, Sweden, United Kingdom
• BRI SWISSNET3 - Switzerland
• BRI 5ESS - United States
• BRI NI1 and BRI DMS100 - United States, Canada
• BRI KDD and BRI NTT - Japan
• BRI TS013 - Australia
PRI Options
• PRI Net 5 - Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France,
Germany, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg,
Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland,
United Kingdom
• PRI 4ESS - United States
• PRI 5ESS - United States
• PRI DMS100 - United States, Canada
• PRI KDD and PRI NTT - Japan
• PRI TS014 - Australia

Incoming Filter

Security feature that can be set to On or Off. On enables call
screening.

114087 Rev. A

show isdn
Sample Display - show isdn switch
ISDN Switch Configuration
------------------------Incoming
Slot
Switch Type
Filter
---- --------------- ---------1
BRI5ESS
Off
Total of

1 Switch Entries found.

version
Displays the current version and modification date of the isdn.bat script.

Sample Display - show isdn version
ISDN.BAT Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

114087 Rev. A

2-387

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show isdn bri
The show isdn bri  commands display information about the ISDN Basic Rate
Interface (ISDN BRI) service. For information about ISDN BRI, refer to Configuring Dial
Services.

Note: The isdn bri set of commands is a subset of the isdn command. Refer to
“show isdn” preceding this section for more information on the isdn command.

The show isdn bri command supports the following subcommand options:

2-388

alerts

sample [] [circuit
]

base

stats

disabled

system errors

enabled

transmit errors

receive errors

version

114087 Rev. A

show isdn bri

alerts
Displays all enabled circuits that are not active. Use this display to identify the ports that
are not working. The table includes the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector’s instance identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

State

State of the line driver: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not
Present (enabled but not yet started), or Up.

DSL ID

ID of this Digital Subscriber Loop interface.

Line Number

Line number for this line instance.

MTU

Acceptable Link Access Protocol D-channel (LAPD) Maximum
Transfer Units.

TE State

Terminal Endpoint state of the S/T interface: Inactive (1), Sensing
(2), Deactivated (3), Await Signal (4), Identify Input (5),
Synchronized (6), Activated (7), Lost Framing (8).

B Channel Loopback

Indicates whether B Channel Loopback is enabled. Used for
conformance testing.

Timer 3

Maximum amount of time (in seconds) the router has to activate the
S/T interface.

Timer 4

Amount of time in milliseconds the router waits for the line to
recover from a deactivated state.

Sample Display - show isdnbri alerts
ISDN BRI Modules on Alert:
--------------------------

DSL Line
Slot Conn State
ID
Number
---- ---- -------- ---- -------1
12 Init
0 1301102
1
32 Init
1 1301302

114087 Rev. A

MTU
TE State
---- --------------400
Deactivated
400
Activated

BChannel Tmr Tmr
Loopback 3
4
-------- --- --Disabled 10 750
Disabled 10 750

2-389

Using Technician Interface Scripts

base
Displays base record information for all ISDN BRI circuits or for a specified circuit. For
definitions of the columns in the table, refer to the alerts command.

Sample Display - show isdnbri base
ISDN BRI Modules:
-----------------

DSL Line
BChannel Tmr Tmr
Slot Conn State
ID
Number
MTU
TE State
Loopback 3
4
---- ---- -------- ---- -------- ---- --------------- -------- --- --1
12 Init
0 1301102 400 Deactivated
Disabled 10 750
1
32 Init
1 1301302 400 Activated
Disabled 10 750

disabled
Displays the circuits that a user has manually disabled. In this case, State is Disabled. For
definitions of the columns in the table, refer to the alerts command.

Sample Display - show isdnbri disabled
ISDN BRI Modules Disabled:
-------------------------DSL
Slot Conn State
ID
---- ---- ---------- ---1
12 Disabled
0

2-390

Line
Number
------1301102

MTU
----400

BChannel Tmr Tmr
TE State
Loopback 3
4
----------------- -- -Deactivated Disabled 10 750

114087 Rev. A

show isdn bri

enabled
Displays circuits that a user has enabled. In this case, State is Down, Init, Not Present, or
Up. For definitions of the columns in the table, refer to the alerts command.

Sample Display - show isdnbri enabled
ISDN BRI Modules Enabled:
-------------------------DSL
Line
Slot Conn State
ID
Number
---- ---- -------- ---- -------1
12 Init
0 1301102
1
32 Init
1 1301302

BChannel
MTU
TE State
Loopback
---- --------------- -------400 Deactivated
Disabled
400 Activated
Disabled

Tmr Tmr
3
4
--- --10 750
10 750

receive errors
Displays receive error information for all circuits or for a specified circuit.
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector’s instance identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Over Flows

Number of data overflows (anomalies) received by the circuit.

Bad CRC

Number of bad cyclic redundancy checks received.

Aborts

Number of abort messages received.

Frames Too Long

Number of frames received that were too long for processing.
(They exceeded the standard ISDN frame length.)

Sample Display - show isdnbri receive errors
ISDN BRI Module Receive Errors:
------------------------------Over
Frames
Slot Conn Flows
Bad CRC
Aborts
Too Long
---- ---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------1
12
0
0
0
0
1
32
0
0
0
0
114087 Rev. A

2-391

Using Technician Interface Scripts

sample [] [circuit ]
Displays the ISDN BRI statistics generated during a prescribed period (default 10
seconds). This command can be used for all circuits (default) or for a selected circuit.
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector’s instance identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Tx Frames

Number of frames the router transmits.

Rx Frames

Number of frames the router receives.

Rx Lack of Resources

Number of times there is a lack of resources for received frames.
Due to a heavy traffic load, the D channel device driver could not
find a buffer in which to receive a D channel frame.

Tx Lack of Resources

Number of times there is a lack of resources for transmitted
frames. The driver received more than seven frames at once for
transmission.

Sample Display - show isdnbri sample
ISDN BRI Sampled Data over 10 seconds
--------------------------------------Rx
Tx
Rx Lack of
Tx Lack of
Slot Conn Frames Frames Resources
Resources
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------1
12
0
0
0
1
32
0
0
0

stats
Displays I/O statistics for all ISDN BRI circuits or for a specific circuit.

2-392

Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector’s instance identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Receive Bytes

Number of bytes the router receives over the circuit.

Receive Frames

Number of frames the router receives over the circuit.

114087 Rev. A

show isdn bri
Transmit Bytes

Number of bytes the router transmits over the circuit.

Transmit Frames

Number of frames the router transmits.

Total Errors

Number of total errors for the circuit.

Sample Display - show isdnbri stats
ISDN BRI Module I/O Statistics:
------------------------------Receive
Receive
Transmit
Transmit
Total
Slot Conn Bytes
Frames
Bytes
Frames
Errors
---- ---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------1
12
0
0
0
0
0
1
32
556
40
180
34
0

system errors
Displays statistical information about general interface errors for all circuits or for a
specific circuit.
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector’s instance identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Timer 3 Timeouts

Number of T3 timeouts that occurred for the circuit.

Timer 4 Timeouts

Number of Timer 4 timeouts that occurred for the circuit.

Sample Display - show isdnbri system errors
ISDN BRI Module System Errors:
-----------------------------Timer 3
Timer 4
Slot Conn Timeouts
Timeouts
---- ---- ---------- ---------1
12
11
11
1
32
0
0

114087 Rev. A

2-393

Using Technician Interface Scripts

transmit errors
Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific
circuit.
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector’s instance identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Underflow Frames

Number of underflow frames (anomalies) for the circuit.

D Channel Collisions

Number of collisions on the D channel.

Sample Display - show isdnbri transmit errors
ISDN BRI Module Transmit Errors:
-------------------------------Underflow
D Channel
Slot Conn Frames
Collisions
---- ---- ---------- ---------1
12
0
0
1
32
0
0

version
Displays the current version number and date of the isdnbri.bat script.

Sample Display - show isdnbri version
isdnbri.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

2-394

114087 Rev. A

show lane

show lane
The show lane  command displays information about ATM LAN Emulation.
For details about the Bay Networks implementation of ATM, refer to Configuring ATM
Services.
The show lane command supports the following subcommand options:
clients []

mac []

config []

servers []

data_vcs []

stats []

learp []

clients []
Displays ATM LAN Emulation Client running information for all circuits, or for a specific
circuit.
The table displays the following information:
Cct#

Circuit number of the LEC.

Circuit Name

Circuit name assigned by Site Manager.

LecID

LEC ID that the LE Server (LES) assigns during the Join state.

State

State for the LEC: INITIAL, LECSCONNECT, CONFIGURE,
JOIN, INITIAL_REG, BUSCONNECT, OPERATIONAL.

Fail Code

Status code from the last failed Configure or Join response.

Cfg Src

Indicates whether this LEC used the LAN Emulation Configuration
Server (LECS), and if so, what method is used to establish the
Configuration Direct VCC: VIAILMI, KNOWNADR, CFGPVC, or
NO LECS.

LAN type

Data frame format this client is now using: Unspecified,
IEEE 802.3, or IEEE 802.5.

114087 Rev. A

2-395

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Max Data Frm Size

Maximum data frame size this client is now using: Unspecified,
1516, 4544, 9234, or 18190.

ELAN Name

The name of the emulated LAN (ELAN) that this client last joined.

Proxy

Indicates whether the LEC acts as a proxy when it joins an ATM
emulated LAN: 1 (True) or 2 (False).

Primary addr

ATM address of the LEC.

Cfg Server addr

ATM address of the LAN Emulation Configuration Server.

LE Server addr

ATM address of the LES.

Sample Display - show lane clients
ATM LAN Emulation Client Running Config Info
-------------------------------------------Cct#
Circuit Name
LecID
State
Fail Code Cfg Src
----- -------------------- ----- ----------- --------- -------4
ATMSR_1405101.4
29
OPERATIONAL NONE
KNOWNADR
LAN type
Max Data Frm Size ELAN Name Proxy
----------- ----------------- ---------- ----IEEE8023
1516
01
1
Primary
addr 39.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.C0.A8.8D.A0.00
Cfg Server addr 47.00.79.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.A0.3E.00.00.01.00
LE Server addr 39.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.08.00.20.1A.42.C4.01
--------------------------------------------------------------------

Total entries: 1

2-396

114087 Rev. A

show lane

config []
Displays the ATM LAN Emulation Client record for each circuit, or for a specific circuit.
The table displays the following information:
Cct#

Circuit number of the LEC.

Circuit Name

Circuit name assigned by Site Manager.

LAN Name

Emulated LAN name this client will use the next time it returns to
the Initial state.

LAN Type

Data frame format that this client will use the next time it returns to
the Initial state: Unspecified, IEEE 802.3, or IEEE 802.5.

State

State for the LEC: INITIAL, LECSCONNECT, CONFIGURE,
JOIN, INITIAL_REG, BUSCONNECT, OPERATIONAL.

LES ATM addr

Configured ATM address of the LAN Emulation Server

LECS ATM addr

Configured ATM address of the LAN Emulation Configuration
Server

Sample Display - show lane config
ATM LAN Emulation Client Table
-----------------------------Cct# Circuit Name
LAN Name
LAN Type
State
----- -------------------- ---------- ----------- ----------5
ATMSR_1405101.5
UNSPECIFIED LECSCONNECT
LES

ATM addr 12.34.56.78.90.12.34.56.78.90.12.34.56.78.90.12.34.56.78.9A

LECS ATM addr 12.34.56.78.90.12.34.56.78.90.12.34.56.78.90.12.34.56.78.9A
-------------------------------------------------------------Total entries: 1

114087 Rev. A

2-397

Using Technician Interface Scripts

data_vcs []
Displays ATM LAN Emulation control and data VCC information for all circuits, or for a
specific circuit.
The table displays the following information:

2-398

Cct#

Circuit number of the LEC.

Config Direct

The VPI/VCI pair that identifies the Configuration Direct VCC (if it exists) at
the point where it connects to this LEC. If the value is 0/0, no Configuration
Direct VCC exists. ????

Control Direct

The VPI/VCI pair that identifies the Control Direct VCC (if it exists) at the
point where it connects to this LEC. If the value is 0/0, no Control Direct VCC
exists.

Control Distrib

The VPI/VCI pair that identifies the Control Distributed VCC (if it exists) at the
point where it connects to this LEC. If the value is 0/0, no Control Distributed
VCC exists.

Multi Send

The VPI/VCI pair that identifies the Multicast Send VCC (if it exists) at the
point where it connects to this LEC. If the value is 0/0, no Multicast Send VCC
exists.

Multi Forward

The VPI/VCI pair that identifies the Multicast Forward VCC (if it exists) at the
point where it connects to this LEC. If the value is 0/0, no Multicast Forward
VCC exists.

Data Direct

The VPI/VCI pair that identifies the Data Direct VCCs (if they exist) at the
point where they connect to this LEC. If the value is
0/0, no Data Direct VCCs exist.

114087 Rev. A

show lane
Sample Display - show lane data_vcs
[3:1$] show lane data_vcs

LAN Emulation control VCS and data VCS
-----------------------------------------

Config Control Control
Line#.Cct Direct Direct
Distrib
--------- ------ -------- -------1405101.3 0/514
0/515
0/516

Multi
Send
----0/517

Multi
Forward
------0/518

Data
Direct
------0/610
0/623

Config Control Control Multi Multi
Data
Line#.Cct Direct Direct
Distrib Send
Forward Direct
--------- ------ -------- -------- ----- ------- ------1405101.4 0/521
0/522
0/523
0/524 0/525
0/644

learp []
Displays ATM LAN Emulation Client MAC-to-ATM address resolution protocol (ARP)
Cache information for all circuits, or for a specific circuit.
The table displays the following information:
Cct#

Circuit number of the LEC.

Circuit Name

Circuit name that Site Manager assigned.

IsRemote

Indicates whether the MAC address belongs to a remote client.

Entry Type

Indicates how this table entry was created: LEARNED, LEARNED
CTRL, LEARNED DATA, STATIC VOL, STATIC NONVOL,
OTHER.
In the router’s case, the LEC will always learn this entry via the
Control VCC; the entry type will never be STATIC.

Status

Row status: ENABLE or DISABLE. In the router’s case, the status
will always be ENABLE.

114087 Rev. A

2-399

Using Technician Interface Scripts
VPI

Virtual Path Interface (VPI) that will be used for this MAC address.

VCI

Virtual Channel Interface (VCI) that will be used for this MAC
address.

MAC Address

Remote MAC address.

ATM Address

ATM address representing the MAC address.

Sample Display - show lane learp
ATM mulation Client MAC-to-ATM ARP Cache
--------------------------------------------Cct#
Circuit Name
IsRemote
EntryType
Status VPI VCI
----- -------------------- -------- ------------- -------- --- ----3
ATMSR_1405101.3
TRUE
LEARNED_CTRL ENABLE
0
38
MAC Address
ATM Address
----------------- ----------------------------------------------------------FF.FF.FF.FF.FF.FF 39.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.08.00.20.1A.42.C4.88
----------------------------------------------------------------------------Cct#
Circuit Name
IsRemote
EntryType
Status VPI VCI
----- -------------------- -------- ------------- -------- --- ----4
ATMSR_1405101.4
TRUE
LEARNED_CTRL ENABLE
0
45
MAC Address
ATM Address
----------------- ----------------------------------------------------------00.00.A2.0E.9F.C0 39.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.17.00.00.70.00
----------------------------------------------------------------------------Cct#
Circuit Name
IsRemote
EntryType
Status VPI VCI
----- -------------------- -------- ------------- -------- --- ----4
ATMSR_1405101.4
TRUE
LEARNED_CTRL ENABLE
0
39
MAC Address
ATM Address
----------------- ----------------------------------------------------------FF.FF.FF.FF.FF.FF 39.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.08.00.20.1A.42.C4.87
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total entries: 3

2-400

114087 Rev. A

show lane

mac []
Displays ATM LAN Emulation Client MAC address information for all circuits, or for a
specific circuit.
The table displays the following information:
Cct#

Circuit number of the LEC.

Circuit Name

Circuit name that Site Manager assigned.

MAC address

The local MAC address on this ATM interface that the LEC uses.

ATM address registered for
MAC address

The ATM address configured for this service record and that this
LEC uses.

Sample Display - show lane mac
ATM LAN Emulation Client MAC address table
-----------------------------------------Cct#
Circuit Name
----- -------------------9
ATMSR_1405101.9
MAC address
ATM address registered for MAC address
----------------- ----------------------------------------------------------00.00.A2.0E.9F.CA 39.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.08.00.00.71.00
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total entries: 1

servers []
Displays ATM LAN Emulation Client Server VCC information for all circuits, or for a
specific circuit.
The table displays the following information:

114087 Rev. A

2-401

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-402

Cct#

Circuit number of the LEC.

Circuit Name

Circuit name that Site Manager assigned.

Config Direct Line#

Interface associated with the Configuration Direct VCC. If the
value is 0, no Configuration Direct VCC exists.

Config Direct VPI

The Virtual Path Identifier (VPI) that identifies the Configuration
Direct VCC (if it exists) at the point where it connects to this LEC.

Config Direct VCI

The Virtual Channel Identifier (VCI) that identifies the
Configuration Direct VCC (if it exists) at the point where it
connects to this LEC.

Control Direct Line#

Interface associated with the Control Direct VCC. If the value is 0,
no Control Direct VCC exists.

Control Direct VPI

The VPI that identifies the Control Direct VCC (if it exists) at the
point where it connects to this LEC.

Control Direct VCI

The VCI that identifies the Control Direct VCC (if it exists) at the
point where it connects to this LEC.

Control Distributed Line#

Interface associated with the Control Distributed VCC. If the value
is 0, no Control Distributed VCC exists.

Control Distributed VPI

The VPI that identifies the Control Distributed VCC (if it exists) at
the point where it connects to this LEC.

Control Distributed VCI

The VCI that identifies the Control Distributed VCC (if it exists) at
the point where it connects to this LEC.

Multicast Send Line#

Interface associated with the Multicast Send VCC. If the value is 0,
no Multicast Send VCC exists.

Multicast Send VPI

The VPI that identifies the Multicast Send VCC (if it exists) at the
point where it connects to this LEC.

Multicast Send VCI

The VCI that identifies the Multicast Send VCC (if it exists) at the
point where it connects to this LEC.

Multicast Forward Line#

Interface associated with the Multicast Forward VCC. If the value
is 0, no Multicast Forward VCC exists.

Multicast Forward VPI

The VPI that identifies the Multicast Forward VCC (if it exists) at
the point where it connects to this LEC.

Multicast Forward VCI

The VCI that identifies the Multicast Forward VCC (if it exists) at
the point where it connects to this LEC.

114087 Rev. A

show lane
Sample Display - show lane servers
ATM LAN Emulation Client Server VCC Table
----------------------------------------Config Direct
Control Direct
Cct#
Circuit Name
Line#
VPI VCI
Line#
VPI VCI
----- -------------------- -------- --- ----- -------- --- ----4
ATMSR_1405101.4
1103101 0
32
1103101 0
33
Control Distributed
Multicast Send
Multicast Forward
Line#
VPI VCI
Line#
VPI VCI
Line#
VPI VCI
-------- --- ------------ --- ----- -------- --- ----1103101 0
34
1103101 0
35
1103101 0
36
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Total entries: 1

stats []
Displays ATM LAN Emulation Client Statistics information for all circuits, or for a
specific circuit.
The table displays the following information:
Cct#

Circuit number of the LEC.

Circuit Name

Circuit name assigned by Site Manager.

Req Out

Number of MAC-to-ATM address resolution protocol (ARP)
requests this LEC made over the logical User-to-Network Interface
(LUNI) associated with this emulated packet interface.

Req In

Number of MAC-to-ATM ARP requests this LEC received over the
LUNI associated with this emulated packet interface.

ReplyOut

Number of MAC-to-ATM ARP replies this LEC sent over the
LUNI associated with this emulated packet interface.

ReplyIn

Number of MAC-to-ATM ARP replies this LEC received over the
LUNI associated with this emulated packet interface.

FrameOut

Total number of control packets this LEC sent over the LUNI
associated with this emulated packet interface.

114087 Rev. A

2-403

Using Technician Interface Scripts
FrameIn

Total number of control packets this LEC received over the LUNI
associated with this emulated packet interface.

SVCFails

Number of SVCs this LEC tried to open but could not.

Sample Display - show lane stats
ATM LAN Emulation Client Statistics
----------------------------------Cct# Circuit Name
Req Out Req In
ReplyOut ReplyIn
----- -------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------4
ATMSR_1405101.4
126
0
0
126
FrameOut FrameIn SVCFails
-------- -------- -------128
128
0
-------------------------------------------------------------Total entries: 1

2-404

114087 Rev. A

show lapb

show lapb
The show lapb  commands display information about the Link Access
Procedure-Balanced (LAPB) layer. For information about LAPB, refer to Configuring
Routers.
The show lapb command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts

lines [ | ]

disabled

stats [ | ]

enabled

version

alerts
Displays information about LAPB lines that are configured but not currently operating.
The table includes the following information:
Line.LLIndex

Line identifier and the lower layer index identifier.

FRMR RX/TX

Number of Frame Rejects received and transmitted.

Resets

Number of Link Connection Resets.

Rejects RX/TX

Number of reject frames received and transmitted.

RNR RX/TX

Number of Receiver Not Ready frames received and transmitted.

Setups Refused

Number of unsuccessful link connections.

Abnormal Disconnects

Number of abnormal link disconnections.

Retransmit Occurrence

Number of retransmissions that have occurred.

114087 Rev. A

2-405

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show lapb alerts
LAPB ALERT Table
---------------FRMR
Rejects RNR
Setups
Abnormal
Retransmit
Line.LLIndex
RX/TX Resets RX/TX RX/TX Refused Disconnects Occurrence
---------------- -------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ----------- ---------201101.0
4
13
0
0
0
0
0
Total entries: 1

disabled
Displays LAPB lines that are configured but disabled. The table includes the following
information:
Line.LLIndex

Line identifier and the lower layer index identifier.

Circuit

Circuit number for this LAPB subsystem, associated with the driver
or application running underneath it.

Station Type

Station type for this interface: DTE, DCE, or DXE (unassigned
role). DXE indicates the instance is enabled but negotiation has not
yet occurred.

Network Type

Network type: GOSIP or NET2.

Sample Display - show lapb disabled
LAPB Disabled Table
------------------Line.LLIndex
Circuit Station Type Network Type
---------------- -------- ------------ -----------Total entries: 0

2-406

114087 Rev. A

show lapb

enabled
Displays LAPB lines that are configured and enabled. For definitions of column headings,
see the disabled command.

Sample Display - show lapb enabled
LAPB Enabled Table
-----------------Line.LLIndex
Circuit Station Type Network Type
---------------- -------- ------------ -----------201101.0
S11
DCE
NET2
Total entries: 1

lines [ | ]
Displays information about LAPB lines for all configured lines or for a specified line.
|

Limits the display to the specified line or line and line index.

The table includes the following information:
Line.LLIndex

Line identifier and the lower-layer index identifier.

Circuit

Circuit number for this LAPB subsystem, associated with the driver
or application running underneath it.

Station Type

Station type for this interface: DTE, DCE, or DXE (unassigned
role). DXE indicates that the instance is enabled but that
negotiation has not yet occurred.

Window Size

Default transmit and receive window size for this line. This
parameter identifies the maximum number of unacknowledged
sequence frames allowed for this DXE at one time. Window size
ranges from 1 through 127; the default is 7.

114087 Rev. A

2-407

Using Technician Interface Scripts
N1

Maximum N1 frame size in bytes for a frame that the DXE
transmits, excluding flags and 0 bits inserted for transparency. N1
frame size ranges from 3 to 4500 bytes; the default is 1600 bytes.

N2

N2 retry count, which is the maximum number of retries after the
T1 timer expires before determining that the line is down. N2
ranges from 1 to 64; the default is 10.

T1

T1 timer, which specifies the maximum number of seconds to wait
for an acknowledgment of a frame. T1 timer ranges from 1 through
9999 seconds; the default is 3 seconds.

T3

T3 timer, which specifies the number of seconds to wait before
considering the link disconnected. A value of 1 means to consider
the link disconnected when the frame has been exchanged. T3 timer
ranges from 1 through 9999 seconds; the default is 60 seconds.

Sample Display - show lapb line 201101
LAPB Line Information Table
--------------------------Line.LLIndex Circuit Station Type Window Size N1 N2 T1
T3
------------ -------- ------------ ----------- ---- -- ---- ---201101.0
S11
DCE
7
135 10 3
60
Total entries: 1

stats [ | ]
Displays statistics for all LAPB lines or for a specified line.
 

2-408

Limits the display to the specified line or line and line index.

114087 Rev. A

show lapb

The table includes the following information:
Line.LLIndex

Lne identifier and the lower-layer index identifier.

Frames Sent

Number of frames transmitted without error.

Octets Sent

Number of octets transmitted without error.

Frames Received

Number of frames received without error.

Octets Received

Number of octets received without error.

ReXmits

Number of frames that have been retransmitted.

State

State of the instance running LAPB: Enabled or Disabled.

Sample Display - show lapb stats 201101
LAPB Line Statistics
-------------------Sent
Received
Line.LLIndex
Frames
Octets
Frames
Octets
ReXmits
State
------------ ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- -------201101.0
64552
3161980
64500
193557
0 Enabled
Total entries: 1

version
Displays the version number and modification date of the lapb.bat script.

Sample Display - show lapb version
LAPB Version 1.1 Date: 6/3/94.

114087 Rev. A

2-409

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show lnm
The show lnm  commands display information about services that LNM Servers
provide. For detailed information about LNM Servers, refer to Configuring LNM Services.
The show lnm command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts

disabled

base

enabled

cannotlink [circuit [] ]

links []

circuit []

passwords []

configuration [circuit [] ]

version

alerts
Displays all enabled LNM Servers circuits whose state is not up. The table does not
include disabled circuits or enabled circuits that are up. It shows only circuits that are not
up for some reason. The table includes the following information:

2-410

Circuit

Name of the circuit the server is on.

LNM

Status of LNM Servers as an entity. This is always blank for alerts.

LNM LRM

State of the LAN Reporting Mechanism (LRM). If the state is Up,
the entry is blank. Otherwise, the state is Down, Init (initializing) or
Not Pres (not present).

LNM LBS

State of the LAN Bridge Server (LBS). If the state is Up, the entry
is blank. Otherwise, the state is Down, Init (initializing) or Not
Pres (not present).

114087 Rev. A

show lnm
LNM REM

State of Ring Error Monitor (REM). If the state is Up, the entry is
blank. Otherwise, the state is Down, Init (initializing) or Not Pres
(not present).

LNM RPS

Sate of Ring Parameter Server (RPS). If the state is Up, the entry is
blank. Otherwise, the state is Down, Init (initializing) or Not Pres
(not present).

LNM CRS

State of Configuration Report Server (CRS). If the state is Up, the
entry is blank. Otherwise, the state is Down, Init (initializing) or
Not Pres (not present).

Sample Display - show lnm alerts
LNM Servers Circuit Alerts
-------------------------Circuit
-------O41

LNM
--------

LNM LRM
-------Not Pres

LNM LBS
-------Not Pres

LNM REM
-------Not Pres

LNM RPS
-------Not Pres

LNM CRS
-------Not Pres

1 Entries found.

base
Displays the LNM Servers base record state. The base record controls LNM Servers as a
whole for the entire system. State is one of the following:
Disabled

User has manually disabled LNM Servers as an entity.

Down

LNM Servers is not functioning.

Init

LNM Servers is initializing on the system.

Not Present

LNM Servers has been configured but not started.

Up

LNM Servers is currently operating on the system.

114087 Rev. A

2-411

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show lnm base
LNM Servers Base Information
---------------------------Protocol
----------LNM Servers

State
-------Up

cannotlink [circuit [] ]
Displays problem information for the LNM Servers base record, all LNM Servers circuits,
or a specific circuit. You can use the information to diagnose why IBM LAN Network
Manager cannot link with the Bay Networks LNM Servers. You can use the following
options with the cannotlink command. The base record table includes the following
information:
Protocol

Routing protocol for the base record; this is LNM, LLC, and SR.

State

State of the protocol, which is one of the following:
• Disabled - User has manually disabled the protocol.
• Down - Protocol is not functioning on the system.
• Init - Protocol is initializing on the system.
• Not Present - Protocol has been configured but not started.
• Up - Protocol is functioning on the system.

Internal LAN ID

For the IBM LAN Network Manager to be able to link to LNM Servers, the
Internal LAN ID must be equal to the Source Route Internal LAN ID.

Bridge ID

For the IBM LAN Network Manager to be able to link to LNM Servers, the
Bridge ID must be equal to the Source Route Bridge ID.

The circuit table includes the following information:

2-412

Circuit

Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.

Protocol

Routing protocol on that specific circuit. Examine the state of these
protocols. They must all be enabled and up for IBM LAN Network
Manager to be able to link. The state of the LNM Servers circuit is
enabled or disabled only.

114087 Rev. A

show lnm
State

State of the protocol, which is one of the following:
• Disabled - User has manually disabled the protocol on that
circuit.
• Down - Protocol or server is not functioning. When LNM is
disabled on the circuit, the individual LNM Servers (LRM, LBS,
REM, RPS, REM, or CRS) go into a Down state.
• Enabled - LNM Servers as an entity has been enabled on the
circuit.
• Init - Protocol or server is initializing on the circuit.
• Not Present - Circuit is down; the server has not yet started.
• Up - Protocol or server is functioning on the circuit.

External Ring ID

Source Route External Ring ID. If the ID differs from the Segment
number that IBM LAN Network Manager has for the Bay
Networks bridge, you may need to delete and redefine the Bay
Networks bridge in IBM LAN Network Manager.

Internal MAC Address

LNM Internal MAC address, which should be the same as the one
configured in IBM LAN Network Manager. If the field contains
dashes, the address is in canonical format and you must convert it to
TR format before entering it or comparing it with the addresses
entered in IBM LAN Network Manager.

External MAC Address

TR External Mac address, which should be the same as the one
configured in IBM LAN Network Manager. If the field contains
dashes, the address is in canonical format and you must convert it to
TR format before entering it or comparing it with the addresses
entered in IBM LAN Network Manager.

Sample Display - show lnm cannotlink
LNM Servers Cannot Link
-----------------------

Protocol
-------LNM Base
LLC Base
SR Base

114087 Rev. A

State
-------Up
Up
Up

Internal
LAN ID
-------B0

Bridge
ID
-----5

B0

5

2-413

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show lnm cannotlink circuit
LNM Servers Cannot Link Circuit
-------------------------------

Circuit
-------O31

Protocol
-------LNM Cct
LLC Cct
SR Cct
TR Cct

State
-------Enabled
Up
Up
Up

LNM
LNM
LNM
LNM
LNM

Up
Up
Disable
Up
Disabled

LRM
LBS
REM
RPS
CRS

External
Ring ID
--------

Internal
MAC Address
----------------00-00-45-00-00-09

External
MAC Address
-----------------

10
00-00-a2-00-c9-a4

circuit []
Displays the LNM Servers states on all circuits or on only a specified circuit. The LNM
column shows whether LNM Servers is Enabled or Disabled on the circuit. The servers
(LNM, LRM, LNM, LBS, and so on) can have the following states:

2-414

Down

State of individual servers goes to Down when LNM Servers
becomes disabled on the circuit.

Init

Server is initializing.

Not Pres

Circuit is down; the server has not yet started.

Up

Server is functioning on the circuit.

114087 Rev. A

show lnm
Sample Display - show lnm circuit
LNM Servers Circuit Information
------------------------------Circuit
-------O31
O32
O41
O42

LNM
-------Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled

LNM LRM
-------Up
Up
Not Pres
Up

LNM LBS
-------Up
Up
Not Pres
Up

LNM REM
-------Disabled
Up
Not Pres
Up

LNM RPS
-------Up
Up
Not Pres
Up

LNM CRS
-------Disabled
Up
Not Pres
Up

4 Entries found.

configuration [circuit [] ]
Displays configuration information about LNM Servers as a whole. You can show
information about the base record. Or you can display information about LNM circuits.
You can also limit the display to one circuit. The base record displays the following
information:
Protocol

Name of the protocol.

State

State of the protocol, as follows:
• Disabled - User has manually disabled the protocol.
• Up - LNM Servers is functioning on the system.
• Down - LNM Servers is not functioning on the system.
• Init - LNM Servers is initializing on the system.
• Not Present - LNM Servers has been configured but not started.

IBM LNM Set Privilege

Setting is Enabled or Disabled. The Enabled setting lets the IBM
LAN Network Manager change LNM Servers configuration
parameters with Set LAN Network Manager frames.

Internal LAN ID

Identifier that Source Routing uses to route frames to other circuits
on the Bay Networks router. This value must match the value
defined in the SR base record.

Bridge Number

Bridge number defined in the SR base record. IBM LAN Network
Manager uses this number with the Internal LAN ID, External LAN
ID, Internal MAC Address, and External MAC Address to identify
the Bay Networks bridge on the circuit.

114087 Rev. A

2-415

Using Technician Interface Scripts

The circuit record configuration display includes the following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.

MAC Cct

MAC circuit on which LNM Servers as an entity is defined.

LLC Cct

LLC circuit with which LNM Servers as an entity is associated.

Internal MAC Address

MAC address defined to the Internal LAN. This is a virtual
association used only to define LNM Servers on this circuit within
IBM LAN Network Manager.

Weight Threshold

Maximum error count that LNM REM Server uses to send alerts to
IBM LAN Network Manager.

Sample Display - show lnm configuration
LNM Servers Base Configuration
------------------------------

Protocol
----------LNM Servers

State
-------Up

IBM LNM Set
Privilege
----------Enabled

Internal
LAN ID
-------B0

Bridge
Number
-----5

Sample Display - show lnm configuration circuit
LNM Servers Circuit Configuration
---------------------------------

Circuit
-------O31
O32
O41
O42

2-416

MAC
Cct
--2
4
6
8

LLC
Cct
--3
5
7
9

Internal
MAC Address
----------------00-00-45-00-00-09
00-00-45-00-00-02
00-00-45-00-00-05
00-00-45-00-00-06

Weight
Threshold
--------128
128
128
128

114087 Rev. A

show lnm

disabled
Displays the LNM Servers circuits and servers that a user has manually disabled. The
table includes the name of each server, and the circuit the server is on. If the server is
disabled, Disabled appears under the name of the server. If the server is enabled, the value
in the table is blank.

Sample Display - show lnm disabled
LNM Servers Circuits Disabled
----------------------------Circuit
-------O31

LNM
--------

LNM LRM
--------

LNM LBS
--------

LNM REM
-------Disabled

LNM RPS
--------

LNM CRS
-------Disabled

1 Entries found.

enabled
Displays the current state of all LNM Servers circuits that are currently enabled. The state
of LNM will display as Enabled. The state of specific servers (for example, LNM LRM) is
one of the following:
Init

Protocol or server is initializing on the circuit.

Not Pres

Circuit is down; the server has not yet started.

Up

Protocol or server is functioning on the circuit.

If the server is disabled, the value under its name is blank.

114087 Rev. A

2-417

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show lnm enabled
LNM Servers Circuits Enabled
----------------------------Circuit
-------O31
O32
O41
O42

LNM
-------Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled

LNM LRM
-------Up
Up
Not Pres
Up

LNM LBS
-------Up
Up
Not Pres
Up

LNM REM
-------Up
Not Pres
Up

LNM RPS
-------Up
Up
Not Pres
Up

LNM CRS
-------Up
Not Pres
Up

4 Entries found.

links []
Displays the LNM links currently existing between LNM Servers as an entity and IBM
LAN Network Manager and their addresses. When no link exists for a specific address, the
display shows Not Linked instead of the address. You can display all circuits or only a
specific circuit.

Sample Display - show lnm links
LNM Servers Circuit Links
------------------------Controlling
Circuit Manager Address
------- ----------------O31
08-00-5a-97-7a-1d
O32
08-00-5a-97-7a-1d

2-418

Observing 1
Manager Address
----------------Not Linked
Not Linked

Observing 2
Manager Address
----------------Not Linked
Not Linked

Observing 3
Manager Address
---------------Not Linked
Not Linked

114087 Rev. A

show lnm

passwords []
Displays the passwords currently configured for all LNM Servers circuits or for a specific
circuit. If a password doesn’t exist, the default password is 00000000.

Sample Display - show lnm passwords
LNM Servers Circuit Passwords
-----------------------------

Circuit
-------O31
O32
O41
O42

Cntrllng
Manager
Password
-------00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000

Observng
Managr 1
Password
-------00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000

Observng
Managr 2
Password
-------00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000

Observng
Managr 3
Password
-------00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000

version
Displays the current version and date of the lnm.bat script.

Sample Display - show lnm version
LNM.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

114087 Rev. A

2-419

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show nbip
The show nbip  commands display configuration and statistical information
about NetBIOS over IP services. For detailed information about NetBIOS, refer to
Configuring IP Services.
The show nbip command supports the following subcommand options:
base

names

interfaces

version

base
Displays the base record for NetBIOS over IP. The table includes the following
information:
Protocol

Name of the protocol, which in this case is NBIP.

State

State of the protocol on the router: Up, Down (manually disabled),
Init (initializing), or Not Present (not yet initialized).

Sample Display - show nbip base
NBIP Base Information
--------------------Protocol
State
-------- ---------NBIP
Up

2-420

114087 Rev. A

show nbip

interfaces
Displays information about each interface:
IP Address

IP address of this interface.

State

State of the protocol on the interface: Up, Down, Init, or Not
Present.

Input Bcasts

Indicates whether the input of NetBIOS broadcasts is enabled.

Output Bcasts

Indicates whether the output of NetBIOS broadcasts is enabled.

Name Caching

Indicates whether NetBIOS name caching is enabled.

Input Packets

Number of frames that have been received by this interface.

Input Errors

Number of invalid frames that have been received by this interface.

Output Packets

Number of frames that have been transmitted by this interface.

Sample Display - show nbip interfaces
NBIP Interfaces
---------------

IP Address
--------------130.1.1.1
131.1.1.1
192.32.14.92

State
-------Up
Up
Down

Input
Bcasts
-----Yes
Yes
Yes

Output
Bcasts
-----Yes
Yes
No

Name
Input
Input
Output
Caching Packets
Errors
Packets
------- ---------- ---------- ---------Yes
10
0
65
Yes
68
0
7
No
0
0
0

3 Entries.

114087 Rev. A

2-421

Using Technician Interface Scripts

names
Displays name cache information:
NetBIOS Name

NetBIOS name of the station.

IP Address

IP address of the NetBIOS station.

Learned?

Indicates whether this NetBIOS entry is learned. If not, it is a static
entry.

Cache Hits

Number of times the NetBIOS name cache has been used.

Scope ID

NetBIOS Scope ID of this station.

Sample Display - show nbip names
NBIP Name Cache
--------------NetBIOS Name
IP Address
Learned ? Cache Hits Scope ID
------------------- --------------- --------- ---------- ---------------------MIATA
128.1.1.3
Yes
0 <09>wellfleet<03>com
WINDSURF
130.1.1.3
Yes
8 <09>wellfleet<03>com
2 Entries.

version
Displays the current version and the modification date of the nbip.bat script.

Sample Display - show nbip version
NBIP.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

2-422

114087 Rev. A

show nml

show nml
The show nml  commands display configuration and statistical information about
Native Mode LAN (NML) services. For detailed information about NML, refer to
Configuring Bridging Services.
The show nml command supports the following subcommand options:
circuits []

seclists []

disabled

stats

enabled

version

circuits []
Displays information about all NML circuits or a specified NML circuit configured on the
router. The table includes the following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit configured for NML.

Port

Circuit number of the port that supports a LAN belonging to the
closed user group. Each LAN in a closed user group is connected to
a bridge through an NML port.

CUG Value

Closed user group ID (CUGID) assigned to the circuit.

Security Type

Type of security configured -- Add, an access circuit; Check, a
trunk circuit; or Drop, a transient internal state.

SAID Value

Circuit’s security access ID.

Security Action

How to handle a packet if it matches a CUGID in the circuit’s
security list: Drop or Forward. If the action is Drop, the list is an
exclusive list and the port drops all frames labelled with the
CUGID. If the action is Forward, the port forwards frames labelled
with the CUGID to the attached LAN.

114087 Rev. A

2-423

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show nml circuits
NML Circuit Table
----------------CUG
Security
SAID
Security
Circuit
Port
Value
Type
Value
Action
-------- -------- ------------ -------- ------------ ---------F31
1
0
Check
0
Forward
E21
2
22
Add
0
Drop
2 Entries.

disabled
Displays only NML circuits that are disabled. The display contains the same information
the circuits command produces.

enabled
Displays only NML circuits that are enabled. The display contains the same information
the circuits command produces.

seclists []
Displays information about each NML circuit’s security list or a specified NML circuit’s
security list. The table includes the following information:

2-424

Circuit

Name of the circuit configured for NML.

Port

Circuit number of the port on which NML resides.

Status

State of the security list: Enabled or Disabled.

Action

Action taken on a packet if it matches one of the ranges of
CUGIDs: Drop or Forward.

114087 Rev. A

show nml
From

Low end of a range of CUGIDs in the security list. A circuit can
have more than one set of ranges.

To

High end of a range of CUGIDs in the security list. A circuit can
have more than one set of ranges.

Sample Display - show nml seclists
NML Security Lists
-----------------Circuit
Port
Status
Action
From
To
-------- -------- -------- -------- ------------ -----------F31
1 Enabled Drop
224
238
E21
2 Enabled Forward
22
22
Forward
224
238
2 Entries.

Note that circuit E21 in the sample display has two ranges.

stats
Displays the number of packets dropped because of security violations for each circuit on
the router. The table shows the following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit configured for NML.

Port

Circuit number of the port on which NML resides.

Discards

Number of packets dropped because of security violations.

114087 Rev. A

2-425

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show nml stats
Bridge Statistics
----------------Circuit
Port
Discards
-------- -------- -------F31
1
0
E21
2
0

version
Displays the current version and date of creation of the nml.bat script.

Sample Display - show nml version

NML.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

2-426

114087 Rev. A

show ntp

show ntp
The show ntp  command displays information about the NTP protocol and
services. For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of NTP services,
refer to Configuring IP Utilities.
The show ntp command supports the following subcommand options:
access

peers

base

stats

access
Displays information about NTP servers preferred (accepted) or restricted (rejected) by
the local NTP client.
The table shows the following information:
IP Address

The IP address of this remote NTP server.

Mask

The IP subnetwork mask for this remote NTP server.

Filter Type

• Restrict -- The local NTP client drops packets received from this
remote NTP server.
• Prefer -- The local NTP client accepts packets received from this
remote NTP server.

Sample Display - show ntp access
IP Address
----------2.1.1.1
3.3.1.1

114087 Rev. A

Mask
----255.255.255.255
255.255.0.0

Filter Type
-----------Restrict
Prefer

2-427

Using Technician Interface Scripts

base
Displays the base record information for the Network Time Protocol (NTP) running on the
router. The base record controls NTP on the router.
The table shows the following information:
Application

NTP

State

The user-configured state of the local NTP client:
• Enabled -- NTP has a configured state of enabled.
• Disabled -- NTP has a configured state of disabled.

NTP State

The actual (dynamic) state of the local NTP client:
• Disabled - User has manually disabled NTP.
• Up - NTP is operating on the router.
• Down - NTP is not functioning on the router.
• Init - NTP is initializing on the router.
• Not Present - NTP has been configured but not started on the
router.

NTP Version

The current version of NTP software on the router.

Reference ID

The IP address of the remote NTP peer (that is, the system peer) to
which the local NTP client is synchronized.

Stratum

The number of NTP peers that exist between the local NTP client
and the NTP stratum 1 server for this network. (The stratum
number includes the local NTP client.)

Sample Display - show ntp base
Application
-----------NTP

2-428

State
-----Enabled

NTP State
-----------

NTP Version
-----------

Reference ID
-------------

UP

VERSION 3

1.1.1.1

Stratum
-------16

114087 Rev. A

show ntp

peers
Displays configuration and status information about NTP servers known to the NTP client
on the router.
The table shows the following information:
IP Address

The IP address of this remote NTP peer.

Config Peer Mode

The mode in which this remote NTP peer operates on the network:
Server
(Since NTP operates locally in client mode only, all remote peers
known to the router are servers.)

State

State of the remote NTP server:
• 1= Up
• 2= Down.

Reference ID

The IP address of the system peer to which this remote NTP peer is
synchronized. (See also “Reference ID” for show ntp base.)

Preference

• Preferred -- The local NTP client prefers (accepts) packets from
this remote NTP server.
• Not Preferred -- The local NTP client does not prefer (rejects)
packets from this remote NTP server.

Sample Display - show ntp peer
IP Address
----------192.32.72.6
168.107.41.1

114087 Rev. A

Config Peer Mode
---------------1
1

State
-----1
1

Reference Id
-----------198.72.72.10
1.1.1.1

Preference
----------Not Preferred
Preferred

2-429

Using Technician Interface Scripts

stats
Displays information about
•

The number of polls (requests for information) sent by the local NTP client to the
designated remote NTP server

•

The number of packets received by the local NTP client from the designated remote
NTP server

The table shows the following information:
IP Address

The IP address of this remote NTP server.

Polls sent

The number of polls (requests for information) sent from the local
NTP client to this NTP server.

Packets received

The number of NTP packets received (and accepted) from this
remote NTP server.

Sample Display - show ntp stats
IP Address
----------2.1.1.1

2-430

Polls Sent
----------10

Packets received
---------------10

114087 Rev. A

show osi

show osi
The show osi  commands display configuration, state, and statistical information
about Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) services. For more information about the Bay
Networks implementation of the OSI protocol, refer to Configuring OSI Services.
The show osi command supports the following subcommand options:
adjacency

level1 routes [find ]

alerts

level2 routes [find ]

base

stats

circuits []

stats clnp

disabled

stats errors

enabled

version

adjacency
Displays information about the adjacencies that exist on each OSI circuit. The table
includes the following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit the adjacency is on.

Adjacent ID

Index of the adjacency in the adjacency table.

State

State of the adjacency: DOWN (initialization failed), INIT
(initializing), or UP.

Neighbor Addr (NSAP)

Network Service Access Point (NSAP) address of the adjacency.

114087 Rev. A

2-431

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show osi adjacency
OSI Dynamic Adjacency Information
-----------------------------------Circuit Adjacent ID State
Neighbor Addr (NSAP)
-------- ----------- -------- ---------------------E31
24578 INIT
0x490040CCCCCCCCCCCC00
E32
90115 INIT
0x490044CCCCCCCCCCCC00

alerts
Displays all OSI circuits that are enabled but whose state is not UP. Forwarding is either
Enabled or Disabled.

Sample Display - show osi alerts
OSI Circuit Information
----------------------Circuit
------E21

State
Forwarding
------------ -----------DOWN
ENABLED

base
Displays general information about, including the state of, the OSI protocol running on the
router. The base record controls OSI for the entire system. The table includes the
following information:

2-432

Protocol

Name of the protocol, which in this case is OSI.

State

State of the protocol on the router: Disabled (manually disabled),
Down, Init (initializing), Not Present (not yet initialized), or Up.

Area Address

Address of the local area in the routing domain where this router
resides.

Node Address

Address of this node (router) in the local area.

114087 Rev. A

show osi
Sample Display - show osi base
OSI Base Record Information
--------------------------Protocol
State
Area Address
Node Address
--------- -------- ------------ -----------------OSI
Up
0x490040
0xAAAAAAAAAAAA

circuits []
Displays the state of all OSI circuits or a specific circuit. The table includes the following
information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit that OSI runs on.

State

State of OSI on the circuit: Disabled (manually disabled), Down, Init
(initializing), Not Present (not present on the circuit), or Up.

Forwarding

Status of forwarding over the circuit: Enabled or Disabled.

Sample Display - show osi circuits

OSI Circuit Information
----------------------Circuit
------E31
E32

114087 Rev. A

State
Forwarding
------------ -----------Up
Enabled
Up
Disabled

2-433

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show osi circuits e31
OSI Circuit Information
----------------------Circuit
------E31

State
Forwarding
------------ -----------Up
Enabled

disabled
Displays OSI circuits that a user has manually disabled on the router. In this case, State is
Disabled. Forwarding is either Enabled or Disabled.

Sample Display - show osi disabled
OSI Circuit Information
----------------------Circuit
------E31

State
Forwarding
------------ -----------Disabled
Enabled

enabled
Displays circuits that have OSI enabled on this router. For information on the columns in
the table, see the circuits command.

Sample Display - show osi enabled
OSI Circuit Information
----------------------Circuit
------E31
E32

2-434

State
Forwarding
------------ -----------Up
Enabled
Up
Enabled
114087 Rev. A

show osi

level1 routes [find ]
Displays information from the level 1 routing table for all entries or for a specific
destination address. The table includes the following information:
Destination SysID

NSAP address of the destination system.

Route Type

Route type, which is one of the following:
• Level 1 - Level 1 routing (within the local area) only.
• Level 2 - Level 2 routing (between routing domains) only.
• Level 1&2 - Level 1 and Level 2 (routing within the local area and
to systems located in a different area).

Next Hop

NSAP address of the intermediate system that is the next hop on the
path to the destination end system.

Cost

Number of hops it takes to reach the destination.

Sample Display - show osi level1 routes
OSI Level I Routing Information
------------------------------Destination SysId
Route Type
Next Hop
Cost
---------------------- ---------- ---------------------- -------0x490040CCCCCCCCCCCC00 Level 1&2 0x490040AAAAAAAAAAAA00 10

level2 routes [find ]
Displays information from the Level 2 routing table for all entries or for a specific
destination address. The table includes the following information:
Destination SysID

NSAP address of the destination system.

Next Hop

NSAP address of the intermediate system that is the next hop on the
path to the destination end system.

Cost

Number of hops it takes to reach the destination.

114087 Rev. A

2-435

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show osi level2 routes
OSI Level II Routing Information
-------------------------------Destination SysId
Next Hop
Cost
--------------------- ---------------------- ---------------0x490044
0x490040CCCCCCCCCCCC00
20
0x490044
0x490044CCCCCCCCCCCC00
20
2 Total entries.

Sample Display - show osi level2 routes find 490044
OSI Level II Routing Information
-------------------------------Destination SysId
Next Hop
Cost
--------------------- ---------------------- ---------------0x490044
0x490040CCCCCCCCCCCC00
20
0x490044
0x490044CCCCCCCCCCCC00
20
2 Entries found.

stats
Displays statistics of each OSI circuit. The table includes the number of Protocol Data
Units received, sent, and dropped on each circuit.

Sample Display - show osi stats
OSI Circuit Statistics
---------------------Received
Send
Dropped
Circuit
Packets
Packets
Packets
-------- ------------ ------------ ---------E31
464
891
181
E32
211
402
69

2-436

114087 Rev. A

show osi

stats clnp
Displays statistics for the ConnectionLess Network Protocol (CLNP) packets on each OSI
circuit. The table includes the number of CLNP packets received and forwarded, the
number of Echo Replies received (Rx) and sent (Tx) and the number of Echo Requests
received (Rx) and sent (Tx).

Sample Display - show osi stats clnp
OSI Circuit CLNP Statistics
--------------------------CLNP
CLNP
Rx Echo Rx Echo Tx Echo Tx Echo
Circuit
Received
Forwarded
Rep
Req
Rep
Req
-------- ------------ ------------ -------- -------- -------- -------E31
0
0
0
0
0
0
E32
0
0
0
0
0
0
O41
0
0
0
0
0
0

stats errors
Displays error statistics for each OSI circuit. The table includes the following information:
Init Failures

Number of times this circuit failed to initialize.

Rejected Adjs

Number of adjacencies rejected on this circuit.

Bad LSPs

Number of bad link state packets (LSPs) received on this circuit.

Bad Snps

Number of bad Sequence Number PDUs received on this circuit.

Bad Eshs

Number of bad End System hellos received on this circuit.

Bad L1Iihs

Number of bad Level 1 IS - IS hellos received on this circuit.

Bad L2Iihs

Number of bad Level 2 IS - IS hellos received on this circuit.

114087 Rev. A

2-437

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show osi stats errors
OSI Error Statistics
-------------------Init
Circuit Failures
-------- -------E31
3
E32
1

Rejected
Bad
Bad
Bad
Bad
Bad
Adjs
LSPs
Snps
Eshs
L1Iihs
L2Iihs
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the osi.bat script.

Sample Display - show osi version
OSI.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

2-438

114087 Rev. A

show ospf

show ospf
The show ospf  commands display state, configuration, and statistical
information about the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol. For details on the Bay
Networks implementation of OSPF, refer to Configuring IP Services.
The show ospf command supports the following subcommand options:
area

lsdb []

ase []

neighbors

base

version

interface

area
Displays a list of configured OSPF areas on the router. For each area, the table shows the
following information:
Area Id

Area identifier.

State

State of the area: Up or Down.

Stub Area

Whether or not the area is a stub area: Yes or No.

Authentication

Authentication type for the area: None or Simple Password.

114087 Rev. A

2-439

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show ospf area
OSPF Area Information
---------------------

Area Id
------0.0.0.0

Stub
State Area Authentication
----- ---- -------------Up
No
None

ase []
Displays information about Autonomous System External advertisements. You can display
information about all Link State IDs in your system or for a specified Link State ID. The
table includes the following information:

2-440

Link State Id

Network number that this Autonomous System (AS) External
advertisement represents.

Originating Router

Router that generated the advertisement.

Age

Age in seconds of the advertisement.

Metric

Metric of the advertisement; the cost of the external route.

Forwarding Address

Address used to get to this network. If the address is 0, the traffic is
forwarded to the originating router.

Type

ASE’s type: 1 or 2.

Tag

Field that contains information that the network administrator has
placed in the advertisement.

114087 Rev. A

show ospf
Sample Display - show ospf ase
OSPF AS External Routes
----------------------Link
State ID
--------------0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
7.0.0.0
15.0.0.0
21.0.0.0
52.0.0.0
53.0.0.0

Originating
Forwarding
Router
Age
Metric
Address
Type
Tag
--------------- ----- ---------- --------------- ---- -------192.32.174.65
621
4104 0.0.0.0
2 e0000000
192.32.174.66
697
4104 0.0.0.0
2 e0000000
192.32.174.65
622
4104 0.0.0.0
2 e0000000
192.32.174.65
617
4104 0.0.0.0
2 e0000000
192.32.174.65
618
4104 0.0.0.0
2 e0000000
192.32.174.65
618
4104 0.0.0.0
2 e0000000
192.32.174.65
619
4104 0.0.0.0
2 e0000000

base
Displays global information for the OSPF router. The base record controls OSPF for the
entire system. The table includes the following information:
Router Id

Router identifier, which is unique among all OSPF routers.

Area Border Router

Whether or not the router is an area border router: Yes or No.

AS Boundary Router

Whether or not the router is an Autonomous System boundary
router: Yes or No.

Sample Display - show ospf base
OSPF Base Information
--------------------Router
Id
-----192.32.174.65

114087 Rev. A

Area Border
Router
----------No

AS Boundary
Router
----------Yes

2-441

Using Technician Interface Scripts

interface
Displays a table of OSPF interfaces. The table includes the following information:

2-442

IP Address

Internet address of the OSPF interface.

Area Id

Identifier of the area where the interface belongs.

Type

Type of interface link, as follows:
• PtoP - Point-to-Point interface.
• BCAST - Broadcast network.
• NBMA - Non-Broadcast Multi-Access network.
• DFLT - Not configured appropriately. Point-to-multipoint is
needed.

State

State of the interface, as follows:
• Down - Interface is not operational.
• Waiting - Interface is waiting.
• P to P - Interface is in Point-to-Point state; occurs when the type
is Point to Point.
• DR - Router is the Designated Router on this network.
• BackupDR - Router is the Backup Designated Router on this
network.
• DR Other - Router is neither the DR nor the BDR on this
network.

Metric

Cost of using this interface.

Priority

Router’s priority on this interface, used in multi-access networks
(Broadcast or NBMA) for electing the designated router. If the
value is 0, this router is not eligible to become the designated router
on this network.

Designated DR/Backup DR

Two IP addresses for each interface. The first address is the IP
address of the Designated Router on the network. The second
address is the IP address of the Backup Designated Router on this
network. Point-to-Point links do not contain a Designated Router or
Backup Designated Router.

114087 Rev. A

show ospf
Sample Display - show ospf interface
OSPF Interfaces
---------------

IP Address
---------192.32.174.65

Area Id
------0.0.0.0

Type
---PtoP

State
----P to P

192.32.174.97

0.0.0.0

BCAST BackupDR

Metric Prioity
------ ------10
1

1

1

Designated DR/
Backup DR
--------------0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
192.32.174.98
192.32.174.97

lsdb []
Displays the router’s Link State Database for all areas or for a specific area. The table
includes the following information:
OSPF Area

Identifier of the area the advertisement is associated with.

LS Type

Type of advertisement that the area advances. AS External
advertisements apply to all areas. However, if the router is attached
to more than one area, the table displays the AS External
advertisement only once -- under the backbone area (area id
0.0.0.0). The types are as follows:
• STUB - Stub Link Advertisement
• ROUTER - Router Links Advertisement
• NETWORK - Network Links Advertisement
• SUMMARY - Summary Links Advertisement
• AS_SUM - Autonomous System Border Summary Links
Advertisement
• AS_EXT - Autonomous System External Advertisement

Link State Id

Link state identifier of the advertisement.

Adv Router

IP address of the advertising router.

E

External type, for an Autonomous System External advertisement
only. There are two types -- Type 1 and Type 2.

Metric

Metric value, for an Autonomous System External advertisement
only.

114087 Rev. A

2-443

Using Technician Interface Scripts
ASE Fwd Addr

Forwarding address, for an Autonomous System External
advertisement only.

Age

Age in seconds of the advertisement.

Seq Nbr

Sequence number of the advertisement. The sequence number is a
32-bit signed integer used to identify old and duplicate link state
advertisements. The larger the sequence number, the more recent
the advertisement.

Sample Display - show ospf lsdb
OSPF LSDB
--------OSPF Area:
LS Type
------ROUTER
AS_EXT
AS_EXT
AS_EXT
AS_EXT
AS_EXT
AS_EXT
AS_EXT

0.0.0.0

Link State ID
--------------192.32.28.18
14.0.0.0
15.0.0.0
16.0.0.0
131.1.0.0
141.1.0.0
192.30.133.0
192.31.133.0

Adv Router
------------192.32.28.18
192.32.28.19
192.32.28.19
192.32.28.19
192.32.28.19
192.32.28.19
192.32.28.19
192.32.28.19

E Metric
ASE Fwd Addr
Age
- ------- --------------- ---609
2
3 192.32.28.36
1289
2
2 192.32.28.36
1289
2
2 192.32.28.36
1290
2
5 192.32.28.1
1290
2
5 192.32.28.1
1290
2
4 192.32.28.1
1291
2
4 192.32.28.1
1291

Seq Nbr
-------80000002
80000014
80000012
80000012
80000012
80000012
80000012
80000012

neighbors
Displays a table of all OSPF’s neighbors. The table includes the following information:

2-444

Interface

IP address of the interface.

Router Id

IP address of the router.

Neighbor IP Addr

IP address of the neighbor.

114087 Rev. A

show ospf
State

State of the neighbor, which is the following:
• Down - Neighbor is not operational. This state can occur only if
the neighbor is configured for Non-Broadcast Multi-Access
networks.
• Attempt - Router is trying to establish communication with the
neighbor; can occur only if the neighbor is configured for
Non-Broadcast Multi-Access networks.
• Init - Router has seen the neighbor’s hello packet but the packet
does not include this router in its list.
• Two Way - Router and neighbor see each other’s hello packets.
• Exch Start - Router and the neighbor are negotiating a
master/slave relationship for the Database Exchange process.
• Exchange - Router and the neighbor are exchanging their Link
State Databases.
• Loading - Router and the neighbor are synchronizing their Link
State Databases.
• Full - Router and the neighbor have fully synchronized
databases.

Type

Type of neighbor:
• Dynamic - The router and neighbor learn about each other on
Broadcast and Point-to-Point networks.
• Cfg. - Static configuration of neighbors, which occurs on
Non-Broadcast Multi-Access networks.

Sample Display - show ospf neighbors
OSPF Neighbors
--------------

Interface
--------192.32.174.65
192.32.174.97

114087 Rev. A

Router Id
--------192.32.174.66
192.32.174.66

Neighbor
IP Addr
-------192.32.174.66
192.32.174.98

State
----Full
Full

Type
---Dynamic
Dynamic

2-445

Using Technician Interface Scripts

version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the ospf.bat script.

Sample Display - show ospf version
OSPF.bat

2-446

Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

114087 Rev. A

show packet

show packet
The show packet  commands display configuration and status information about
Packet Capture instances on routers. The Packet Capture utility is a network analyzer that
captures packets into a capture buffer for examination. You can filter packets to determine
what packets to save and when to start and stop capturing. For detailed information about
the Packet Capture utility, refer to Using Technician Interface Software.
The show packet command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts

linenumbers

capture  [-s] [-c]

loaded

configuration 

status []

disabled

version

enabled

alerts
Displays Packet Capture instances that are enabled but not Up. State is either Down (the
physical interface has not connected to Packet Capture) or Absent (Packet Capture is not
loaded on the slot connected to this line number).

114087 Rev. A

2-447

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show packet alerts
Packet Capture Line Information (Alerts)
---------------------------------------Line Number
State
----------- --------102103
Down
103101
Absent

capture  [-s] [-c]
Displays packets captured on a specific line. In the table, the header line is followed by
one or more lines of hexadecimal data.


Displays the physical interface the capture is connected to. This is a
unique 10-digit decimal number. Leading zeros are eliminated. The
number identifies the physical media type, slot, module, and
connector.

-s

Displays the first packet to display from the capture buffer.

-c

Displays the number of packets to display from the capture buffer.

The header line has the following six parts:

2-448

•

Number of the packet within the capture buffer.

•

Date the packet was captured.

•

Time the packet was captured.

•

Media type the packet was captured on.

•

Original size of the packet in bytes.

•

Direction the packet was captured from: transmitting (Tx) or receiving (Rx).

114087 Rev. A

show packet
Sample Display - show packet capture 102101
Pkt#
00000000:
00000010:
00000020:
00000030:

1 06/24/94 06:59:03.018
01 80 c2 00 00 00 00 00
03 00 00 00 00 00 80 00
00 00 80 00 00 00 a3 00
02 00 0f 00 20 20 20 6c

CSMACD
a3 00 00
00 00 a3
00 0c 80
65 74 20

52
0c 00
00 00
01 00
20 72

Tx
26
0c
00
65

42
00
14
6d

42
00
00
20

configuration 
Displays the configuration of a specific Packet Capture line instance.


Physical interface to which the capture is connected. See the
capture command.

The configuration table displays the following fields, which are explained in more detail in
Using Technician Interface Software.
Delete

State of existence of the MIB instance: Created or Deleted.

Disable

State of the Packet Capture instance: Enabled or Disabled.

State

State of the Packet Capture subsystem, as follows:
• Up - Registered and enabled.
• Down - Registered but disabled.
• Init - Loaded but no interface registered for the instance.
• Not Present - Not loaded on the slot connected to the instance.

Fname

Filename to use to retrieve the capture buffer.

Control

Operation in effect: Start or Stop.

Capture

State of the operation: Started or Stopped.

LineNumber

Line number of the physical interface connected to the instance.

BufSize

Size of the capture buffer in 1024-byte increments.

PktSize

Number of bytes saved from a packet in 32-byte increments.

Direction

Direction of capture: Receive, Transmit, or both.

Count

Number of packets captured.

114087 Rev. A

2-449

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-450

RxTrigger

Trigger type for receive when the capture buffer is full or a match
on a trigger filter occurs: Buffer full, Match filter1, Match filter2,
Not Used.

TxTrigger

Trigger type for transmit when the capture buffer is full or a match
on a trigger filter occurs: Buffer full, Match filter1, Match filter2,
or Not Used.

RxFltr1Type

Filter type, as follows:
• Capture - Limits the types of packets saved.
• Trigger - Stops a capture when a match occurs.
• Not Used

RxFltr1Offset

Offset in bytes from the reference point into the packet; the first
byte to be checked for a match.

RxFltr1Ref

Reference point in the packet for the offset, as follows:
• MAC - First byte of the packet.
• Data Link - Value that varies with the medium.
• Multicast - Filter that verifies that the rightmost bit of a byte is 1.

RxFltr1Size

Number of bytes in the match field.

RxFltr1Match

Hexadecimal or character string used to match with the packet.

TxFltr1Type

Filter type, as follows:
• Capture - Limits the types of packets saved.
• Trigger - Stops a capture when a match occurs.
• Not Used

TxFltr1Offset

Offset in bytes from the reference point into the packet; the first
byte to be checked for a match.

TxFltr1Ref

Reference point in the packet for the offset, as follows:
• MAC - First byte of the packet.
• Data Link - Value that varies with the medium.
• Multicast - Special filter that verifies that the rightmost bit of a
byte is 1.

TxFltr1Size

Number of bytes in the match field.

TxFltr1Match

Hexadecimal or character string used to match with the packet.

RxFltr2Type

Filter type, as follows:
• Capture - Limits the types of packets saved.
• Trigger - Stops a capture when a match occurs.
• Not Used

RxFltr2Offset

Offset in bytes from the reference point into the packet; the first
byte to be checked for a match.

114087 Rev. A

show packet
RxFltr2Ref

Reference point in the packet for the offset, as follows:
• MAC - First byte of the packet.
• Data Link - Value that varies with the medium.
• Multicast - Special filter that verifies that the rightmost bit of a
byte is 1.

RxFltr2Match

Hexadecimal or character string used to match with the packet.

RxFltr2Group

Capture filter type grouping, as follows:
• Or - ORs the results of RxFltr1 and RxFltr2.
• And - ANDs the results of RxFltr1 and RxFltr2.

TxFltr2Type

Filter type, as follows:
• Capture - Limits the types of packets saved.
• Trigger - Stops a capture when a match occurs.
• Not Used

TxFltr2Offset

Offset in bytes from the reference point into the packet; the first
byte to be checked for a match.

TxFltr2Ref

Reference point in the packet for the offset, as follows:
• MAC - First byte of the packet.
• Data Link - Value the varies with the medium.
• Multicast - Special filter that verifies that the rightmost bit of a
byte is 1.

TxFltr2Size

Number of bytes in the match field.

TxFltr2Match

Hexadecimal or character string used to match with the packet.

TxFltr2Group

Capture filter type grouping, as follows:
• Or - ORs the results of TxFltr1 and TxFltr2.
• And - ANDs the results of TxFltr1 and TxFltr2.

114087 Rev. A

2-451

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show packet configuration 102101
Packet Capture Configuration for Line 102101
-----------------------------------------------Delete
Created
Disable
Enabled
State
Up
Fname
PCAP0200
Control
Start
Capture
Started
LineNumber
102101
BufSize
1 1Kbyte Increment(s)
PktSize
2 32 Byte Increment(s)
Direction
Receive & Transmit
Count
11
RxTrigger
Not Used
TxTrigger
Not Used
RxFltr1Type
Not Used
RxFltr1Offset 0
RxFltr1Ref
Mac
RxFltr1Size
0
RxFltr1Match 0x(nil)
TxFltr1Type
Not Used
TxFltr1Offset 0
TxFltr1Ref
Mac
TxFltr1Size
0
TxFltr1Match 0x(nil)
RxFltr2Type
Not Used
RxFltr2Offset 0
RxFltr2Ref
Mac
RxFltr2Size
0
RxFltr2Match 0x(nil)
RxFltr2Group Or
TxFltr2Type
Not Used
TxFltr2Offset 0
TxFltr2Ref
Mac
TxFltr2Size
0
TxFltr2Match 0x(nil)
TxFltr2Group Or

2-452

114087 Rev. A

show packet

disabled
Displays packet capture lines that a user has manually disabled. State is one of the
following:
Up

Physical interface has connected to the packet capture.

Down

Physical interface has not connected to the packet capture.

Absent

Packet capture program is not on the slot connected with this line.

Sample Display - show packet disabled
Packet Capture Line Information (Disabled)
-----------------------------------------Line Number
State
----------- --------102104
Down

enabled
Displays packet capture lines that are enabled. For state definitions, see the disabled
command.

Sample Display - show packet enabled
Packet Capture Line Information (Enabled)
---------------------------------------Line Number
State
----------- --------102101
Up
102102
Up
102103
Down
103101
Absent

114087 Rev. A

2-453

Using Technician Interface Scripts

linenumbers
Displays the line numbers configured for packet capture. The table shows the following
information:
Line Number

Number of the line connected with the packet capture.

Logical Line

Logical line number that the multichannel board uses.

Media Type

Type of the physical interface (for example, Ethernet).

Slot

Slot location of the line.

Module

Module number of the line’s location.

Connector

Physical connector of the line’s location.

Sample Display - show packet linenumbers
Packet Capture Configured Line Number(s)
---------------------------------------Line Number
----------102101
102102
105101

Logical Line
-----------0
0
0

Media Type
----------Ethernet
Ethernet
Ethernet

Slot
---2
2
5

Module
-----1
1
1

Connector
--------1
2
1

loaded
Displays the list of slots that have Packet Capture loaded.

Sample Display - show packet loaded
Packet Capture is loaded on slot(s)
2 5

2-454

114087 Rev. A

show packet

status []
Displays the status of the lines configured for packet capture. You can display all lines or
limit the display to a specific line. The table displays the following information:
Line Number

Number of the line connected with the packet capture.

State

Line state; for definitions, refer to the disable command.

Capture

State of the capture: Started or Stopped.

Count

Number of packets in the capture buffer.

Sample Display - show packet status
Packet Capture Line Status
-------------------------Line Number
State
Capture Count
----------- ----------- ------- ----102101
Up
Started
11
102102
Up
Stopped
0
102103
Down
Stopped
0
102104
Down
Stopped
0
103101
Absent
Stopped
0

version
Displays the version number and the modification date of the packet.bat file.

Sample Display - show packet version
PACKET.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

114087 Rev. A

2-455

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show ping
The show ping  commands display information about the Bay Networks Ping
MIB service, which provides a means for tracking the network availability and response
time of IP networks. For information about how to configure the Bay Networks Ping MIB
service through Site Manager, see Managing Routers and BNX Platforms.
The show ping command supports the following subcommand options:
config

sourceroutes

history

version

sourceroutes

config
Displays configuration information about the Ping MIB service:

2-456

IP Address

IP addresses that the router is configured to ping.

Size

Number of bytes of data that the router is configured to send each
time it pings an IP address.

Retry

Number of successive times that the router is configured to repeat a
ping of an IP address.

Timeout

Length of time (in seconds) after which the router is configured to
time out an unsuccessful ping of an IP address.

Status

Status of the ping attempt (for example, initializing, done, busy, or
one of a number of error messages).

114087 Rev. A

show ping
Sample Display - show ping config
IP Address
Size
Retry
Timeout
Status
-------------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------------------192.32.243.83
16
10
5 DONE
192.32.243.82
16
20
5 DONE
192.32.6.95
16
5
5 DONE
192.32.92.2
16
10
5 DONE
192.32.243.81
16
1
5 INIT

history
Displays the following information about each attempt to ping an IP address:
Received

Number of times the router received an acknowledgment from the
IP address.

Dropped

Number of times the router did not receive an acknowledgment
from the IP address.

Round Trip Time

Length of time (in milliseconds) it took the router to ping the IP
address and receive an acknowledgment during the last retry.

Minimum Round Trip Time

Taken from all the retries, this is the minimum length of time (in
milliseconds) it takes the router to ping the IP address and receive
an acknowledgment.

Maximum Round Trip Time

Taken from all the retries, this is the maximum length of time (in
milliseconds) it takes the router to ping the IP address and receive
an acknowledgment.

Average Round Trip Time

Taken from all the retries, this is the average length of time (in
milliseconds) it takes the router to ping the IP address and receive
an acknowledgment.

114087 Rev. A

2-457

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show ping history
Round
Min Round Max Round Avg Round
IP Address
Received Dropped Trip Time Trip Time Trip Time Trip Time
--------------- -------- ------- --------- --------- --------- --------192.32.243.83

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

7
15
15
7
7
1
3
1
3
1
3

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

19
15
15
7
7
7
7
42
11
7
7

6
4
6
3
4
3
3
9
3
4
3

192.32.243.82

20
20
20
20
20
20

0
0
0
0
0
0

7
7
1
7
1
3

1
1
1
1
1
1

23
7
11
15
11
11

7
4
4
5
3
4

192.32.6.95

5
5
5
5
5

0
0
0
0
0

1
3
3
7
1

1
1
1
1
1

3
11
7
7
7

1
4
4
4
4

192.32.92.2

10
10
10
10

0
0
0
0

19
7
11
27

1
1
1
1

19
23
11
62

9
11
6
15

1

0

1

1

1

1

192.32.243.81

2-458

114087 Rev. A

show ping

traceroutes
Displays the hops between the source address and the specified destination address.

Sample Display - show ping traceroutes
IP Address
Trace Address
--------------- --------------192.32.243.83

192.32.6.1
192.168.2.65
192.168.7.2
192.32.243.83

192.32.243.82

192.32.6.1
192.168.2.65
192.168.7.2
192.32.243.82

192.32.6.95

192.32.6.95

192.32.92.2

192.32.6.1
192.168.2.65
192.32.83.1
192.32.85.2
192.32.92.2

sourceroutes
Displays the source route addresses that dictate the path to be taken by the echo packet.

Sample Display - show ping sourceroutes
IP Address
Source Address
--------------- --------------192.32.243.81

114087 Rev. A

192.32.6.1
192.32.243.81

2-459

Using Technician Interface Scripts

version
Displays the current version number and date of the ping.bat script.

Sample Display - show ping version
PING.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

2-460

114087 Rev. A

show ppp

show ppp
The show ppp  commands display Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) line and state
information, and configured and negotiated Network Control Protocols (NCPs). For
detailed information on PPP, refer to Configuring PPP Services.
The show ppp command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts

line {configuration | parameters}

appletalk {configured | negotiated}

lqr {configuration | stats}

bad packets

multilink {information | circuits}

bridge {configured | negotiated}

osi

chap {local | remote}

pap {local | remote}

circuits []

state []

decnet

version

disabled

vines

enabled

wcp

ip

xns

ipx {{configured | negotiated} | name {local |
remote}}

114087 Rev. A

2-461

Using Technician Interface Scripts

alerts
Displays all protocols that are enabled but whose state is not opened. The display includes
the following information:

2-462

Circuit

Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.

Protocol

Protocols used on the line.

State

State of the protocol, as follows:
• Ackrcvd - Acknowledgment received -- the router received an
acknowledgment to its request for configuring the connection. It
has yet to acknowledge the receipt of the request from the other
side of the connection.
• Acksent - Acknowledgment sent -- the router has sent a request
for configuring the connection. It has also acknowledged a
similar request from the other side of the connection, but has yet
to receive an acknowledgment of its request from the other side.
• Closed - Link is available but has not yet received an “Open”
request.
• Closing - Router has sent a request to close the connection and is
expecting an acknowledgment. When it receives the
acknowledgment, the connection will enter the Closed state.
• Initial - Initial state; the lower layer is unavailable.
• Opened - Router has sent a configuration request and the other
side has acknowledged its request. Also, the router has received a
configuration request from the other side and has acknowledged
this request. This layer is now up.
• Reqsent - Request sent. The router has sent a request to configure
the connection.
• Starting - Lower level is still unavailable but the router has
initiated an “Open” request.
• Stopped - Link is available and an “Open” event has occurred.
Upon receiving a request to configure the connection, the router
sends either an appropriate response or acknowledges the
termination request.
• Stopping - Router has sent a termination request to close the open
connection. When the router receives an acknowledgment, the
state changes to Stopped.

114087 Rev. A

show ppp
Sample Display - show ppp alerts
PPP: ALERTS
----------Circuit
Protocol
State
-------- ---------- -------S32
OSI
Starting
DECnet
Starting
IPX
Starting
BRIDGE
Starting
VINES
Starting

appletalk {configured | negotiated}
configured

Displays all configurable parameters for NCP negotiations.

The display includes the following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.

State

State of the Network Control Protocol (NCP): Disabled, or if
Enabled, any of the states listed under the alerts command.

Network No.

Configured network number. The peer must use the same number.

Local Node No.

Configured node number for the local router.

Remote Node No.

Configured node number for the peer to use.

Routing Protocol

Routing protocol desired for the link (RTMP).

114087 Rev. A

2-463

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show ppp appletalk config
PPP: APPLETALK NCP Configured Information
----------------------------------------Local
Remote
Circuit
State
Network No. Node No. Node No.
-------- -------- ------------ -------- -------S31
Disabled
0
0
0
S32
Disabled
0
0
0

negotiated

Routing
Protocol
-------RTMP
RTMP

Displays all configurable parameters after negotiation.

The display includes the following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.

State

State of the Network Control Protocol (NCP), either Disabled, or if
Enabled, any of the states listed under the alerts command.

Network No.

Negotiated network number to be used.

Local Node No.

Negotiated node number that the local router will use.

Remote Node No.

Negotiated node number the peer will use.

Routing Protocol

Routing protocol selected for the link.

Sample Display - show ppp appletalk negotiated
PPP: APPLETALK NCP Negotiated Information
----------------------------------------Local
Remote
Circuit
State
Network No. Node No. Node No.
-------- -------- ------------ -------- -------S31
Disabled
0
0
0
S32
Disabled
0
0
0

Routing
Protocol
-------RTMP
RTMP

2 Entries found.

2-464

114087 Rev. A

show ppp

bad packets
Displays the number of bad packets received over each circuit and the first 16 bytes of the
last bad packet. If the number of bad packets is above zero, then the PPP circuit is
receiving misformed packets or packets meant for other protocols. The hexadecimal
display of the last bad packet will show the kind of packet being received. The display
includes the following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit receiving the bad packets.

Number of Bad Packets

Number of bad packets received at this point.

Last Bad Packet

First 16 bytes of the last bad packet.

Sample Display - show ppp bad
PPP Circuit: Bad Packet Information
----------------------------------# of Bad
Circuit Packets
Last Bad Packet
-------- -------- -------------------S31
0 None
S32
0 None
2 Entries found.

bridge {configured | negotiated}
configured

Displays the state of the Bridge NCP and the kind of bridged
frames that are enabled.

The display includes the following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.

State

State of the Bridge NCP -- either Disabled, or if Enabled, any of the
states listed under the alerts command.

114087 Rev. A

2-465

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Bridge Enet

Whether this interface accepts and forwards bridged traffic that is
Ethernet encapsulated: Enabled or Disabled.

Bridge Fddi

Whether this interface accepts and forwards bridged traffic that is
FDDI encapsulated: Enabled or Disabled.

Bridge Token Ring

Whether this interface accepts and forwards traffic that is Token
Ring encapsulated: Enabled or Disabled.

Sample Display - show ppp bridge config
PPP: BRIDGE NCP Configured Information
-------------------------------------Bridge
Bridge
Bridge
Circuit
State
Enet
Fddi
Token Ring
-------- -------- -------- -------- ---------S31
Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled
S32
Starting Enabled Enabled Enabled
2 Entries found.

negotiated

Displays the result of bridge MAC type negotiation on configured
parameters. The display includes the same columns as bridge
config.

Sample Display - show ppp bridge negot
PPP: BRIDGE NCP Negotiated Information
-------------------------------------Bridge
Bridge
Bridge
Circuit
State
Enet
Fddi
Token Ring
-------- -------- -------- -------- ---------S31
Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled
S32
Starting Enabled Enabled Enabled
2 Entries found.

2-466

114087 Rev. A

show ppp

chap {local | remote}
The displays for the local and remote include the following information:
Circuit

Circuit name.

Line LLIndex

Logical Line Index. Identifies the line number associated with the
circuit.

LCP State

Indicates the state of the link control protocol, which helps
establish the link.

Local/Remote CHAP Name

Displays the CHAP name for the circuit.

Local Remote CHAP Secret

Displays the CHAP secret for the circuit.

local

Displays the configured Challenge Handshake Authentication
Protocol (CHAP) name and secret of the local router.

Sample Display - show ppp chap local
PPP Line: Local CHAP Configuration
----------------------------------

Circuit
-------Special
S31
S32
Demand 5
Demand 6
Special

Line.
LLIndex
---------202102.0
203101.0
203102.0
10904101.0
10905101.0
20904101.0

LCP
State
-------Initial
Opened
Opened
Initial
Initial
Initial

Local
CHAP NAME
-----------------------None
None
None
None
None
None

Local
CHAP Secret
-----------------------None
None
None
None
None
None

6 Entries found.

remote

114087 Rev. A

Displays the configured Challenge Handshake Authentication
Protocol (CHAP) name and secret of the remote router.

2-467

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show ppp chap remote
PPP Line: Remote CHAP Configuration
-----------------------------------

Circuit
-------Special
S31
S32
Demand 5
Demand 6
Special

Line.
LLIndex
---------202102.0
203101.0
203102.0
10904101.0
10905101.0
20904101.0

LCP
State
-------Initial
Opened
Opened
Initial
Initial
Initial

Remote
CHAP NAME
-----------------------None
None
None
None
None
None

Remote
Expected CHAP Secret
-----------------------None
None
None
None
None
None

6 Entries found

circuits []
Displays the state of the circuit. The displays includes the following information:

2-468

Circuit

Shows the circuit name.

Line #

Indicates the line number.

Driver State

Displays the state of the synchronous driver.

Protocol

Displays the protocols for the circuit.

State

Displays the state of the protocol.

114087 Rev. A

show ppp
Sample Display - show ppp circuits
[2:1]$ show ppp circuits
PPP Circuit Information
----------------------PPP over Sync Driver
--------------------Driver
Circuit
Line #
State
Protocol
State
-------- -------- -------- ------------ -----------S51
205101
Up
LCP
Opened
IP
Opened
IPX
Disabled
OSI
Disabled
XNS
Disabled
VINES
Disabled
BRIDGE
Disabled
DECnet
Disabled
WCP
Disabled
APPLETALK
Disabled
S52

205102

Up

LCP
IP
IPX
OSI
XNS
VINES
BRIDGE
DECnet
WCP
APPLETALK

Reqsent
Initial
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled

2 Entries found.
PPP over Hssi Driver
--------------------Driver
Circuit
Line #
State
Protocol
State
-------- -------- -------- ------------ -----------No Entries found.
2 Total Entries found.

114087 Rev. A

2-469

Using Technician Interface Scripts

decnet
Displays the state of DECnet NCP on all circuits on which PPP is configured. State is
either Disabled, or if Enabled, any of the states listed under the alerts command.

Sample Display - show ppp decnet
PPP: DECNET NCP Information
--------------------------Circuit
-------S31
S32
2 Entries

State
-------Disabled
Starting
found.

disabled
Displays the state of all NCPs disabled on each circuit. State is either Disabled, or if
Enabled, any of the states listed under the alerts command.

Sample Display - show ppp disabled
PPP: Entities Disabled
---------------------Circuit
Protocol
State
-------- ---------- -------S31
OSI
Closed
DECnet
Closed
APPLETALK Closed
BRIDGE
Closed
S32

2-470

IP
XNS
APPLETALK

Initial
Initial
Initial

114087 Rev. A

show ppp

enabled
Displays the state of all NCPs enabled on each circuit. States are listed under the alerts
command.

Sample Display - show ppp enabled
PPP: Entities Enabled
--------------------Circuit
Protocol
State
-------- ---------- -------S31
LCP
Opened
IP
Opened
XNS
Opened
IPX
Opened
VINES
Opened
S32

LCP
OSI
DECnet
IPX
BRIDGE
VINES

Stopped
Starting
Starting
Starting
Starting
Starting

ip
Displays state, configured, and negotiated parameters for Internet NCP. The display
includes the following information:
Local Cfg. IP Address

Configured IP address of the interface.

Local Neg. IP Address

Local IP address after negotiation.

Remote Cfg. IP Address

IP address desired for the peer router.

Remote Neg. IP Address

Remote IP address after negotiation.

114087 Rev. A

2-471

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show ppp ip
PPP: IP NCP Information
-----------------------Local
Circuit
State
Cfg. IP Addr
-------- -------- -----------S31
Opened
1.1.1.2
S32
Disabled 0.0.0.0

Local
Neg. IP Addr
-----------1.1.1.2
0.0.0.0

Remote
Cfg. IP Addr
-----------1.1.1.1
0.0.0.0

Remote
Neg. IP Addr
-----------1.1.1.1
0.0.0.0

2 Entries found.

ipx {{configured | negotiated} | name {local | remote}}
configured

Displays all configurable parameters for NCP negotiations with a
peer router.

The display includes the following information:

2-472

Circuit

Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.

State

State of the circuit, which is either Disabled, or if Enabled, any of
the states listed under the alerts command.

Network No.

Configured network number for the originating router and the peer
router.

Remote Node Number

Node number the peer router should use if it sends a 0 to the
originating router during negotiations.

Routing Protocol

The routing protocol desired for the link.

114087 Rev. A

show ppp
Sample Display - show ppp ipx config

PPP: IPX NCP Configured Information
-----------------------------------Remote
Routing
Circuit
State
Network No.
Node Number
Protocol
-------- -------- ------------ ---------------- -------S31
Opened
0x0000000F
0x0000000F
RIP/SAP
S32
Starting 0x0000000A
0x0000000A
RIP/SAP
2 Entries found.

negotiated

Displays all configurable parameters after IPX NCP negotiation.
The display includes the following information:

Circuit

Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.

State

State of the circuit, which is either Disabled, or if Enabled, any of
the states listed under the alerts command.

Network No.

Number agreed upon during negotiation for the originating router
to use with the peer router. Both routers will use this number.

Config Complete

Result of the IPX NCP negotiations (True or False).

Routing Protocol

Routing protocol negotiated for use on the link. None indicates that
the peer routers have not completed negotiations or that the
negotiations have not yet converged.

Sample Display - show ppp ipx negot
PPP: IPX NCP Negotiated Information
------------------------------------

Circuit
State
Network No.
-------- -------- -----------S31
Opened
0x0000F000
S32
Starting None

Config
Complete
-------True
False

Routing
Protocol
-------RIP/SAP
None

2 Entries found.

114087 Rev. A

2-473

Using Technician Interface Scripts

name local

Displays the local router name, its circuit name and its state. State is
either Disabled, or if Enabled, any of the states listed under
the alerts command.

Sample Display - show ppp ipx name local
PPP: IPX NCP Local Router Name
-----------------------------Circuit
State
Local Router Name
-------- -------- -------------------------------------------------S31
Opened
Locrouter1
S32
Starting Locrouter2
2 Entries found.

name remote

Displays the remote router name resulting from negotiation, its circuit name
and its state. None indicates that no router name has been configured on the
peer or that negotiations have not taken place. State is either Disabled or if
enabled, any of the states listed under the alerts command.

Sample Display - show ppp ipx name remote
PPP: IPX NCP Remote Router Name
-----------------------------Circuit
State
Remote Router Name
-------- -------- -------------------------------------------------S31
Opened
Remrouter1
S32
Starting None
2 Entries found.

2-474

114087 Rev. A

show ppp

line {configuration | parameters}
configuration

Displays the configuration of the PPP line and the state of the Line
Control Protocol (LCP).

The display includes the following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.

Line.LLIndex

Line number associated with the circuit; always 0 for now.

LCP State

State of the Line Control Protocol -- either Disabled, or if Enabled,
any of the states listed under the alerts command.

Restart Time

Number of seconds the Restart Timer waits before retransmitting
data. The maximum value is 1000.

Echo Request Frequency

Number of seconds between transmissions of Echo Request
Packets.

Echo Reply Loss

Number of unacknowledged Echo-Reply packets counted before
declaring the point-to-point link down.

Maximum Conf-Req

Maximum number of unacknowledged configuration requests to
send without receiving a valid response from the peer router on the
other end of the link.

Maximum Term-Req

Maximum number of terminate requests to send without receiving a
valid response and before assuming the peer router on the other end
of the link is unavailable.

Max Conf Fail

Maximum number of Configure Nak packets to send before sending
a Configure Ack and before assuming that the configuration does
not converge.

114087 Rev. A

2-475

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show ppp line config
PPP Line Configuration
----------------------

Circuit
-------S31
S32
Special
Special

Line.
LLIndex
-------203101.0
203102.0
203102.0
203103.0

LCP
Restart Echo-Req Echo-Rep Maximum Maximum Max Conf
State
Timer
Freq
Loss
Conf-Req Term-Req
Fail
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------Opened
3
0
3
1000
2
10
Stopped
3
0
3
1000
2
10
Starting
3
0
3
1000
2
10
Starting
3
0
3
1000
2
10

4 Entries found.

Note: A circuit name of Special means that PPP created the circuit for negotiating
addresses on a demand, backup, or bandwidth line. Currently no dial circuit is active
on the two lines marked Special. They could be demand, backup, or bandwidth
circuits. For more information, see the show sws command.

parameters

Displays the parameters associated with the specific PPP
connection.

The display includes the following information:

2-476

Circuit

Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.

Line.LLIndex

Line number associated with the circuit.

LCP State

State of the Line Control Protocol -- either Disabled, or if Enabled,
any of the states listed under the alerts command.

Magic Number

Number that the line uses.

MRU

Maximum receive unit, which specifies the MTU size to use for the
line.

Local Auth. Prot.

Local authorization protocol that the peer needs to use for the
originator’s side of the link.

Remote Auth. Prot

Remote authorization protocol that the peer wants the originating
router to use on its side of the link.

114087 Rev. A

show ppp
Sample Display - show ppp line param
PPP Line: Parameter Information
-------------------------------

Circuit
-------S31
S32

Line.
LCP
Local
LLIndex
State
Magic Number
MRU
Auth. Prot.
-------- -------- ---------------- -------- -----------203101.0 Opened
0xd45cf8f9
1594
None
203102.0 Stopped 0x5eeac969
1594
None

Remote
Auth. Prot.
-----------None
None

2 Entries found.

lqr {configuration | stats}
configuration

Displays all configurable parameters associated with line quality
reporting (LQR).

The display includes the following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.

Line.LLIndex

Line number associated with the circuit.

Line Quality Protocol

Link quality protocol configured for the line.

Remote Timer

State of the LQR timer -- Enabled or Disabled; only one side
maintains the timer.

LQR Repeat Period

Time in seconds between the transmission of LQR packets.

Inbound Quality

Percentage of LQR packets that the originating router expects to
receive from the peer, averaged over the last five LQR reporting
periods. A value of 100% indicates that the router will tolerate no
loss.

Outbound Quality

Percentage of LQR packets that the peer router expects to receive
from this router, averaged over the last five LQR reporting periods.

114087 Rev. A

2-477

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show ppp lqr config
PPP Line: Line Quality Reporting Configuration
----------------------------------------------

Circuit
-------S31
S32

Line.
LLIndex
-------203101.0
203102.0

stats

Line Qual Remote LQR Repeat Inbound Outbound
Protocol
Timer
Period
Quality Quality
--------- -------- ---------- -------- -------LQR
Enabled
3
90%
90%
None
Enabled
3
90%
90%

Displays the number of line quality reporting packets exchanged as
well as the line quality.

The display includes the following information:

2-478

Circuit

Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.

Line.LLIndex

Line number associated with the circuit.

LCP State

State of the Line Control Protocol -- either Disabled, or if Enabled,
any of the states listed under the alerts command.

LQR Repeat Period

Maximum number of seconds between the transmission of LQR
packets, as agreed upon with the peer router.

Inbound Quality

Percentage of LQR packets that the originating router expects to
receive from the peer, averaged over the last five LQR reporting
periods. A value of 100% indicates that the router will tolerate no
loss.

Outbound Quality

Percentage of LQR packets that the peer router expects to receive
from this router, averaged over the last five LQR reporting periods.

In LQRs

Number of LQR packets received from the peer.

Out LQRs

Number of LQR packets transmitted.

114087 Rev. A

show ppp
Sample Display - show ppp lqr stats
PPP Line: Line Quality Reporting Stats
--------------------------------------

Circuit
-------S31
S32

Line.
LCP
LQR Repeat Inbound Outbound
LLIndex
State
Period
Quality Quality In LQRs Out LQRs
-------- -------- ---------- -------- -------- -------- -------203101.0 Opened
3
100%
100%
61044
61052
203102.0 Stopped
3
0%
0%
0
0

2 Entries found.

multilink {information | circuits}
information

Displays information about the multilink bundle. The
display includes the following information:

Circuit

Displays the circuit number.

Line Count

Shows the number of lines in the multilink bundle.

Bundle Speed

Lists the current speed of each line in the multilink bundle.

Line

Lists the line number of each line in the multilink bundle.

Sample Display - show ppp multilink information
PPP Multilink Information
------------------------Bundle
Circuit Line Count
Speed
Line
--------- ----------- --------- -----------S132
0
0
None
Demand 3
1
64000
201303.0
2 Entries found.

114087 Rev. A

2-479

Using Technician Interface Scripts

circuits

Displays information about each circuit in the multilink bundle.

The display includes the following information:

Circuit

Displays the circuit number.

Config. Mode

Shows the mode you configured for this circuit.
• Normal - this is a nonmultilink circuit.
• Multilink - the circuit is a multilink circuit.
• Monitor - the circuit is a multilink circuit and the router for
which this circuit is configured is the congestion monitor. The
congestion monitor is responsible for monitoring congestion on
the line.

Actual Mode

Displays the actual mode in which this circuit is operating.

Tx Packets

Displays the number of packets transmitted over the circuit.

Rx Packets

Displays the number of packets received over the circuit.

Num Packets Fragmented

Displays the number of packets that were fragmented.

Sample Display - show ppp multilink circuits
PPP Multilink Circuits
----------------------

Configured
Num Packets
Circuit
Mode
Actual Mode
Tx Packets Rx Packets Fragmented
--------- -------------- -------------- ----------- ----------- ----------S132
ML_Non-Monitor Normal
0
0
0
Demand 3 Normal
Inactive
15
15
0
2 Entries found.

2-480

114087 Rev. A

show ppp

osi
Displays the state of the OSI NCP for all circuits on which PPP is configured. State is
either Disabled, or if Enabled, any of the states listed under the alerts command.
The display includes the following information:
Circuit

Displays the circuit number.

State

Displays whether OSI NCP is enabled or disabled.

Sample Display - show ppp osi
PPP: OSI NCP Information
--------------------------Circuit
State
-------- -------S31
Disabled
S32
Starting
2 Entries found.

pap {local | remote}
local

Displays the configured Password Authentication Protocol (PAP)
identifier and password of the local router.

The display includes the following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.

Line.LLIndex

Line number associated with the circuit.

LCP State

State of the Line Control Protocol -- either Disabled, or if Enabled,
any of the states listed under the alerts command.

114087 Rev. A

2-481

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Local PAP ID

PAP identifier assigned to this interface. During the authentication
phase, all password Authenticate-Request messages that the peer
sends to this interface must include this PAP ID.

Local PAP Password

PAP password assigned to this interface. During the authentication
phase, all Authenticate-Request messages that the peer sends to this
interface must include this password.

Sample Display - show ppp pap local
PPP Line: Local PAP Configuration
---------------------------------

Circuit
-------S31
S32

Line.
LCP
Local
Local
LLIndex
State
PAP ID
PAP Password
-------- -------- ------------------------ -----------------------203101.0 Opened
None
None
203102.0 Stopped None
None

2 Entries found.

remote

Displays the configured Password Authentication Protocol (PAP)
identifier and password of the remote router.

The display includes the following information:

2-482

Circuit

Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.

Line.LLIndex

Line number associated with the circuit.

LCP State

State of the Line Control Protocol -- either Disabled, or if Enabled,
any of the states listed under the alerts command.

Remote PAP ID

PAP identifier assigned to the peer router. During the authentication
phase, this interface must include this PAP ID in all password
Authenticate-Request messages it sends to the peer router.

Remote PAP Password

PAP password assigned to the peer router. During the
authentication phase, this interface must include this password in
all password Authenticate-Request messages it sends to the peer
router.

114087 Rev. A

show ppp
Sample Display - show ppp pap remote
PPP Line: Remote PAP Configuration
---------------------------------

Circuit
-------S31
S32

Line.
LCP
Remote
Remote
LLIndex
State
PAP ID
PAP Password
-------- -------- ------------------------ -----------------------203101.0 Opened
None
None
203102.0 Stopped None
None

2 Entries found.

state []
For all circuits or for a specified circuit, displays the state of LCP and of all the NCPs per
circuit. There are two types of displays: one the Sync driver and the other for the HSSI
driver. State is either Disabled, or if Enabled, any of the states listed under the alerts
command. The table also displays the line the circuit is currently on, since with dial
backup, the backup circuit can be on another line when the primary connection fails.

114087 Rev. A

2-483

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show ppp state
PPP State Information
--------------------PPP over Sync Driver
--------------------Driver
Circuit
Line #
State
Protocol
State
-------- -------- -------- ------------ -----------S31
203101
Init
LCP
Opened
IP
Starting
IPX
Disabled
OSI
Disabled
XNS
Disabled
VINES
Disabled
BRIDGE
Disabled
DECnet
Disabled
APPLETALK
Disabled
Special

203102

Demand 3 203103

2-484

Init

LCP
IP
IPX
OSI
XNS
VINES
BRIDGE
DECnet
APPLETALK

Starting
Initial
Initial
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Initial

Up

LCP
IP
IPX
OSI
XNS
VINES
BRIDGE
DECnet
APPLETALK

Opened
Opened
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled

114087 Rev. A

show ppp

Note: As the sample display shows, the circuit labeled Special is only for lines
configured for dial-on-demand, dial backup, and bandwidth-on-demand. A circuit
name of Special means that PPP created the circuit for negotiating addresses on a
demand, backup, or bandwidth line.

If your two circuit entries have the same name, one of them is a primary circuit and the
other is a backup circuit. See “show sws” for more information.
A demand or backup circuit becomes associated to a physical line when the call is in
progress. So, the PPP circuit and the line records may seem to be inconsistent. The
following display shows three entries; circuit 3 is a dial-on-demand circuit.

Sample Display - show ppp ip
PPP: IP NCP Information
------------------------

Circuit
-------S31
Demand 3
Special

State
-------Starting
Starting
Initial

Local
Cfg. IP Addr
-----------12.1.1.1
13.1.1.1
0.0.0.0

Local
Neg. IP Addr
-----------12.1.1.1
13.1.1.1
0.0.0.0

Remote
Cfg. IP Addr
-----------12.1.1.2
13.1.1.2
0.0.0.0

Remote
Neg. IP Addr
-----------12.1.1.2
13.1.1.2
0.0.0.0

3 Entries found.

version
Displays the current version and modification date of the ppp.bat script.

Sample Display - show ppp version
PPP.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy

114087 Rev. A

2-485

Using Technician Interface Scripts

vines
Displays the state of the VINES NCP for all circuits on which PPP is configured. State is
either Disabled, or if Enabled, any of the states listed under the alerts command.
The display includes the following information:
Circuit

Displays the circuit number.

State

Displays whether VINES NCP is enabled or disabled.

Sample Display - show ppp vines
PPP: VINES NCP Information
--------------------------Circuit
State
-------- -------S31
Disabled
S32
Starting
2 Entries found.

wcp
Displays whether data compression is enabled for all circuits configured for PPP. The state
is either Disabled, or if Enabled, any of the states listed under the alerts command.
The display includes the following information:

2-486

Circuit

Displays the circuit number.

State

Displays whether data compression is enabled or disabled.

114087 Rev. A

show ppp
Sample Display - show ppp wcp
[2:1]$ show ppp wcp

PPP: WCP NCP Information
-----------------------Circuit
-------S31
S32
Demand 4
Demand 5
Special

State
-------Disabled
Disabled
Initial
Disabled
Disabled

5 Entries found.

xns
Displays the state of the XNS NCP for all circuits on which PPP is configured. State is
either Disabled, or if Enabled, any of the states listed under the alerts command.
The display includes the following information:
Circuit

Displays the circuit number.

State

Displays whether XNS NCP is enabled or disabled.

Sample Display - show ppp xns
PPP: XNS NCP Information
--------------------------Circuit
State
-------- -------S31
Disabled
S32
Starting
2 Entries found.

114087 Rev. A

2-487

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show process
The show process  commands display information about the use of resources
(buffers, cpu, memory, lists, etc.) on the router.
The show process command supports the following subcommand options:
buffers

list

cpu

version

memory

buffers
Displays the number and percentage of buffers used by all processes on the router. By
specifying the options that appear in the following command line, you can customize the
output to display buffer usage for a particular process or slot on the router.
show process buffers  [sample  ] []

2-488

114087 Rev. A

show process

process

Specifies the process for which you want to view buffer statistics.
Specify all to display buffer statistics for all processes running on
the router. Specify total to display only buffer statistic totals. For
information on how to obtain a list of available processes, refer to
the show process list command later in this section.

sample   Periodically samples and displays buffer usage statistics. The
mandatory  argument indicates the time interval between
samples. The manadatory  argument indicates the number
of times to sample buffer usage. If you use sampling, the values
displayed represent the amount of buffer usage for the interval last
sampled.
The minimum sample interval is 30 seconds. If you specify a shorter
interval, the command automatically substitutes the minimum
interval of 30 seconds.
If you choose not to use sampling, the values displayed represent the
total buffer usage since slot boot time. .
slot

Limits display to statistics for the slot you specify.

Sample Display - show process buffers total
Total Buffer Use Statistics
--------------------------Slot Max Free Used %Used
---- --- ---- ---- ----2
781 458
323
41
3
781 457
324
41
4
781 457
324
41

cpu
Displays the use in 100ths of seconds and percentage of cpu used by all processes on the
router. By specifying the options that appear in the following command line, you can
customize the output to display cpu usage for a particular process or slot on the router.
show process cpu  [sample  ] []

114087 Rev. A

2-489

Using Technician Interface Scripts

process

Specifies the process for which you want to view cpu statistics.
Specify “all” to display cpu statistics for all processes running on the
router. Specify “total” to display only cpu statistic totals. For
information on how to obtain a list of available processes, refer to the
show process list command later in this section.

sample  

Periodically samples and displays cpu usage statistics. The
mandatory  argument indicates the time interval between
samples. The manadatory  argument indicates the number
of times to sample cpu usage. If you use sampling, the values
displayed represent the amount of cpu usage for the interval last
sampled.
The minimum sample interval is 30 seconds. If you specify a shorter
interval, the command automatically substitutes the minimum
interval of 30 seconds.
If you choose not to use sampling, the values displayed represent the
total cpu usage since slot boot time.

slot

Limits display to statistics for the slot you specify.

Sample Display - show process cpu total
Total Cpu Use Statistics
--------------------------Slot Max
Idle
---- ---------- ---------2
17463
17191
3
17315
17045
4
19427
16075

Used
---------272
270
3352

%Used
----1
1
17

Note: The FRE-1 processor card does not currently support the show process cpu
command.

2-490

114087 Rev. A

show process

memory
Displays the number and percentage of memory used by all processes on the router. The
output can be tailored to only display memory usage for a particular process or a particular
slot by using the options described below.
show process memory  [sample  ] []

process

Specifies the process for which you want to view memory
statistics. Specify “all” to display memory statistics for all
processes running on the router. Specify “total” to display only
memory statistic totals. For information on how to obtain a list of
available processes, refer to the show process list command
later in this section.

sample   Periodically samples and displays memory usage statistics. The
mandatory  argument indicates the time interval
between samples. The manadatory  argument indicates
the number of times to sample memory usage. If you use sampling,
the values displayed represent the amount of memory usage for the
interval last sampled.
The minimum sample interval is 30 seconds. If you specify a
shorter interval, the command automatically substitutes the
minimum interval of 30 seconds.
If you choose not to use sampling, the values displayed represent
the total memory usage since slot boot time.
slot

Limits the display statistics to the specified slot.

Sample Display - show process memory total
Total Memory Use Statistics
--------------------------Slot Max
Free
Used
---- -------- -------- -------2
2839760
2111768
727992
3
2839760
2111608
728152
4
2839760
1994088
845672

114087 Rev. A

%Used
----25
25
29

2-491

Using Technician Interface Scripts

list
Displays a list of all the processes that are or may have run on the router since boot time.
The show process list command supports only the  option.
show process list []

If you do not specify a slot, the command returns a list of processes that have run on all
slots. Use the slot option to display processes only on the slot you specify.
Sample Display - show process list
List of Processes
----------------Name
---------------kernel
kernel
kernel
qenet
qenet
qenet
ilacc
ilacc
ilacc

Slot
---2
3
4
2
3
4
2
3
4

version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the process.bat script.
Sample Display - show process version
PROCESS.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

2-492

114087 Rev. A

show protopri

show protopri
The show protopri  commands display information about DLSw protocol
prioritization queues. For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of
protocol prioritization for DLSw traffic, refer to Configuring Traffic Filters and Protocol
Prioritization.
The show protopri command supports the following subcommand options:
cc_stats

qstats

filters

version

cc_stats
Displays current congestion control statistics for DLSw priority queues. Generally, it is a
good idea to increase bandwidth to a queue with consistently high congestion statistics.
The table includes the following information:
Peer IP Address

IP address of configured DLSw peers.

Queue Number

Associated DLSw priority queue number.

Bytes

Number of bytes backed up and held in a congestion control queue
before transmission.

Packets

Number of packets backed up and held in a congestion control
queue before transmission.

114087 Rev. A

2-493

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show protopri cc_stats
Protocol Priority Congestion Control Statistics
----------------------------------------------Peer IP
Address
------5.5.5.2
5.5.5.2

Queue
Number
-----0
1

Bytes
----0
4972

Packets
------0
2

2 Entries found.

filters
Displays current information on filters that implement DLSw priority queueing. The table
includes the following information:

2-494

Filter Name

Filter name assigned using Site Manager.

Rule Number

Rule number assigned when creating filters (determines
precedence).

Fragment Number

Number of octet fragments required to store the filter rule. (Used by
Site Manager; you cannot modify this number.)

Rx Matches

Number of packets that meet the filter criteria.

Mode

Current state of Protocol Prioritization (Enabled or Disabled).

Status

Current state of configured priority queues (Active or Inactive).

114087 Rev. A

show protopri
Sample Display - show protopri filters
Protocol Priority Traffic Filters
---------------------------------

Filter Name
----------SNA_High
NetBIOS_Low

Rule
Number
-----1
2

Fragment
Number
-------1
1

Rx
Matches Mode
Status
------- --------225228
Enabled Active
2183
Enabled Active

2 Entries found.

qstats
Displays current queue statistics for DLSw priority queues. The table includes the
following information:
Peer IP Address

IP address of configured DLSw peers.

Queue Number

Associated DLSw priority queue number.

Bandwidth Percent

Percent of bandwidth assigned to this queue.

Bytes Xmitted

Number of bytes transmitted for this queue.

Packets Xmitted

Number of packets transmitted for this queue.

Sample Display - show protopri q_stats
Protocol Priority Queue Statistics
---------------------------------Peer IP
Address
------5.5.5.2
5.5.5.2

Queue
Number
-----0
1

Bandwidth
Percent
--------90
10

Bytes
Packets
Xmitted Xmitted
------- ------137055412 225245
546115
2156

2 Entries found.

114087 Rev. A

2-495

Using Technician Interface Scripts

version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the protopri.bat script.

Sample Display - show protopri version
protopri.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

2-496

114087 Rev. A

show rarp

show rarp
The show rarp  commands display information about Reverse Address
Resolution Protocol (RARP) services. For detailed information on the Bay Networks
implementation of RARP, refer to Configuring SNMP, RMON, BOOTP, DHCP, and RARP
Services.
The show rarp command supports the following subcommand options:
base

enabled

circuits []

version

disabled

base
Displays the base record for RARP services. The base record controls RARP for the entire
system. The table includes the name of the protocol, its state: Enabled or Disabled, and
the number of failed requests. These requests were dropped because the router could not
locate the IP address in the MAC address-to-IP address mapping table.

Sample Display - show rarp base
RARP Base Information
---------------------

Protocol
-------RARP

114087 Rev. A

State
----Enabled

Failed RARP
Request
----------6

2-497

Using Technician Interface Scripts

circuits []
Displays information about all RARP circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes
the circuit name, the RARP server’s IP address on this circuit, and the circuit’s state:
Enabled or Disabled.

Sample Display - show rarp circuits
RARP Circuits
------------Circuit
IP Address
State
-------- ---------------- ---------E21
192.32.28.65
Enabled
E22
192.32.36.1
Disabled
2 entries

disabled
Displays all RARP circuits that a user has manually disabled. In this case, State is
Disabled. The table also includes the name of the circuit and the RARP server’s IP
address.

Sample Display - show rarp disabled
Disabled RARP Circuits
---------------------Circuit
IP Address
State
-------- ---------------- ---------E22
192.32.36.1
Disabled
1 entries

2-498

114087 Rev. A

show rarp

enabled
Displays all enabled RARP circuits. In this case, State is Enabled. The table also includes
the name of the circuit and the RARP server’s IP address.

Sample Display - show rarp enabled
Enabled RARP Circuits
--------------------Circuit
IP Address
State
-------- ---------------- ---------E21
192.32.28.65
Enabled
1 entries

version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the rarp.bat script.

Sample Display - show rarp version
RARP.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

114087 Rev. A

2-499

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show rptr
The show rptr  commands display configuration, status, and statistical
information about Bay Networks Access Node products. For detailed information on ANs,
refer to Connecting BayStack AN and ANH Systems to a Network and Connecting ASN
Routers and BNX Platforms to a Network.
The show rptr command supports the following subcommand options:
info [last_addr]

status [ports]

sample [] [port []]

version

stats [all] | [totals] | [port []] | [errors]

info [last_addr]
Displays general information about the repeater or about the last source MAC address of
the packets entering the ports of the repeater.

Sample Display - show rptr info
802.3 Repeater (HUB) Information:
--------------------------------Repeater Group Capacity:
Group Port Capacity:
Group Wellfleet Object ID:
Group Description:

2-500

1
13
1.3.6.1.4.1.18
"Wellfleet Comm. ANmpr 12 Port 10BASE-T
Router/Repeater - Rev 2"

114087 Rev. A

show rptr
Sample Display - show rptr info last_addr
802.3 Repeater(HUB) Port Last Source Address Information:
--------------------------------------------------------Port
Number
---------1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

Last Source
Address
----------------01-02-04-08-10-20
01-02-04-08-10-20
00-00-A2-06-B9-85
01-02-04-08-10-20
01-02-04-08-10-20
00-00-A2-06-B9-85
00-00-A2-06-B9-85
00-00-A2-06-B9-85
01-02-04-08-10-20
01-02-04-08-10-20
01-02-04-08-10-20
00-80-2D-00-98-01
00-00-A2-03-C1-C0

Total
Changes
---------9
0
4
624029193
0
3
3
545299270
4294967295
4294967295
4294967295
130506617
17870737

sample [] [port []]
Displays the repeater statistics generated during a prescribed period (default 10 seconds).
This command can be used for all ports (default) or for selected ports.

114087 Rev. A

2-501

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show rptr sample
ALL Repeater Ports Statistics Sampled Data over 10 seconds
----------------------------------------------------------Port Readable Readable
Total
Auto
#
Frames
Octets
Errors
Partitions
Runts
Collisions
--- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------1
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
192
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
7
0
0
0
0
0
0
8
0
0
0
0
0
0
9
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
0
0
0
0
0
0
11
0
0
0
0
0
0
12
700
97973
0
0
0
0
13
3
192
0
0
0
0
Port
FCS
Alignment
Long
Short
Late
Very Long Data Rate
#
Errors
Errors
Frames
Events
Events
Events
Mismatch
--- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ------------------1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
11
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
13
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

2-502

114087 Rev. A

show rptr
Sample Display - show rptr sample 3 port 12
Repeater Port Statistics Sampled Data over
3 seconds
-----------------------------------------------------Port Readable Readable
Total
Auto
#
Frames
Octets
Errors
Partitions
Runts
Collisions
--- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------12
41
8053
0
0
0
0
Port
FCS
Alignment
Long
Short
Late
Very Long Data Rate
#
Errors
Errors
Frames
Events
Events
Events
Mismatch
--- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- --------12
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

stats [all] | [totals] | [port []] | [errors]
Displays statistical information for all ports or a specified port. This command displays
either a total list of statistics or error statistics only.
This command displays the actual values of the SNMP counters maintained within the
repeater MIB. These counters are not initialized to 0 at system startup; therefore, only
time-relative deltas of these counters are meaningful. These counter cannot be reset to 0.

114087 Rev. A

2-503

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show rptr stats
802.3 Repeater (HUB) Statistics:
-------------------------------Port Readable
#
Frames
--- ---------1
104
2
0
3
931675
4
1354357247
5
10
6
348
7
297
8
317023833
9
4294967295
10 4294967295
11 4294967295
12
576590566
13 2157788935

2-504

Readable
Octets
---------6719
63
296890590
1629798783
4271
111353
95157
1077284480
4294967295
4294967295
4294967295
2908601712
1628793423

Total
Auto
Errors
Partitions
Runts
Collisions
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------24
14
43
456
4294967289
6 4294967295
150
22
6 4294967295
5862
4294967289
4 4294967295 1620234528
4294967289
9 4294967295
195
4294967289
177 4294967295
951
4294967289 522055204 4294967295 962400002
4294967289
87
36
7187
4160749557
4 4294967295
35
4294967285 1096835530 4294967295
570
4294967289
4 4294967295
4
2324114227 201334951 2569404471 101226678
1100513600
14
194 2832631700

114087 Rev. A

show rptr
Sample Display - show rptr stats all
802.3 Repeater (HUB) Statistics:
--------------------------------Repeater Total Frames: 111726086
Repeater Total Octets: 3246687465
Repeater Total Errors: 3290410074
Repeater Transmit Collisions: 805377464

Port Readable
#
Frames
--- ---------1
104
2
0
3
931688
4
1354357247
5
10
6
348
7
297
8
317023833
9
4294967295
10 4294967295
11 4294967295
12
576591092
13 2157788948

Readable
Octets
---------6719
63
296895150
1629798783
4271
111353
95157
1077284480
4294967295
4294967295
4294967295
2908688941
1628797983

Total
Auto
Errors
Partitions
Runts
Collisions
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------24
14
43
456
4294967289
6 4294967295
150
22
6 4294967295
5862
4294967289
4 4294967295 1620234528
4294967289
9 4294967295
195
4294967289
177 4294967295
951
4294967289 522055204 4294967295 962400002
4294967289
87
36
7187
4160749557
4 4294967295
35
4294967285 1096835530 4294967295
570
4294967289
4 4294967295
4
2324114227 201334951 2569404472 101226678
1100513600
14
194 2832631700

Port
FCS
Alignment
Long
Short
Late
Very Long Data Rate
#
Errors
Errors
Frames
Events
Events
Events
Mismatch
--- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ------------------1
62 4294967295 4294967295 4294967263 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
2 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
3
4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
0
27 4294967295
4 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
5 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
6 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
7 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
8 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
9 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4160749563
10 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967291
11 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
12
2
4464905
39 4294967295 2182103142 137546127
13
13 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
2 1100513603 4294967295

114087 Rev. A

2-505

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show rptr stats totals
802.3 Repeater (HUB) Statistics Totals:
--------------------------------------Repeater Total Frames: 111728214
Repeater Total Octets: 3247091908
Repeater Total Errors: 3290410074
Repeater Transmit Collisions: 805377464

Sample Display - show rptr stats port 1
802.3 Repeater (HUB) Port Statistics:
-------------------------------------

Port Readable Readable
Total
Auto
#
Frames
Octets
Errors
Partitions
Runts
Collisions
--- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------1
104
6719
24
14
43
456
Port
FCS
Alignment
Long
Short
Late
Very Long Data Rate
#
Errors
Errors
Frames
Events
Events
Events
Mismatch
--- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ------------------1
62 4294967295 4294967295 4294967263 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295

2-506

114087 Rev. A

show rptr
Sample Display - show rptr stats errors
802.3 Repeater (HUB) Error Statistics:
-------------------------------------Port
FCS
Alignment
Long
Short
Late
Very Long Data Rate
#
Errors
Errors
Frames
Events
Events
Events
Mismatch
--- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ------------------1
62 4294967295 4294967295 4294967263 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
2 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
3
4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
0
27 4294967295
4 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
5 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
6 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
7 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
8 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
9 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4160749563
10 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967291
11 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
12
2
4464905
39 4294967295 2182103142 137546127
13
13 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
2 1100513603 4294967295

status [ports]
Displays the operational status of the repeater or of the individual ports that comprise the
repeater.

Sample Display - show rptr status
802.3 Repeater (HUB) Status:
---------------------------Repeater Operating Status:
Repeater Health Text:
Total Partitioned Ports:
Group Operating Status:
Last Group Status Change:

114087 Rev. A

OK
"Repeater Health: Operational "
2
Operational
0 (SNMP SysUpTime of Change)

2-507

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show repeater status ports
802.3 Repeater (HUB) Ports Status:
---------------------------------Port
Number
-----1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

Admin
Status
-------Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Disabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Disabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled

Autopart
State
-----------Reconnected
Reconnected
Reconnected
Reconnected
Reconnected
Partitioned
Reconnected
Reconnected
Reconnected
Partitioned
Reconnected
Reconnected
Reconnected

Link
Test
-----Passed
Failed
Passed
Failed
Failed
Passed
Failed
Failed
Failed
Passed
Failed
Passed
Passed

version
Displays the current version number and date of the rptr.bat script.

Sample Display - show rptr version
RPTR.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

2-508

114087 Rev. A

show rredund

show rredund
The show rredund  commands display information about router redundancy. For
detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of router redundancy, refer to
Configuring Interface and Router Redundancy.
The show rredund command supports the following subcommand options:
base

resources

circuits []

role

disabled

sonmp

enabled

version

remote

114087 Rev. A

2-509

Using Technician Interface Scripts

base
Displays the base record information for router redundancy. The base record controls
router redundancy for the entire system. The table includes the following information:
State

State of the protocol. States include the following:
Up
Down
Init (initializing) and bidding
Not Pres (enabled but not yet started)
Wait SOS Reply (waiting for a reply to an SOS PDU)
Wait Pri Gdby (waiting for a Primary Good-bye PDU
Rcvd Pri Gdby (received a Primary Good-bye PDU)
Wait New Pri (Waiting for a New Primary PDU)
Delay Bidding

2-510

Role

Role of the router: Primary or Secondary.

Group ID

Identification number of this router redundancy group.

Member ID

Identification number of this member of the group.

Priority

This router’s priority to become the primary router if the current
primary router fails. A high value indicates higher priority.

Hello Timer

The configured time interval, in seconds, between sending Hello
protocol data units (PDUs).

Bid Duration

The amount of time, in seconds, for the bidding period that
determines which router in the group becomes the primary router.

Timeout Counter

The number of Hello timer periods when the secondary routers do
not receive a Hello PDU from the primary router before they begin
to choose a new primary router.

Primary cfg file

The name of the primary configuration file the router uses when it
boots or reboots as the primary router.

Role Switch Delay

This parameter is not currently used.

114087 Rev. A

show rredund
Sample Display - show rredund base
Router Redundancy Base Record Information
----------------------------------------Attribute
--------State
Role
Group-ID
Member-ID
Priority
Hello Timer
Bid Duration
Timeout Counter
Primary cfg file
Role Switch Delay 5

Value
----Up
Secondary
1
1
1
2
45
5
4:mpass.pri

circuits []
Displays circuit and state information for all router redundancy ports or for a specific port.
The table includes the following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit the port is on.

Port

The port number.

State

Indicates whether router redundancy is Enabled or Disabled for this circuit.

Send PDU

Sending of PDUs enabled or disabled.

Primary Mac Addr

The MAC address to be used for this circuit when this router is the primary
router.

114087 Rev. A

2-511

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - $show rredund circuits
Router Redundancy Circuit Table
------------------------------Circuit
Port
State
Send PDU
Primary MAC Addr
-------- -------- ------------ ------------ ----------------E41
1
Enabled
Enabled
00-00-A2-03-42-96
E42
2
Enabled
Enabled
00-00-A2-03-42-97
2 Entries found.

disabled
Displays all interface circuits that have backup router redundancy and are disabled
currently. A circuit is disabled if the disable/enable parameter is set to disable and the state
is down. For definitions of the columns in the table, see the circuits command.

Sample Display - $show rredund disable
Router Redundancy Circuit Table
------------------------------Circuit
Port
State
Send PDU
Primary MAC Addr
-------- -------- ------------ ------------ ----------------0 Entries found.

enabled
Displays all interface circuits that have backup router redundancy and are enabled
currently. A circuit is enabled if the disable/enable parameter is set to enable and the state
is up. For definitions of the columns in the table, see the circuits command.

2-512

114087 Rev. A

show rredund
Sample Display - show rredund enable
Router Redundancy Circuit Table
------------------------------Circuit
Port
State
Send PDU
Primary MAC Addr
-------- -------- ------------ ------------ ----------------E41
1
Enabled
Enabled
00-00-A2-03-42-96
E42
2
Enabled
Enabled
00-00-A2-03-42-97
2 Entries found.

remote
Displays information about the other routers in the router redundancy group. The table
includes the following information.
Group ID

Identification number of the router redundancy group.

Member ID

Identification number of the remote member of the group.

IP Address

The IP address of the remote member.

Role

Role of the remote member: Primary or Secondary.

State

State of the remote member: States include the following:
Up
Down
Init (initializing and bidding)
Not Pres (enabled but not yet started)
Wait SOS Reply (waiting for a reply to an SOS PDU)
Wait Pri Gdby (waiting for a Primary Goodbye PDU
Rcvd Pri Gdby (received a Primary Goodbye PDU)
Wait New Pri (Waiting for a New Primary PDU)
Delay Bidding

114087 Rev. A

2-513

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - $show rredund remote
Router Redundancy Remote Members
-------------------------------Group ID Member ID
IP Address
Role
State
--------- ---------- --------------- ----------- ----------1
2
0.0.0.0
Primary
Up

resources
Displays resources the router can access, by the IP addresses of the resources. The table
includes the following information.
Circuit Name

The name of the circuit (such as E54).

Circuit Number

The circuit number (representing the circuit name in the MIB).

IP Address

The IP address of the resource.

Update

Updates information about whether resources are reachable by this
router. Configurable to Enable or Disable.

Status

Results of update: Reachable, Unreachable, Unknown

Sample Display - $show rredund resources
Router Redundancy Resources
--------------------------Circuit Circuit
IP Address
Update
Status
Name
Number
-------- -------- --------------- ------- ----------E54
4 23.23.23.23EnableReachable

2-514

114087 Rev. A

show rredund

role
Displays the roles of known members of this redundancy group, from the point of view of
this router. The first member displayed is the local member; others are the remote
members. The table includes the following information.
Member ID

Identification number of the member of the group.

Role

Role of the router: Primary or Secondary.

Good IF

Count of usable interfaces on the member.

Good RES

Count of resources the member can reach.

Priority

The member’s priority to become the primary router if the current
primary router fails.

Sample Display - $show rredund role
Router Redundancy Role Selection Information
-------------------------------------------Member-ID
Role
Good IF
Good RES
Priority
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------1
Secondary
2
0
1
2
Primary
2
0
1

sonmp
Displays the status of sonmp. The table includes the following information.
Circuit name

The name of the circuit.

Circuit number

The circuit number (representing the circuit name in the MIB).

Transmit count

The number of frames transmitted on the circuit.

Receive count

The number of frames received on the circuit.

Receive error count

The number of error frames received on the circuit.

114087 Rev. A

2-515

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - $show rredund sonmp
Router Redundancy SONMP Stats
----------------------------Circuit
Name
-------E41
E42

Circuit
Number
-------1
2

Transmit
Count
-----------0
0

Receive
Receive Error
Count
Count
------------ ----------------0
0
0
0

2 Entries found.

version
Displays the current version and modification date of the rredund.bat script.

Sample Display - show rredund version
rredund.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

2-516

114087 Rev. A

show rsc

show rsc
The show rsc  commands display information about managed line resources.
The Bay Networks Line Resource Manager (LRM) lets you define a certain percentage of
bandwidth as reservable resources on lines configured with the ST2 protocol. ST2
applications that require a guaranteed quality of service can negotiate for the reservable
bandwidth.
Refer to Configuring Line Services for detailed information about LRM.
The show rsc command supports the following subcommand options:
bandwidth

unreserved

reserved

bandwidth
Displays information about an ST2 line’s reserved bandwidth. The table includes the
following information:
Line

Internal line number.

Circuit

Site Manager circuit name.

Reservable

The remaining reservable bandwidth available for reserved flows
on this line (bits per second).

Allocated

The bandwidth currently allocated to reserved flows on this line
(bits per second).

Current

Bandwidth used for reserved flows during the last measurement
interval.

Average

Average bandwidth used by reserved flows during the last
measurement interval.

Maximum

Maximum bandwidth used by reserved flows over one
measurement interval since the line came up.

114087 Rev. A

2-517

Using Technician Interface Scripts

Note: The measurement interval for the Current, Average, and Maximum statistics
is, by default, 10 seconds. You can change this interval by setting the MIB object
Bandwidth Interval at the Configuration Manager Edit Line Resources window.

Sample Display - show rsc band
TX Line Resources: Reserved Bandwidth Statistics
------------------------------------------------

Line
Circuit
-------- ---------203102
S32
204101
S41
204102
S42
204103
S43

Reserved Bandwidth in bits per second
Reservable Allocated Current
Average
Maximum
---------- --------- --------- --------- --------1311821
70579
21745
95426
124887
460800
0
0
0
0
1259428
122972
110880
95368
122530
1389600
0
0
0
0

reserved
Displays information about reserved flows. The table includes the following information:

2-518

Line

Internal line number

Circuit

Site Manager circuit name.

Flows

Number of reserved flows being served.

Transmitted Packets

Total number of reserved flow packets transmitted since the line
came up.

Transmitted Bytes

Total number of reserved flow bytes transmitted since the line came
up.

Policed Packets

Total number of reserved flow packets dropped since the line came
up. These packets were dropped because the data received on one
or more flows exceeded their reservation.

Policed Bytes

Total number of reserved flow bytes dropped since the line came
up. These packets were dropped because the data received on one
or more flows exceeded their reservation.

114087 Rev. A

show rsc
Delay Avg

Average packet delay, in milliseconds, during the measurement
interval. Measured delay includes transmission time.

Delay Max

Maximum single packet delay (ms) since the line came up.

Sample Display - show rsc res
TX Line Resources: Reserved Flow Statistics
-------------------------------------------

Line
Circuit
-------- ---------203102
S32
204101
S41
204102
S42
204103
S43

Flows
----2
1
2
0

Transmitted
Policed
Delay (ms)
Packets
Bytes
Packets
Bytes
Avg
Max
--------- --------- --------- --------- ----- ----22122 11943504
0
0
0 24339
0
0
0
0
0
0
22172 11963112
6
3360
0 15630
0
0
0
0
0
0

If the display for your lines indicates unacceptable amounts of dropped traffic (Policed
Packets and Policed Bytes), try inflating the reservations percentage (MIB object Inflate
Reservations). If command output indicates large delays, try decreasing the reserved
latency (MIB object Reserved Latency). You can edit both parameters at the Configuration
Manager Edit Line Resources window.

unreserved
Displays information about the portion of bandwidth left to service best-effort traffic. The
table includes the following information:
Line

Internal line number.

Circuit

Site Manager circuit name.

Policed Packets

Total number of unreserved packets dropped since the line came
up.

Policed Bytes

Total number of unreserved bytes dropped since the line came up.

114087 Rev. A

2-519

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show rsc unres
TX Line Resources: Unreserved Traffic Statistics
------------------------------------------------

Line
Circuit
-------- ---------203102
S32
204101
S41
204102
S42
204103
S43

Policed
Packets
Bytes
--------- --------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

5 total entries.

Note: If Priority Queueing is enabled for the line, show rsc unreserved will not
show the policing statistics for unreserved flows.

2-520

114087 Rev. A

show sdlc

show sdlc
The show sdlc  commands display information about the Synchronous Data
Link Control (SDLC) protocol. For detailed information on the Bay Networks
implementation of SDLC, refer to Configuring SDLC Services.
The show sdlc command supports the following subcommand options:
base

enabled

circuits []

stats []

disabled

version

base
Displays the base record for SDLC. The base record controls SDLC for the entire system.
The table includes information on the protocol type, in this case SDLC, and state of the
protocol. The state can be Active, Inactive, Pending Active, Not Present, Enabled, or
Disabled.

Sample Display - sdlc show base
SDLC Base Record Information
--------------------------Protocol
State
---------------- ---------SDLC
Inactive

114087 Rev. A

2-521

Using Technician Interface Scripts

circuits []
Displays SDLC configuration information for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table
contains the following information:
Circuit #

Circuit number of this interface.

State

Operational state of this interface: Active, Inactive, Pending
Active, Not Present, Enabled, or Disabled.

Role

Link station role: Primary, Secondary, or Negotiable.

Link Type

Indicates whether the SDLC port is connected to a Leased or
Switched line.

Duplex Primary

Indicates whether the primary SDLC station is full duplex or half
duplex.

Duplex Secondary

Indicates whether the secondary SDLC station is full duplex or half
duplex.

SDLC Address

Link station address of the secondary link station on this SDLC
link.

Sample Display - show sdlc circuits
SDLC Circuits
-----------Circuit
#
------1
2
4

State

Role

Link Type

Duplex
Primary
-------------- ------------ --------- ----------Enabled
Negotiable
Leased
Half Duplex
Enabled
Secondary
Leased
Half Duplex
Enabled
Secondary
Leased
Half Duplex

Duplex
SDLC
Secondary Address
----------- ------Half Duplex
Half Duplex
4
Half Duplex
6

3 Total entries.

2-522

114087 Rev. A

show sdlc

disabled
Displays all disabled SDLC interfaces. For more information on column definitions, see
the circuits command.

Sample Display - sdlc show disabled
SDLC Circuits
-----------Circuit
State
Role
Link Type Duplex
Duplex
SDLC
#
Primary
Secondary Address
------- -------------- ------------ --------- ----------- ----------- ------No Entries.

enabled
Displays all enabled SDLC interfaces. For more information on column definitions, see
the circuits command.

Sample Display - sdlc show enabled
SDLC Circuits
-----------Circuit
#
------1
2
4

State

Role

Link Type

Duplex
Primary
-------------- ------------ --------- ----------Enabled
Negotiable
Leased
Half Duplex
Enabled
Secondary
Leased
Half Duplex
Enabled
Secondary
Leased
Half Duplex

Duplex
SDLC
Secondary Address
----------- ------Half Duplex
Half Duplex
4
Half Duplex
6

3 Entries found.

114087 Rev. A

2-523

Using Technician Interface Scripts

stats []
Displays statistical information for all circuits or for a specified circuit. The table includes
the following information:
Circuit #

Circuit number of this interface.

SDLC Add.

Poll address of the secondary link station in this SDLC link. It
uniquely identifies the SDLC link station within a single SDLC
port.

I Frames Received

Total number of information frames received from an adjacent
SDLC link station since last reset or system startup.

I Frames Sent

Total number of information frames transmitted to an adjacent
SDLC link station since last reset or system startup.

Re Tx’s

Total number of information frames retransmitted to an adjacent
SDLC link station since last reset or system startup.

Rejects Received

Total number of reject frames received from an adjacent SDLC link
station since last reset or system startup.

Rejects Sent

Total number of reject frames transmitted to an adjacent SDLC link
station since last reset or system startup.

Sample Display - show sdlc stats
SDLC Statistics
-------------Circuit SDLC I Frames
I Frames
Rejects Rejects
#
Add. Received
Sent
Re Tx's Received
Sent
-------- ---- ---------- ---------- -------- -------- -------1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
193
0
0
0
0
0
2
3
0
0
0
0
0
2
4
0
0
0
0
0
4
5
0
0
0
0
0
4
6
38
22
4
1
2

version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the sdlc.bat script.
Sample Display - show sdlc version
SDLC.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

2-524

114087 Rev. A

show smds

show smds
The show smds  commands display configuration, status, and statistical
information about the Switched Multi-Megabit Data Service (SMDS) protocol. For
detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of SMDS, refer to Configuring
SMDS.
The show smds command supports the following subcommand options:
addresses []

enabled

alerts

stats []

circuits []

version

disabled

addresses []
Displays the individual, group, and ARP addresses of all SMDS circuits or for a specific
circuit. The information displayed is useful for determining whether you have properly
configured the station to receive and send data.
The table contains the following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit this interface is on.

Individual Address

MAC-layer address, a complete SMDS E.164 address provided by the
SMDS subscription agreement.

Group Address

MAC-layer multicast address, a complete SMDS E.164 address provided
by the SMDS subscription agreement.

ARP Address

Address resolution multicast address, a complete SMDS E.164 address
provided by the SMDS subscription agreement.

114087 Rev. A

2-525

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show smds addresses
SMDS Circuit Address Table
-------------------------Circuit
------S21
S22
S23

Individual Address
-----------------0xC16175551212FFFF
0xC15084363835FFFF
0xC15086632222FFFF

Group Address
-----------------0xE16175551313FFFF
0xE15085551414FFFF
0xE15085556677FFFF

ARP Address
-----------------0xE16165551313FFFF
0xE15085551515FFFF
0xE15085556677FFFF

alerts
Displays all SMDS interfaces that are enabled but not up. The table identifies the circuit,
whether or not it’s configured to be enabled, and its current state. State can be Down, Init
(initializing), or Not Pres (enabled but not yet started). To search for possible reasons for
the problem, examine the log file.

Sample Display - show smds alerts
SMDS Circuit ALERT Table
-----------------------Circuit
------S21

Mode
State
-------- -------Enabled Down

circuits []
Displays SMDS configuration information for all interfaces or for a specific interface. Use
this display to determine whether or not the interface has been properly configured for the
SMDS network. The table contains the following information:

2-526

Circuit

Name of the circuit this interface is on.

State

Operational state of the interface: Down, Init (initializing), Not
Present (not started), or Up.

114087 Rev. A

show smds
Polling

State of heartbeat polling on the interface: Enabled or Disabled.
Polling verifies the integrity of the Bay Networks router/DSU
connection by regularly transmitting Keep Alive messages from the
Bay Networks router to the DSU and acknowledging their receipt
by DSU.

Net Mgt

State of LMI network management on the interface: Enabled or
Disabled. LMI is an SNMP-like protocol that enables the Bay
Networks router and the DSU to exchange management
information.

Addr Ver

State of address verification function: Enabled or Disabled. Address
verification enables the router to verify incoming individual and
group addresses and drop improperly addressed frames, that is,
those not intended for the router.

Version

Value indicating the version(s) of the SNMP Interface Protocol
(SIP) that this interface supports. The value is a sum, initialized at
zero. For each version, V, that this interface supports, 2 raised
to (V - 1) is added to the sum. For example, a port supporting
versions 1 and 2 would have a value of (2^(1-1)+2^(2-1))=3. The
SipL3VersionSupport parameter is effectively a bit mask with
Version 1 equal to the least significant bit (LSB).

Sample Display - show smds circuit
SMDS Circuit Table
-----------------Circuit
State
Polling Net Mgt Addr Ver Version
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------S112
Up
Enabled Disabled Disabled
1

disabled
Displays all SMDS interfaces that a user has manually disabled. In this case, State is
always Down.

114087 Rev. A

2-527

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show smds disabled
SMDS Disabled Table
-----------------------Circuit
------S22

Mode
State
-------- -------Disabled Down

enabled
Displays all enabled SMDS interfaces.
Sample Display - show smds enabled
SMDS Circuit Interface Enabled Table
------------------------------Circuit
------S21
S23

State
-------Init
Up

stats []
Displays sent and received SIP Level 3 frames for all SMDS interfaces or for a specific
interface. The totals include only PDUs without errors. The table includes statistics for
both individual and group addressed PDUs that are sent, received, and discarded. You can
use this information with the synchronous and protocol statistics to determine where
frames are going and at what level they may have been dropped.
Sample Display - show smds stats
SMDS Statistics
--------------L3 PDUs Sent
Circuit Individual Group
-------- ---------- -------S112
0
9

2-528

L3 PDUs Received
Individual Group
---------- -------0
9

Addr Verify
Discards
----------0

114087 Rev. A

show smds

version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the smds.bat script.
Sample Display - show smds version
SMDS.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

114087 Rev. A

2-529

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show snmp
The show snmp  commands display status, configuration, and performance
information about the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) services. For
detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of SNMP, refer to Configuring
SNMP, RMON, BOOTP, DHCP, and RARP Services.
The show snmp command supports the following subcommand options:
base

exceptions [entity  | name
 | event ]

community []

traps [entity  | name  | slot ]

Entering the show snmp command without any options invokes the show snmp base
option by default.

base
Displays the base record for SNMP. The base record controls SNMP for the entire system.
The table includes the following information:

2-530

State

Operating state of SNMP: Enabled or Disabled.

Authentication Type

Type of authentication the agent uses, as follows:
• Trivial - Standard SNMP network security
• Party - Reserved for future use
• Proprietary - Bay Networks network security; only for set
requests. With this type, you can prohibit specific users from
executing set requests.

Received PDUs

Number of PDUs that SNMP has received from the transport entity

Transmitted PDUs

Number of PDUs that SNMP has transmitted to the transport entity

MIB Objects Retrieved

Number of MIB objects retrieved for SNMP managers that belong
to communities defined on the router or BNX platform

114087 Rev. A

show snmp
MIB Objects Set

Number of MIB objects set by SNMP managers that belong to
communities defined on the router or BNX platform

Get Request PDUs Accepted
& Processed

Number of get request PDUs accepted and processed

Get-Next Request PDUs
Accepted and Processed

Number of get next request PDUs accepted and processed

Get Response PDUs
Generated

Number of get response PDUs generated

Set Request PDUs Accepted & Number of set request PDUs accepted and processed
Processed
Trap PDUs Generated

Number of trap PDUs the agent has generated

Decoding ASN.1 Parsing
Errors

Number of ASN.1 parsing errors generated while decoding

Received Bad Community
Name

Number of PDUs that have an invalid community string

Received Unsupported
Operation PDUs

Number of PDUs requesting an operation unsupported by
the community

Generated PDUs with
“toobig” Error

Number of PDUs delivered with ErrorStatus= “tooBig”

Generated PDUs with
“noSuchName” Error

Number of PDUs delivered with ErrorStatus= “noSuchName”

Generated PDUs with
“badValue” Error

Number of PDUs delivered with ErrorStatus= “badValue”

Generated PDUs with
“readOnly” Error

Number of PDUs delivered with ErrorStatus= “readOnly”

Generated PDUs with
“genErr” Error

Number of PDUs delivered with ErrorStatus= “genError”

114087 Rev. A

2-531

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show snmp base
Snmp protocol is enabled.
Authentication Type: Trivial
Received PDUs: 73851
Transmitted PDUs: 78042
MIB Objects Retrieved: 112363
MIB Objects Set: 9
Get Request PDUs Accepted & Processed: 72408
Get Next Request PDUs Accepted & Processed: 1434
Get Response PDUs Generated: 73851
Set Request PDUs Accepted & Processed: 9
Trap PDUs Generated: 4191
Decoding ASN.1 Parsing Errors: 0
Received Bad Community Name PDUs: 0
Received Unsupported Operation PDUs: 0
Generated PDUs with "tobig" Error: 0
Generated PDUs with "noSuchName" Error: 0
Generated PDUs with "badValue" Error: 0
Generated PDUs with "readOnly" Error: 0
Generated PDUs with "genErr" Error: 0

community []
Displays information about SNMP communities configured on the router or BNX
platform. An SNMP community is a logical relationship between the SNMP agent on the
router or BNX platform and one or more SNMP managers. The table includes information
on the managers belonging to each community known to the router. The entry for each
manager includes the following information:

2-532

Community Name

Name of the community.

Community Access

Access privileges the router grants to all members of this
community, as follows:
• Read - All members of this community can only view
configuration and performance information about this router.
• Read/Write - All members of this community can both view
configuration and performance information about this router and
change the router’s configuration.

Manager Address

Internet address of this manager

Manager Name

Name of this manager

114087 Rev. A

show snmp
Trap Port

UDP port on which this manager is listening for traps

Trap Type

Valid trap types to be sent to the manager, as follows:
• None - Prohibits the agent software from transmitting traps to this
manager
• Generic - Lets the agent software transmit the well-defined
SNMP traps (coldStart, warmStart, egpNeighborLoss, linkUp,
linkDown, authenticationFailure, and enterpriseSpecific) to the
manager
• Specific - Lets the agent software transmit all enabled log event
traps to this manager
• All - Transmits both generic and specific trap types to this
manager

Entering the show snmp community command without any  option
invokes the forgoing data for all SNMP community types and managers known to the
router.

Sample Display - show snmp community
SNMP Community Information
-------------------------Community Community
Name
Access
---------- ---------- ---------public
Read/Write

SNMP Managers and their respective communities
---------------------------------------------Manager
Address
-------0.0.0.0
192.32.160.39
192.32.160.40

114087 Rev. A

Manager
Name
------

Trap
Port
--162
162
162

Trap
Type
---All
Generic
All

Community
Name
------public
public
public

Community
Access
-------Read/Write
Read/Write
Read/Write

2-533

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show snmp community types
SNMP's Valid Management Community Types:
Community
Name
--------------public

Community
Access
------------Read/Write

Sample Display - show snmp community managers
SNMP's Managers and their Respective Communities:
Manager
Manager
Address
Name
--------------- -----------0.0.0.0
192.32.160.39
192.32.160.40

Trap
Port
-----162
162
162

Trap
Type
---------All
Generic
All

Community
Name
-----------public
public
public

Community
Access
-----------Read/Write
Read/Write
Read/Write

traps [entity  | name  | slot ]
Displays information about traps generated on the router or BNX platform. You can limit
the information to traps generated by a specific  or , or
by all entities on a specific .
The display contains the following information:

2-534

Entity Name

The name of this entity on the router or BNX platform

Entity Number

The number of this entity on the router or BNX platform

Slot Number

Number of the slot where this entity is configured

State

Operating state of this entity: Enabled or Disabled

114087 Rev. A

show snmp
Fault Message

Attribute that controls the entity’s fault messages:
• On - The router or BNX platform generates this trap whenever a
Fault event occurs for this entity and slot number.
• Off - The router or BNX platform does not generate this trap
whenever a Fault event occurs for this entity and slot number.

Warn Message

Attribute that controls the entity’s warning messages:
• On - The router or BNX platform generates this trap whenever a
Warning event occurs for this entity and slot number.
• Off - The router or BNX platform does not generate this trap
whenever a Fault event occurs for this entity and slot number.

Info Message

Attribute that controls the entity’s info messages:
• On - The router or BNX platform generates this trap whenever an
Info event occurs for this entity and slot number.
• Off - The router or BNX platform does not generate this trap
whenever a Fault event occurs for this entity and slot number.

Trace Message

Attribute that controls the entity’s trace messages:
• On - The router or BNX platform generates this trap whenever a
Trace event occurs for this entity and slot number.
• Off - The router or BNX platform does not generate this trap
whenever a Fault event occurs for this entity and slot number.

Debug Message

Attribute that controls the entity’s debug messages:
• On - The router or BNX platform generates this trap whenever a
Debug event occurs for this entity and slot number.
• Off - The router or BNX platform does not generate this trap
whenever a Fault event occurs for this entity and slot number.

Entering the show snmp traps command without any , ,
or  option invokes the forgoing data for all entities configured on the
router.

114087 Rev. A

2-535

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show snmp traps
SNMP Trap Entity Information:
Entity
Name
-----------IP
TFTP
TCP
WILDCARD

Entity
Number
-----2
7
47
255

Slot
Number
-----2
2
2
2

STATE
-------Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled

Fault
Message
------Off
Off
Off
On

Warn
Message
------Off
Off
Off
On

Info
Message
------On
On
On
On

Trace
Message
------Off
Off
Off
On

Debug
Message
------Off
Off
Off
On

Warn
Message
------Off

Info
Message
------On

Trace
Message
------Off

Debug
Message
------Off

Warn
Message
------Off

Info
Message
------On

Trace
Message
------Off

Debug
Message
------Off

Warn
Message
------Off
Off
Off
On

Info
Message
------On
On
On
On

Trace
Message
------Off
Off
Off
On

Debug
Message
------Off
Off
Off
On

Sample Display - show snmp traps entity 2
SNMP Trap Entity Information:
Entity
Name
-----------IP

Entity
Number
-----2

Slot
Fault
Number STATE
Message
------ -------- ------2
Enabled Off

Sample Display - show snmp traps entity IP
SNMP Trap Entity Information:
Entity
Name
-----------IP

Entity
Number
-----2

Slot
Fault
Number STATE
Message
------ -------- ------2
Enabled Off

Sample Display - show snmp traps slot 2
Entity
Name
-----------IP
TFTP
TCP
WILDCARD

2-536

Entity
Number
-----2
7
47
255

Slot
Number
-----2
2
2
2

STATE
-------Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled

Fault
Message
------Off
Off
Off
On

114087 Rev. A

show snmp

exceptions [entity  | name  |
event ]
Displays information about exceptions to SNMP traps configured on the router or BNX
platform. Using options to the show snmp exceptions command, you can view
exceptions to traps generated by a specific , , or
.
The table displays the following information:
Entity Name

Name of the entity.

Entity Number

Number of the entity.

Event Number

Number of the event.

State

Operating state of the exception: Enabled or Disabled.

Entering the show snmp exceptions command without any ,
, or  option invokes exception data for all traps
configured on the router or BNX platform.

Sample Display - show snmp exceptions
SNMP Exception Information
--------------------------Entity
Name
---------IP

114087 Rev. A

Entity
Event
Number
Number
STATE
---------- ---------- ---------2
6
Enabled

2-537

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show span
The show span  commands display information about Spanning Tree Bridge
services. For detailed information about the Spanning Tree algorithm and parameters,
refer to Configuring Bridging Services.
The show span command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts

disabled

base

enabled

circuits []

stats

configuration

version

configuration circuits []

alerts
Displays all enabled circuits that are not up. Use this display to identify the ports that are
not working. The table includes the following information:

2-538

Circuit

Name of the circuit this port is on.

State

Current state of the port as the Spanning Tree Protocol application defined
it, which in this case is Port Disabled.

Designated Root

Unique Bridge ID recorded as the root in the Configuration BPDUs. The
Designated Bridge for the segment to which this port is attached transmits
this value.

Designated Port

Port Identifier on the Designated Bridge for this port’s segment.

114087 Rev. A

show span
Sample Display - show span alerts
Spanning Tree Circuit Alert Information
---------------------------------------

Circuit
State
-------- -----------E51
Port Disabled

Designated
Designated Root
Port
----------------------- -------------00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01
32770

S31

Port Disabled

00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01

32771

S41

Port Disabled

00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01

32772

3 Entries found.

base
Displays Spanning Tree global parameters in the base record. The table includes the
following information:
State

Current state of the Spanning Tree: Down, Init (initializing), Not
Present (enabled but not yet started), or Up.

Root Bridge ID

Bridge ID of the root of the Spanning Tree. This is the lowest Bridge
MAC address; or if there is no Bridge MAC address, the bridge with
the lowest priority.

Time Since last top chg

Time in hundredths of a second since the bridge detected the last
change in topology.

Number of Topology
Changes

Total number of topology changes that this bridge has detected since
it was last reset or initialized.

Bridge ID

Identifier of the bridge the script is running on. You can compare this
ID to the Root Bridge ID above it.

114087 Rev. A

2-539

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show span base
Spanning Tree Base Record Information
------------------------------------Time Since
Number Of
State
Root Bridge ID
last top chg
Topology Changes
------------ ----------------------- ------------ -------------------Up
00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01
256500
1
Bridge ID:
----------------------00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01

circuits []
Displays Spanning Tree circuit information for all circuits or for a specified circuit. For
definitions of the columns in the table, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show span circuits
Spanning Tree Circuit Information
--------------------------------Designated
Circuit
State
Designated Root
Port
-------- ------------ ----------------------- -------------S21
Forwarding
00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01
32769
E51

Port Disabled 00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01

32770

S31

Port Disabled 00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01

32771

S41

Port Disabled 00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01

32772

4 Total entries.

2-540

114087 Rev. A

show span

configuration
Displays Spanning Tree global configuration parameters. These parameters are all user
configurable. The table includes the following information:
Bridge ID

Spanning Tree Bridge ID assigned to this bridge. The Bridge ID is
a combination of the Bridge Priority and the Bridge MAC address.

Bridge Max Age

Maximum time in hundredths of a second that the protocol
information (BPDUs) is valid. After this time, the protocol discards
the information.

Bridge Hello Time

Interval in hundredths of a second between BPDUs that the bridge
transmits. BPDUs are periodic transmissions exchanged between
bridges in the network to convey configuration and topology
change data.

Bridge Forward Delay

Value all bridges use for Forward Delay when this bridge is acting
as the root; specifies the time in hundredths of a second that a
circuit spends in the Listening and Learning states.

Sample Display - show span configuration
Spanning Tree Configuration Table
--------------------------------Bridge
Bridge
Bridge
Bridge ID
Max Age Hello Time Forward Delay
----------------------- -------- ---------- ------------00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01
2000
200
1500

configuration circuits []
Displays configuration parameters for all Spanning Tree circuits or for a specified
Spanning Tree circuit. These parameters are user configurable. The table includes the
following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit this port is on.

Mode

Mode of the port: Enabled or Disabled.

114087 Rev. A

2-541

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Priority

Value of the priority field contained in the first octet of the 2-octet
port ID for this circuit. This value specifies the relative priority of
the port. The lower the priority, the more likely this will be the root
bridge.

Path Cost

Contribution of this port to the root path cost offered in all
configuration BPDUs that the bridge transmits.

802.9 Translation

Status of the translation parameter: Enabled or Disabled. Enabled
means that the Spanning Tree protocol is used as part of the
transparent-to-source-routing, translation-bridged network for this
interface.

Sample Display - show span configuration circuits
Spanning Tree Circuit Configuration Parameters
---------------------------------------------Circuit
-------S21
E51
S31
S41

Mode
-------Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled

Priority Path Cost
802.9 Translation
-------- ------------ -------------------128
1
Disabled
128
1
Disabled
128
1
Disabled
128
1
Disabled

disabled
Displays Spanning Tree circuits that are disabled. For definitions of the columns in the
table, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show span disabled
Spanning Tree Disabled Circuit Information
-----------------------------------------Designated
Circuit
State
Designated Root
Port
-------- ------------ ----------------------- -------------0 Entries found.

2-542

114087 Rev. A

show span

enabled
Displays Spanning Tree circuits that are currently enabled. For definitions of the columns
in the table, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show span enabled
Spanning Tree Enabled Circuit Information
----------------------------------------Designated
Circuit
State
Designated Root
Port
-------- ------------ ----------------------- -------------S21
Forwarding
00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01
32769
1 Entries found.

stats
Displays Spanning Tree traffic statistics. The table includes the following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit this port is on.

Rx Packets

Number of BPDU packets received on this port.

Tx Packets

Number of BPDU packets transmitted out this port.

Sample Display - show span stats
Spanning Tree Statistics
-----------------------Circuit Rx Packets Tx Packets
-------- ---------- ---------S21
0
1521
E51
0
0
S31
0
0
S41
0
0

114087 Rev. A

2-543

Using Technician Interface Scripts

version
Displays the current version number and date of the span.bat script.

Sample Display - show span version
SPAN.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

2-544

114087 Rev. A

show sr

show sr
The show sr  commands display information about Source Routing interfaces.
For detailed information on Source Routing, refer to Configuring Bridging Services.
The show sr command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts

enabled

base

ip

bridges

stats

circuit []

stats circuit []

configuration [circuit []]

version

disabled

alerts
Displays Source Routing interfaces that have been enabled but are not currently up. In this
case, Mode is always Enabled and State is always Down. The table helps determine which
Source Routing interfaces are not forwarding traffic.

114087 Rev. A

2-545

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show sr alerts
Source Routing (SR) Interface Information
----------------------------------------Circuit
------O31

Mode
------Enabled

State
----Down

1 entries found.

base
Displays global Source Routing information (Base Record). The base record controls
Source Routing for the entire system. The table indicates whether or not Source Routing is
operating and includes the following information:
Protocol

Name of the protocol, in this case Source Routing.

Mode

Mode of SR: Enabled or Disabled.

State

State of SR: Up or Down.

Sample Display - show sr base
Source Routing (SR) Base Record Information
------------------------------------------Protocol
-------------Source Routing

Mode
------Enabled

State
----Up

bridges
Displays all Bay Networks Source Routing Bridge IDs used in the network. A Source
Routing Bridge ID ranges from 0x1 to 0xF. This display helps determine which bridges
the system recognizes as Bay Networks Source Route bridges.

2-546

114087 Rev. A

show sr
Sample Display - show sr bridges
Source Routing (SR) Bridge IDs
-----------------------------0xA (This Bridge)
0xB
2 entries found.

circuit []
Displays all Source Routing interfaces or a specific interface. Mode is Enabled or
Disabled and State is Down or Up. You can use this display to identify the Source Routing
interfaces in the router.

Sample Display - show sr circuit
Source Routing (SR) Interface Information
----------------------------------------Circuit
------O31

Mode
State
------- ----Disabled Down

1 entries found.

configuration [circuit []]
Displays Source Routing global configuration. You can use this information to determine
how a Bay Networks Source Route Bridge is configured. The table includes the following
information:
Mode

Mode is Enabled or Disabled.

Bridge ID

SR bridge’s identification number; ranges from 0x1 to 0xF.

114087 Rev. A

2-547

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Internal Ring ID

Unique network-wide internal or virtual LAN identification
number; ranges from 0x001 to 0xFFF.

Group Lan ID

Routing identifier that serves as a Routing Information Field (RIF)
place holder and Bay Networks identifier; ranges from 0x001 to
0xFFF.

Sample Display - show sr configuration
Source Routing (SR) Base Record Configuration
---------------------------------------------

Mode
------Enabled

Bridge ID
--------0xA

circuit []

Internal
Ring ID
-------0x101

Group
Lan ID
-----0xFFF

Displays the circuit configuration of all Source Routing circuit
interfaces or a specific circuit interface. You can use this
information to determine how a Bay Networks Source Route
Bridge Interface has been configured.

The table includes the following information:

2-548

Circuit

Name of the circuit the interface runs on.

Mode

Mode of the circuit: Enabled or Disabled.

Ring ID

Unique network-wide identification number that SR assigns to the
segment; ranges from 0x001 to 0xFFF.

STE In

Source Routing Spanning Tree Explorer packet. STE In is either
Accept or Blocked, determining whether or not Source Routing is
forwarding or filtering STE packets coming in on this interface.

STE Out

STE Out is either Accept or Blocked, determining whether or not
Source Routing is forwarding or filtering STE packets going out on
this interface.

114087 Rev. A

show sr
Sample Display - show sr configuration circuit
Source Routing (SR) Interface Record Configuration
-------------------------------------------------Circuit
------O31

Mode
------Enabled

Ring ID STE In
------- -----0x003 Accept

STE Out
------Accept

1 entries found.

disabled
Displays the Source Routing interfaces that are disabled. Mode is always Disabled and
State is always Down. You can use this display to determine which Source Routing
interfaces have not been enabled.

Sample Display - show sr disabled
Source Routing (SR) Interface Information
----------------------------------------Circuit
------O31

Mode
State
------- ----Disabled Down

1 entries found.

enabled
Displays the Source Routing interfaces that are enabled. Mode is always Enabled and
State will be Up or Down. You can use this display to determine which Source Routing
interfaces have been enabled.

114087 Rev. A

2-549

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show sr enabled
Source Routing (SR) Interface Information
----------------------------------------Circuit
------O31

Mode
------Enabled

State
----Down

1 entries found.

ip
Use with the following subcommands:

2-550

•

?

•

alerts

•

base

•

circuits []

•

configuration

•

configuration circuit []

•

disabled

•

enabled

•

explorers

•

routes

•

stats

•

stats circuit []

114087 Rev. A

show sr

ip ?

Displays a list of Source Routing IP subcommands and their
syntax.

ip alerts

Displays Source Routing IP interfaces that have been enabled but
are not currently up. In this case, Mode is always Enabled and State
is always Down. The table helps determine which Source Routing
IP interfaces are not forwarding traffic.

Sample Display - show sr ip alerts
Sample Display:
Source Route IP Encapsulation (SR IP) Interface Information
------------------------------------------------------------Circuit
------O31

Mode
------Enabled

State
----Down

1 entries found.

ip base

Displays the state of Source Route IP Encapsulation. The
SR IP Mode is Enabled or Disabled and SR State is Down or Up.

Sample Display - show sr ip base
Source Route IP Encapsulation (SR IP) Base Record Information
------------------------------------------------------------Protocol
-------SR IP

114087 Rev. A

SR IP Mode
---------Enabled

SR State
-------Up

2-551

Using Technician Interface Scripts

ip circuits []

Displays all Source Routing IP interfaces or a specific interface.
Mode is Enabled or Disabled and State is Down or Up. You can
use this display to determine the Source Route IP interfaces
present.

Sample Display - show sr ip circuits
Source Route IP Encapsulation (SR IP) Circuit Information
--------------------------------------------------------Circuit
-------O21
S51
O43

SR Mode
-------Enabled
Enabled
Enabled

SR State
-------Down
Up
Down

3 entries found.

ip configuration

Displays the Source Route IP Encapsulation global configuration.
SR IP Ring ID can range from 0x011 to 0xFFF. Mtu Size is any
integer.

Sample Display - show sr ip configuration
Source Route IP Encapsulation (SR IP) Base Record Configuration
--------------------------------------------------------------SR IP Mode
SR IP Ring ID MTU Size
---------------- ------------- ---------Disabled
0x000
4562

2-552

114087 Rev. A

show sr

ip configuration circuit Displays the Source Route IP Encapsulation interface record
configuration. SR Mode is Enabled or Disabled and Forwarding
Explorers is Yes or No.

Sample Display - show sr ip configuration circuit
Source Route IP Encapsulation (SR IP) Circuit Record Configuration
------------------------------------------------------------------

Circuit
-------O21
S51
O43

SR Mode
-------Enabled
Enabled
Enabled

IP Address
---------------0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0

Fowarding
Explorers
--------No
No
No

3 entries found.

ip disabled

Displays Source Route IP interfaces that are disabled. Mode is
always Disabled and State is always Down. You can use this display
to determine which Source Route IP interfaces have not been
enabled.

Sample Display - show sr ip disabled
Source Route IP Encapsulation (SR IP) Circuit Information
--------------------------------------------------------Circuit SR Mode SR State
-------- -------- -------0 entries found.

114087 Rev. A

2-553

Using Technician Interface Scripts

ip enabled

Displays Source Route IP interfaces that are enabled. Mode is
always enabled and State is either Down or Up. You can use this
display to determine which Source Route IP interfaces have been
enabled.

Sample Display - show sr ip enabled
Source Route IP Encapsulation (SR IP) Circuit Information
--------------------------------------------------------Circuit
-------O21
S51
O43

SR Mode
-------Enabled
Enabled
Enabled

SR State
-------Down
Up
Down

3 entries found.

ip explorers

Displays the list of Source Route IP Encapsulation explorers.
Source Routing sends a copy of each Source Route Broadcast
packet to each IP address in the list.

Sample Display - show sr ip explorers
Source Route IP Encapsulation (SR IP) Explorers
----------------------------------------------11.0.0.5
1 entries found.

2-554

114087 Rev. A

show sr

ip routes

Displays the list of Source Route IP Encapsulation learned routes.
Ring ID is the identifier that SR assigns to the network segment and
can range from 0x001 to 0xFFF. Bridge ID can range from 0x1 to
0xF. You can use the display to identify the address to use for
routing specific packets over an IP network.

Sample Display - show sr ip routes
Source Route IP Encapsulation (SR IP) Routes
-------------------------------------------IP Address
--------------11.0.0.5

Ring ID
------0x024

Bridge ID
--------0xA

1 entries found.

ip stats circuit
[]

Displays the packets (Packets Rx) that SR received from the IP
network and the number of out-of-sequence packets (Sequence
Errors).

Sample Display - show sr ip stats circuit
Source Route IP Encapsulation (SR IP) Circuit Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------Out
Circuit
Frames
-------- -------O21
0
S51
0
O43
0
3 entries found.

114087 Rev. A

2-555

Using Technician Interface Scripts

stats
Displays all Source Routing interface statistics or statistics for a specific circuit. The table
includes the following information:
In Frames

Number of Source Routing packets that the interface received.

Out Frames

Number of Source Routing packets that the interface sent out.

Dropped Frames

Sum of packets dropped because of an invalid routing control field,
invalid ring, or filtering.

Sample Display - show sr stats
Source Routing (SR) Circuit Statistics
-------------------------------------In
Out
Dropped
Circuit
Frames
Frames
Frames
-------- -------- -------- -------O21
0
0
0
S51
0
0
0
O43
0
0
0
3 entries found.

stats circuit []
Displays the same information as the show sr stats command displays. However, this
command enables you to specify a specific circuit.

version
Displays the current version and modification date of the sr.bat script.
Sample Display - show sr version
SR.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

2-556

114087 Rev. A

show srspan

show srspan
The show srspan  commands display information about Source Route Spanning
Tree Bridge services. For detailed information about the Spanning Tree algorithm and
parameters, refer to Configuring Bridging Services.
The show srspan command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts

disabled

base

enabled

circuits []

stats

configuration

version

configuration circuits []

alerts
Displays all enabled circuits that are not up. Use this display to identify the ports that are
not working. The table includes the following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit this port is on.

State

Current state of the port as the Source Route Spanning Tree
Protocol application defined it, which in this case is Port Disabled.

Designated Root

Unique Bridge ID recorded as the root in the Configuration
BPDUs. The Designated Bridge for the segment to which this port
is attached transmits this value.

Designated Port

Port Identifier on the Designated Bridge for this port’s segment.

114087 Rev. A

2-557

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show srspan alerts
Source Route Spanning Tree Circuit Alert Information
----------------------------------------------------

Circuit
State
-------- -----------E51
Port Disabled

Designated
Designated Root
Port
----------------------- -------------00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01
32770

S31

Port Disabled

00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01

32771

S41

Port Disabled

00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01

32772

3 Entries found.

base
Displays source route Spanning Tree global parameters in the base record. The table
includes the following information:
State

Current state of the source route Spanning Tree: Down, Init
(initializing), Not Present (enabled but not yet started), or Up.

Root Bridge ID

Bridge ID of the root of the source route Spanning Tree. This is the
lowest Bridge MAC address; or if there is no Bridge MAC address,
the bridge with the lowest priority.

Time Since last top chg

Time in hundredths of a second since the bridge detected the last
change in topology.

Number of Topology Changes Number of topology changes that this bridge has detected since it
was last reset or initialized.
Bridge ID

2-558

Identifier of the bridge the script is running on. You can compare
this ID to the Root Bridge ID above it.

114087 Rev. A

show srspan
Sample Display - show srspan base
Source Route Spanning Tree Base Record Information
-------------------------------------------------Time Since
Number Of
State
Root Bridge ID
last top chg
Topology Changes
------------ ----------------------- ------------ -------------------Up
00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01
256500
1
Bridge ID:
----------------------00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01

configuration
Displays source route Spanning Tree global configuration parameters. These parameters
are all user configurable. The table includes the following information:
Bridge ID

Source Route Spanning Tree Bridge ID assigned to this bridge. The
Bridge ID is a combination of the Bridge Priority and the Bridge
MAC address.

Bridge Max Age

Maximum time in hundredths of a second that the protocol
information (BPDUs) is valid. After this time, the protocol discards
the information.

Bridge Hello Time

Interval in hundredths of a second between BPDUs that the bridge
transmits. BPDUs are periodic transmissions exchanged between
bridges in the network to convey configuration and topology
change data.

Bridge Forward Delay

Value all bridges use for Forward Delay when this bridge is acting
as the root; specifies the time in hundredths of a second that a
circuit spends in the Listening and Learning states.

114087 Rev. A

2-559

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show srspan configuration
Source Route Spanning Tree Configuration Table
---------------------------------------------Bridge
Bridge
Bridge
Bridge ID
Max Age Hello Time Forward Delay
----------------------- -------- ---------- ------------00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01
2000
200
1500

configuration circuits []
Displays configuration parameters for all source route Spanning Tree circuits or for a
specified circuit. These parameters are user configurable. The table includes the following
information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit this port is on.

Mode

Mode of the port: Enabled or Disabled.

Path Cost

Contribution of this port to the root path cost offered in all
configuration BPDUs that the bridge transmits.

802.9 Translation

Status of the translation parameter: Enabled or Disabled. This field
is not currently used.

Sample Display - show srspan configuration circuits
Source Route Spanning Tree Circuit Configuration Parameters
----------------------------------------------------------Circuit
Mode
-------- -------5
Disabled

2-560

Path Cost
802.9 Translation
------------ -------------------1
Disabled

114087 Rev. A

show srspan

circuits []
Displays source route Spanning Tree circuit information. For definitions of the columns in
the table, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show srspan circuit
Source Route Spanning Tree Circuit Information
---------------------------------------------Designated
Circuit
State
Designated Root
Port
-------- ------------ ----------------------- -------------S21
Forwarding
00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01
32769
E51

Port Disabled 00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01

32770

S31

Port Disabled 00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01

32771

S41

Port Disabled 00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01

32772

4 Total entries.

disabled
Displays source route Spanning Tree circuits that are disabled. For definitions of the
columns in the table, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show srspan disabled
Source Route Spanning Tree Disabled Circuit Information
------------------------------------------------------Designated
Circuit
State
Designated Root
Port
-------- ------------- ----------------------- -------------5
Port Disabled
0
1 Entries found.

114087 Rev. A

2-561

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enabled
Displays source route Spanning Tree circuits that are currently enabled. For definitions of
the columns in the table, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show srspan enabled
Source Route Spanning Tree Enabled Circuit Information
-----------------------------------------------------Designated
Circuit
State
Designated Root
Port
-------- ------------ ----------------------- -------------S21
Forwarding
00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01
32769
1 Entries found.

stats
Displays source route Spanning Tree traffic statistics. The table includes the following
information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit this port is on.

Rx Packets

Number of BPDU packets received on this port.

Tx Packets

Number of BPDU packets transmitted out this port.

Sample Display - show srspan stats
Source Route Spanning Tree Statistics
------------------------------------Circuit Rx Packets Tx Packets
-------- ---------- ---------S21
0
1521
E51
0
0
S31
0
0
S41
0
0

2-562

114087 Rev. A

show srspan

version
Displays the current version number and date of the srspan.bat script.

Sample Display - show srspan version
SRSPAN.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

114087 Rev. A

2-563

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show st2
The show st2  commands display information about the ST2 protocol and
services. For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of ST2 services,
refer to Configuring IP Multicasting Services.
The show st2 command supports the following subcommand options:
base

streams

circuits []

version

stats []

base
Displays the base record information for ST2. The base record controls ST2 for the entire
system. The table includes the following information:
Protocol

Name of the protocol, which is ST2.

State

State of the protocol: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres
(enabled but not yet started), or Up.

Tunneling

Tunneling capability: Not Capable or Capable

Sample Display - show ST2 base
ST2 Base Information
-------------------ST2

2-564

Up

Not Tunneling Capable

114087 Rev. A

show st2

circuits []
Displays information for all ST2 circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes the
following information:
Circuit

Name of a circuit configured for IP and ST2.

State

State of the circuit : Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres
(enabled but not yet started), or Up.

IP Address

IP address assigned to the circuit.

Note: If a circuit is down, the rest of the table is blank.

Sample Display - show ST2 circuit

Circuit
-------S32
S42
S41
S43

State
-------Up
Up
Up
Down

IP Address
---------------192.253.143.2
192.253.93.2
192.168.101.14
192.168.101.10

4 Total entries.

114087 Rev. A

2-565

Using Technician Interface Scripts

stats []
Displays statistics for ST2 circuits. You can limit the display to a specific circuit. The table
includes the following information:
Circuit

Name of circuit on which IP and ST2 are configured.

IP Address

IP address assigned to the circuit.

Packets Recd

Number of packets received on the circuit.

Packets Sent

Number of packets sent on the circuit.

Octets Received

Number of octets received on the circuit.

Octets Sent

Number of octets sent on the circuit.

Sample Display - stats
ST2 Statistics
-------------

Circuit
-------S32
S42
S41
S43

Packets
Packets
Octets
Octets
IP Address
Recd
Sent
Recd
Sent
---------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------192.253.143.2
20575
20508
10951556
10939176
192.253.93.2
20546
20549
10944412
10954768
192.168.101.14
0
82
0
2624
192.168.101.10
0
0
0
0

4 Entries

2-566

114087 Rev. A

show st2

streams
Name

Identifier for tan ST2 stream supported by the router.

Prev Hop

Address of the next hop upstream.

Next Hop

Address of the next hop downstream.

Desired Packet Size

Packet size specified in the flowspec for the stream.

Desired Packet Rate

Packet rate specified in the flowspec for the stream.

Sent Packets

Number of packets forwarded on the specified stream.

Sent Octets

Number of octets forwarded on the specified stream.

Sample Display - streams
T2 Streams
------------Desired Packet
Sent
Sent
Name
Size
Rate
Packets
Octets
------------------------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------x0027:192.253.93.3:x33013494
528
163
20915
11209136
Prev Hop
: 192.253.93.3
Next Hop(s): 192.253.143.3
x0066:192.253.143.3:x32CA1592
528
284
20985
11239264
Prev Hop
: 192.253.143.3
Next Hop(s): 192.253.93.3
2 Entries

version
Displays the version number and date for the st2.bat script.

Sample Display - show st2 version
st2.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

114087 Rev. A

2-567

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show sta
The show sta  commands display configuration, statistical, and status
information about statistical thresholds and alarms. For detailed information on the Bay
Networks implementation of thresholds, refer to Configuring SNMP, RMON, BOOTP,
DHCP, and RARP Services.
The show sta command supports the following subcommand options:
base

stats [}

version

show state {all | circuit }
all

Displays information on all protocols on all circuits.

circuit 

Limits the information to a specified circuit.

This sample shows part of the output that the show state all command can generate. In
this sample, the router is configured with IPX interfaces on various circuits.

114087 Rev. A

2-571

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show state all
------------------------------------------------------------------------------IPX Base Record Configuration Information
----------------------------------------Protocol State
---------- -----IPX
Up
Primary NN
Router Name
------------ ----------------------------------------------0x10000002
tarmour

Route Method Mult Host Mode Maximum Path
------------ --------------- -----------Tick Based
Enabled
10

Log Filter Setting
PreConfigured Net Table Size
------------------------------ -----------------------------Filter Trace
0

IPX Circuit Configuration Information (ALL)
------------------------------------------Circuit
-------E22
O31
S21
10905102
*.0.7
O32
MCT1-52*2
202102.0
*.100

State
-------Up
Up
Up
Up

Ckt Idx
------1
2
3
4

Net Addr
---------0x11000002
0x11000003
0x00000000
0x00000000

Host Address
---------------0x0000A201142F
0x000045C00AED
0x0000A2011430
0x0000A203B454

Up
Up

5
6

0x11110002 0x000045C00A1D
0x00000000 0x0000A203B454

LSAP
PPP

Down

7

None

Ethernet

None

Encaps Method
------------Ethernet
SNAP
PPP
SNAP

7 Circuits in table.

(continued)

2-572

114087 Rev. A

show state
------------------------------------------------------------------------------IPX RIP Interface Record Configuration Information (All)
-------------------------------------------------------Circuit
Index
------1
2
3
4
5
6
7

RIP
Interface
---------0x11000002
0x11000003
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x11110002
0x00000000
None

State
-------Up
Up
Up
Up
Up
Up
Absent

Mode
--------Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply

In
Packets
------214
0
187
186
0
187
0

Out
Packets
------215
216
218
206
214
206
0

Bad
Packets
------0
0
0
0
0
0
0

7 RIP Interfaces configured.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------IPX SAP Interface Record Configuration Information (All)
-------------------------------------------------------Circuit
Index
------1
2
3
4
5
6
7

SAP
Interface
---------0x11000002
0x11000003
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x11110002
0x00000000
None

State
-------Up
Up
Up
Up
Up
Up
Absent

Mode
--------Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply
Lstn/Sply

In
Packets
------214
0
187
186
0
186
0

Out
Packets
------1
216
216
207
215
206
0

Bad
Packets
------0
0
0
0
0
0
0

7 SAP Interfaces configured.

version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the state.bat script.

Sample Display - show state version
STATE.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
114087 Rev. A

2-573

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show sws
The show sws  commands display configuration and status information about
Switch Services (SWS) -- Dial Backup, Dial-on-Demand, and Bandwidth-on-Demand.
For detailed information about configuring SWS, refer to Configuring Dial Services.
The show sws command supports the following subcommand options:
backup_dialing circuits

outbound filters {ip | data_link}

backup_dialing pools [ []]

ondemand_dialing pools [
[]]

backup_dialing schedules

ondemand_dialing schedules

bandwidth circuit

outbound filters {ip | data_link}

bandwidth pool [ []]

version

caller resolution table

2-574

114087 Rev. A

show sws

backup_dialing circuits
Displays primary circuits that are configured for dial backup. The display includes the
following information:
Primary Circuit

Circuit name of the primary circuit.

Backup Pool

Identifies the backup pool available for the primary circuit; ranges
from 1 to 255.

Backup Mode

Operating mode of the router, as follows:
Master - Initiates the backup call when the primary circuit fails.
Slave - Waits for the incoming call when the primary circuit fails.

Protocol

Type of WAN protocol configured on this primary circuit, as
follows:
• Frame Relay - Frame Relay protocol.
• PPP - Point-to-Point Protocol.
• Wlft - Standard protocol, a proprietary protocol used between two
Bay Networks routers. Based on the CCITT HDLC (High-level
Data Link Control) protocol, Standard provides LLC1
(connectionless, datagram) service.
• Unknown - Protocol is unidentified.

Forced Dial

Status of the Forced Dial parameter -- Enabled or Disabled. When
Enabled, the router immediately activates the backup circuit.

Forced TakeDown

Status of the Forced TakeDown parameter: Enabled or Disabled.
When Enabled, the router immediately terminates the backup
circuit.

Sample Display - show sws backup_dialing circuits
Switched Services Dial Backup Circuit Information
------------------------------------------------Primary
Backup Backup
Forced
Forced
Circuit
Pool
Mode
Protocol
Dial
TakeDown
-------- -------- ------ --------------- -------- -------S21
1 Master Wflt
Disabled Disabled
Total of

114087 Rev. A

1 Dial Backup Circuits.

2-575

Using Technician Interface Scripts

backup_dialing pools [ []]
Displays detailed line information for each line in each pool. You can display information
about all pools, a specific pool, and/or a specific circuit on the specified pool. The display
includes the following information:
Circuit Information:
Primary Circuit

Identifies the primary circuit.

Primary DownTime

Number of seconds the router waits before bringing up the line.
This delay prevents the line from going up and down if this is a
reactivated primary line and there are problems on the line.

Outgoing Phone Number

Telephone number of the remote router.

Extension

Extension line for a main telephone number.

Phone # Type

Indicates whether the phone type is Dial or ISDN.

Synchronous Line Information:

2-576

Slot Num

Identifies the slot where this line resides.

Port Num

Identifies the port where this line connects.

Line State

State of the line, which can be one of the following:
• Down - Line is not operational.
• DSR Wait - External equipment, such as a modem, DSU, or
CSU, is not currently up and thus is not sending a Data Set
Ready signal.
• HoldDown - Line is in holding mode.
• Init - Line is initializing.
• LMI Wait - Line is waiting for the WAN protocol to indicate that
a link layer connection has been established to another device.
• Not Pres - Line is enabled but not active. This state occurs for
several reasons. For example, the Link Module may not be
physically present in the chassis. The software may be booting
and has not yet initialized. The slot may be running diagnostics.
Or there may be a problem with the configuration.
• Up - Line is operating normally.

Active Circuit

Name of the circuit using this line.

114087 Rev. A

show sws
Hold Down Time

Number of seconds the router waits before bringing up the line.
This delay prevents the line from going up and down if this is a
reactivated primary line and there are problems on the line.

Media Type

Signaling method used for this backup line, as follows:
• RaiseDTR - Router can initiate, monitor, and terminate dial
connections using a programmed number in the attached dial-up
device.
• V25bis - Router can initiate, monitor, and terminate dial
connections using telephone numbers that the router passed to
the dial-up device.

Cable Type

Interface type that the attached dial unit supports: RS232, RS422,
V.35, or X.21.

Line Number

ID number of the line.

ISDN Line Information:
Pool ID

ID number of the line pool.

Line Number

ID number of the line.

Channel Count

Number of B channels in the backup pool.

Priority

Specifies the router’s order of preference for using each line pool.

Channels In Use

Indicates whether any of the available channels are in use.

114087 Rev. A

2-577

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show sws backup_dialing pools 1
Switched Services Dial Backup Pool Information
---------------------------------------------PRIMARY CIRCUIT INFORMATION FOR POOL 1:
Primary Primary
Outgoing
Phone #
Circuit DownTime
Phone Number
Extension
Type
-------- -------- -------------------- ---------- ------S12
5
2213527
Not Used ISDN

Total of 1

Primary Circuits found for this Backup Pool.

LINE INFORMATION FOR POOL 1:
Sync Dial Backup Entries
-----------------------Hold
Slot Port
Line
Active
Down
Media
Cable
Line
Num Num
State
Circuit
Time
Type
Type
Number
---- ---- ---------- -------- ------- -------- ----- -------No Sync Lines configured.

ISDN
Backup Pool Entries
--------------------------Pool
Line
Channel
Channels
ID
Number
Count Priority In Use
---- ---------- ------- -------- -------1
1301102
2
1
0

Total of

2-578

1 Dial Backup Entries Configured for this Pool.

114087 Rev. A

show sws

backup_dialing schedules
Displays the scheduled availability of the backup circuits in a backup pool. The display
includes the following information:
Circuit

Identifies the name of the circuit.

Pool

Specifies the backup pool that the circuit uses.

Day(s)

Days that the circuit is available.

Start Time

The beginning of the time interval that the circuit is available.

End Time

The end of the time interval that the circuit is available.

Sample Display - show sws backup_dialing schedules
Switched Services Backup Schedule Information
--------------------------------------------Circuit
Pool
Day(s)
Start Time End Time
----------- -------- ---------- ---------- -------S11
1 Not Configured
S21

3 Weekday
Tuesday

S31

3 Not Configured

Total of

3

0
0

2359
2359

Backup Circuits.

bandwidth circuit
Displays all circuits that are configured for bandwidth-on-demand. The display includes
the following information:
Primary Circuit

Name of the primary circuit.

Bandwidth Pool

ID number of the bandwidth-on-demand pool; ranges between
1 to 255.

114087 Rev. A

2-579

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Bandwidth Mode

Operating mode of the router, as follows:
• Monitor-designates the router as the congestion monitor for the
primary line.
• Non-monitor-indicates that the router does not monitor
congestion on the primary line.

Protocol

Type of WAN protocol configured on this primary circuit.

Forced Dial

Status of the Forced Dial parameter -- Enabled or Disabled. When
Enabled, the router immediately activates the secondary line.

Forced TakeDown

Status of the Forced TakeDown parameter: Enabled or Disabled.
When Enabled, the router immediately terminates the secondary
line.

Sample Display - show sws bandwidth circuit
Switched Services Bandwidth Circuit Information
----------------------------------------------Primary Bandwidth Bandwidth
Forced
Forced
Circuit
Pool
Mode
Protocol
Dial
TakeDown
-------- --------- --------- --------------- -------- -------S51
1 Monitor
PPP
Disabled Disabled
Total of

2-580

1 Bandwidth Circuits.

114087 Rev. A

show sws

bandwidth pool [ []]
Displays detailed line information for each line in each pool. You can display information
about all pools, a specific pool, and/or a specific circuit in the specified pool. The display
includes the following information:
Circuit Information:
Primary Circuit

Identifies the primary circuit.

Bandwidth Mode

Operating mode of the router, as follows:
• Monitor-designates the router as the congestion monitor for the
primary line.
• Non-monitor-indicates that the router does not monitor congestion
on the primary line.

Inactivity Time (Sec)

Number of seconds the router waits without receiving data across the
line before bringing down the connection.

Outgoing Phone Number

Telephone number of the remote router.

Extension

Extension line for a main telephone number.

Phone # Type

Indicates whether the phone type is Dial or ISDN.

Synchronous Line Information:
Slot Num

Identifies the slot where this line resides.

Port Num

Identifies the port where the line connects.

Line State

State of the line, which can be one of the following:
• Down - Line is not operational.
• DSR Wait - External equipment, such as a modem, DSU, or CSU, is
not currently up and thus is not sending a Data Set Ready signal.
• HoldDown - Line is in holding mode.
• Init - Line is initializing.
• LMI Wait - Line is waiting for the WAN protocol to indicate that a
link layer connection has been established to another device.
• Not Pres - Line is enabled but not active. This state occurs for
several reasons. For example, the Link Module may not be
physically present in the chassis. The software may be booting and
has not yet initialized. The slot may be running diagnostics. Or
there may be a problem with the configuration.
• Up - Line is operating normally.

114087 Rev. A

2-581

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Active Circuit

Name of the circuit using this line.

Hold Down Time

Number of seconds the router waits before bringing up the line. This
delay prevents the line from going up and down if this is a reactivated
primary line and there are problems on the line.

Media Type

Signaling method used for this line, as follows:
• RaiseDTR - Router can initiate, monitor, and terminate dial
connections using a programmed number in the attached dial-up
device.
• V25bis - Router can initiate, monitor, and terminate dial
connections using telephone numbers that the router passed to the
dial-up device.

Cable Type

Interface type that the attached dial unit supports: RS232, RS422,
V.35, or X.21.

Line Number

ID number of the line.

ISDN Line Information

2-582

Pool ID

ID number of the line pool.

Line Number

ID number of the line.

Channel Count

Number of B channels in the pool.

Priority

Specifies the router’s order of preference for using each line pool.

Channels In Use

Indicates whether any of the available channels are in use.

114087 Rev. A

show sws
Sample Display - show sws bandwidth pool 1
Switched Services Bandwidth Pool Information
-------------------------------------------PRIMARY CIRCUIT INFORMATION FOR POOL 1:
Primary Bandwidth Inactivity
Outgoing
Phone #
Circuit
Mode
Time (Sec)
Phone Number
Extension
Type
-------- --------- ---------- -------------------- ---------- ------S51
Monitor
60
1234567
Not Used DIAL

Total of 1

Primary Circuits found for this Bandwidth Pool.

LINE INFORMATION FOR POOL 1:
Sync Dial Bandwidth Entries
--------------------------Hold
Slot Port
Line
Active
Down
Media
Cable
Line
Num Num
State
Circuit
Time
Type
Type
Number
---- ---- ---------- -------- ------- -------- ----- -------5
5 Up
None
NA V.25bis RS232
205105

ISDN Bandwidth Pool Entries
--------------------------Pool
Line
Channel
Channels
ID
Number
Count Priority In Use
---- ---------- ------- -------- -------No ISDN Bandwidth pool entries found

Total of

114087 Rev. A

1 Dial Bandwidth Entries Configured for this Pool.

2-583

Using Technician Interface Scripts

caller resolution table
Displays the entries in the caller resolution table. The router uses the caller resolution table
for identification and security purposes. The display includes the following information:
Caller Name

Lists the name of the calling party. This name needs to be a part of
the incoming call from that party.

CHAP Secret

Lists the CHAP secret of the calling party.

PAP Password

Lists the PAP Password of the calling party.

Circuit Number

Displays the circuit number to which the Caller Name is
associated.

Circuit Group Number

Lists the demand circuit group to which the circuit belongs.

Sample Display - show sws caller_resolution_table
Caller Resolution Table
-----------------------Caller
CHAP
Name
Secret
------ -----------Paris
France
Sydney
Australia

PAP
Circuit
Password
Number
------------ -----------UNSECURED
5
UNSECURED
4

Circuit
Group Number
-----------0
0

2 entries in the Table.

2-584

114087 Rev. A

show sws

ondemand_dialing circuits
Displays all circuits configured for dial-on-demand. The display includes the following
information:
Demand Circuit

Name of the demand circuit. Note that the demand circuit uses a
default name as a place holder. When the demand circuit is in use,
the name changes to the actual name of the circuit that is in use.

Demand Pool

Identifies the demand pool of lines available for the demand circuit;
ranges from 1 to 255.

Forced Dial

Status of the forced dial parameter: Enabled or Disabled. When
Enabled, the router immediately initiates dialing over the demand
line.

Forced TakeDown

Status of the forced takedown parameter: Enabled or Disabled.
When Enabled, the router immediately terminates the connection
over a demand line.

Sample Display - show sws ondemand_dialing circuits
Switched Services Dial OnDemand Circuit Information
--------------------------------------------------Demand
Demand
Forced
Forced
Circuit
Pool
Dial
TakeDown
-------- -------- -------- -------Demand 2
1 Disabled Disabled
Demand 3
2 Disabled Disabled
Total of

2 Dial OnDemand Circuits.

ondemand_dialing pools [ []]
Displays line information for each line in a pool. You can display information about all
pools, a specific pool, and/or a specific circuit on the pool. The display includes the
following information:

114087 Rev. A

2-585

Using Technician Interface Scripts

Circuit Information:
Circuit

Circuit name of the demand circuit.

Connection Mode

Operating mode of the router, as follows:
• Master - Retries the call when the first connection attempt fails as
a result of a collision on the network.
• Slave - Waits for the master router to retry the call if the first
attempt fails as a result of a collision on the network.
• No Dial- Never initiates calls; always waits for another router to
call.

Inact Time

Number of seconds the router waits without receiving data across
the line before bringing down the connection.

MaxUp Time

Specifies the maximum duration of the call in minutes. Once the
call meets the specified time, the router terminates the connection.

Outgoing Phone Number

Telephone number of the remote router.

Extension

Extension line for a main telephone number.

Phone # Type

Indicates whether the phone number type is Dial or ISDN.

Synchronous Line Information:

2-586

Slot Num

Identifies the slot where this line resides.

Port Num

Identifies the port where this line connects.

Line State

State of the line, which can be one of the following:
• Down - Line is not operational.
• DSR Wait - External equipment, such as a modem, DSU, or CSU,
is not currently up and thus is not asserting a Data Set Ready
signal.
• HoldDown - Line is in holding mode.
• Init - Line is initializing.
• LMI Wait - Line is waiting for the WAN protocol to indicate that a
link layer connection has been established to another device.
• Not Pres - Line is enabled but not yet started. This state occurs for
several reasons. For example, the Link Module may not be
physically present in the chassis. The software may be booting
and has not yet initialized. The slot may be running diagnostics.
Or there may be a problem with the configuration.
• Up - Line is operating normally.

114087 Rev. A

show sws
Active Circuit

Name of the circuit using this line.

Hold Down Time

Number of seconds the router waits before bringing the line up.
This delay prevents the line from going up and down if this is a
reactivated primary line and there are problems on the line.

Media Type

Signaling mode in use for this dial-on-demand line, as follows:
• RaiseDTR - Router can initiate, monitor, and terminate dial
connections using a programmed number in the attached dial-up
device.
• V25bis - Router can initiate, monitor, and terminate dial
connections using telephone numbers that the router passed to the
dial-up device.

Cable Type

Interface type that the attached dial unit supports: RS232, RS422,
V.35, or X.21.

Line Number

ID number of the line.

ISDN Line Information
Pool ID

ID number of the line pool.

Line Number

ID number of the line.

Channel Count

Number of B channels in the pool.

Priority

Specifies the router’s order of preference for using each line pool.

Channels In Use

Indicates whether any of the available channels are in use.

114087 Rev. A

2-587

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show sws ondemand_dialing pools 1
Switched Services Dial OnDemand Pool Information
-----------------------------------------------CIRCUIT INFORMATION FOR POOL 1:
Connection Inact MaxUp
Outgoing
Circuit
Mode
Time Time
Phone Number
Extension
-------- ---------- ----- ----- -------------------- ---------Demand 3 SLAVE
20
60
7001
Not Used
7002
Not Used
Total of 1

Phone #
Type
------ISDN
ISDN

Circuits found for this Dial On Demand Pool.

LINE INFORMATION FOR POOL 1:
Sync Dial On Demand Entries
--------------------------Hold
Slot Port
Line
Active
Down
Media
Cable
Line
Num Num
State
Circuit
Time
Type
Type
Number
---- ---- ---------- -------- ------- -------- ----- -------No Sync Lines configured.

ISDN
Demand Pool Entries
--------------------------Pool
Line
Channel
Channels
ID
Number
Count Priority In Use
---- ---------- ------- -------- -------1
1301102
2
1
0
Total of

2-588

1 Dial On Demand Entries Configured for this Pool.

114087 Rev. A

show sws

ondemand_dialing schedules
Displays the scheduled availability of each demand circuit in a demand pool.
Circuit

Identifies the name of the circuit.

Pool

Specifies the demand pool that the circuit uses.

Day(s)

Days that the circuit is available.

Start Time

The beginning of the time interval that the circuit is available.

End Time

The end of the time interval that the circuit is available.

Sample Display - show sws ondemand_dialing schedules
Switched Services Demand Schedule Information
--------------------------------------------Circuit
Pool
Day(s)
Start Time End Time
----------- -------- ---------- ---------- -------Demand 1
1 Not Configured
Demand 3

1 Monday
Saturday

Demand 4

1 Not Configured

Demand 5

3 Weekday
Tuesday

Demand 6

3 Not Configured

Demand 7

3 Not Configured

Total of

114087 Rev. A

6

1100
800

0
0

1200
900

2359
2359

Demand Circuits.

2-589

Using Technician Interface Scripts

outbound filters {ip | data_link}
For the ip and data_link options, the display includes the following information:
Name

Displays the name of the filter.

State

Lists the state of the filter.

Counter

Lists the number of packets filtered.

ip

Displays information about the IP outbound filters.

Sample Display - show sws outbound_filters ip
Switched Services IP Outbound Filters Information
-------------------------------------------------Name
State
Counter
------- ------- -------Boston ENABLED
0
1 IP Filters configured.

2-590

114087 Rev. A

show sws

data_link

Displays information about the data link outbound filters.

Sample Display - show sws outbound_filters data_link
Switched Services Data Link Outbound Filters Information
---------------------------------------------------------Name
------Chicago
Sydney

State
------ENABLED
ENABLED

Counter
-------0
0

2 Data Link Filters configured.

version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the sws.bat script.
Sample Display - show sws version
SWS.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

114087 Rev. A

2-591

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show sync
The show sync  commands display configuration, status, and statistical
information about Synchronous (SYNC) lines. For detailed information about configuring
SYNC, refer to Configuring Routers.
The show sync command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts

sample [] [circuit
]

base [circuit ]

stats [circuit ]

disabled

system errors [circuit [] ]

enabled

transmit errors [circuit [] ]

receive errors [circuit ]

alerts
Displays all SYNC circuits that are enabled but not up. Use this display to identify the
interfaces that are not working. The table includes the following information:

2-592

Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

114087 Rev. A

show sync
State

State of the line driver, as follows:
• Disabled - User has manually disabled the driver.
• Down - Driver is not operational.
• DSR Wait - External equipment, such as a modem, DSU, or CSU,
is not currently up and thus is not asserting a Data Set Ready
signal.
• Init - Driver is initializing.
• LMI Wait - Driver is waiting for any of four WAN protocols to
indicate that a link layer connection has been established to
another entity. This state applies to the Frame Relay, SMDS,
ATM, and PPP protocols.
• Not Pres - Driver is enabled but not yet started. This state occurs
for several reasons. For example, the Link Module may not be
physically present in the chassis. The software may be booting
and has not yet initialized the driver software. The slot may be
running diagnostics. Or there may be a problem with the
configuration.

MAC Address

Physical address of the line. The line driver fills this address in
from the 48-bit address stored in the serial number PROM for this
connector.

Line Number

Line number for this line.

MTU

Maximum transfer unit size -- the buffer size for the SYNC port
(also the largest frame that can be transmitted or received across the
SYNC port). The value ranges from 3 to 4608 bytes.

WAN Protocol

WAN protocol enabled on this interface, as follows:
• ATM - Asynchronous Transfer Mode protocol
• FRM RLAY - Frame Relay protocol
• PASSTHRU - Interface passes data through the network to a
SYNC interface configured for Pass Thru on another Bay
Networks router. IBM sites typically use this protocol to pass
proprietary SYNC data through a Bay Networks network.
• PPP - Point-to-Point Protocol
• SMDS - Switched Multi-Megabit Data Service protocol
• WF STND - Wellfleet Standard, a proprietary protocol used
between two Bay Networks routers. Based on the CCITT HDLC
(High-level Data Link Control) protocol, Wellfleet Standard
provides LLC1 (connectionless, datagram) service. This protocol
is sometimes referred to as Wellfleet Point-to-Point.
• X.25 - X.25 protocol

114087 Rev. A

2-593

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Loc Adr

1-byte value, used in the address field of the HDLC packet. It may
be extended to two octets if the  Extended Address
parameter is enabled. The values are DTE, DCE, and Explicit.

Rem Adr

1-byte value, used in the address field of the HDLC packet. It may
be extended to two octets if the Extended Address parameter is
enabled. The values are DTE, DCE, and Explicit.

Med Typ

Media type this SYNC module uses, as follows:
• STD - Normal connection.
• T1 - T1 lines.
• E1 - E1 lines.
• DTR - Connection to a modem that dials out when Data Terminal
Ready (DTR) gets raised.
• V25 - Connection to a V25 BIS modem.

Sample Display - show sync alerts
SYNC Modules on Alert:
---------------------Line
WAN
Loc Rem Med
Slot Conn Circuit State
MAC Address
Number MTU Protocol Adr Adr Typ
---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- -------- ---- -------- --- --- --2
1 T1-21
Down
00-00-A2-00-B6-1B 00302101 1600 WF STND
7
7 T1
2
2 T1-22
Down
00-00-A2-00-B6-1C 00302102 1600 WF STND
7
7 T1
Found

2 matches out of

4 entries in table.

base [circuit ]
Displays the base level information for all SYNC circuits or a specific SYNC circuit. For
definitions of the columns in the table, see the alerts command. In addition to the states
listed under the alerts command, State can also be Up.

2-594

114087 Rev. A

show sync
Sample Display - show sync base
SYNC Modules:
-------------

Slot Conn
---- ---5
5

Circuit State
------- -----1 S51
Up
2 S52
Up

MAC Address
----------------00-00-A2-00-A1-73
00-00-A2-00-A1-74

Line
Number
-------00205101
00205102

MTU
---1600
1600

WAN
Loc Rem Med
Protocol Adr Adr Typ
-------- --- --- --WF STND
7
7 STD
WF STND
7
7 STD

2 entries in table.

disabled
Displays SYNC circuits that a user has manually disabled. For definitions of the columns
in the table, see the alerts command. In this case, State is Disabled.

Sample Display - show sync disabled
SYNC Modules Disabled:
----------------------

Slot Conn Circuit State
---- ---- ------- ------Found

114087 Rev. A

0 matches out of

Line
WAN
Loc Rem Med
MAC Address
Number MTU Protocol Adr Adr Typ
----------------- -------- ---- -------- --- --- --4 entries in table.

2-595

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enabled
Displays SYNC circuits that a user has manually enabled. For definitions of the columns
in the table, see the alerts command. State can also be Up.

Sample Display - show sync enabled
SYNC Modules Enabled:
--------------------Line
WAN
Loc Rem Med
Slot Conn Circuit State
MAC Address
Number MTU Protocol Adr Adr Typ
---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- -------- ---- -------- --- --- --5
1 S51
Up
00-00-A2-00-A1-73 00205101 1600 WF STND
7
7 STD
5
2 S52
Up
00-00-A2-00-A1-74 00205102 1600 WF STND
7
7 STD
Found

2 matches out of

2 entries in table.

receive errors [circuit ]
Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes the
following information:

2-596

Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Bad Frames

Number of bad receive frames, caused by Frame Check Sequence
(FCS) errors or nonoctet aligned errors.

Runt Frames

Number of runt frames received on this line.

Frame Rejects

Number of frame reject errors received on this line.

Frames Too Long

Number of frames received on this line that exceed the MTU.

Overflow Frames

Number of overflow errors received on this line in which the
device’s FIFO buffer overflowed before obtaining the next DMA
cycle. No buffer resources are available.

114087 Rev. A

show sync
Sample Display - show sync receive
SYNC Module Receive Errors:
--------------------------Bad
Runt
Frame
Frames
Overflow
Slot Conn Circuit Frames
Frames
Rejects Too Long
Frames
---- ---- ------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------5
1 S51
0
7
0
0
0
5
2 S52
1
1
0
0
0
2 entries in table.

sample [] [circuit ]
Displays data sampled from SYNC over a period of 10 seconds. You can change the
number of seconds over which you want to sample the data, and you can display sampled
data for a specific circuit only. The table includes the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Rx Frames

Number of frames received on this line.

Tx Frames

Number of frames sent on this line.

Rx Lack of Resources

Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of
resources; for example, buffers.

Tx Lack of Resources

Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of resources;
for example, buffers.

114087 Rev. A

2-597

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show sync sample
SYNC Sampled Data over 10 seconds
---------------------------------Rx
Tx
Rx Lack of Tx Lack of
Slot Conn Circuit
Frames
Frames
Resources Resources
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------3
1 S31
11
12
0
0
1 entry in table.

Sample Display - show sync sample circuit s31
SYNC Sampled Data over 5 seconds
---------------------------------Rx
Tx
Rx Lack of Tx Lack of
Slot Conn Circuit
Frames
Frames
Resources Resources
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------3
1 S31
5
6
0
0
Found

1 matches out of

1 entry in table.

stats [circuit ]
Displays SYNC input/output statistical information for all SYNC modules or for a specific
circuit. The table contains the following information:

2-598

Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Receive Bytes

Number of octets received without error.

Receive Frames

Number of frames received without error.

Transmit Bytes

Number of octets transmitted without error.

Transmit Frames

Number of frames transmitted without error.

Total Errors

Total number of errors of all types.
114087 Rev. A

show sync
Sample Display - show sync stats
SYNC Module I/O Statistics:
--------------------------Receive
Receive
Transmit
Transmit
Total
Slot Conn Circuit
Bytes
Frames
Bytes
Frames
Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------5
1 S51
12547667
242153
12750286
246188
7
5
2 S52
12545913
242593
12752036
245763
2
2 entries in table.

system errors [circuit [] ]
Displays statistical information about system errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit.
The table includes the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Receive Rejects

Number of reject frames received.

Transmit Rejects

Number of reject frames transmitted.

T1 Timeouts

Number of T1 timeouts detected. The T1 timer is the link
retransmission timer. Link control frames are retransmitted when the
T1 expires. This timer tracks the number of timeouts.

Memory Errors

Number of memory errors detected. A memory error occurs when
the DMA cycle expires without obtaining the bus within 26 ms.
Memory errors may indicate faulty hardware. If this count exceeds
five, call your customer service representative.

114087 Rev. A

2-599

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show sync system
SYNC Module System Errors:
-------------------------Receive
Transmit
T1
Memory
Slot Conn Circuit Rejects
Rejects
Timeouts
Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------5
1 S51
0
0
0
0
5
2 S52
0
0
0
0
2 entries in table.

Sample Display - show sync system errors circuit s31
SYNC Module System Errors:
-------------------------Receive
Transmit
T1
Memory
Slot Conn Circuit Rejects
Rejects
Timeouts
Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------3
1 S31
0
0
0
0
Found

1 match out of

4 entries in table.

transmit errors [circuit [] ]
Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific
circuit. The table includes the following information:

2-600

Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Underflow Frames

Number of retransmission underflow errors. These occur when the
device’s FIFO buffer empties before the device obtains the next
DMA request.

114087 Rev. A

show sync
Sample Display - show sync transmit errors
SYNC Module Transmit Errors:
---------------------------Underflow
Slot Conn Circuit
Frames
---- ---- ------- ---------5
1 S51
0
5
2 S52
0
2 entries in table.

Sample Display - show sync transmit errors circuit s31
SYNC Module Transmit Errors:
---------------------------Underflow
Slot Conn Circuit
Frames
---- ---- ------- ---------3
1 S31
0
Found

114087 Rev. A

1 match out of

4 entries in table.

2-601

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show system
The show system  commands display information about the system state, which
pertains to the overall system and not to any specific protocol.
The show system command supports the following subcommand options:
buffers

protocols

drivers

tasks

information

version

memory

buffers
Displays the current buffer usage for all active slots in the system. Note that buffers
circulate rapidly through the system. A low free percentage doesn’t necessarily indicate a
buffer shortage; it may be a transient condition.

Sample Display - show system buffers
Buffer Usage Statistics:
----------------------Slot
---2
3

2-602

Total
----378
378

Used
----124
90

Free
----254
288

%Free
----67 %
76 %

114087 Rev. A

show system

drivers
Displays link modules and drivers installed on all active slots in the system. If the
configuration displayed differs from that expected, your configuration file may be
incorrect (wrong module type specified; for example) or there may be a problem loading
the software.

Sample Display - show system drivers
Link Module:
-----------QENET:
FDDI:
QSYNC:
DT:

Slots:
-----____2_
_____________5_
_______3_
__________4_

Link Drivers - System Software Configuration
-------------------------------------------Driver:
------ILACC:
FSI:
TMS 380:
MK5025:

114087 Rev. A

Slots:
-----____2_
_____________5_
__________4_
_______3_

2-603

Using Technician Interface Scripts

information
Displays general system information.

Sample Display - show system information
System Information:
------------------System Name:
Contact:
Location:
Image:
MIB Version:
Up Time:

Bay Networks Node 1
John Doe
Corp. HQ
rel/7.70 Created on Tue Mar 29 15:10:50 EST 1994.
x7.70
0 hr, 14 min, 37 sec

memory
Displays the global memory usage for all active slots in the system. Memory usage is not
as volatile as buffer usage and a low free percent may indicate that you need more
memory.

Sample Display - show system memory
Memory Usage Statistics (Megabytes):
-----------------------------------Slot
---2
3
4

2-604

Total
-------5.01 M
5.01 M
5.01 M

Used
-------1.66 M
1.00 M
0.92 M

Free
-------3.35 M
4.00 M
4.09 M

%Free
----66 %
79 %
81 %

114087 Rev. A

show system

protocols
Displays which protocols are installed on all active slots in the system. If the configuration
displayed differs from that expected, your configuration file may be incorrect (wrong
protocol specified, for example) or there may be a problem loading the software.

Sample Display - show system protocols
Dynamically Loadable Protocols Configuration
-------------------------------------------Protocol:
--------IP:
DECNET:
AT:
IPX:
VINES:
TELNET:
TFTP:
SNMP:
TCP:

Slots:
-----_1__2__3__4__5_
____2__3_
____2__3_
____2__3_
____2__3_
_1__2__3__4__5_
_1__2__3__4__5_
_1__2__3__4__5_
_1__2__3__4__5_

tasks
Displays the number of tasks scheduled to run on all active slots. This number is highly
volatile and a large %In Queue does not necessarily indicate a problem.

Sample Display - show system tasks
Tasks stats:
-----------Slot Total In Queue
---- ----- -------2
175
2
3
126
1

114087 Rev. A

%In Queue
--------1 %
0 %

2-605

Using Technician Interface Scripts

version
Displays the current version and modification date for the system.bat script.

Sample Display - show system version
SYSTEM.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

2-606

114087 Rev. A

show t1

show t1
The show t1  commands display configuration, status, and statistical information
about T1 lines. For detailed information about configuring T1 lines, refer to Configuring
Routers.
The show t1 command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts

frame errors [circuit ]

base [circuit ]

line errors [circuit ]

disabled

version

enabled

alerts
Displays all T1 modules that are enabled but not up. Use this display to identify the
interfaces that are not working. The table includes the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier: 1 or 2.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

114087 Rev. A

2-607

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Frame Type

Framing format. The following two framing formats differ in the
number of frames per superframe and in the use of the F-bit
position. A frame comprises 24 timeslots of 8-bit data preceded by
a bit called the F-bit.
• D4 - Twelve frames make up a superframe. The F-bit provides
frame and multiframe alignment information.
• ESF - Twenty-four frames make up a superframe (extended
superframe). The F-bit provides Facility Data Link (FDL) and
CRC information as well as frame and multiframe alignment
information.

Line Bldout

T1 transmit power level measured in length of cable connecting the
router and associated T1 equipment; ranges from 1 to 655 feet.

B8ZS Support

Status of Bipolar Eight Zero Substitution -- On or Off. B8ZS
maintains sufficient “ones” density requirements within the T1 data
stream without disturbing data integrity.

Clock Mode

Source of the T1 transmit clock, as follows:
• Internal - Clock is generated internally.
• Slave - Clock is derived from the incoming data stream.
• Manual - Jumpers on the T1 Link Module determine the clock
source (Internal or Slave).

MiniDacs Configuration

Function assigned to each of 24 DS0 channels (timeslots). The
table shows these functions in a string of 24 characters, one
character per channel. The characters and their meaning are as
follows:
• 1 - Assigns the timeslot to the first HDLC controller (Circuit 1).
• 2 - Assigns the timeslot to the second HDLC controller (Circuit
2).
• D - Assigns the timeslot to data passthrough (HDLC controller to
HDLC controller).
• I - Assigns the timeslot to idle.
• V - Assigns the timeslot to voice passthrough (HDLC controller
to HDLC controller).
For example, the sample display shows the Mini Dacs
Configuration on circuit 21 as:
1111111111111111IIIIIIII.
This string shows timeslots 1 - 16 assigned to the HDLC controller
(1) and timeslots 17 - 24 idle (I).

2-608

114087 Rev. A

show t1
Sample Display - show t1 alerts
T1 Modules on Alert:
-------------------Frame Line
B8ZS
Clock
Slot Conn Circuit Type Bldout Support Mode
MiniDacs Configuration
---- ---- ------- ----- ------ ------- -------- -----------------------2
1 T1-21
ESF
1 Off
Internal 1111111111111111IIIIIIII
2
2 T1-22
ESF
1 Off
Slave
2222222222222222IIIIIIII
Found

2 matches out of

2 entries in table.

base [circuit ]
Displays the base level information for all T1 circuits or a specific circuit. For definitions
of the columns in the table, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show t1 base
T1 Modules:
----------Frame Line
B8ZS
Clock
Slot Conn Circuit Type Bldout Support Mode
MiniDacs Configuration
---- ---- ------- ----- ------ ------- -------- -----------------------2
1 T1-21
ESF
1 Off
Internal 1111111111111111IIIIIIII
2
2 T1-22
ESF
1 Off
Slave
2222222222222222IIIIIIII
2 entries in table.

114087 Rev. A

2-609

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show t1 base circuit t1-21
T1 Modules:
----------Frame Line
B8ZS
Clock
Slot Conn Circuit Type Bldout Support Mode
MiniDacs Configuration
---- ---- ------- ----- ------ ------- -------- -----------------------2
1 T1-21
ESF
1 Off
Internal 1111111111111111IIIIIIII
Found

1 match out of

2 entries in table.

disabled
Displays T1 circuits that a user has manually disabled. For definitions of the columns in
the table, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show t1 disabled
T1 Modules Disabled:
-------------------Frame Line
B8ZS
Clock
Slot Conn Circuit Type Bldout Support Mode
MiniDacs Configuration
---- ---- ------- ----- ------ ------- -------- -----------------------Found

2-610

0 matches out of

2 entries in table.

114087 Rev. A

show t1

enabled
Displays T1 circuits that a user has manually enabled. For definitions of the columns in the
table, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show t1 enabled
T1 Modules Enabled:
------------------Frame Line
B8ZS
Clock
Slot Conn Circuit Type Bldout Support Mode
MiniDacs Configuration
---- ---- ------- ----- ------ ------- -------- -----------------------2
1 T1-21
ESF
1 Off
Internal 1111111111111111IIIIIIII
2
2 T1-22
ESF
1 Off
Slave
2222222222222222IIIIIIII
Found

2 matches out of

2 entries in table.

frame errors [circuit ]
Displays T1 frame errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes the
following information:
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier: 1 or 2.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Frame Bit Errors

Number of frame bit errors on this line. Frame bit errors indicate an
error in the F-bit pattern.

Out of Frame Errs

Number of out-of-frame errors on this line. A router detects
out-of-frame errors when at least two of four or five consecutive
framing bits contain an error.

Super Frame Errs

Number of superframe errors on this line. In ESF mode, this count
represents the number of on-chip generated CRC errors. In D4
mode, this count represents the framing bit errors.

114087 Rev. A

2-611

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show t1 frame errors
T1 Module Frame Errors:
----------------------Frame Bit
Out of
Super
Slot Conn Circuit
Errors
Frame Errs Frame Errs
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------2
1 T1-21
0
0
0
2
2 T1-22
0
0
0
2 entries in table.

Sample Display - show t1 frame errors circuit t1-21
T1 Module Frame Errors:
----------------------Frame Bit
Out of
Super
Slot Conn Circuit
Errors
Frame Errs Frame Errs
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------2
1 T1-21
0
0
0
Found

1 match out of

2 entries in table.

line errors [circuit ]
Displays several categories of line errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table
includes the following information:

2-612

Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier: 1 or 2.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

114087 Rev. A

show t1
BiPolar Violtns

Number of bipolar violations on this line. On a T1 line, 1’s are
transmitted as alternating negative and positive pulses, and 0’s are
simply the absence of pulses. Thus a bipolar violation occurs if
there are two or more consecutive pulses of the same polarity. This
error count indicates the quality of the T1 line.

Yellow Alarms Rcvd

Number of times the router has received a yellow alarm on this line.
A yellow alarm indicates that we have not lost sync, but the remote
side of the connection has detected a problem with this line.

Carrier Loss

Number of instances of carrier loss detected on this line. This
typically occurs during cable removal.

Red Alarms Recvd

Number of instances of out-of-frame errors detected for periods
exceeding 2.5 seconds; typically a mismatched framing format
causes this condition.

Sample Display - show t1 line
T1 Module Line Errors:
---------------------Yellow
Red
BiPolar
Alarms
Carrier
Alarms
Slot Conn Circuit Violtns
Recvd
Loss
Recvd
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------2
1 T1-21
396177689
0
1
3
2
2 T1-22
396063622
0
4
0
2 entries in table.

114087 Rev. A

2-613

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show t1 line errors circuit t1-21
T1 Module Line Errors:
---------------------Yellow
Red
BiPolar
Alarms
Carrier
Alarms
Slot Conn Circuit Violtns
Recvd
Loss
Recvd
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------2
1 T1-21
396183809
0
1
3
Found

1 match out of

2 entries in table.

version
Displays the current version number and modification date for the t1.bat script.

Sample Display - show t1 version
t1.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

2-614

114087 Rev. A

show tcp

show tcp
The show tcp  commands display information about the Transmission Control
Protocol (TCP). For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of TCP,
refer to Configuring IP Utilities.
The show tcp command supports the following subcommand options:
configurations

connections

Entering show tcp without any  invokes all TCP configuration and connection
information.

configurations
Displays the TCP configuration parameters. The table includes the following information:
Timeout Minimum

Minimum value in milliseconds permitted for the retransmission
timeout. When one side of a TCP connection sends a frame and the
other side of the connection does not acknowledge the transmission
within the timeout period, the sending station retransmits the frame.

Timeout Maximum

Maximum value in milliseconds permitted for the retransmission
timeout. When one side of a TCP connection sends a frame and the
other side of the connection does not acknowledge the transmission
within the timeout period, the sending station retransmits the frame.

Maximum Window Size

Maximum transmit and receive window size that TCP allows for
each connection.

Timeout Algorithm

Algorithm for determining when to retransmit unacknowledged
packets. Currently, Bay Networks implements the Van Jacobson
algorithm only.

114087 Rev. A

2-615

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show tcp configuration
Tcp protocol is enabled.
The Time Out Minimum: 250 milliseconds
The Time Out Maximum: 240000 milliseconds
The Maximum Window Size: 4096 in octets
The Time Out Algorithm: Van_Jacobson
The Number of Segments Sent: 10015
The Number of Segments Received: 13621
The Number of Segments Retransmitted: 453
The Number of Bad Segments Received: 4
The Number of Segments Sent Containing the Reset Flag: 0
The Number of Established Connections: 1

connections
Displays information about each TCP connection. The table includes the IP address, port
numbers, and state associated with each connection. The states are as follows:

2-616

Closed

No connection exists.

Listen

TCP is listening for a connection request.

SYN Sent

TCP has requested a connection (SYN segment) and is waiting for the
remote TCP to acknowledge and match the request.

SYN Received

TCP has sent and received a connection request and is now waiting for the
remote TCP to confirm.

Established

The connection is open. Data can be received and sent. This is the normal
state for data transfer.

Fini Wait 1

TCP is waiting for the remote TCP’s request to terminate the connection
(FIN segment), or is waiting for the remote TCP to acknowledge a previous
request to terminate.

Fini Wait 2

TCP is waiting for the remote TCP’s request to terminate the connection.

Close Wait

TCP is waiting for the client to request to terminate the connection.

Last Ack

TCP is waiting for the remote TCP to acknowledge the connection
termination request sent previously. This request also acknowledges the
remote TCP’s request to terminate the connection.

Closing

TCP is waiting for the remote TCP to acknowledge its request to terminate
the connection.

114087 Rev. A

show tcp
Time Wait

TCP is waiting for enough time to pass to be sure the remote TCP received
the acknowledgment of its request to terminate the connection.

Delete TCP

The TCP connection is terminating in response to a network management
request.

Except for Establish, Closed and Listen, all states are associated with establishing and
closing a connection and are thus transitory.

Sample Display - show tcp connections
The current TCP connections :
Local
Remote
Local IP
Port
Remote IP
Port
State
---------------- -------- ---------------- -------- ---------------0.0.0.0
21
0.0.0.0
0
Listen
0.0.0.0
23
0.0.0.0
0
Listen
192.168.125.34
23
192.32.241.49
1281
Established

114087 Rev. A

2-617

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show telnet
The show telnet  commands display information about telnet services. The
show telnet command supports the following subcommand options:
client

server

Entering show telnet without any  displays all information on the telnet client
and server running on the router. For more information on telnet services, refer to
Configuring IP Utilities.

client
Displays information about the telnet client on the router, as follows:
Sample Display - show telnet client
Telnet Client enabled.
Telnet Command Prompt: "AlphaNode"
Remote Telnet/Tcp Port: 23

server
Displays information about the telnet server on the router, as follows:

2-618

114087 Rev. A

show telnet
Sample Display - show telnet server
Telnet Server enabled.
TI/Telnet Prompt: "AlphaNode>"
Screen Size: 24
Max. Login Retries: 3
Login Time Out: 1 minutes
Password Time Out: 1 minutes
Command Time Out: 15 minutes
TI/Telnet Prompt: "AlphaNode>"
Screen Size: 24
Max. Login Retries: 3
Login Time Out: 1 minutes
Password Time Out: 1 minutes
Command Time Out: 15 minutes
Telnet In-bound sessions:
192.32.241.49, 1281 --> 192.168.125.34, 23

114087 Rev. A

2-619

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show tftp
The show tftp command displays information about the Trivial File Transfer Protocol
(TFTP) status. For information on TFTP, refer to Configuring Routers.

Sample Display - show tftp
TFTP protocol is enabled.
The Default Volume: 2
Retransmit Timeout Value: 5 Seconds
Max Number of Retransmits: 5
Number of Writes Received: 0
Number of Reads Received: 0
Number of Retransmits: 0

2-620

114087 Rev. A

show token

show token
The show token  commands display configuration, status, and statistical
information about Token Ring lines. For detailed information about configuring Token
Ring lines, refer to Configuring Routers.
The show token command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts

stats [circuit ]

base [circuit ]

stats line [circuit ]

disabled

stats ring [circuit ]

enabled

system errors [circuit ]

receive errors [circuit ]

transmit errors [circuit ]

sample [] [circuit
]

version

alerts
Displays all Token Ring modules that are enabled but not up. Use this display to identify
the interfaces that are not working. The table includes the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier: 1 or 2.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

114087 Rev. A

2-621

Using Technician Interface Scripts
State

State of the line; in this case: Beaconing, Disabled, Down, Init
(initializing), or Not Pres (enabled but not yet started).
Beaconing indicates that the interface doesn’t see the token and
should be a transient condition.
The Not Pres state occurs for several reasons. For example, the
Link Module may not be physically present in the chassis. The
software may be booting and has not yet initialized the driver
software. The slot may be running diagnostics. Or there may be a
problem with the configuration.

MAC Address

Physical address of the line. This is a 48-bit address in canonical
format.

MTU

Maximum transfer unit size for this interface; the largest frame that
can be transmitted or received across the Token Ring module. The
MTU is 4568 bytes.

Ring Speed

Speed of the Token Ring media -- 4 Mb/s or 16 Mb/s.

Early Token Release

Status of Early Token Release -- Enabled or Disabled. When
enabled, the token can be released back onto the ring before the
recipient copies all the data. This parameter is enabled only when
Ring Speed is 16 Mb/s.

Sample Display - show token alerts
TOKEN RING Modules on Alert:
---------------------------Ring
Early Token
Slot Conn Circuit State
MAC Address
MTU
Speed
Release
---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ------- ----------Found

2-622

0 matches out of

2 entries in table.

114087 Rev. A

show token

base [circuit ]
Displays the base information for all Token Ring circuits or a specific Token Ring circuit.
For definitions of the columns in the table, see the alerts command. In addition to the
states listed under the alerts command, State can also be Up.

Sample Display - show token base
TOKEN RING Modules:
------------------Ring
Slot Conn Circuit State
MAC Address
MTU
Speed
---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ------3
1 O31
Up
00-00-A2-00-5B-46 4568 16 Mbps
4
2 O42
Up
00-00-A2-00-C8-C1 4568 16 Mbps

Early Token
Release
----------Enabled
Enabled

2 entries in table.

Sample Display - show token base circuit o31
TOKEN RING Modules:
------------------Ring
Early Token
Slot Conn Circuit State
MAC Address
MTU
Speed
Release
---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ------- ----------3
1 O31
Up
00-00-A2-00-5B-46 4568 16 Mbps Enabled
Found

114087 Rev. A

1 match out of

2 entries in table.

2-623

Using Technician Interface Scripts

disabled
Displays Token Ring circuits that a user has manually disabled. For definitions of the
columns in the table, see the alerts command. In this case, State is Disabled.

Sample Display - show token disabled
TOKEN RING Modules Disabled:
---------------------------Ring
Early Token
Slot Conn Circuit State
MAC Address
MTU
Speed
Release
---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ------- ----------Found

0 matches out of

2 entries in table.

enabled
Displays Token Ring circuits that a user has manually enabled. For definitions of the
columns in the table, see the alerts command. State can also be Up.

Sample Display - show token enabled
TOKEN RING Modules Enabled:
--------------------------Ring
Early Token
Slot Conn Circuit State
MAC Address
MTU
Speed
Release
---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ------- ----------Found

2-624

0 matches out of

2 entries in table.

114087 Rev. A

show token

receive errors [circuit ]
Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes the
following information:
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier: 1 or 2.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Line Errors

Number of frames that this station copied with bad format or Frame
Check Sequence (FCS) errors.

Burst Errors

Number of frames with no bit transition for 5-1/2-bit times.

Sample Display - show token receive errors
TOKEN RING Receive Errors:
-------------------------Line
Burst
Slot Conn Circuit
Errors
Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------3
1 O31
1
5
4
2 O42
0
0
2 entries in table.

Sample Display - show token receive errors circuit o31
TOKEN RING Receive Errors:
-------------------------Line
Burst
Slot Conn Circuit
Errors
Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------3
1 O31
1
5
Found

114087 Rev. A

1 match out of

2 entries in table.

2-625

Using Technician Interface Scripts

sample [] [circuit ]
Displays data sampled from Token Ring over a period of 10 seconds. You can change the
number of seconds over which you want to sample the data, and you can display sampled
data for a specific circuit only. The table includes the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector’s instance identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Rx Frames

Number of frames received.

Tx Frames

Number of frames transmitted.

Rx Lack of Resources

Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of
resources; for example, buffers.

Tx Lack of Resources

Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of resources;
for example, buffers.

Sample Display - show token sample 5
TOKEN RING Sampled Data over
5 seconds
---------------------------------------Rx
Tx
Rx Lack of Tx Lack of
Slot Conn Circuit
Frames
Frames
Resources Resources
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------4
1 O41
0
0
0
0
4
2 O42
0
0
0
0
2 entries in table.

2-626

114087 Rev. A

show token

stats [circuit ]
Displays Token Ring input/output statistical information for all Token Ring circuits or for
a specific circuit. The table contains the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier: 1 or 2.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Receive Bytes

Number of octets received without error.

Receive Frames

Number of frames received without error.

Transmit Bytes

Number of octets transmitted without error.

Transmit Frames

Number of frames transmitted without error.

MAC Rx Frames

Number of MAC frames received without error.

Total Errors

Total number of errors of all types.

Sample Display - show token stats
TOKEN RING I/O Statistics:
-------------------------Receive
Receive Transmit
Transmit
MAC Rx
Total
Slot Conn Circuit
Bytes
Frames
Bytes
Frames
Frames
Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- --------- ---------- --------- --------- --------4
1 O41
418532016
5550944 632650147
8414845
2327
0
4
2 O42
597724135
7941684 453448487
6024141
2347
4
2 entries in table.

114087 Rev. A

2-627

Using Technician Interface Scripts

stats line [circuit ]
Displays Token Ring line statistical information for all Token Ring circuits or for a
specific circuit. The table contains the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier: 1 or 2.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

ARI/FCI Errors

Number of times this station has received both an AMP MAC
frame and an SMP MAC frame with the a & c bits clear or more
than one SMP MAC frame with the a & c bits clear without an
intervening AMP MAC frame. This condition indicates that the
upstream neighbor is unable to set the a & c bits in a frame that it
has copied.

Frame Copied Err

Number of frames addressed to this station that had their a & c bits
previously set.

Token Errors

Number of token protocol errors; relevant only when this station is
the active monitor.

Soft Errors

Number of soft errors; corresponds to the number of Report Error
MAC frames that this station has transmitted.

Sample Display - show token stats line
TOKEN RING Line Statistics:
--------------------------ARI/FCI
Frame
Token
Soft
Slot Conn Circuit
Errors
Copied Err
Errors
Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------4
1 O41
0
0
0
393
4
2 O42
3
0
0
373
2 entries in table.

2-628

114087 Rev. A

show token
Sample Display - show token stats line circuit o41
TOKEN RING Line Statistics:
--------------------------ARI/FCI
Frame
Token
Soft
Slot Conn Circuit
Errors
Copied Err
Errors
Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------4
1 O41
0
0
3
393
Found

1 match out of

2 entries in table.

stats ring [circuit ]
Displays Token Ring ring statistical information for all Token Ring circuits or for a
specific circuit. The table contains the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector’s instance identifier -- 1 or 2.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Beacon Events

Number of events causing the adapter to transmit Beacon Frames.
Beacon frames indicate that the interface doesn’t see the token. If
this count goes up, contact your Bay Networks Technical Response
Center.

Signal Losses

Number of ring signal losses detected.

Auto Removes

Number of times lobe wrap tests failed during beacon autoremoval.

Removes Recvd

Number of Remove Ring Station MAC frames received. Each
frame causes this station to leave the ring.

Single Statns

Number of interrupts caused by a change to ring status while the
adapter is the only station on the ring.

Cable Faults

Number of interrupts caused by opens or shorts (cable faults)
between the adapter and the MAU.

Ring Recvrys

Number of Claim Token MAC frames (ring recoveries) observed
on the ring.

114087 Rev. A

2-629

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show token stats ring
TOKEN RING Ring Statistics:
--------------------------Beacon Signal
Auto
Removes Single
Cable
Ring
Slot Conn Circuit Events Losses Removes Recvd Statns Faults Recvrys
---- ---- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------4
1 O41
0
0
0
0
3
0
1
4
2 O42
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2 entries in table.

Sample Display - show token stats ring circuit o41
TOKEN RING Ring Statistics:
--------------------------Beacon Signal
Auto
Removes Single
Cable
Ring
Slot Conn Circuit Events Losses Removes Recvd Statns Faults Recvrys
---- ---- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------4
1 O41
0
0
0
0
3
0
1
Found

1 match out of

2 entries in table.

system errors [circuit ]
Displays statistical information about general interface errors for all circuits or for a
specific circuit. The table includes the following information:

2-630

Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier: 1 or 2.

Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Adapter Checks

Number of internal adapter errors that have caused adapter failures.

DMA Bus Errors

Number of bus errors during DMA that do not exceed threshold.

DMA Parity Errors

Number of parity errors during DMA that do not exceed threshold.

Command Timeouts

Number of times a command timeout has caused the interface to
reinitialize.

Host Iface Errors

Number of times a receive-host interface error has caused the
interface to reinitialize.

114087 Rev. A

show token
Sample Display - show token system errors
TOKEN RING System Errors:
------------------------Adapter
DMA Bus
DMA Parity Command
Host Iface
Slot Conn Circuit
Checks
Errors
Errors
Timeouts
Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------4
1 O41
0
0
0
0
0
4
2 O42
0
0
0
0
0
2 entries in table.

Sample Display - show token system errors circuit o41
TOKEN RING System Errors:
------------------------Adapter
DMA Bus
DMA Parity Command
Host Iface
Slot Conn Circuit
Checks
Errors
Errors
Timeouts
Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------4
1 O41
0
0
0
0
0
Found

1 match out of

2 entries in table.

transmit errors [circuit ]
Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific
circuit. The table includes the following information:
Slot

Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn

Connector identifier -- 1 or 2.

114087 Rev. A

2-631

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Circuit

Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Lost Frame Errors

Number of outbound frames whose transmission failed because
they were corrupted on their trip around the Token Ring. The
interface detects this while stripping a frame off of the ring. In
small quantities, this error indicates small disturbances on the
Token Ring.

Sample Display - show token transmit
TOKEN RING Transmit Errors:
--------------------------Lost
Slot Conn Circuit Frame Errs
---- ---- ------- ---------4
1 O41
0
4
2 O42
0
2 entries in table.

Sample Display - show token transmit errors circuit o41
TOKEN RING Transmit Errors:
--------------------------Lost
Slot Conn Circuit Frame Errs
---- ---- ------- ---------4
1 O41
0
Found

1 match out of

2 entries in table.

version
Displays the version number and modification date of the token.bat script.

Sample Display - show token version
token.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

2-632

114087 Rev. A

show vines

show vines
The show vines  commands display information about Virtual Networking
System (VINES) services on a Bay Networks router. For detailed information, refer to
Configuring VINES Services.
The show vines command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts

stats datagrams

base

stats echo []

circuit []

stats fragments

configuration [circuit [] ]

stats icp []

disabled

stats rtp []

enabled

total neighbors

neighbors [ |
  | find  [] ]

total routes

routes [ | find
]

traffic filters

114087 Rev. A

2-633

Using Technician Interface Scripts

stats [circuit [] ]

version

stats arp []

alerts
Displays the VINES interfaces that are enabled but not currently up. Use this command to
identify interfaces that are not forwarding traffic. The table includes the following
information:

2-634

Circuit

Name of the circuit the interface runs on.

State

State of the interface: Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres (not yet
started), or Up.

Arp

Status of VINES ARP support on this interface: Enabled or
Disabled. Enabled means the router can provide address resolution
services to client nodes on this interface.

End Station

Status of source routing end station support on this interface:
Enabled or Disabled.

Remote Clt Priv

Status of remote client privileges on this network segment:
Enabled or Disabled. Enabled means that a client is more than one
hop from a VINES server.

Split Horizon

Status of the split horizon parameter: Enabled or Disabled.
Enabled means that routes received through an interface will not be
included in the routing update packets sent out on that interface.

MAC Address

Media Access Control address of this interface. The router uses this
address and its VINES address when transmitting and receiving
packets on this interface.

114087 Rev. A

show vines
Sample Display - show vines alerts
VINES Circuit Table
------------------End
Remote
Split
Circuit
State
Arp
Station Clt Priv Horizon
MAC Address
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ----------------E32
Not Pres Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled (nil)

base
Displays the information that the VINES base record contains. The base record controls
VINES for the entire system. The table includes the following information:
State

State of the interface: Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres (not yet
started), or Up.

Bcast Class

Class of broadcast packets that this node originates. The values are:
All, No Charge, Low Cost, LANS, Server All, Server No Charge,
Server Low Cost, Server LANS. For definitions, see Configuring
VINES Services.

Config Netid

Network identifier that the user defines. A null value indicates that
the router should assign the network ID rather than the user.

Router Netid

Network identifier that the router defines. If the user configures a
network ID, the router adds the Bay Networks code for VINES to
the user-configured ID.

RTP Mode

Indicates whether sequenced RTP (Routing Update Protocol) mode
or nonsequenced RTP mode will be supported, or both modes will
be supported: Sequenced, Non-Sequenced, or Automode (both).

Seq Num

Specifies the current router sequence number.

114087 Rev. A

2-635

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show vines base
VINES Base Record Information
----------------------------Protocol State
Bcast Class
-------- -------- ----------VINES
Up
BCAST

Config Netid Router Netid RTP Mode Seq Num
------------ ------------ -------- -----0
810025115
AUTO
2997171688

circuit []
Displays information about all VINES circuits or a specific circuit. For column definitions
in the display, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show vines circuit
VINES Circuit Table
-------------------

Circuit
-------E31
S21
E32

2-636

State
-------Up
Up
Not Pres

Arp
-------Disabled
Disabled
Disabled

End
Station
-------Disabled
Disabled
Disabled

Remote
Clt Priv
-------Disabled
Disabled
Disabled

Split
Horizon
-------Disabled
Disabled
Disabled

MAC Address
----------------00-00-A2-03-00-6E
00-00-A2-01-4B-4F
(nil)

114087 Rev. A

show vines

configuration [circuit [] ]
Displays configurable parameters from the VINES protocol base record. For column
definitions in the display, see the show vines base command.

Sample Display - show vines configuration
VINES Base Record Information
----------------------------Protocol Bcast Class
-------- ----------VINES
BCAST

Config Netid Router Netid RTP Mode Seq Num
------------ ------------ -------- ------0
810025115
AUTO
2997171688

disabled
Displays VINES interfaces that have been configured as disabled and whose state is not
active. For column definitions in the display, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show vines disabled
VINES Circuit Table
-------------------

Circuit
------E21
S31

114087 Rev. A

End
Remote
State
Arp
Station Clt Priv
------------ -------- -------Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled
Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled

Split
Horizon
MAC Address
------- ----------------Disabled 00-00-A2-00-8F-71
Disabled 00-00-A2-02-BA-22

2-637

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enabled
Displays VINES interfaces that have been configured as enabled and whose state is active.
For column definitions in the display, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show vines enabled
VINES Circuit Table
-------------------

Circuit
-------E31
S21
E32

State
-------Up
Up
Not Pres

Arp
-------Disabled
Disabled
Disabled

End
Station
-------Disabled
Disabled
Disabled

Remote
Clt Priv
-------Disabled
Disabled
Disabled

Split
Horizon
-------Disabled
Disabled
Disabled

MAC Address
----------------00-00-A2-03-00-6E
00-00-A2-01-4B-4F
(nil)

neighbors [ |   | find  [] ]
Displays VINES neighbor table information. Neighbor entries result from RTP packets
received from clients and servers directly adjacent to the router. You can use the following
options with the neighbors command:


Limits the display to neighbors of a specific network.




Limits the display to a specific neighbor.

find  Limits the display to neighbors whose network address
matches the given network pattern.
find 

2-638

Limits the display to neighbors whose network ID
matches the given ID pattern.

114087 Rev. A

show vines

The table includes the following fields:
Network ID

Network identifier of this neighbor.

Subnet ID

Subnetwork identifier of this neighbor.

Type

Type of node, server or client (WorkStat).

Circuit

Name of the circuit connected to this neighbor.

Cost

Cost for reaching this neighbor.

Remote Hw Address

Media Access Control address of the remote system (neighbor).

Nbr State

Current state of NBR: Init (initializing), Full Request, Change
Request, or Up.

Nbr Sequence Num

NBR’s sequence number.

Sample Display - show vines neighbors
VINES Neighbors
--------------Network Subnet
Nbr
Nbr
ID
ID
Type
Circuit Cost Remote Hw Address
State Sequence Num
--------- ------ ------- -------- ---- ----------------- -------- ------------

routes [ | find ]
Displays route information from the VINES routing table. The routing table receives
routing information through RTP packets sent from servers and other routers. This
information includes the known networks, their metrics, and the next-hop gateway for
each. You can use the following options with the routes command:


limits the display to a specific network.

find 

limits the display to networks that match the
given network address pattern.

114087 Rev. A

2-639

Using Technician Interface Scripts

The table includes the following fields:
Network ID

Network identifier of the network.

Metric

Routing metric to get to this network.

Gateway Netid

Network ID of the gateway to this network.

Slot #

Number of the slot connected to this network.

Circuit

Name of the circuit connected to this network.

Gateway Hw Addr

Remote Media Access Control address of the gateway to this
network.

Sample Display - show vines routes
VINES Routes
-----------Network Id Metric Gateway Netid Slot # Circuit
---------- ------ ------------- ------ -------17
4 17
2 E21
624
6 17
2 E21
625
6 17
2 E21
1136
8 17
2 E21
1137
8 17
2 E21

Gateway Hw Addr
----------------00-00-A2-00-00-11
00-00-A2-00-00-11
00-00-A2-00-00-11
00-00-A2-00-00-11
00-00-A2-00-00-11

stats [circuit [] ]
Displays basic statistical information, or you can use the circuit option to display basic
circuit statistics for VINES IP packets within the router.
The table varies according to the options entered. The table from the stats command
entered without options includes the following information:

2-640

Circuit

Name of the circuit this interface runs on.

In Packets

Number of packets received on this interface.

In Errors

Number of packets received in error.

Out Packets

Number of packets transmitted on this interface.

114087 Rev. A

show vines
Out Errors

Number of errors on packets transmitted.

Forward Drops

Number of packets dropped because of no forwarding information
for the destination.

Zero-Hop Drops

Number of packets dropped because of a zero hop count.

Sample Display - show vines stats
VINES Circuit Statistics
-------------------------In
In
Out
Out
Forward Zero-Hop
Circuit Packets
Errors Packets
Errors
Drops
Drops
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------E21
294165
0
268486
0
0
0
S31
259688
0
274792
3
0
0
S33
6915
0
14912
1
0
0

stats arp []
Displays VINES Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) statistics for the whole router or for a
specific circuit.

stats datagrams
Displays basic Receive/Transmit statistics for VINES IP packets within the router.

stats echo []
Displays VINES ECHO Protocol statistics for the whole router or for a specific circuit.

stats fragments
Displays the total number of packets fragmented for transmission (Sync media) and the
total number of packets that the router has reassembled.

114087 Rev. A

2-641

Using Technician Interface Scripts

stats icp []
Displays VINES Internet Control Protocol (ICP) statistics for the whole router.

stats rtp []
Displays VINES Routing Update Protocol (RTP) statistics for the whole router or for a
specific circuit.

total neighbors
Displays the total number of entries in the VINES neighbor table.

Sample Display - show vines total neighbors
Number of VINES Neighbors:

2

total routes
Displays the total number of entries in the VINES route table.

traffic filters
Displays all configured VINES traffic filters for all circuits. The table includes the
following information:

2-642

Circuit

Identifier of the circuit the filter applies to.

Mode

Status of filter use, which is Enabled (activated) or Disabled (not
activated).

Status

Current status of the traffic filter, which is one of the following:
• Active - Rule is being used.
• Inactive - Rule is not in use.
• Error - Application detected an error in the rule.

114087 Rev. A

show vines
Rx Matches

Number of packets received that match the rule.

Rule Number

Identifier for the rule.

Fragment Number

Number of a rule fragment -- for large rules.

Sample Display - show vines traffic filters
VINES Traffic Filters Table
--------------------------Rx
Rule
Fragment
Circuit
Mode
Status Matches
Number
Number
------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------No entries

version
Displays the current version and modification date of the vines.bat script.

Sample Display - show vines version
VINES.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

114087 Rev. A

2-643

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show wcp
The show wcp  commands display information about Bay Networks data
compression (WCP) service, which provides a near-reliable transfer mechanism for
transporting compressed packets. For more information about WCP, refer to Configuring
Data Compression Services.
The show wcp command supports the following subcommand options:
circuits []

vcs [  ]

lines []

version

stats [ errors ] [  ]

circuits []
Displays information about all WCP circuits or a specific WCP circuit.

2-644

Circuit Name

Circuit name of this interface.

Circuit Number

Circuit number associated with the circuit name.

Enable

Indicates whether compression is enabled on this circuit.

Compression Mode

Compression mode for this circuit: CPC (Continuous Packet
Compression), PPC (Packet by Packet Compression), or Inherit.
Circuit entries have an additional value of Inherit, which means
that the circuit takes on whatever value the corresponding line entry
has in the Compression Mode or History Size according to case.

History Size

History size for the compression facility: 32 KB, 8 KB, or Inherit.

114087 Rev. A

show wcp
Sample Display - show wcp circuits
WCP Circuit Entries
------------------Circuit Circuit
Compression
Name
Number Enable
Mode
-------- ------- -------- ----------S31
2 Enabled Inherit
S41
3 Enabled Inherit

History
Size
------Inherit
Inherit

2 WCP circuit(s) configured.

lines []
Displays information about WCP lines for all configured lines or for a specified line.


Limits the display to the specified line.

In addition to the information described under the circuits command, this command
displays the following information:
Line Number

Line number for the physical WCP port.

LLIndex

Logical line index. Most lines have an LLIndex of 0.

Slot

Slot number.

Module

Module number.

Conn

Connector number.

Enable

Indicates whether the compression facility is enabled or disabled
for this line.

Compression Mode

Compression mode for this circuit: CPC (Continuous Packet
Compression) or PPC (Packet by Packet Compression).

History Size

History size for the compression facility: 32 KB or 8 KB.

Buffer Size

Buffer size allocated for the lines displayed: Very Large, Large,
Normal, or None.

114087 Rev. A

2-645

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show wcp lines
WCP Line Entries
---------------Line
Compression
Number
LLIndex Slot Module Conn
Enable
Mode
---------- ------- ---- ------ ----- -------- ----------203101
0
3
1 COM1 Disabled CPC
204101
0
4
1 COM1 Enabled CPC

History
Buffer
Size
Size
------- ---------32K
Normal
32K
Normal

2 WCP line(s) configured.

vcs [  ]
Displays configuration information for all existing WCP virtual circuits. This command
displays the following information:

2-646

Line Number

Line number for the physical WCP port.

LLIndex

Logical line index. Most lines have an LLIndex of 0.

Cct Name

Circuit name.

Vc Id

Virtual circuit ID.

Compression State

Virtual circuit compression state: Data (operational state),
Disabled, Disconnected, Init (initializing), or Rexmit_Nak
(retransmit ting).

Decompression State

Virtual circuit decompression state: Data, Disabled, Disconnected,
Init (initializing), Rexmit, Reset, Connecting, Disconnecting.

Compression Mode

Compression mode for this virtual circuit: CPC (Continuous Packet
Compression) or PPC (Packet by Packet Compression).

History Size

History size for this virtual circuit: 32 KB or 8 KB.

114087 Rev. A

show wcp
Sample Display - show wcp vcs
WCP Virtual Circuit Entries
--------------------------Line
Vc
Compression Decompression Compression History
Number
LLIndex Cct Name
Id
State
State
Mode
Size
---------- ------- -------- ----- ------------ ------------- ----------------201301
0 Demand 2
0
Data
Data
CPC
32K
1 WCP virtual circuit(s) configured

stats [ errors ] [  ]
Compression Ratio

Compressor In divided by Compressor Out.

Decompression Ratio

Compressor Out divided by Compressor In.

Compressor In

Number of bytes inputed into the compression facility.

Compressor Out

Number of bytes outputed from the compression facility.

Decompressor In

Number of bytes inputed into the decompression facility.

Decompressor Out

Number of bytes outputed from the decompression facility.

CPC Packets Transmitted

Number of CPC packets sent to the destination.

CPC Packets Received

Number of CPC packets received from the source.

PPC Packets Transmitted

Number of PPC packets sent to the destination.

PPC Packets Received

Number of PPC packets received from the source.

114087 Rev. A

2-647

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show wcp stats
WCP Performance And Data Statistics
----------------------------------Line
Vc Compression Decompression
Number
LLIndex Circuit
Id
Ratio
Ratio
---------- ------- -------- ----- ----------- ------------201301
0 Demand 2
0
6.3:1
6.5:1
Compressor
Compressor Decompressor Decompressor
In
Out
In
Out
------------ ------------ ------------ -----------8732
1372
1334
8732
CPC Packets CPC Packets PPC Packets PPC Packets
Transmitted
Received
Transmitted
Received
------------ ------------ ------------ -----------18
18
0
0
1 Entry.

Sample Display - show wcp stats 201301.0.2.0
WCP Performance And Data Statistics
----------------------------------Line
Vc Compression Decompression
Number
LLIndex Circuit
Id
Ratio
Ratio
---------- ------- -------- ----- ----------- ------------201301
0 Demand 2
0
8.3:1
8.3:1
Compressor
Compressor Decompressor Decompressor
In
Out
In
Out
------------ ------------ ------------ -----------13098
1560
1566
13098
CPC Packets CPC Packets PPC Packets PPC Packets
Transmitted
Received
Transmitted
Received
------------ ------------ ------------ -----------27
27
0
0
1 Entry.

2-648

114087 Rev. A

show wcp
Sample Display - show wcp stats errors
WCP Error Statistics
-------------------Line
Vc Compression Decompression
Number
LLIndex Circuit
Id
Ratio
Ratio
---------- ------- -------- ----- ----------- ------------201301
0 Demand 2
0
6.3:1
6.5:1
AntiExp Packets AntiExp Packets Reset Packets
Reset Packets
Transmitted
Received
Transmitted
Received
--------------- --------------- --------------- --------------0
0
0
0
Rexmit Reqs
RexmitReqs
RexmitNaks
RexmitNaks
Transmitted
Received
Transmitted
Received
--------------- --------------- --------------- --------------0
0
0
0
DataOutOfSeq
RexmitOutOfSeq RexmitTimeouts
ExceededKs
--------------- --------------- --------------- --------------0
0
0
0
1 Entry.

Sample Display - show wcp stats errors 201301.0.2.0
WCP Error Statistics
-------------------Line
Vc Compression Decompression
Number
LLIndex Circuit
Id
Ratio
Ratio
---------- ------- -------- ----- ----------- ------------201301
0 Demand 2
0
10.0:1
9.7:1
AntiExp Packets AntiExp Packets Reset Packets
Reset Packets
Transmitted
Received
Transmitted
Received
--------------- --------------- --------------- --------------0
0
0
0
Rexmit Reqs
RexmitReqs
RexmitNaks
RexmitNaks
Transmitted
Received
Transmitted
Received
--------------- --------------- --------------- --------------0
0
0
0
DataOutOfSeq
RexmitOutOfSeq RexmitTimeouts
ExceededKs
--------------- --------------- --------------- --------------0
0
0
0
1 Entry.

114087 Rev. A

2-649

Using Technician Interface Scripts

version
Displays the current version number and date of the wcp.bat script.

Sample Display - show wcp version
WCP.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

2-650

114087 Rev. A

show x25

show x25
The show x25  commands display information about X.25 services. For
complete information about the Bay Networks implementation of X.25 services, refer to
Configuring X.25 Services.
The show x25 command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts

lines []

base

services []

configuration []

stats []

connections []

version

ipex maps

virtual circuit | vc []

ipex sessions

alerts
Displays the abnormal conditions in the packet level. Use the display to determine why the
packet level is not in data transfer state or why virtual circuits (VCs) have not been
established. The table contains the following information:
Line

Line number of the driver X.25 runs on.

Restarts RX/TX

Number of restart packets sent and received over this VC.

Resets RX/TX

Number of reset packets sent and received over this VC.

Rejects RX/TX

Number of reject packets sent and received over this VC.

Intrpts RX/TX

Number of interrupt packets sent and received over this VC.

Failed VC Connections

Number of unsuccessful VC connections performed since starting
up.

114087 Rev. A

2-651

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Abnormal VC Disconnects

Number of abnormal VC disconnections.

SYNC Driver State

State of the driver: Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres (not yet
started), or Up.

Sample Display - show x25 alerts

Restarts Resets Rejects Intrpts Failed VC Abnormal VC SYNC Driver
Line
RX/TX
RX/TX
RX/TX
RX/TX Connections Disconnects
State
----- -------- ------ ------- ------- ----------- ----------- ----------2.1
4
0
0
0
0
0 Up
1 Alert Entries.

base
Displays the state of the X.25 protocol in the base record. The base record controls X.25
for the entire system. State is Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not Present (configured
but not yet started), or Up.

Sample Display - show x25 base

Protocol
State
-------- ----------X.25
Up

configuration []
Displays the basic configuration information for all X.25 lines or displays that only the
slot and connector specified. Each line is associated with the services available on that line
and the number of virtual circuits configured. The table includes the following information
for the protocol:

2-652

114087 Rev. A

show x25

Slot.Connector.Line.LLIndex

The identity of the line. This includes four parts as follows:
slot number, connector number, number of the line that the
driver X.25 runs on, lower-layer index from the layer
immediately below X.25 on the protocol stack. If the lower
layer is a driver, the index is 0.

Services Available

Type of service available on this line: PDN, DDN, or PTOP.

LCN’s Configured

Number of logical channels configured; includes LCNs for
incoming, bidirectional, and outgoing VCs.

Sample Display - show x25 configuration 2.1

Services
LCN's
Protocol Slot.Connector.Line.LLIndex Available Configured
-------- --------------------------- --------- ---------X.25
2.1.202101.0
PDN
4
1 Configuration Entries.

connections []
Displays the virtual circuit connect and disconnect counts for normal and abnormal
conditions for all lines or for a specific line (slot and connector). The table includes the
following information:
Line

Line slot and connector.

Total VC Connections

Total number of virtual connections performed since starting up.

Failed VC Connections

Number of unsuccessful VC connections performed since starting
up.

Normal VC Disconnects

Number of normal VC disconnections.

Abnormal VC Disconnects

Number of abnormal VC disconnections.

114087 Rev. A

2-653

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show x25 connections

Total VC
Failed VC
Normal VC Abnormal VC
Line Connections Connections Disconnects Disconnects
----- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------2.1
6
0
6
0
1 Connection Entries.

ipex maps
Displays the IPEX mappings for the router. Each entry displays in two lines, with the first
line displaying information for the source connection, and the line below it displaying
information for the destination. The table includes the following information
Cct

Circuit of the IPEX connection.

Name

VC that sends the tunneled message to the destination.

Type

Source or destination connection type: SVC OR TCP

Mapping ID

Mapping ID number for the IPEX session.

Remote IP/Remote Port

Remote IP Address for an SVC source connection type and the
remote port number for a TCP destination connection type

Remote DTE

The remote DTE.

Mode

Mapping type: Local or End2END.

Sample Display - show x25 ipex maps

----Src/Dest---Cct Name
Type
--- ------- ---> 0
N/A
TCP
4
xvc131 SVC
> 4
xvc131 SVC
0
N/A
TCP

2-654

Mapping ID
--------------15000
20098

Remote IP/
Remote Port
--------------N/A
N/A
102.1.4.17
15004

Remote DTE
--------------N/A

Mode
------End2End

N/A

End2End

114087 Rev. A

show x25

ipex sessions
Displays information about the IPEX session. Each entry displays in two lines, with the
first line displaying information for the source connection, and the line below it displaying
information for the destination. The table includes the following information.

Index

Index number of this translation number.

LCN

Logical channel number.

State

State of the connection: X25UP, X25DOWN,CCESTAB
(connection established), or NOTCON (not connected)

Src/Dest Type

Source or destination connection type: SVC or TCP

Src/Dest Circuit Name

Name of the circuit that sends the tunneled message to the
destination.

Local/Remote IP Addr

Local or remote IP address.

Local/Remote TCP Port

Local or remote TCP port number.

Local/Remote DTE Address

Local or remote DTE address.

Sample Display - show x25 ipex sessions

Src/
Dest
Index LCN State
Type
----- --- ------- ---1
1
CCESTAB TCP
SVC
1
100 CCESTAB SVC
TCP

Src/
Dest
Circuit Name
-----------N/A
xvc131
xvc131
N/A

Local/
Remote
IP Addr
--------------102.1.4.16
102.1.4.17
0.0.0.0
102.1.4.17

Local/
Remote
TCP Port
-------15000
43536
16873
15004

Local/
Remote
DTE Address
--------------30098
N/A
N/A
60101

lines []
Displays the packet level configuration for all lines or for a specific line (slot and
connector). You can modify performance by turning Stats on or off. The table includes the
following information:

114087 Rev. A

2-655

Using Technician Interface Scripts

Line

Line slot and connector.

State

State of the line: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not Present
(configured but not yet started), or Up.

Network type

Type of network, which is one of the following:
• DTE - Data Terminating Equipment without restart procedure.
• DCE - Data Circuit Equipment.
• DTE/RES - Data Terminating Equipment with restart procedure.
• DTE/DTE - Unassigned roles.

Def Window

Maximum window size allowed for each call if the line uses flow
control negotiation. If the maximum packet length (Def Packet) is
128 or more, an extended window size is up to 127. Otherwise the
maximum is 7.

Def Packet

Maximum packet length allowed for each call if the line uses flow
control negotiation: 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2068, 4096.

Standard

Network standard to be used on this line: NONE, ISO, or DOD.

Facilities

Status of this line’s support for user-configurable facilities (such as
flow control negotiation): ON or OFF.

Year

Year of CCITT conformance: 1980, 1984 or 1988.

Local X.121 Address

Local X.121 address of the line.

Stats

Setting of statistics gathering: ON or OFF. Turning Stats to OFF
can improve performance.

Sample Display - show x25 line

Network Def
Def
Standard
Local X.121
Line
State
Type
Window Packet Facilities Year
Address
Stats
----- ----------- ------- ------ ------ ---------- ---- --------------- ----2.1 Up
DTE/RES 7
7
NONE / OFF 1988 8217021
ON
1 Line Entries.

2-656

114087 Rev. A

show x25

services []
Displays the X.25 services available on all lines or a specific line. The table includes the
following information:
Type

Type of service used to connect to the remote address specified in
this service record -- PDN, DDN, or PTOP.

Line

Line slot and connector numbers that make up parts of the line’s
identification.

State

State of the line, which is Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not
Present (configured but not yet started), or Up.

Circuit

Circuit number part of the line’s identification.

Facilities

Status of this service’s support for facilities (such as flow control) -ON or OFF.

WCP

Data compression ON or OFF.

Remote X.121 Address

Remote X.121 address for this service.

Remote IP Address

Remote internet (IP) address for a PDN or DDN.

Index

Lower layer index from the layer immediately below X.25 on the
protocol stack. If the lower layer is a driver, the index is 0.

Sample Display - show x25 services

Remote X.121
Remote IP
Type Line
State
Circuit Fac WCP
Address
Address
Index
---- ----- ----------- ------- --- --- --------------- --------------- ----PTOP 4.2 Up
4 OFF OFF 111111
0.0.0.0
1
1 Service Entries.

114087 Rev. A

2-657

Using Technician Interface Scripts

stats []
Displays the packet level statistics for all lines or for a specified line (slot and connector).
The table includes the following information:
Line

Slot and connector numbers for the line.

Max LCN’s

Maximum number of logical channels allowed on this line.

LCN’s Active

Number of active logical channels on this line.

RX Packets

Number of data packets received on this line since starting up.

TX Packets

Number of data packets transmitted on this line since starting up.

Restarts RX/TX

Number of restart packets sent and received on this line.

Resets RX/TX

Number of reset packets sent and received on this line.

Rejects RX/TX

Number of reject packets sent and received on this line.

Intrpts RX/TX

Number of interrupt packets sent and received on this line.

Sample Display - show x25 stats
Max LCN's
RX
TX
Restarts Resets Rejects Intrpts
Line LCN's Active Packets Packets
RX/TX
RX/TX
RX/TX
RX/TX
----- ----- ------ -------- -------- -------- ------ ------- ------2.1
4
0
1
1
2
0
0
0
1 Stats Entries.

version
Displays the current version and the modification date of the x25.bat script.

Sample Display - show x25 version
X25.bat Version:

2-658

1.9

Date:

10/31/94.

114087 Rev. A

show x25

virtual circuit | vc []
Displays all X.25 virtual circuits currently in use and their statistics, or displays a specified
virtual circuit. The table includes the following information:
Line

Line number for this virtual circuit.

LCN #

Logical channel number for this virtual circuit.

VC Circuit

Virtual circuit number, selected from a user-specified range of
virtual circuit numbers.

RX Packets

Number of data packets received on this line since starting up.

TX Packets

Number of data packets transmitted on this line since starting up.

Dropped Packets

Number of application or redirector packets dropped.

Resets RX/TX

Number of reset packets sent and received on this line.

Rejects RX/TX

Number of reject packets sent and received on this line.

Intrpts RX/TX

Number of interrupt packets sent and received on this line.

Sample Display - show x25 vc

VC
RX
TX
Dropped Resets Rejects Intrpts
Line LCN # Circuit Packets Packets Packets RX/TX
RX/TX
RX/TX
----- ----- ------- -------- -------- ------- ------ ------- ------2.1
4
2
420
420
0
0
0
0
1 VC Entries.

114087 Rev. A

2-659

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show xb
The show xb  commands display information about the Translation Bridge (XB).
For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of the Translation Bridge,
refer to Configuring Bridging Services.
The show xb command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts

sr [circuit ]

base

sr stats [circuit ]

configuration

stations

disabled

tb [circuit ]

enabled

tb stats [circuit ]

rifs

version

saps

alerts
Displays Source Routing and Transparent Bridge interfaces that have been enabled but are
not up. Mode is always Enabled and State is always Down. The table can help determine
which Source Routing and Transparent Bridge interfaces are not forwarding traffic. The
Source Routing Interfaces table includes all interfaces that have translation enabled on the
corresponding Transparent Bridge interface. The Transparent Bridge Interfaces table
shows only the interfaces that have Translation disabled.

2-660

114087 Rev. A

show xb
Sample Display - show xb alerts
Source Routing Circuits
----------------------Circuit
------O31

Mode
------Enabled

State
----Down

1 entries found.
Transparent Bridge Circuits
--------------------------Circuit
------E22

Mode
State
------- ----Disabled Down

1 entries found.

base
Displays global Translation Bridge information. The base record controls Translation
Bridge for the entire system. Mode is Enabled or Disabled. This display indicates whether
or not the Translation Bridge is operational.

Sample Display - show xb base
Translation Bridge (XB) Base Record Information
----------------------------------------------Protocol
-----------------Translation Bridge

114087 Rev. A

Mode
------Enabled

2-661

Using Technician Interface Scripts

configuration
Displays how a Translation Bridge has been configured globally. The table includes the
following information:
Mode

Status of the XB: Enabled or Disabled.

Transparent Bridge Ring ID

Ring number for the entire translation bridge network; ranges from
0x001 to 0xFFF.

Default Mode

Default type of frame to be sent to the transparently bridged
network: Ethernet or 802.3.

Broadcast Conversion

Status of broadcast conversion: Enabled or Disabled. When
enabled, the translation bridge converts broadcast addresses
between 802.3 and 802.5.

Aging Time

Number of seconds an address entry remains in the translation
bridge’s forwarding or RIF table when no data from that address
has been received -- between 2 and 600 seconds.

Sample Display - show xb configuration
Translation Bridge (XB) Base Record Configuration
-------------------------------------------------

Mode
------Enabled

Transparent
Bridge
Ring ID
----------0xFFE

Default
Mode
------Ethernet

Broadcast Aging
Conversion Time
---------- ----Enabled
300

disabled
Displays the Source Routing and Transparent Bridge circuits that are disabled. Mode is
always Disabled and State is always Down. Use this display to identify the Source Route
or Transparent Bridge circuits that are not enabled. The Source Routing Circuits table
includes all circuits that have translation enabled on the corresponding Transparent Bridge
circuit. The Transparent Bridge Circuits table shows only the circuits that have Translation
disabled.

2-662

114087 Rev. A

show xb
Sample Display - show xb disabled
Source Routing Circuits
----------------------Circuit
------O31

Mode
State
------- ----Disabled Down

1 entries found.
Transparent Bridge Circuits
--------------------------Circuit
------E22

Mode
State
------- ----Disabled Down

1 entries found.

enabled
Display the Source Routing and Transparent Bridge circuits that are enabled. Mode is
always Enabled and State is either Up or Down. Use this display to identify the Source
Route or Transparent Bridge circuits that are currently enabled. The Source Routing
Interfaces table includes all circuits that have translation enabled on the corresponding
Transparent Bridge circuit. The Transparent Bridge Circuits table shows only the circuits
that have Translation disabled.

114087 Rev. A

2-663

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show xb enabled
Source Routing Circuits
----------------------Circuit
------O31

Mode
------Enabled

State
----Up

1 entries found.
Transparent Bridge Circuits
--------------------------Circuit
------E22

Mode
------Enabled

State
----Up

1 entries found.

rifs
Displays the Source Routing Routing Information Fields (RIFs) that the Translation
Bridge has learned. Each MAC address is associated with only one RIF. The table includes
the following information:

2-664

MAC Address

This address is in Ethernet format.

RIF

The first two bytes of the RIF are the routing control field and the
remainder is the route indicator, which consists of ring/bridge pairs.
The first three nibbles of the route indicator are the ring ID and the
last nibble is the bridge ID. Use this information to identify the
stations that the router has heard from.

114087 Rev. A

show xb
Sample Display - show xb rifs
Translation Bridge (XB) Learned RIFs
-----------------------------------MAC Address
----------------00-00-84-00-88-80

RIF
------------------------------------------------------0x0810 0xFFEA 0x101A 0x0030

1 entries found.

saps
Displays the SAPs that the Translation Bridge will convert. The SAP value can range from
0x00 to 0xFF. Use this display to determine which packets get filtered and which get
converted.

Sample Display - show xb saps
Translation Bridge (XB) SAPS
---------------------------0x00
0x04
0x08
0x0C
0xF0
0xFC
6 entries found.

sr [circuit ]
Displays all Source Routing interfaces that are participating in the Translation Bridge. You
can also display only a specified circuit. Mode is Enabled or Disabled and State is Down
or Up. Use this display to identify the Source Route interfaces that are present and part of
the Translation Bridge.

114087 Rev. A

2-665

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show xb sr circuit o31
Source Routing Circuits
----------------------Circuit
------O31

Mode
------Enabled

State
----Up

1 entries found.

sr stats [circuit ]
Displays statistical information about traffic flowing through the Translation Bridge. Each
count represents one packet. For frames traveling from a Source Route network to a
Transparent Bridge network, the counts Source Routing In Frames, Transparent Bridge In
Frames, and Translation Bridge in Frames should all increment. For frames traveling from
the Transparent Bridge network to the Source Route network, the count Source Routing
Out Frames should increment. The Translation Bridge Frames Not Converted count will
increment for packets that the Translation Bridge cannot convert. Use this display to
determine whether a Translation Bridge Source Route interface is converting.

Sample Display - show xb sr stats circuit o31
Source Routing Circuits
-----------------------

Circuit
------O31

Translation
Source
Source
Transparent Translation
Bridge
Routing
Routing
Bridge
Bridge
Frames Not
In Frames Out Frames In Frames
In Frames
Converted
--------- ---------- ----------- ----------- ----------1
0
1
1
0

1 entries found.

2-666

114087 Rev. A

show xb

stations
Displays how the Translation Bridge will convert packets destined for Ethernet stations.
MAC Address will be in default format and Station Type is either Ethernet or 802.3. Use
the display to determine how packets are converted.

Sample Display - show xb stations
Translation Bridge (XB) Station Types
------------------------------------MAC Address
----------------44-44-44-44-44-43
44-44-44-44-44-44

Station Type
-----------Ethernet
Ethernet

2 entries found.

tb [circuit ]
Displays all Transparent Bridge circuits that have not been configured for translation. You
can also display a specific circuit. Mode is Enabled or Disabled and State is Down, Up,
Init (initializing), or Not Present. Use this display to identify the Transparent Bridge
interfaces that are present.

114087 Rev. A

2-667

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show xb tb
Transparent Bridge Circuits
--------------------------Circuit
-------202102.0
*.40
202102.0
*.41
202102.0
*.40
S21
E32
202102.0
*.41
6 entries

Mode
State
-------- -------Enabled Down
Enabled

Down

Enabled

Down

Enabled
Enabled
Enabled

Up
Down
Down

found.

tb stats [circuit ]
Displays statistical information about traffic flowing through the Translation Bridge. Each
count represents one packet. For frames traveling from a Transparent Bridge network to a
Source Route network, the count Transparent Bridge In Frames should increment. For
frames traveling from the Source Route network to the Transparent Bridge network, the
count Transparent Bridge Out Frames should increment. Use the display to determine
whether a Translation Bridge-Transparent Bridge circuit is converting.

Sample Display - show xb tb stats circuit e22
Transparent Bridge Circuits
--------------------------Transparent Transparent
Bridge
Bridge
Circuit
In Frames
Out Frames
------- ----------- ----------E22
0
2
1 entries found.

2-668

114087 Rev. A

show xb

version
Displays the current version and modification date of the xb.bat script.

Sample Display - show xb version
XB.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

114087 Rev. A

2-669

Using Technician Interface Scripts

show xns
The show xns  commands display information about the Xerox Network
Systems (XNS) services on Bay Networks routers. For more details on XNS parameters,
refer to Configuring XNS Services.
The show xns command supports the following subcommand options:

2-670

alerts

rip [alerts | disabled enabled | ]

adjacent hosts

routes [ | find 
]

base

static routes

circuit [
]

stats [circuit ]

configuration [circuit [] ]

stats errors []

disabled

traffic filters []

enabled

version

114087 Rev. A

show xns

alerts
Displays the XNS interfaces that are enabled but not currently up. Use this command to
identify interfaces that are not forwarding traffic. The table includes the following
information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit.

State

State of the interface, which will be Down.

XNS Address

Network address of the XNS interface.

Encaps Method

Level 0 protocol, frame format, or encapsulation that the circuit
uses; is Ethernet, Token Ring, FDDI, Frame Relay, or SMDS.

Sample Display - show xns alerts
XNS Circuit Table Alerts
-----------------------Circuit
State
XNS Address
Encaps Method
-------- -------- -------------------- ---------------0 Entrie(s) found.

adjacent hosts
Displays the configurable parameters for each statically configured adjacent host (router)
from which hellos have been received. The table includes the following information:
Host Network Address

Network address of the adjacent router.

Host ID Address

Host identifier for the adjacent router.

XNS Interface

XNS address of the network device.

WAN Address

Corresponding WAN address of the adjacent XNS-level host ID.

114087 Rev. A

2-671

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Sample Display - show xns adjacent hosts
XNS Static Adjacent Hosts
-------------------------Host Network
Address
-----------0x00000002
0x00000003

Host ID Address
--------------0x0000A2020202
0x0000A2030303

XNS Interface
------------0x00000002
0x00000003

WAN Address
----------0x02
0x04

base
Displays base record information for XNS. In this case, Protocol is always XNS. The table
includes the following information:
State

State of the protocol, which is Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres
(not yet started), or Up.

Route Method

Routing method that the XNS protocol uses. The protocol uses
vanilla XNS or Ungermann-Bass functionality only.

Total Routes

Total number of networks in the routing table.

Total Hosts

Total number of adjacent routers.

Sample Display - show xns base
XNS Protocol
-----------Protocol State
-------- -------XNS
Up

2-672

Total
Total
Route Method
Routes
Hosts
---------------- -------- -------Vanilla XNS
5
22

114087 Rev. A

show xns

circuit []
Displays parameters for all XNS circuits or for a specific circuit. For column definitions in
the display, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show xns circuit
XNS Circuit Table
----------------Circuit
State
XNS Address
Encaps Method
-------- -------- -------------------- ---------------E21
Up
0x00000001
Ethernet
E31
Up
0x00000002
Ethernet
E22
Up
0x00000003
Ethernet
3 Total entrie(s).

configuration [circuit [] ]
Displays the configurable parameters within the XNS base record for all circuits or for a
specific circuit. You can use the following options with the configuration command. The
table includes the following information for the protocol:
Route Method

Routing method that the XNS protocol uses; vanilla XNS or
Ungermann-Bass functionality only.

Router ID

Host ID of the router.

Sample Display - show xns configuration
XNS Protocol
-----------Protocol
Route Method
-------- ---------------XNS
Vanilla XNS

114087 Rev. A

Router ID
--------0x0000010203

2-673

Using Technician Interface Scripts

disabled
Displays XNS circuits that are disabled and down. In this case, State is always Down. For
column definitions in the display, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show xns disabled
XNS: Table of Disabled Circuits
------------------------------Circuit
State
XNS Address
Encaps Method
-------- -------- -------------------- ---------------E21
Down
0x00000001
Ethernet
E31
Down
0x00000002
Ethernet
E22
Down
0x00000003
Ethernet
3 Entrie(s) found.

enabled
Displays all XNS circuits that have their disable/enable parameter set to enable and their
state is up. For column definitions in the display, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show xns enabled
XNS: Table of Enabled Circuits
------------------------------Circuit
State
XNS Address
Encaps Method
-------- -------- -------------------- ---------------E21
Up
0x00000001
Ethernet
E31
Up
0x00000002
Ethernet
E22
Up
0x00000003
Ethernet
3 Entrie(s) found.

2-674

114087 Rev. A

show xns

rip [alerts | disabled enabled | ]
Displays the status of XNS Routing Information Protocol (RIP) interfaces. Entered
without options, the rip command displays all XNS RIP interfaces. State is Down, Init
(initializing), Not Pres (not yet started), or Up. You can use the following options with the
rip command.
alerts

Displays XNS RIP interfaces that are enabled but their state is not
up.

disabled

Displays XNS RIP interfaces that are disabled.

enabled

Displays XNS RIP interfaces that are enabled.



Limits the display to the XNS RIP interfaces in the specified XNS
network.

Sample Display - show xns rip
XNS RIP Interface Table
----------------------RIP Interface
State
-------------- ---------0x00000001
Up
0x00000002
Up
0x00000003
Up
3 Total entrie(s).

114087 Rev. A

2-675

Using Technician Interface Scripts

routes [ | find 
]
Displays information from the XNS routing table. The table acquires routes through the
XNS Routing Information Protocol, XNS interface configurations, or from static
configuration. You can use the following options with the routes command. The table
includes the following information:
Destination

Network address of the route’s destination.

Next Hop Host

Host ID of the next-hop node to which packets for the destination
are forwarded.

Method

Routing mechanism through which the router obtained this routing
information; is one of the following:
• Local - From the network that the router is attached to.
• NetMgmt - Through a network management application.
• RIP - Through the Routing Information Protocol.

Age

Number of seconds since the router last updated or verified this
route. The interpretation of “too old” depends upon the source of
the routing information.

Metric

Primary routing metric for this route; depends on the routing
method displayed under Method. A value of -1 means that this
route is unreachable.

Sample Display - show xns routes
XNS Routing Table Entries
--------------------------Destination
----------0x00000001
0x00000002
0x00000003
0x00000005
0x00000006

Next Hop Host
------------0x0000A2010203
0x0000A2010203
0x0000A2010203
0x0000A2030303
0x0000A2020202

Method
-----Local
Local
Local
Local
Local

Age
--0
0
0
0
0

Metric
-----1
1
1
3
1

5 Routes in table.

2-676

114087 Rev. A

show xns

static routes
Displays all configured XNS static routes. The table includes the following information:
XNS Address

Destination network address of this route. The value 0.0.0.0
indicates a default route.

Nexthop Interface

Configured network address of the local interface through which
the router reaches the next hop.

Nexthop ID

Host identifier of the next hop.

Metric

Primary routing metric for this route; depends on the routing
method displayed under Method. A value of -1 means that this
metric is not used.

State

State of the next-hop interface, which is Enabled or Disabled.

Sample Display - show xns static
XNS Static Routes
----------------XNS Address
Nexthop Interface
Nexthop ID
Metric
State
---------------- ----------------- ---------------- -------- -------0x00000005
0x00000003
0x0000A2030303
3
Enabled
0x00000006
0x00000002
0x0000A2020202
0
Enabled
2 Static Routes configured.

stats [circuit 
]
Displays general forwarding statistics for all XNS circuits or for a specific circuit. The
table includes the following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit this interface runs on.

XNS Address

Network address of the interface.

In Receives

Total number of input datagrams received from interfaces,
including those received in error.

114087 Rev. A

2-677

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Out Requests

Total number of XNS datagrams that local XNS user-protocols
supplied in transmission requests. Doesn’t include datagrams
counted in “Forwards.”

Forwards

Number of input datagrams for which this router was not their final
XNS destination. When this is the case, the router tries to find a
route for forwarding the datagram to the appropriate final
destination. If the router isn’t an XNS Gateway, this counter
includes only the packets that were source-routed through the router
successfully.

In Discards

Number of input XNS datagrams discarded because of an
environmental problem, such as lack of buffer resources. Doesn’t
include those discarded while awaiting reassembly.

Out Discards

Number of output XNS datagrams discarded because of an
environmental problem, such as lack of buffer space. Includes
datagrams counted under Forwards if they match this criterion.

Sample Display - show xns stats
XNS Circuit Statistic(s) Table
------------------------------

Circuit
------E21
E31
E22

XNS Address
----------0x00000001
0x00000002
0x00000003

In
Out
In
Out
Receives Requests Forwards Discards Discards
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------0
23
23
0
0
0
23
23
0
0
0
23
23
0
0

stats errors []
Displays error information for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes the
following information:

2-678

Circuit

Name of the circuit this interface runs on.

XNS Address

Network address of the interface.

114087 Rev. A

show xns
Header Errors

Number of input datagrams discarded because of errors in their
XNS header, including bad checksums, version number mismatch,
format errors, and so on.

Address Errors

Number of input datagrams discarded because the XNS address in
their XNS header’s destination field was not a valid address to be
received at this router. This count includes invalid addresses (such
as 0.0.0.0) and addresses of unsupported classes (such as Class E).
If a router is not an XNS Gateway and does not forward datagrams,
this value includes datagrams discarded because the destination
address was not a local address.

Unknown Protocol

Number of locally addressed datagrams received successfully but
discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol.

In Discards

Number of input XNS datagrams discarded because of an
environmental problem, such as lack of buffer resources. Doesn’t
include those discarded while awaiting reassembly.

Out Discards

Number of output XNS datagrams discarded because of an
environmental problem, such as lack of buffer space. Includes
datagrams counted under Forwards in the “XNS Circuits Statistics”
table if they match this criterion.

No Routes

Number of XNS datagrams discarded because the router could not
find a route to their destination. This value includes any packets
meeting this criterion under Forwards in the “XNS Circuits
Statistics” table. It also includes datagrams that a host could not
route because its default gateways were down.

Sample Display - show xns stats errors
XNS Circuit Error Statistics Table
---------------------------------Header Address Unknown
In
Out
No
Circuit
XNS Address
Errors
Errors Protocol Discards Discards Routes
-------- --------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------No Entries.

114087 Rev. A

2-679

Using Technician Interface Scripts

traffic filters []
Displays traffic filter information for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes
the following information:
Circuit

Name of the circuit the traffic filter applies to.

XNS Address

Network address of the interface running on the circuit.

Mode

State of filter use, which is Enabled (activated) or Disabled (not
activated).

Status

Current status of the traffic filter, which is one of the following:
• Active - Rule is being used.
• Inactive - Rule is not in use.
• Error - Application detected an error in the rule.

Rx Matches

Number of packets received that have matched the rule.

Rule Number

Identifier for the rule.

Fragment Number

Number of a rule fragment -- for large rules.

Sample Display - show xns traffic
XNS Traffic Filter Status Table
------------------------------Rx
Rule
Fragment
Circuit
XNS Address
Mode
Status Matches
Number
Number
-------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------No Entrie(s)

version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the xns.bat script.

Sample Display - show xns version
XNS.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

2-680

114087 Rev. A

Chapter 3
Using enable/disable Commands

You can enable and disable network protocols, services, and interfaces from the
Technician Interface command line, using the general syntax of the enable/disable
commands as follows:
enable  or disable 

 is the name of the protocol or service you want to enable or disable.

To display a help message on an enable or disable command, enter the command
followed by a question mark. For example, to display help for the enable at command,
enter enable at ?.
The sample displays in this section show how to use the enable commands only. However,
disable commands follow the same syntax.

114087 Rev. A

3-1

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enable/disable appn
Use the enable appn  commands to enable APPN services on a Wellfleet router,
and the disable appn  commands to disable APPN services. For more
information about the Bay Networks implementation of APPN, refer to Configuring APPN
Services.
The enable/disable appn commands support the following subcommand options:

base

ls 

directory 

port 

dlc 

tunnel 

log

vrn 

base
Enables or disables APPN on the router.

Sample Display - enable appn base
APPN base record enabled

3-2

114087 Rev. A

enable/disable appn

directory 
Enables or disables a specific Logical Unit directory.

Sample Display - enable appn directory
Enter Fully-qualified resource name: USWFLT01.VENUS2
Directory entry for USWFLT01.VENUS2 enabled

dlc 
Enables or disables a specific Data Link Control entry.

Sample Display - enable appn dlc
Enter DLC Name: DLC00001
DLC DLC00001 enabled

log
Enables or disables APPN problem determination logs.

ls 
Enables or disables a specific Link Station.

Sample Display - enable appn ls
Enter Locally-known Link Station Name: DURHAM2
Link Station DURHAM2 enabled

114087 Rev. A

3-3

Using Technician Interface Scripts

port 
Enables or disables a specific APPN port.

Sample Display - enable appn port
Enter Port Name: PORT0002
Port PORT0002 enabled

tunnel 
Enables or disables a specific APPN tunnel.

Sample Display - enable appn tunnel
Enter the Circuit number of this Tunnel: 99
Tunnel for Circuit 99 enabled

vrn 
Enables or disables a specific Virtual Routing Node.

Sample Display - enable appn vrn
Enter Fully-qualified VRN Name: USWFLT01.VENUS
VRN USWFLT01.VENUS enabled

3-4

114087 Rev. A

enable/disable at

enable/disable at
Use the enable at  commands to enable AppleTalk services on a Bay Networks
router, and the disable at  commands to disable AppleTalk services. For more
information about the Bay Networks implementation of AppleTalk, refer to Configuring
AppleTalk Services.
The enable/disable at commands support the following subcommand options:
base

circuit 

base
Enables or disables AppleTalk on the router.

Sample Display - enable at base
AT base record enabled.

circuit 
Enables or disables a specific circuit.

Sample Display - enable at circuit E23
AT circuit E23 enabled.

114087 Rev. A

3-5

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enable/disable atm
Use the enable atm  commands to enable ATM Adaptation Layer Controller
(ALC) link module services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable atm 
commands to disable this service. For more information about the Bay Networks
implementation of ATM, refer to Configuring ATM Services.
The enable/disable atm commands support the following subcommand options:
interface 

line connector 

line circuit 

service 

interface 
Enables or disables a specific ATM interface.

Sample Display - enable atm interface 1104101
ATM Interface 1104101 enabled.

line circuit 
Enables or disables a specific ATM circuit.

Sample Display - enable atm line circuit A51
ATM circuit A51 enabled.

3-6

114087 Rev. A

enable/disable atm

line connector 
Enables or disables a specific ATM connector.

Sample Display - enable atm line connector 5.1
ATM connector 5.1 enabled.

service 
Enables or disables a specific circuit number.

Sample Display - enable atm service 2
ATM Service Record (circuit number 2) enabled.

114087 Rev. A

3-7

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enable/disable atmdxi
Use the enable atmdxi commands to enable Asynchronous Transfer Mode Data
Exchange Interface (ATM DXI) services on Bay Networks router, and the disable atmdxi
commands to disable ATM DXI services. For more information about the Bay Networks
implementation of ATM DXI, refer to Configuring ATM Services.
The enable/disable atm command supports the  subcommand option, as
follows:


Enables or disables a specific ATM DXI line.

Sample Display - enable atmdxi 2.0
ATM DXI Line 2.0 enabled.

3-8

114087 Rev. A

enable/disable aurp

enable/disable aurp
Use the enable aurp  commands to enable AppleTalk Update-based Routing
Protocol (AURP) services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable aurp 
commands to disable AURP services. For more information about the Bay Networks
implementation of AURP, refer to Configuring AppleTalk Services.
The enable/disable aurp commands support the following subcommand options:
base

connection 

base
Enables or disables AURP on the router.

Sample Display - enable aurp base
AURP base record enabled.

connection 
Enables or disables a specific circuit.

Sample Display - enable aurp connection 205.1.10.2
AURP connection 205.1.10.2 enabled.

114087 Rev. A

3-9

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enable/disable autoneg
Use the enable autoneg  commands to enable automatic line speed negotiation
on 100Base-T Ethernet interfaces services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable
autoneg  commands to disable autonegotiation services. For more information
about the Bay Networks implementation of autonegotiation services, refer to Configuring
Line Services.
The enable/disable autoneg commands support the following subcommand options:
circuit 

connection 

circuit 
Enables or disables autonegotiation on a specific circuit.

Sample Display - enable autoneg E21
AUTONEG Circuit E21 enabled.

connection 
Enables or disables autonegotiation on a specific connector.

Sample Display - enable autoneg connection 2.1
AUTONEG connector 2.1 enabled.

3-10

114087 Rev. A

enable/disable bootp

enable/disable bootp
Use the enable bootp  command to enable BOOTP (bootstrap protocol) services
on a Bay Networks router, and the disable bootp  command to disable bootp
services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of BOOTP, refer
to the Configuring SNMP, RMON, BOOTP, DHCP, and RARP Services guide.
The enable/disable bootp commands support only the interface 
subcommand option.

interface 
Enables or disables BOOTP services on a specific interface.

Sample Display - enable bootp interface 130.1.1.1
BOOTP interface 130.1.1.1 enabled.

114087 Rev. A

3-11

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enable/disable bridge
Use the enable bridge  commands to enable Bridging services on a Bay
Networks router, and the disable bridge  commands to disable Bridging
services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of Bridging, refer
to Configuring Bridging Services.
The enable/disable bridge commands support the following subcommand options:
base

circuit 

base
Enables or disables Bridging services on the router.

Sample Display - enable bridge base
BRIDGE base record enabled.

circuit 
Enables or disables a specific circuit.

Sample Display - enable bridge circuit e21
BRIDGE Circuit e21 enabled.

3-12

114087 Rev. A

enable/disable circuits

enable/disable circuits
Use the enable circuits  commands to enable a driver circuit on a Bay Networks
router, and the disable circuits  commands to disable a driver circuit. You can
enable or disable CSMA/CD, DS1E1, E1, FDDI, HSSI, Synchronous, T1, and Token Ring
circuits. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of drivers, refer to
Configuring Line Services.
The enable/disable circuits command supports the  subcommand option,
as follows:


The name of the circuit that you want to enable or disable.

Sample Display - enable circuit e21
CSMACD circuit E21 enabled.

114087 Rev. A

3-13

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enable/disable csmacd
Use the enable csmacd  commands to enable Carrier Sense Multiple Access
with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable
csmacd  commands to disable CSMA/CD services. For more information about
the Bay Networks implementation of CSMA/CD, refer to Configuring Line Services.
The enable/disable csmacd commands support the following subcommand options:
base

disable dcmmw base

circuit 
Enables or disables a specific circuit.

Sample Display - enable csmacd circuit e21
CSMACD circuit E21 enabled.

connector 
Enables or disables a specific circuit.

Sample Display - enable csmacd connector 2.1
CSMACD connector 2.1 enabled.

3-14

114087 Rev. A

enable/disable dcmmw

enable/disable dcmmw
On a Bay Networks 8-Port ANH with an installed N11 Data Collection Module (DCM)
option, use the enable dcmmw  command to enable the software subsystem
(DCM middleware, DCMMW) for remote monitoring (RMON) services. The DCMMW
driver runs on the ANH motherboard; it controls the DCM and provides access to
collected RMON statistics. Use the disable dcmmw  command to disable the
DCM board.
For information on configuring the DCM software subsystem with Site Manager, refer to
Connecting AN and ANH Systems to a Network. For information on the Bay Networks
implementation of RMON services in the 8-Port ANH, refer to Configuring SNMP,
RMON, BOOTP, DHCP, and RARP Services. For detailed information on RMON topics,
refer to the Remote Network Monitoring MIB, RMON RFC 1757.
The enable/disable dcmmw command supports the following subcommand option:

base
Enables or disables the DCM middleware (DCMMW) software subsystem.

Sample Display - enable dcmmw base
DCMMW base record enabled.

Sample Display - disable dcmmw base
DCMMW base record disabled.

114087 Rev. A

3-15

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enable/disable decnet
Use the enable decnet  commands to enable DECnet services on a Bay
Networks router, and the disable decnet  commands to disable DECnet service.
For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of DECnet, refer to
Configuring DECnet Services.
The enable/disable decnet commands support the following subcommand options:
base

circuit 

base
Enables or disables DECnet on the router.

Sample Display - enable decnet base
DECNET base record enabled.

circuit 
Enables or disables a specific circuit.

Sample Display - enable decnet circuit e21
DECNET Circuit e21 enabled.

3-16

114087 Rev. A

enable/disable dls

enable/disable dls
Use the enable dls  commands to enable Data Link Switching (DLSw) services
on a Bay Networks router, and the disable dls  commands to disable DLSw
services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of DLSw, refer to
Configuring DLSw Services.
The enable/disable dls commands support the following subcommand options:
base

circuit 

base
Enables or disables DLS on the router.

Sample Display - enable dls base
DLS base record enabled.

circuit 
Enables or disables a specific circuit.

Sample Display - enable dls circuit e21
DLS Circuit e21 enabled.

114087 Rev. A

3-17

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enable/disable ds1e1
Use the enable ds1e1  commands to enable MCT1 and MCE1 services on a Bay
Networks router, and the disable ds1e1  commands to disable MCT1 and MCE1
services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of MCT1 and
MCE1, refer to Configuring Line Services.
The enable/disable ds1e1 commands support the following subcommand options:
circuit 

connector 

circuit 
Enables or disables all circuits or a specific circuit.

Sample Display - enable ds1e1 circuit
DS1E1 circuits enabled.

connector 
Enables or disables a specific circuit.

Sample Display - enable ds1e1 connector 4.1
DS1E1 connector 4.1 enabled.

3-18

114087 Rev. A

enable/disable dvmrp

enable/disable dvmrp
Use the enable dvmrp  commands to enable DVRMP services on a Bay
Networks router, and the disable dvmrp  commands to disable DVMRP services.
For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of DVMRP, refer to
Configuring IP Services.
The enable/disable dvmrp commands support the following subcommand options:
base

circuit 

base
Enables or disables DVMRP on the router.

Sample Display - enable dvmrp base
Dvmrp base record enabled.

circuit 
Enables or disables a specific circuit.

Sample Display - enable dvmrp circuit E21
DVMRP circuit E21 enabled.

114087 Rev. A

3-19

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enable/disable e1
Use the enable e1  commands to enable E1 services on a Bay Networks router,
and the disable e1  commands to disable E1 services. For more information
about the Bay Networks implementation of E1, refer to Configuring Line Services.
The enable/disable e1 commands support the following subcommand options:
circuit 

connector 

circuit 
Enables or disables all circuits or a specific circuit.

Sample Display - enable e1 circuit e1-21
E1 circuit E1-21 enabled.

connector 
Enables or disables a specific circuit.

Sample Display - enable e1 connector 2.2
E1 connector 2.2 enabled.

3-20

114087 Rev. A

enable/disable fddi

enable/disable fddi
Use the enable fddi  commands to enable Fiber Distributed Data Interface
(FDDI) services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable fddi  commands to
disable FDDI services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of
FDDI, refer to Configuring Line Services.
The enable/disable fddi commands support the following subcommand options:
circuit 

connector 

circuit 
Enables or disables a specific circuit.

Sample Display - enable fddi circuit f.51
FDDI circuit F1 enabled.

connector 
Enables or disables a specific circuit.

Sample Display - enable fddi connector 3.1
FDDI connector 3.1 enabled.

114087 Rev. A

3-21

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enable/disable fr
Use the enable fr  commands to enable Frame Relay services on a Bay Networks
router, and the disable fr  commands to disable Frame Relay services. For more
information about the Bay Networks implementation of Frame Relay, refer to Configuring
Frame Relay Services.
The enable/disable fr command supports the  subcommand option, as
follows:


Enables or disables the line or instance identifier for the Frame Relay interface.

Sample Display - enable fr 202101.0
Frame Relay line 202101.0 enabled.

3-22

114087 Rev. A

enable/disable ftp

enable/disable ftp
Use the enable ftp  commands to enable File Transfer Protocol (FTP) services on
a Bay Networks router, and the disable ftp  commands to disable FTP services.
For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of FTP, refer to
Configuring IP Utilities.
The enable/disable ftp command supports the  subcommand option, as follows:

base
Enables or disables FTP on the router.

Sample Display - enable ftp base
FTP base record enabled.

114087 Rev. A

3-23

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enable/disable hssi
Use the enable hssi  commands to enable High-Speed Serial Interface (HSSI)
services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable hssi  commands to disable
HSSI services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of HSSI,
refer to Configuring Line Services.
The enable/disable hssi commands support the following subcommand options:
circuit 

connector 

circuit 
Enables or disables a specific circuit.

Sample Display - enable hssi circuit H41
HSSI circuit H41 enabled.

connector 
Enables or disables a specific circuit.

Sample Display - enable hssi connector 4.1
HSSI connector 4.1 enabled.

3-24

114087 Rev. A

enable/disable igmp

enable/disable igmp
Use the enable igmp  commands to enable IGMP services on a Bay Networks
router, and the disable igmp  commands to disable IGMP services. For more
information about the Bay Networks implementation of IGMP, refer to Configuring IP
Services.
The enable/disable igmp commands support the following subcommand options:
base

circuit 

base
Enables or disables IGMP on the router.

Sample Display - enable igmp base
Igmp base record enabled.

circuit 
Enables or disables a specific circuit.

Sample Display - enable igmp circuit E21
IGMP circuit E21 enabled.

114087 Rev. A

3-25

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enable/disable ip
Use the enable ip  commands to enable Internet Protocol (IP) services on a Bay
Networks router, and the disable ip  commands to disable IP services. For more
information about the Bay Networks implementation of IP, refer to Configuring IP
Services.
The enable/disable ip commands support the following subcommand options:
base

rip 

circuit 

base
Enables or disables IP on the router.

Sample Display - enable ip base
IP base record enabled.

circuit 
Enables or disables IP on a specific circuit.

rip 
Enables or disables the Routing Information Protocol (RIP) on a specific IP interface.

3-26

114087 Rev. A

enable/disable ipx

enable/disable ipx
Use the enable ipx  commands to enable Novell’s Internet Packet Exchange
(IPX) services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable ipx  commands to
disable IPX services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of
IPX, refer to Configuring IPX Services.
The enable/disable ipx commands support the following subcommand options:
base

circuit 

base
Enables or disables IPX on the router.

Sample Display - enable ipx base
IPX base record enabled.

circuit 
Enables or disables all circuits on a specific circuit.

114087 Rev. A

3-27

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enable/disable iredund
Use the enable iredund  commands to enable interface redundancy on a Bay
Networks router, and the disable iredund  commands to disable interface
redundancy. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of interface
redundancy, refer to Configuring Interface and Router Redundancy.
The enable/disable iredund commands support the following subcommand options:
circuit 

connector 

circuit 
Enables or disables interface redundancy on a specific circuit.

Sample Display - $disable iredund circuit E43
Interface Redundancy disabled on circuit E43.

connector 
Enables or disables interface redundancy on a specific port.

Sample Display - $enable iredund connector 4.3

Interface Redundancy is enabled on slot.connector 4.3.

3-28

114087 Rev. A

enable/disable isdn

enable/disable isdn
Use the enable isdn  commands to enable Integrated Services Digital Network
(ISDN) services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable isdn  commands to
disable ISDN services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of
ISDN, refer to Configuring Dial Services.
The enable/disable isdn commands support the following subcommand options:
bchannel 

filter 

bri

bchannel 
Enables or disables a specific ISDN B Channel line.

Sample Display - enable isdn bch 
ISDN B-Channel  enabled.

bri

Note: See “enable/disable isdn bri.”

114087 Rev. A

3-29

Using Technician Interface Scripts

filter 
Enables or disables a specific ISDN filter.

Sample Display - enable isdn filter 
Incoming Filter on Slot  is now ON.

3-30

114087 Rev. A

enable/disable isdn bri

enable/disable isdn bri
Use the enable isdn bri  commands to enable Integrated Services Digital
Network Basic Rate Interface (ISDN BRI) services on a Bay Networks router, and the
disable isdn bri  commands to disable ISDN BRI services. For more information
about the Bay Networks implementation of ISDN BRI, refer to Configuring Dial Services.
The enable/disable isdn bri commands support the following subcommand options:
circuit 

connector 

circuit 
Enables or disables an ISDN circuit.

Sample Display - enable isdn bri circuit ISAC
ISDN BRI circuit ISAC enabled.

connector 
Enables or disables an ISDN BRI connector on a specific slot.

Sample Display - enable isdn bri connector 1.2
ISDN BRI connector 1.2 enabled.

114087 Rev. A

3-31

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enable/disable lapb
Use the enable lapb  commands to enable Link Access Procedure-Balanced
(LAPB) services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable lapb  commands to
disable LAPB services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of
LAPB, refer to Configuring X.25 Services.
The enable/disable lapb command supports the  subcommand option, as
follows:


Enables or disables LAPB on a specific line and lower-layer index.

Sample Display - enable lapb 201101.0
LAPB line 201101.0 enabled.

3-32

114087 Rev. A

enable/disable lnm

enable/disable lnm
Use the enable lnm  commands to enable LNM Servers services on a Bay
Networks router, and the disable lnm  commands to disable LNM Servers
services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of LNM Servers,
refer to Configuring LNM Services.
The enable/disable lnm commands support the following subcommand options:
base

circuit 

base
Enables or disables LNM Servers on the router.

Sample Display - enable lnm base
LNM Servers base enabled.

circuit 
Enables or disables a specific circuit.

Sample Display - enable lnm circuit o41
LNM Servers circuit 041 enabled.

114087 Rev. A

3-33

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enable/disable nbip
Use the enable nbip  commands to enable NetBIOS services on a Bay Networks
router, and the disable nbip  commands to disable NetBIOS services on a router.
For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of NetBIOS, refer to
Configuring IP Services.
The enable/disable nbip commands support the following subcommand options:
base

interface 

base
Enables or disables NetBIOS on the router.

Sample Display - enable nbip base
NBIP base record enabled.

interface 
Enables or disables a specific NetBIOS over IP interface.

Sample Display - enable nbip interface 130.1.1.1
NBIP interface 130.1.1.1 enabled.

3-34

114087 Rev. A

enable/disable nml

enable/disable nml
Use the enable nml  commands to enable Native Mode LAN (NML) services on
a Bay Networks router, and the disable nml  commands to disable NML
services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of NML, refer to
Configuring Bridging Services.
The enable/disable nml commands support the following subcommand options:
circuit 

seclist 

circuit 
Enables or disables NML on a specific circuit.

Sample Display - enable nml circuit e21
NML circuit e21 enabled.

seclist 
Enables or disables all ranges in the NML security list on a specific circuit.

Sample Display - enable nml seclist e21
NML Security list on e21 enabled.

114087 Rev. A

3-35

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enable/disable osi
Use the enable osi  commands to enable Open Systems Interconnection (OSI)
services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable osi  commands to disable
OSI services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of OSI, refer
to Configuring OSI Services.
The enable/disable osi commands support the following subcommand options:
base

circuit 

base
Enables or disables OSI on the router.

Sample Display - enable osi base
OSI base record enabled.

circuit 
Enables or disables a specific circuit.

Sample Display - enable osi circuit e31
OSI Circuit e31 enabled.

3-36

114087 Rev. A

enable/disable ospf

enable/disable ospf
Use the enable ospf  commands to enable Open Shortest Path First (OSPF)
services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable ospf  commands to disable
OSPF services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of OSPF,
refer to Configuring IP Services.
The enable/disable ospf commands support the following subcommand options:
area 

interface 

base

area 
Enables or disables OSPF for a specific IP area.

base
Enables or disables OSPF on the router.

Sample Display - enable ospf base
OSPF base record enabled.

interface 
Enables or disables OSPF on a specific IP interface.

114087 Rev. A

3-37

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enable/disable packet
Use the enable packet  commands to enable the Packet Capture utility on a Bay
Networks router, and the disable packet  commands to disable the Packet
Capture utility. For more information about Bay Network’s Packet Capture utility, refer to
Using Technician Interface Software.
The enable/disable packet commands support the following subcommand options:
capture 

line 

capture 
Starts or stops packet capture on a specific line. This is the line number of the interface
connected with the desired packet capture. When you execute this command, the router
does not display a response.

line 
Enables or disables packet capture on a specific line.This is the line number of the
interface connected with the desired packet capture. When you execute this command, the
router does not display a response.

3-38

114087 Rev. A

enable/disable ppp

enable/disable ppp
Use the enable ppp  command to enable Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) services
on a Bay Networks router, and the disable ppp  command to disable PPP
services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of PPP, refer to
Configuring PPP Services.
The enable/disable ppp command supports the  subcommand option, as
follows:


Enables or disables the line or instance identifier for the PPP interface.

Sample Display - enable ppp s31
PPP line s31 enabled.

114087 Rev. A

3-39

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enable/disable rarp
Use the enable rarp  command to enable Reverse Address Resolution Protocol
(RARP) services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable rarp  command to
disable RARP services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of
RARP, refer to Configuring SNMP, RMON, BOOTP, DHCP, and RARP Services.
The enable/disable rarp command supports the  subcommand option, as follows:

base
Enables or disables RARP on the router.

Sample Display - enable rarp base
RARP base record enabled.

3-40

114087 Rev. A

enable/disable rptr

enable/disable rptr
Use the enable rptr  commands to enable Access Node (AN) Repeater services,
and the disable rptr  commands to disable AN Repeater services. For more
information about the Bay Networks AN Repeater, refer to Connecting BayStack AN and
ANH Systems to a Network.
The enable/disable rptr commands support the following subcommand options:
port 

test

reset

port 
Enables or disables all ports, or just a selected port.

reset
Enables the repeater to reset and test itself.

test
Enables the repeater to run a self-test without also resetting the AN.

Sample Display - enable rptr test
802.3 Repeater (HUB) Non-Disruptive Selftest:
--------------------------------------------Repeater Selftest Initiated... Completed
Repeater Post-Selftest Status:
Repeater Operating Status: OK
Repeater Health Text:
Total Partitioned Ports:
Group Operating Status:
Last Group Status Change:

114087 Rev. A

"Repeater Health: Operational "
2
Operational
29221136 (SNMP SysUpTime of Change)

3-41

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enable/disable rredund
Use the enable rredund  commands to enable router redundancy (RREDUND)
services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable rredund  commands to
disable router redundancy. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation
of router redundancy, refer to Configuring Interface and Router Redundancy.
The enable/disable rredund commands support the following subcommand options:
base

circuit 

base
Enables or disables RREDUND on the router.

Sample Display - enable rredund base
RREDUND base record enabled.

circuit 
Enables or disables RREDUND on a specific circuit.

Sample Display - enable rredund circuit E43
Router Redundancy enabled on circuit E43.

3-42

114087 Rev. A

enable/disable sdlc

enable/disable sdlc
Use the enable sdlc  commands to enable Synchronous Data Link Control
(SDLC) services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable sdlc  commands to
disable SDLC services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of
SDLC, refer to Configuring SDLC Services.
The enable/disable sdlc commands support the following subcommand options:
base

circuit 

base
Enables or disables SDLC on the router.

Sample Display - sdlc disable base
SDLC base record disabled.

circuit 
Enables or disables a specific circuit.

Sample Display - sdlc enable circuit SDLC_CIR 1234
Circuit SDLC_CIR 1234 enabled

114087 Rev. A

3-43

Using Technician Interface Scripts

disable/enable snmp
Use the disable snmp command to disable for security reasons all Simple Network
Management Protocol (SNMP) services on a Bay Networks router or BNX platform. Use
the enable snmp command to re-enable SNMP services for Manager access.

Sample Display - disable snmp
SNMP Protocol disabled

Sample Display - enable snmp
SNMP Protocol enabled

Only a Manager login at the Technician Interface login prompt allows access to this
command. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of SNMP, refer
to Configuring SNMP, RMON, BOOTP, DHCP, and RARP Services.

3-44

114087 Rev. A

enable/disable span

enable/disable span
Use the enable span  commands to enable Spanning Tree Bridge services on a
Bay Networks router, and the disable span  commands to disable Spanning Tree
Bridge services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of
Spanning Tree Bridging, refer to Configuring Bridging Services.
The enable/disable span commands support the following subcommand options:
base

circuit 

base
Enables or disables Spanning Tree Bridging on the router.

Sample Display - enable span base
SPAN base record enabled.

circuit 
Enables or disables a specific circuit.

114087 Rev. A

3-45

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enable/disable sr
Use the enable sr  commands to enable Source Routing services on a Bay
Networks router, and the disable sr  commands to disable Source Routing
services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of Source
Routing, refer to Configuring Bridging Services.
The enable/disable sr commands support the following subcommand options:
base

circuit 

base
Enables or disables Source Routing on the router.

Sample Display - enable span base
Source Routing (SR) base record enabled.

circuit 
Enables or disables a specific circuit.

3-46

114087 Rev. A

enable/disable srspan

enable/disable srspan
Use the enable srspan  commands to enable Source Route Spanning Tree
Bridging services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable srspan  commands
to disable Source Route Spanning Tree Bridging services. For more information about the
Bay Networks implementation of Source Route Spanning Tree Bridging, refer to
Configuring Bridging Services.
The enable/disable srspan commands support the following subcommand options:
base

circuit 

base
Enables or disables Source Route Spanning Tree Bridging on the router.

Sample Display - enable srspan base
Source Route Spanning Tree base record enabled.

circuit 
Enables or disables a specific circuit.

Sample Display - enable srspan circuit S21
Source Route Spanning Tree circuit S21 enabled.

114087 Rev. A

3-47

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enable/disable sta
Use the enable sta  commands to enable Statistical Thresholds and Alarms
(STA) services on a Bay Networks router and the disable sta  commands to
disable STA services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of
STA, refer to Configuring SNMP, RMON, BOOTP, DHCP, and RARP Services.
The enable/disable sta commands support the following subcommand options:
base

object  commands to enable Switched Services on a Bay Networks
router, and the disable sws  commands to disable Switched Services. For more
information about the Bay Networks implementation of Switched Services, refer to
Configuring Dial Services.
The enable/disable sws commands support the following subcommand options:
dial_forced 

takedown_forced 

dial_forced 
Enables or disables forced dialing on a circuit. We support this feature only for on-demand
dialing. When you enable forced dialing on a circuit, you make it possible for someone to
initiate a connection across the line. When you disable forced dialing, you inhibit a
connection across the line.

Sample Display - enable sws dial_forced s31
Switch Services Forced Dial Enabled for Circuit: s31

takedown_forced 
Enables or disables the ability to take down a specific circuit. When you enable this
parameter, you are choosing to take the circuit down. When you disable this parameter,
you are making it possible to use the line.

Sample Display - enable sws takedown_forced s31
Switch Services Forced TakeDown Enabled for Circuit: s31

114087 Rev. A

3-49

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enable/disable sync
Use the enable sync  commands to enable synchronous services on a Bay
Networks router, and the disable sync  commands to disable synchronous
services.
The enable/disable sync commands support the following subcommand options:
circuit 

connector 

circuit 
Enables or disables a specific circuit.

Sample Display - enable sync circuit s31
SYNC circuit S31 enabled.

connector 
Enables or disables a specific circuit.

Sample Display - enable sync connector 3.2
SYNC connector 3.2 enabled.

3-50

114087 Rev. A

enable/disable t1

enable/disable t1
Use the enable t1  commands to enable T1 services on a Bay Networks router,
and the disable t1  commands to disable T1 services. For more information about
the Bay Networks implementation of T1, refer to Configuring Line Services.
The enable/disable t1 commands support the following subcommand options:
circuit 

connector 

circuit 
Enables or disables a specific circuit.

Sample Display - enable t1 circuit t1-21
T1 circuit T1-21 enabled.

connector 
Enables or disables a specific circuit.

Sample Display - enable t1 connector 2.2
T1 connector 2.2 enabled.

114087 Rev. A

3-51

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enable/disable tcp
Use the enable tcp  commands to enable Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)
services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable tcp  commands to disable
TCP services. For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of TCP,
refer to Configuring IP Utilities.
The enable/disable tcp command supports the  subcommand option, as follows:

base
Enables or disables TCP at the base record, thus enabling or disabling TCP services for the
entire router.

Sample Display - enable tcp base
TCP base record enabled.

3-52

114087 Rev. A

enable/disable telnet

enable/disable telnet
Use the enable telnet  commands to enable Telnet services on a Bay Networks
router, and the disable telnet  commands to disable Telnet services. For more
information about the Bay Networks implementation of Telnet, refer to Configuring IP
Utilities.
The enable/disable telnet command supports the  subcommand option, as
follows:

base
The enable telnet base command enables inbound router Telnet sessions. Telnet must
have been previously configured.
The disable telnet base command disables inbound router Telnet sessions. Telnet must
have been previously configured.

Sample Display - enable telnet base
TELNET base record enabled.

114087 Rev. A

3-53

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enable/disable tftp
Use the enable tftp  commands to enable Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP)
services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable tftp  commands to disable
TFTP services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of TFTP,
refer to Configuring IP Services.
The enable/disable tftp command supports the  subcommand option, as follows:

base
Enables or disables TFTP at the base record, thus enabling or disabling TFTP services for
the entire router.

Sample Display - enable tftp base
TFTP base record enabled.

3-54

114087 Rev. A

enable/disable token

enable/disable token
Use the enable token  commands to enable Token Ring services on a Bay
Networks router, and the disable token  commands to disable Token Ring
services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of Token Ring,
refer to Configuring Line Services.
The enable/disable token commands support the following subcommand options:
circuit 

connector 

circuit 
Enables or disables a specific circuit.

Sample Display - enable sync circuit o31
TOKEN RING circuit O31 enabled.

connector 
Enables or disables a specific connector.

Sample Display - enable token connector 4.2
TOKEN RING connector 4.2 enabled.

114087 Rev. A

3-55

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enable/disable vines
Use the enable vines  commands to enable Virtual Networking System (VINES)
services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable vines  commands to disable
VINES services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of
VINES, refer to Configuring VINES Services.
The enable/disable vines commands support the following subcommand options:
base

circuit 

base
Enables or disables VINES on the router.

Sample Display - enable vines base
VINES base record enabled.

circuit 
Enables or disables a specific circuit.

3-56

114087 Rev. A

enable/disable wcp

enable/disable wcp
Use the enable wcp  commands to enable Wellfleet Compression Protocol
(WCP) services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable wcp  commands to
disable WCP services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of
WCP, refer to Configuring Data Compression Services.
The enable/disable wcp commands support the following subcommand options:
circuit 

line 

circuit 
Enables or disables compression for a specific WCP circuit.

Sample Display - enable wcp circuit S31
WCP circuit S31 enabled.

line 
Enables or disables compression for a specific WCP line.

Sample Display - enable wcp line 203101.0
WCP line 203101.0 enabled.

114087 Rev. A

3-57

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enable/disable x25
Use the enable x25  commands to enable X.25 services on a Bay Networks
router, and the disable x25  commands to disable X.25 services. For more
information about the Bay Networks implementation of X.25, refer to Configuring X.25
Services.
The enable/disable x.25 commands support the following subcommand options:
base

service 

line 

base
Enables or disables X.25 at the base record.

Sample Display - enable x25 base
X25 base record enabled.

line 
Enables or disables a specific X.25 line.

Sample Display - enable x25 line 2.1
X.25 line 2.1 enabled.

service 
Enables or disables a specific X.25 service.
3-58

114087 Rev. A

enable/disable xb

enable/disable xb
Use the enable xb  commands to enable Translation Bridge services on a Bay
Networks router, and the disable xb  commands to disable Translation Bridge
services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of Translation
Bridge, refer to Configuring Bridging Services.
The enable/disable xb commands support the following subcommand options:
base

circuit 

base
Enables or disables XB on the router.

Sample Display - enable xb base
XB base record enabled.

circuit 
Enables or disables a specific circuit.

114087 Rev. A

3-59

Using Technician Interface Scripts

enable/disable xns
Use the enable xns  commands to enable Xerox Network Systems (XNS)
services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable xns  commands to disable
XNS services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of XNS,
refer to Configuring XNS Services.
The enable/disable xns commands support the following subcommand options:
base

circuit 

base
Enables or disables XNS on the router.

Sample Display - enable xns base
XNS base record enabled.

circuit 
Enables or disables a specific circuit.

3-60

114087 Rev. A

Index

Symbols
* character, 2-1
? character, 2-1

A
aarp
at, 2-44
Adaption Layer Controller, 1-9, 2-90
Address Resolution Protocol
IP, 2-320
addresses
smds, 2-525
adjacency
decnet, 2-189
osi, 2-431
adjacent hosts
ip, 2-319
ipx, 2-343
xns, 2-671
agent, BOOTP relay, 2-138
alarms
statistical, 2-568
alerts
at, 2-45
atm, 2-60, 2-77, 2-91, 2-238, 2-240, 2-245,
2-250
aurp, 2-102
autoneg, 2-112
bridge, 2-148
circuits, 2-155
console, 2-165
csmacd, 2-172
decnet, 2-190
114087 Rev. A

dls, 2-203
e1, 2-261
fddi, 2-272
fr, 2-287
hssi, 2-214, 2-305
ip, 2-320
ipx, 2-344
isdn, 2-380
isdn bri, 2-389
lapb, 2-405
lnm, 2-410
osi, 2-432
packet capture, 2-447
ppp, 2-462
smds, 2-526
span, 2-538
sr, 2-545
srspan, 2-557
sync, 2-127, 2-592
t1, 2-607
token, 2-621
vines, 2-634
x25, 2-651
xb, 2-660
xns, 2-671
AppleTalk parameters
ppp, 2-463
AppleTalk protocol, 2-43 to 2-58
AppleTalk Update-Based Routing protocol,
2-102 to 2-111
APPN, 2-2 to 2-42, 3-2, 3-28, 3-42
area routes, decnet, 2-190
areas, ospf, 2-439

Index-1

Using Technician Interface Scripts
ARP, IP, 2-320
ase information
ospf, 2-440
Asynchronous Transfer Mode, 2-59 to 2-84
enabling/disabling, 3-8
AT subcommands, 2-43 to 2-58
audience for this guide, xi
AURP subcommands, 2-102 to 2-111
autoneg
csmacd, 2-174
autoneg subcommands, 2-112 to 2-116
Autonomous System
BGP, 2-118 to 2-125
Autonomous System External Advertisements,
2-440

B
backplane
hardware, 2-298
backup_dialing circuits
sws, 2-575
backup_dialing pools
sws, 2-576
bad packets
ppp, 2-465
bandwidth
rsc, 2-517
bandwidth-on-demand, 2-579 to 2-580
base record
appn, 2-5
at, 2-46, 2-510
atm line, 2-92
atmdxi, 2-77
aurp, 2-103
autoneg, 2-113
bootp, 2-136
bridge, 2-149
circuits, 2-156
csmacd, 2-175
Index-2

dcmmw, 2-186
decnet, 2-191
dls, 2-203
ds1e1, 2-215
dvmrp, 2-251
e1, 2-263
egp, 2-268
fddi, 2-273
hssi, 2-307
ip, 2-321
ipx, 2-345
isdn bri, 2-390
lnm, 2-411
nbip, 2-420
osi, 2-432
ospf, 2-441
rarp, 2-497
sdlc, 2-521
snmp, 2-530
span, 2-539
sr, 2-546
srspan, 2-558
sta, 2-568
sync, 2-128, 2-594
t1, 2-609
token, 2-623
vines, 2-635
x25, 2-652
xb, 2-661
xns, 2-672
Bay Networks
CompuServe forum, xxii
Customer Service FTP, xxi
home page on World Wide Web, xxi
InfoFACTS service, xxiii
publications, ordering, xvii
support programs, xx
Support Source CD, xxii
Technical Response Center, xix, xxiii
technical support, xix
BGP AS Weights table, 2-125
BGP subcommands, 2-117 to 2-125

114087 Rev. A

Index
bisync subcommands, 2-126 to 2-135, 2-141 to
2-147
BOOTP
relay agent, 2-138
subcommands, 2-136 to 2-140
Bootstrap PROM
revision date, 2-302
Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP), 2-136 to 2-140
Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), 2-117 to 2-125
Bridge NCP
PPP, 2-465
bridge subcommands, 2-148 to 2-153
bridges
sr, 2-546
Bridging services, 2-148 to 2-153
enabling/disabling, 3-12
Broadcast networks
OSPF neighbors, 2-445
buffers
system, 2-602

C
cache statistics
IP, 2-333
cannotlink
lnm, 2-412
capabilities
autoneg, 2-114
cc_stats
protopri, 2-493
circuits
at, 2-46, 2-376, 2-511
bridge, 2-150
decnet, 2-192
dls, 2-205
enabling/disabling, 3-13
igmp, 2-315
ip, 2-323
ipx, 2-347
lnm, 2-414
114087 Rev. A

nml, 2-423
osi, 2-433
rarp, 2-498
sdlc, 2-522
smds, 2-526
span, 2-540
sr, 2-547
srspan, 2-561
st2, 2-565
vines, 2-636
wcp, 2-644
xns, 2-673
circuits subcommands, 2-154 to 2-164
clients
bootp, 2-137
commands
adding to menu, 1-20
clearing from menu, 1-20
disable
defined, 1-3
See also enable/disable commands
editing menu, 1-21
enable
defined, 1-3
See also enable/disable commands
menu, 1-3
monitor, 1-3
show
defined, 1-3
See also show commands.
community
snmp, 2-532
CompuServe, Bay Networks forum on, xxii
configuration
at, 2-47
circuits, 2-157
console, 2-166
dls, 2-206
lnm, 2-415
Packet Capture, 2-449 to 2-452
span, 2-541
sr, 2-547

Index-3

Using Technician Interface Scripts
sta, 2-569
tcp, 2-615
vines, 2-637
x25, 2-652
xb, 2-662
xns, 2-673
configuration file
hardware, 2-300
ConnectionLess Network Protocol
statistics, 2-437
connections
aurp, 2-104
dls, 2-206
tcp, 2-616
x25, 2-653
console subcommands, 2-165 to 2-171
copying scripts, 1-5 to 1-6
CSMA/CD subcommands, 2-172 to 2-184
Customer Service FTP, xxi
customer support. See getting help

D
Data Collection Module (DCM)
enabling and disabling, 3-15
status, 1-10, 1-14, 2-185
Data Link Switching, 2-202 to 2-212
enabling/disabling, 3-17
Datagram Delivery Protocol (DDP)
statistics, 2-54
datagram statistics
IP, 2-334
DCMMW subcommands, 2-185, 3-15
DECnet NCP
PPP, 2-470
DECnet Phase IV, 2-188
DECnet services, 2-188 to 2-201
enabling/disabling, 3-16

Index-4

designated router
decnet, 2-193
OSPF, 2-442
Diagnostics PROM
revision date, 2-302
Dial Backup, 2-574 to 2-579
dialing pools
backup, 2-576
on demand, 2-585
dial-on-demand, 2-585 to 2-589
disable commands, 1-3
disable commands. See enable/disable commands
disabled circuits
all drivers, 2-158
at, 2-49, 2-377, 2-512
atm, 2-60
atm line, 2-93
atmdxi, 2-78
aurp, 2-105
autoneg, 2-115
bridge, 2-150
csmacd, 2-177
decnet, 2-194
dls, 2-207
ds1e1, 2-218
dvmrp, 2-253
e1, 2-264
fddi, 2-274
fr, 2-289
hssi, 2-307
igmp, 2-315
ip, 2-324
ipx, 2-348
isdn bri, 2-390
lapb, 2-406
lnm, 2-417
osi, 2-434
ppp, 2-470
rarp, 2-498

114087 Rev. A

Index
sdlc, 2-523
smds, 2-527
span, 2-542
sr, 2-549
srspan, 2-561
sync, 2-129, 2-595
t1, 2-610
token, 2-624
vines, 2-637
xb, 2-662
xns, 2-674
disabled lines
packet, 2-453
disabled serial ports
console, 2-169
Displays, 2-390
DLSw protocol
priority queues, 2-493 to 2-496
DLSw subcommands, 2-202 to 2-212
DS1E1, 2-213 to 2-237
enabling/disabling, 3-18
DVMRP, 2-251 to 2-260, 3-19
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP),
2-136 to 2-140

E
E1, 2-261 to 2-267
enabling/disabling, 3-20
E1 subcommands, 2-261 to 2-267
ECHO protocol
statistics, 2-54
EGP subcommands, 2-268 to 2-270
enable command, described, 1-3
enable/disable commands, 3-1 to 3-60
appn, 3-2, 3-28, 3-42
at, 3-5
atm, 3-6, 3-8
aurp, 3-9, 3-10, 3-11
bridge, 3-12
circuits, 3-13
114087 Rev. A

csmacd, 3-14
dcmmw, 3-15
decnet, 3-16
dls, 3-17
ds1e1, 3-18
dvmrp, 3-19
e1, 3-20
fddi, 3-21
fr, 3-22
ftp, 3-23
hssi, 3-24
igmp, 3-25
ip, 3-26
ipx, 3-27
isdn, 3-29
isdn bri, 3-31
lapb, 3-32
lnm, 3-33
nbip, 3-34
nml, 3-35
osi, 3-36
ospf, 3-37
packet, 3-38
ppp, 3-39
rarp, 3-40
rptr, 3-41
sdlc, 3-43
snmp, 3-44
span, 3-45
sr, 3-46, 3-47
sta, 3-48
sws, 3-49
sync, 3-50
t1, 3-51
tcp, 3-52
telnet, 3-53
tftp, 3-54
token, 3-55
vines, 3-56
wcp, 3-57
x25, 3-58
xb, 3-59
xns, 3-60

Index-5

Using Technician Interface Scripts
enabled circuits, 2-407
all drivers, 2-159
at, 2-49, 2-378, 2-512
atm, 2-61
atm line, 2-93
atmdxi, 2-78
aurp, 2-105
autoneg, 2-115
bridge, 2-151
csmacd, 2-177
decnet, 2-195
dls, 2-207
ds1e1, 2-220
dvmrp, 2-253
e1, 2-264
fddi, 2-274
fr, 2-289
hssi, 2-308
igmp, 2-315
ip, 2-324
ipx, 2-349
isdn bri, 2-391
lnm, 2-417
osi, 2-434
ppp, 2-471
rarp, 2-499
sdlc, 2-523
smds, 2-528
span, 2-543
sr, 2-549
srspan, 2-562
sync, 2-129, 2-596
t1, 2-611
token, 2-624
vines, 2-638
xb, 2-663
xns, 2-674
enabled lines
packet, 2-453
enabled serial ports
console, 2-170
entity traps
snmp, 2-534
Index-6

errors
bgp, 2-118
exceptions
snmp, 2-537
Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP), 2-268 to 2-270

F
Facility Data Link (FDL), 2-221 to 2-223
FDDI, 2-271 to 2-286
enabling/disabling, 3-21
FDDI subcommands, 2-271 to 2-286
fdl
ds1e1, 2-221
Fiber Distributed Data Interface, 2-271
filters
ipx, 2-355, 2-364
forced dialing
enabling/disabling, 3-49
forced takedown
enabling/disabiling, 3-49
forwarding tables
bridge, 2-151
cached
IP, 2-333
FR subcommands, 2-287 to 2-295
fragmented packets
statistics
IP, 2-335
frame errors
e1, 2-265
t1, 2-611
Frame Relay services, 2-287 to 2-295
enabling/disabling, 3-22
FTP, 1-5 to 1-6, 2-296, 3-23
FTP, using to load scripts, 1-5 to 1-6

114087 Rev. A

Index

G

hardware filters
CSMACD, 2-178
displaying all, 2-160
FDDI, 2-275
hardware information, 2-298 to 2-304
hardware subcommands, 2-298 to 2-304
High-Speed Serial Interface, 2-305
HSSI, 2-305 to 2-313
enabling/disabling, 3-24
HSSI subcommands, 2-305 to 2-313
hwfilters
all driver circuits, 2-160
csmacd, 2-178
fddi, 2-275

Internet NCP
PPP, 2-471
Internet Packet Exchange (IPX), 2-342 to 2-375
enabling/disabling, 3-27
Internet Protocol (IP), 2-318 to 2-341
enabling/disabling, 3-26
IP address
DLS, 2-209
IP parameters
Source Routing, 2-550
IP static routes
displaying, 2-331
IP subcommands, 2-318 to 2-341
IPEX maps
x25, 2-654
IPEX sessions
x25, 2-655
IPX Adjacent Host Table, 2-343
IPX NCP negotiation
PPP, 2-472
IPX Route Filter Information, 2-355
IPX routing table, 2-356
IPX subcommands, 2-342 to 2-375
ISDN, 2-379 to 2-394, 3-29 to 3-31

I

L

ICMP statistics
IP, 2-336
IGMP, 2-314 to 2-317, 3-25
image
software, 2-300
InfoFACTS service, xxiii
information
show system command, 2-604
interfaces
ospf, 2-442
Internet Control Message Protocol
IP, 2-336

LAPB layer, 2-405 to 2-409
enabling/disabling, 3-32
lapb subcommands, 2-405 to 2-409
line configuration
lapb, 2-407
ppp, 2-475
x25, 2-655
Line Control Protocol
PPP, 2-475
line errors
e1, 2-266
t1, 2-612

getting help
from a Bay Networks Technical Response
Center, xxiii
from the Support Source CD, xxii
through CompuServe, xxii
through Customer Service FTP, xxi
through InfoFACTS service, xxiii
through World Wide Web, xxi

H

114087 Rev. A

Index-7

Using Technician Interface Scripts
line numbers
packet, 2-454
line parameters
ppp, 2-475
line quality reporting
PPP, 2-477
lines
atmdxi, 2-79
fr, 2-291
wcp, 2-645
Link State Database
OSPF, 2-443
links
lnm, 2-418
LNM Servers, 2-410 to 2-419
enabling/disabling, 3-33
LNM subcommands, 2-410 to 2-419
loading scripts, 1-5 to 1-6
local router name
PPP, 2-474
lqr
configuration
ppp, 2-477
statistics
ppp, 2-478
lsdb
ospf, 2-443

M
mac
dls, 2-209
fddi, 2-276
MAC address
DLS, 2-209
Management Information Base, 1-2
MCT1. See DS1E1
memory
hardware, 2-301
show system command, 2-604
Index-8

menu command, 1-3
menu control feature, 1-19
menu title
editing, 1-21
menus
adding commands, 1-20
clearing, 1-20
controlling, 1-19
creating, 1-19
deleting commands, 1-20
editing commands, 1-21
editing contents, 1-19
editing title, 1-21
interface to scripts, 1-16
loading new, 1-21
saving changes permanently, 1-24
MIB, 1-2
monitor command, 1-3

N
Name Binding Protocol (NBP)
statistics, 2-54
Native Mode LAN, 2-423 to 2-426
enabling/disabling, 3-35
neighbors
egp, 2-269
ospf, 2-444
vines, 2-638
netbios, 2-420 to 2-422, 3-34
dls, 2-210
nets
at, 2-52
Network Control Protocols
PPP, 2-461 to 2-487
NLPID
ATM protocol, 2-83
NML
enabling/disabling, 3-35
nml subcommands, 2-423 to 2-426

114087 Rev. A

Index
node routes
decnet, 2-195
Non-Broadcast Multi Access network, 2-442

O
ondemand_dialing circuits
sws, 2-585, 2-590
ondemand_dialing pools
sws, 2-585
Open Shortest Path First (OSPF), 2-439 to 2-446
enabling/disabling, 3-37
Open Systems Interconnection (OSI), 2-431 to
2-438
enabling/disabling, 3-36
OSI NCP
PPP, 2-481
OSI subcommands, 2-431 to 2-438
OSPF areas, 2-439
OSPF subcommands, 2-439 to 2-446
OUI
ATM protocol, 2-83

P
packet capture
enabling/disabling, 3-38
Packet Capture, enabling/disabling, 3-38
packet subcommands, 2-447 to 2-455
Password Authentication Protocol
PPP, 2-481
passwords
lnm, 2-419
PATH environmental variable, 1-6
pattern searching, 2-1
peers
bgp, 2-118
dls, 2-211
permanent virtual circuits
atm, 2-80
114087 Rev. A

permanent virtual connections
frame relay, 2-292
PID
ATM protocol, 2-83
ping
ipx, 2-351
Ping MIB, 2-456 to 2-460
Point to Point network
OSPF neighbors, 2-445
Point-to-Point Protocol, 2-461 to 2-487
enabling/disabling, 3-39
port
fddi, 2-277
PPP subcommands, 2-461 to 2-487
PROM information
hardware, 2-302
protocols
show system command, 2-605
protopri subcommands, 2-493 to 2-496
pvcs
atm, 2-80
fr, 2-292

R
RARP subcommands, 2-497 to 2-499
receive errors
all driver circuits, 2-160
csmacd, 2-179
ds1e1, 2-225
fddi, 2-279
hssi, 2-308
sync, 2-131, 2-596
token, 2-625
relay agents
BOOTP, 2-138
remote router name
PPP, 2-474
Repeater, 2-500 to 2-508, 3-41

Index-9

Using Technician Interface Scripts
Reverse Address Resolution Protocol (RARP),
2-497 to 2-499
enabling/disabling, 3-40
rfilters
ip, 2-325
rifs
xb, 2-664
rip
ip, 2-326, 2-327, 2-328, 2-352, 2-355
xns, 2-675
RMON services
enabling and disabling, 3-15
status, 2-185
route filters
ipx, 2-355
routes
at, 2-52
bgp, 2-120
ip, 2-328
ipx, 2-356
level 1
osi, 2-435
level 2
osi, 2-435
static
IP, 2-331
IPX, 2-369
vines, 2-639
xns, 2-676
Routing Information Protocol
AppleTalk, 2-52
Routing Table Maintenance Protocol (RTMP)
statistics, 2-54

S
sample data
csmacd, 2-180
ds1e1, 2-226
fddi, 2-280
hssi, 2-309
sync, 2-132, 2-597
token, 2-626
Index-10

SAP
ATM protocol, 2-83
sap
ipx, 2-360, 2-363
SAP table
IPX, 2-366
saps
dls, 2-211
xb, 2-665
scripts
menus, 1-16
SDLC, 2-521 to 2-524, 3-43
security lists
nml, 2-424
security statistics
IP, 2-339, 2-340
serial port
configuration, 2-166 to 2-169
error statistics, 2-170
server level filters
ipx, 2-364
servers
BOOTP, 2-138
DHCP, 2-138
services
ipx, 2-365
x25, 2-657
show command, described, 1-3
show commands
appn, 2-2 to 2-42
at, 2-43 to 2-58
atm, 2-59 to 2-68
atm line, 2-90 to 2-101
atmdxi, 2-76 to 2-84
aurp, 2-102 to 2-111
autoneg, 2-112
bgp, 2-117 to 2-125
bisync, 2-141 to 2-147
bootp, 2-136 to 2-140
bridge, 2-148 to 2-153
circuits, 2-154 to 2-164
114087 Rev. A

Index
console, 2-165 to 2-171
csmacd, 2-172 to 2-184
dcmmw, 2-185 to 2-187
decnet, 2-188 to 2-201
dls, 2-202 to 2-212
ds1e1, 2-213 to 2-237
dvmrp, 2-251 to 2-260
e1, 2-261 to 2-267
egp, 2-268 to 2-270
fddi, 2-271 to 2-286
fr, 2-287 to 2-295
ftp, 2-296
hardware, 2-298 to 2-304
hssi, 2-305 to 2-313
igmp, 2-314 to 2-317
ipx, 2-342 to 2-375
irredund, 2-376
isdn, 2-379 to 2-387
isdn bri, 2-388 to 2-394
lapb, 2-405 to 2-409
list of, 1-9
lnm, 2-410 to 2-419
nbip, 2-420 to 2-422
nml, 2-423 to 2-426
osi, 2-431 to 2-438
ospf, 2-439 to 2-446
packet, 2-447 to 2-455
ping, 2-456 to 2-460
ppp, 2-461 to 2-487
protopri, 2-493 to 2-496
rarp, 2-497 to 2-499
rptr, 2-500 to 2-508
rredund, 2-509
rsc, 2-517 to 2-520
sdlc, 2-521 to 2-524
smds, 2-525 to 2-529
snmp, 2-530 to 2-537
span, 2-538 to 2-544
sr, 2-545 to 2-556
srspan, 2-557 to 2-563
st2, 2-564 to 2-567
sta, 2-568 to 2-570
state, 2-571 to 2-573
sws, 2-574 to 2-591
114087 Rev. A

sync, 2-126 to 2-135, 2-592 to 2-601
system, 2-602 to 2-606
t1, 2-607 to 2-614
tcp, 2-615 to 2-617
telnet, 2-618
tftp, 2-620
token, 2-621 to 2-632
vines, 2-633 to 2-643
wcp, 2-644 to 2-650
x25, 2-651 to 2-659
xb, 2-660 to 2-669
xns, 2-670 to 2-680
Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP),
2-530 to 2-537
slots
dls, 2-212
hardware, 2-302
SMDS, 2-525 to 2-529
SMDS subcommands, 2-525 to 2-529
smt
fddi, 2-281
SNMP, 2-530 to 2-537
enabling/disabling, 3-44
SNMP subcommands, 2-530 to 2-537
Source Routing, 2-545 to 2-556
alerts, 2-660
enabling/disabling, 3-46, 3-47
ip parameters, 2-550 to 2-555
RIFs, 2-664
span subcommands, 2-538 to 2-544
Spanning Tree Bridge, 2-538 to 2-544
enabling/disabling, 3-45
sr interfaces
xb, 2-665
SR subcommands, 2-545 to 2-556
ST 2 protocol
reserved resources, 2-517
ST2 subcommands, 2-564 to 2-567
STA subcommands, 2-568 to 2-570

Index-11

Using Technician Interface Scripts
state
ppp, 2-483
state subcommands, 2-571 to 2-573
static
ip, 2-331
ipx, 2-369, 2-370
static adjacencies
decnet, 2-196
static routes
xns, 2-677
Station Management
FDDI, 2-281
stations
xb, 2-667
statistical thresholds, 2-568
statistics, 2-152
all driver circuits, 2-161
at, 2-54
atm, 2-65 to 2-67
atm line, 2-97, 2-99 to 2-101
atmdxi, 2-81 to 2-84
aurp, 2-108 to 2-110
bgp, 2-123
bootp, 2-139
bridge, 2-152
cache
ip, 2-333
console, 2-170
csmacd, 2-181
datagrams
ip, 2-334
decnet, 2-197 to 2-200
ds1e1, 2-228
dvmrp, 2-257 to 2-259
egp, 2-270
errors
XNS, 2-678
fddi, 2-284
fr, 2-294
fragments
ip, 2-335
hssi, 2-310
Index-12

icmp
ip, 2-336 to 2-339
igmp, 2-317
ip, 2-332
ipx, 2-372
isdn bri, 2-392 to 2-393
lapb, 2-408
nml, 2-425
osi, 2-436 to 2-438
rptr, 2-503 to 2-507
sdlc, 2-524
security
ip, 2-339, 2-340
smds, 2-528
span, 2-543
sr, 2-556
srspan, 2-562
st2, 2-566
sta, 2-570
sync, 2-133, 2-146, 2-598
token, 2-627 to 2-630
vines, 2-640 to 2-641
x25, 2-658
xb
sr, 2-666
tb, 2-668
xns, 2-677
status
packet capture lines, 2-455
subcommands
listing, 1-8
summary
bgp, 2-123
Support Source CD, xxii
Switch Services, 2-574 to 2-591
Switched Multi-Megabit Data Service, 2-525 to
2-529
SYNC, 2-126 to 2-135, 2-592 to 2-601
enabling/disabling, 3-50
SYNC subcommands, 2-126 to 2-135, 2-592 to
2-601

114087 Rev. A

Index
system errors
all driver circuits, 2-162
csmacd, 2-182
ds1e1, 2-229
fddi, 2-284
hssi, 2-311
sync, 2-134, 2-599
token, 2-630
system information, 2-604
SYSTEM subcommands, 2-602 to 2-606

T
T1, 2-607 to 2-614
enabling/disabling, 3-51
T1 subcommands, 2-607 to 2-614
tasks
show system command, 2-605
TB
XB, 2-667
TCP, 2-615 to 2-617
TCP subcommands, 2-615 to 2-617
Technician Interface environment
displaying, 2-166
TELNET
enabling/disabling, 3-53
TELNET subcommands, 2-618
TFTP, 2-620
enabling/disabling, 3-54
TFTP subcommands, 2-620
thresholds
statistical, 2-568
timers
bgp, 2-124
Token Ring, 2-621 to 2-632
enabling/disabling, 3-55
TOKEN subcommands, 2-621 to 2-632
total neighbors
vines, 2-642

114087 Rev. A

total routes
vines, 2-642
totals
at, 2-56
traffic filters
decnet, 2-200
ip, 2-341
ipx, 2-374
vines, 2-642
xns, 2-680
Translation Bridge (XB), 2-660 to 2-669
enabling/disabling, 3-59
Transmission Control Protocol (TCP), 2-615 to
2-617
enabling/disabling, 3-52
transmit errors
all driver circuits, 2-163
csmacd, 2-183
ds1e1, 2-236
fddi, 2-285
hssi, 2-312
sync, 2-134, 2-600
token, 2-631
Transparent Bridge alerts, 2-660
Transparent Bridge interfaces, 2-667
Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP), 2-620
enabling/disabling, 3-54

U
unreserved
rsc, 2-519

V
vcs
wcp, 2-646
version
protopri, 2-496
x25, 2-658
VINES, 2-633 to 2-643
enabling/disabling, 3-56
Index-13

Using Technician Interface Scripts
VINES NCP
PPP, 2-486
VINES subcommands, 2-633 to 2-643
virtual circuits
x25, 2-659
Virtual Networking System (VINES), 2-633 to
2-643
volume IDs
specifying, 1-6

W
WCP, 2-644 to 2-650, 3-57
weights
bgp, 2-125
wildcard searching, 2-1
World Wide Web, Bay Networks home page on,
xxi

X
X.25 services, 2-651 to 2-659
enabling/disabling, 3-58
X25 subcommands, 2-651 to 2-659
XB subcommands, 2-660 to 2-669
Xerox Network Systems (XNS), 2-670 to 2-680
enabling/disabling, 3-60
XNS NCP
PPP, 2-487
XNS RIP interfaces, 2-675
XNS subcommands, 2-670 to 2-680

Z
Zone Information Protocol
AppleTalk, 2-56
statistics, 2-54
zones
at, 2-56

Index-14

114087 Rev. A

Source Exif Data: 




								
							
		
		
		



File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.2
Linearized                      : Yes
Create Date                     : 1996:08:13 16:06:04
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 2.1 for Windows
Creator                         : FrameMaker 5.0.1
Title                           : Using Technician Interface Scripts
Subject                         : Router Software 11.0
Modify Date                     : 1997:04:04 13:36:04
Page Count                      : 805
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools






			

			
			
		
Navigation menu

									
									
				
			


Upload a User Manual

										
									
Versions of this User Manual:

    
													
Wiki Guide
HTML
Mobile
Download & Help

										
									
Views

													
		

                                                                                                                        

													
User Manual
Discussion / Help

				
						
			
				
Navigation

											
									
© 2025 UserManual.wiki

											
											
									
Contact Us
DMCA